Page 1

2011 Edition

PROJECTS

STORAGE PRODUCTS

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

www.storage-design.co.uk info@storage-design.co.uk

01446 772614

catalogue sales team

MATERIALS HANDLING

2011 Edition

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SITE & SECURITY

WORKSHOP, STORAGE & MATERIALS HANDLING

CATALOGUE


MEETING THE DEMANDS OF

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

THE WORKING WORLD Solutions for Industry & Commerce... • This catalogue is the place to source all your equipment needs.

• With sensible prices, high quality products and great service all combining to provide the solutions to your business needs.

Storage Design Limited Recognising Needs

Our depth of knowledge and experience of industrial and working practices helps us to recognise the particular needs of our customers.

Giving Service

We are able to offer you a single source of supply for all your business needs. The service you can expect from our company is always at one level - the highest!

Quality + Value

This catalogue contains an extensive range of products the majority of which are recognised as the leaders and the best in the market place. The products in this catalogue are excellent value for money and are designed and manufactured to meet the demands of the workplace today.

Looking after our Customers

Our aim is to provide you with a solution to your individual needs. If you require something which is not featured in this catalogue you can be assured that we have the expertise and knowledge on hand to help you source that elusive specialised product.

Adding value...Offering Solutions...

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC001

14/12/10

15:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011 EDITION

2011

CONTENTS

If you require something which is not featured in this catalogue you can be assured that we have the expertise and knowledge on hand to help you source that elusive specialised product

PROJECTS

2-17

STORAGE PRODUCTS

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

18-89

90-123

MATERIALS HANDLING

124-191

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

192-223

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

224-247

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

248-295

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

296-325

SITE & SECURITY

326-356

TERMS & CONDITIONS, INDEX

357-360

186 Mobile Scissor Tables

100 Packaging Machines

348 Key Cabinets

226 Hazardous Storage

61 Stacker Boxes

325 Ladders

1 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC002

14/12/10

15:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

MEZZANINE FLOORS

Use the height of your building to

double your space Our mezzanine floors provide high quality, extremely cost effective space in areas that are often never used. When an organisation expands and the need for extra space is crucial, people naturally think of expanding outwards. Don’t do the same! Think cubic space, not floor space. Mezzanine floors offer cost savings that can be enormous when compared to the alternative options.

Mezzanine floors are ideal for retail, storage, office,

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

production areas, canteens, plant support and more!

Full building regulations application made on your behalf

Fire rated designs and column casings

Detailed site survey carried out by qualified project engineers

Handrail and gate systems also available

Structures designed to BS6399, BS5950, BS449 and the latest

Fast, efficient installations by our own experienced

building regulations

mezzanine installation teams

Structure conforms to SEMA and DETR approved guidelines

Floors are fully demountable and easily relocated

2 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC003

14/12/10

15:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MEZZANINE FLOORS PROJECTS

Retail Floors

✓ ✓ ✓

Raised platform structures are being increasingly used for expanding a sales area within a retail unit. Floors can be seamlesly incorporated in the retail area. Back of store storage floors are frequently required.

Commercial Floors

✓ ✓

Storage and office space can be accommodated. Wholesale distribution centres can double floor space as opposed to relocation.

Storage Floors

As well as providing raised working areas within existing buildings for increasing production facilities, floors are readily built around larger products, allowing operators to work easily at an elevated level.

Multi Tier Floors

✓ ✓

High cost premises, for example cold stores, find that our mezzanines make excellent use of the volume of the building. Multi tier maxamise very high warehouses and buildings.

3 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC004

14/12/10

15:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

MEZZANINE LIFTS

Mezzanine Goods Lift The Mezzanine Goods Lift is designed to integrate with a Mezzanine floor system as a means of transporting goods between levels

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation!

The Mezzanine Goods Lift is surface mounted, therefore no pit is required and building work is kept to a minimum. The lift is available with a range of platform sizes to suit most applications and with its short ramp it can be loaded with ease. The Mezzanine Goods Lift is safer than using a forklift truck to raise goods to a second level and it is cheaper than an elevator or lift. The lift is also compliant with all relevant directives.

HEAVY DUTY MODEL

✓The lift will be constructed using a double mast which will be self supporting or supported by the mezzanine floor and bolted to the floor

✓Platform will measure approximately 1500mm

wide by 1500mm deep and will close down over the legs (60mm lowered height)

✓Total raised height of up to 5000mm ✓The platform will feature 1100mm high rails on

all sides and an outwards opening gate. The gate will lock with a gravity system but will also be sensed to prevent platform movement if the gate is open

✓At the top level, the lift height will be governed by a limit switch system to ensure that the platform parks with the floor

✓The platform will be supplied with a loading ramp, 1350mm wide x 600mm long

✓The hydraulic power pack and electrical system will be mounted to the mast and the electrical system will be housed in a separate wall mounted box at ground level

✓Control points will be positioned at both levels. All points will feature latching call buttons and emergency stop controls

✓Power requirement for the lift: 415V

3 phase + Neutral via 16amp isolator (supplied by customer)

✓Motor specification: 0.8kw 3 phase 415v with 3ltr reservoir

✓Maximum lift capacity will be 600kg

4 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC005

14/12/10

13:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MEZZANINE LIFTS PROJECTS

LIGHT DUTY MODEL

✓The lift will be constructed using a single mast which will be self supporting and bolted to the floor

✓Platform will measure approximately 1350mm

wide by 1350mm deep and will close down over the legs (60mm lowered height)

✓Total raised height of up to 3500mm ✓At the top level, the lift height will be governed by a limit switch system to ensure that the platform parks with the floor

✓The platform will be supplied with a loading ramp, 1350mm wide x 600mm long

✓The hydraulic power pack and electrical system will be mounted to the mast

✓A hand held control point will be positioned

at ground level only. The controls will feature dead-man buttons and emergency stop

✓Power requirement for the lift: 415V

3 phase + Neutral via 16amp isolator (supplied by customer)

✓Motor specification: 0.8kw 3 phase 415v with 3ltr reservoir

✓Maximum lift capacity will be 300kg

5 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC006

14/12/10

15:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

PREMIERACK SOLUTIONS

Our pallet racking is designed & built to exceed current UK (S.E.M.A.) and European (F.E.M.) standards

Premierack Solutions... Wide Aisle Standard Racking • Ideal for storing all palletised and non-palletised loads • Wide aisles allow full manoeuvrability of fork lift trucks • 100% access to individual pallets • Fully adjustable beam levels to suit varying pallet heights • Use of conventional fork-lift trucks - cost-effective

Narrow Aisle Racking • Offers the same flexibility found in wide aisle racking but increases storage capacity by reducing aisle width & storing pallets to a greater height • Allows access to each individual pallet whilst retaining full system adjustability • Specialist fork truck required but cost is offset by the added value of better space utilisation 6 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC007

14/12/10

15:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PREMIERACK SOLUTIONS PROJECTS We also specialise in: Double Deep Racking, Mobile Racking, Live Storage, Carpet Racking & Multi-Tier Racking

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation!

Premierack Solutions... Push Back Racking • Pallets are stored on sloping rollers supported on pallet racking • Pallets pushed up and retrieved from one side only • Offers good occupancy rates within a high-density system and can store a variety of pallet types together

Drive In / Drive Through Racking • Allows high density storage for installations with pallet retrieval from one side only except with drive-through applications • Suitable for seasonal goods with low stock rotation • Ideal for cold and chill storage and bulk storage applications

7 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC008

14/12/10

15:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

SHELFPLAN SOLUTIONS

Shelfplan Solutions ✓System Shelfplan is the industry standard for

shelving designed to contain wide, bulky loads. It bridges the storage gap between light-duty shelving and pallet racking.

✓The range of applications can be from a single unit to a sophisticated multi-level picking system.

Recognised for its versatility System Shelfplan is a high quality long span shelving system. With a very high load bearing capacity, System Shelfplan is ideal for an extensive range of storage applications. Whether for parts and materials, tools, drawings, files, garments, work in process or finished goods, the correct storage system makes an important contribution to workflow effectiveness and productivity.

• Highly adaptable modular system • Wide choice of beam lengths • Quick and easy to construct • Simple to modify and extend • Easy to adapt to changing needs • Can store a vast range of different products • Excellent for hand picking operations

Multi-Tier Applications • Maximises use of available cubic space • Multiple storage and access options • Additional floors and walkways can double the current storage space • Provides pedestrian access for order picking • A second level may be added to existing systems

8 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC009

14/12/10

15:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELFPLAN SOLUTIONS PROJECTS

Archive Storage

Hanging Garment Rail Systems

• Compact high-density storage

• High density garment storage • Retail, wholesale and distribution

• High capacity frames and beams

• Different capacity rails for multiple requirements, easily adjustable

• System flexibility to suit all types and sizes of archive boxes

• Enables easy access and improved picking of garments or hangered items • Aids continuous stock control operations

• Single level or multi-level configurations

Carton Live Storage • Efficient stock rotation and replenishment • Cartons are stored on sloping roller beds and roll down under the force of gravity. • High capacity frame means that System Shelfplan is well suited for light duty Carton Live Storage

Mobile Storage • An ideal system for the most demanding space constraints • Excellent for the long-term storage of goods • Maximises use of floor space • Only one operating aisle required • Available in a wide array of configurations and capacities

9

• Manually or electronically operated STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC010

14/12/10

15:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS PROJECTS

Partition & Ceiling Solutions Fire & Sound Fire & Sound has been tested to BS476 part 22 and offers up to 60 minutes fire resistance in full height glazed, solid and door elevations. Insulation performance is available on solid elevations only. Where acoustic performance is a consideration, the system can provide sound attenuation values of up to 52db(Rw) under laboratory test conditions. • Standard module size is 1200mm. Maximum construction height is determined by the choice of stud size and panel type, however, 102mm Fire & Sound can be build up to a height of 4200mm • Venetian blinds can be accommodated within the system as can a range of electrical switches with the use of a cable management post • Doors are available in natural wood finishes, including Ash, Koto, Oak, Cherry, Beech, Maple and Sapele. All doors can be include any shape or size of vision panel or lipping • To compliment Fire & Sound, a wide choice of door furniture in a variety of finishes is also available

Fire & Sound at a glance Areas of use

Executive office suites, reception areas, conference suites, general office, light industrial

Max Construction Heights

10

Solid modules

Standard construction - up to 4200mm, heights in excess of this are achievable

Glazed modules

Maximum recommended height using standard sections - 3600mm

Fire performance

Construction Options

Solid modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating

Solid modules

Glazed modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating in both centre single and double glazed applications

Door modules

Up to 60 minute fire rating*

Standard construction is with 12.5mm plasterboard panels with a wide choice of finishes together with numerous joint and trim options

Acoustic performance

Glazed modules

Solid modules Glazed modules Door modules

Door modules

Standard construction - up to 52dB (Rw) Standard construction - up to 43dB (Rw) Standard solid door core - up to 30dB (Rw)

Includes offset single, centre single, double glazing and the option of Venetian blinds Standard frames are supplied to suit 1981 x 838 x 44mm doors. Frames will also accept most types of doors

*60 minute rating on timber door sets only. STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC011

14/12/10

15:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS PROJECTS

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

Ovation Partition System A state-of-the-art partition system, offering designers and installers the vertical solution for the new millennium This system has been designed to suit many different environments. It's styling provides gently radiused upright posts and door frames with a choice of either recessed or flush skirting. The system is available in an almost unlimited choice of RAL or BS coloured finishes to complement any interior design scheme.

Construction

Fire

Acoustics

Designed for fast and easy installation, the introduction of Bi-element construction effects the end user rapid on-site assembly without lengthy lead in times.

Safety is a key feature of this system. It has been thoroughly tested and offers 30 minute fire resistance to BS476 part 22, 1987, on full height single and double glazing elevations. This also applies to door modules and solid elevations, regardless of the board joint details.

Acoustics is another major performance consideration and again Ovation passes the test. Solid construction offers sound attenuation values of up to - 42db (Rw) under laboratory conditions.

11 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC012

14/12/10

15:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

PARTITION & CEILING SOLUTIONS

Wall Store Tenon Wall-Store is a simple but very effective concept which utilises ceiling-height, variable width modular storage units. Wall lengths are assembled from a choice of elevation options to provide compact and streamlined storage. These can be used as both free-standing room dividers or as partition walls for cellular offices. The system offers an extensive choice of door and drawer configurations as well as the potential to include open shelving and display features. Furthermore, audio-visual presentational equipment such as screens and television monitors can also be easily accommodated.

Operable Walls Silenta is a high specification; top hung acoustic moveable wall system that provides acoustic performance of between 37/53dB(RW). The system comprises individual panels suspended from a top track only, with each panel having a top and bottom retractable seal that locks between the ceiling track and floor. Operation of the seals is achieved by a simple 90° turn of the removable locking handle and a variety of stacking arrangements ensures optimum use of space. Pass doors may also be included if required. Compacta is a hinged panelled sliding wall system, floor track fitted with an optional top hung system available. The range is designed for rooms where multiple uses and rapid changes are required. Panels are fitted with an aluminium profile to each long edge complete with rubber box seals to ensure an airtight fit when fully closed. A reasonable level of sound reduction is achieved with the use of bubble seals at the upper and lower edges of the panels.

Washrooms Our Washrooms are designed for speedy and easy installation, all washroom products are supplied ready for immediate fitting, and are supplied complete with all the necessary fittings and fixings. If you have an enquiry then simply fax the details together with a drawing or a sketch of your requirements to us - we will do the rest. Cubicles can be made to measure to suit all situations, however, standard sizes and dimensions are as follows:

• Standard cubicle height 1950mm • Standard cubicle width 1500mm • Partition panel size 1800Hx 1500Wmm 12

• Standard door size 600mm STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC013

14/12/10

15:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

INDUSTRIAL PARTITIONING PROJECTS

A comprehensive range of partitioning systems to suit both medium and heavy duty applications

BUDGET PRICE

139

£

PER LINEAR METRE

BUDGET PRICE

155

£

PER LINEAR METRE

> BROADSWORD - Angle frame system with steel or mesh versions available

Single Skin Partitioning

✓Cost effective solution ✓Fully demountable and relocatable ✓High quality, durable pressed metal frame system ✓Easy to install and relocate ✓Multi-tiered facility ✓Wide selection of doors and locking systems ✓Variety of construction materials available ✓Compatible with Excalibur double skin

> SABRE - Folded steel channel framework, with all joints spot welded to steel sheets

Sabre & Broadsword Sections

FULL STEEL

STEEL / MESH

FULL MESH

STEEL / GLASS

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation!

STEEL / GLASS / STEEL

High quality, double skin partitioning for commercial, office, cleanroom & factory use

BUDGET PRICE

269

£

PER LINEAR METRE

> EXCALIBUR - Standard powder coated colours: Light Grey or Medium Grey

Double Skin Partitioning

✓Ideal for creating offices in commercial

locations as well as creating cleanrooms in factories or warehouses

✓Powder coat finish ideal for clean environments ✓Quality finish, flush both sides ✓Fire protection & noise reduction options available ✓Hidden cable management ✓Double glazing available with blinds ✓Can be multi-tiered with steel or conventional suspended ceilings available

✓Toledo - two line junction keeps dust traps

> TOLEDO - Cleanroom partioning

Excalibur Sections

FULL STEEL

FULLY GLAZED

STEEL / GLASS

TRANSOM GLAZED

CHAIR RAIL GLAZED

Toledo Sections

STEEL / GLASS / STEEL

FULL STEEL

STEEL /GLASS /STEEL

TALL GLASS

13

to a minimum

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC014

14/12/10

15:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PROJECTS

MESH PARTITIONS

Modular industrial partitioning tailored to your own requirements WAREHOUSE DIVIDER STANDARD 2200H PANELS

111

£

This price is for budget purposes only. Doors are at extra cost!

PER LINEAR METRE

Telescopic poles link to roof if required Standard 2200H sections may be doubled up for 4400 height (3000H also available) 800H top sections may be added singly or in multiples for extra height

N.B. - One central horizontal tube per 2200mm panel - not two as illustrated

▲ Standard Panel 2200 x 1200 (HxW)

▲ Sliding Padlockable Door 2200 x 1800 (HxW) Overall height 2300

▲ Standard Panel 2200 x 1200 (HxW)

▲ Hinged Padlockable Door 2200x1000

▲ Two High STD Panels 2200x1200 = 4400H

▲ Two High STD Panels 2200x1000 = 4400H

Warehouse & Factory Division

Standard Mesh Modularity

✓Highly cost effective

✓Build to any height as required

✓Modular panels give unlimited design potential

✓Easily assembled, and readily relocated when needs change 14

▲ Standard Panel + 800H Top Section (1200W)

✓Assemble free-standing, then bolt to floor for security

We offer a full site survey & managed installation service - Call us for a free site survey and quotation STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC015

14/12/10

15:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

GUARDING SYSTEMS

✓Safe guarding panels which conform with European Norms and Directives • Physical protection for personnel in potentially hazardous or dangerous environments • Safely screen plant and machinery • Versatile modular construction with demountable, reusable panels that come with a choice of Smart Fix and Rapid Fix installation • All panels are designed for optimum strength and resistance • Complies with EN-953 and the new machinery directive 2006/42/EC

PROJECTS

Machine Safety Fence

• Hinged and sliding modular doors interchange with panels • Standard panel finish RAL 7037 Grey, to EN 953 recommendations

SMART FIX MESH PANEL

RAPID FIX MESH PANEL

BUDGET PRICE

BUDGET PRICE

138

154

£

£

PER LINEAR METRE

PER LINEAR METRE

Safe-Lock Closing Device • Enables compliance with Norm EN 1088, which defines how a machine guard's access door and closing mechanism must operate • Available as a 3- or 4-stage closing device • Integral security contact switch

SAFE LOCK CLOSING DEVICE BUDGET PRICE

520

£

DEPENDANT UPON APPLICATION

Budget prices are quoted, we normally need to visit you for a free site survey Our expertise is at your disposal!

Call Us For A Free Site Survey And Quotation! 15

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC016

14/12/10

15:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SPECIALIST HANDLING EQUIPMENT PROJECTS

Specialist & Bespoke Handling Equipment If you have a specialist handling requirement please call for free advice and specification details

We offer more than 150 individual configurations of stackers and pallet trucks using standard components and can even design a bespoke truck to suit your individual application.

ROBUR equipment is intensely robust, manufactured to a high standard in our 10000m2 European production factory that ensures high quality standards and fast ongoing availability of spares for the lifetime of all trucks.

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

16 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC017

14/12/10

13:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SPECIALIST HANDLING EQUIPMENT PROJECTS

✓Powered pallet trucks - capacities up to 12000kg ✓Paper reel and roll handlers - diameters up to 2000mm, up to 6000kg capacity and 3000mm forks

✓Powered stackers

- capacities up to 6000kg and lift heights up to 5800mm

✓Four-way directional long load truck - capacities up to 4000kg

✓Pedestrian / ride-on versions ✓Press tool handlers - capacities up to 8000kg ✓Cold store specification ✓Stainless steel stackers and pallet trucks, ideal for food and chemical environments

✓Explosion-proof stackers and pallet trucks for

hazardous locations - capacities up to 4000kg

17 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC018

14/12/10

15:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / PLASTIC MODULAR SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Plastic Modular Shelving

✓Extremely versatile and easy to use,

FROM £

modular shelving can form virtually any layout

151

✓Very easy to assemble, dismantle and clean • Resistant to moisture and chemicals, corrosion resistant • Lightweight and very strong • Load bearing capacity 180kg per square metre length • Standard shelving is static but castors can be fitted at extra cost • Can withstand low temperatures – ideal for coldroom storage • Available in 5 colours – cream, grey, red, blue and green • Unless specified otherwise, cream will be supplied

STORES FLAT WHEN NOT IN USE

SPECIFICATION Vertical space (between shelves) All modules: 400mm Horizontal space between uprights 1000mm wide 890mm clear space 1200mm wide 1090mm clear space 1500mm wide 2 x 675mm clear spaces 1800mm wide 2 x 825mm clear spaces 2000mm wide 2 x 925mm clear spaces

Rotating Castors

Locked

Unlocked

Rotating Castor Sets TO FIT BAY WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500 1800 2000

ORDER REF CBR10 CBR12 CBR15 CBR18 CBR20

PRICE PER SET £40.00 £40.00 £60.00 £60.00 £60.00

Standard Bays - Height 1050mm (3 Shelves)

18

FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF PRICE 310403 £151.00 312403 £173.00 315403 £219.00 318403 £250.00 320403 £271.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 310404 £186.00 310405 £213.00 310406 £240.00 310409 £335.00 312404 £216.00 312405 £253.00 312406 £279.00 312409 £393.00 315404 £272.00 315405 £312.00 315406 £354.00 315409 £503.00 318404 £315.00 318405 £374.00 318406 £415.00 318409 £590.00 320404 £344.00 320405 £415.00 320406 £456.00 320409 £648.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture on top of facing page)

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF PRICE 310410 £383.00 312410 £454.00 315410 £573.00 318410 £675.00 320410 £742.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC019

14/12/10

15:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / PLASTIC MODULAR SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Double Shelving Bay 1495H x 2000W x 600Dmm

420406

641

£

✓The design and construction of these units make them ideal for use in the following environments and industries

• Hospitals and Health Industry • Food and Drinks • Chemicals and Pharmaceuticals • Catering • Meat Trade • Laundries • Laboratories

Quick Build Connectors give strength, stability and easy construction

• Educational Establishments • Retail

Standard Bays - Height 1495mm (4 Shelves) FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF PRICE 410403 £200.00 412403 £230.00 415403 £294.00 418403 £336.00 420403 £366.00

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 410404 £251.00 410405 £279.00 410406 £321.00 412404 £297.00 412405 £325.00 412406 £385.00 415404 £370.00 415405 £418.00 415406 £484.00 418404 £426.00 418405 £498.00 418406 £561.00 420404 £493.00 420405 £553.00 420406 £641.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture top of page)

DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF PRICE 410409 £454.00 412409 £532.00 415409 £681.00 418409 £797.00 420409 £875.00

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF PRICE 410410 £517.00 412410 £553.00 415410 £775.00 418410 £911.00 420410 £1000.00

FRAME WIDTH (mm) 1000 1200 1500* 1800* 2000*

DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF* PRICE 510403 £250.00 512403 £287.00 515403 £349.00 518403 £403.00 520403 £440.00

DEPTH 400mm DEPTH 500mm DEPTH 600mm DEPTH 900mm ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF* PRICE 510404 £309.00 510405 £350.00 510406 £402.00 510409 £573.00 512404 £359.00 512405 £415.00 512406 £471.00 512409 £670.00 515404 £426.00 515405 £523.00 515406 £582.00 515409 £827.00 518404 £516.00 518405 £622.00 518406 £684.00 518409 £972.00 520404 £566.00 520405 £692.00 520406 £753.00 520409 £1067.00 * Bays of 1500-1800-2000mm width have SIX UPRIGHTS (see picture top of page)

DEPTH 1000mm ORDER REF* PRICE 510410 £651.00 512410 £766.00 515410 £944.00 518410 £1114.00 520410 £1226.00

Standard Bays - Height 1940mm (5 Shelves)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

19


TC020

14/12/10

15:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / STEEL CORE SHELVING

Steel Core Polypropylene Shelving ✓

Racks of refined polypropylene with a steel core for extra strength

Versatile & Flexible • Anti-static for computer environments • In cold rooms and freezers down to -30ºC • In wet areas – rustproof • In kitchens and food processing industry

CORNER UNITS FROM

296

£

Hygienic • Weldless, tight polypropylene structure shelving more hygienic • Prevents liquid and dirt from entering the racks • Can be easily cleaned

Stable • Special self-stabilising connection technique without the use of cross stays • 150kg UDL per shelf, 600kg UDL per section • Easy assembly without use of nuts & bolts • Steel cored for extra strength

We can offer alternative heights, widths & depths. Also, extra shelves, and castors for instant mobility. Just call us!

Solid polypropylene plate shelves

1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Grille Shelves BAY WIDTH 980mm 1180mm 1380mm 1580mm 1780mm

20

STARTER DE983GS £340 DE1183GS £361 DE1383GS £403 DE1583GS £426 DE1783GS £463

300mm DEEP EXTENSION DE983GE £285 DE1183GE £306 DE1383GE £348 DE1583GE £372 DE1783GE £408

CORNER DE983GC £296 DE1183GC £317 DE1383GC £360 DE1583GC £383 DE1783GC £419

STARTER DE984GS £358 DE1184GS £385 DE1384GS £428 DE1584GS £458 DE1784GS £501

400mm DEEP EXTENSION DE984GE £301 DE1184GE £328 DE1384GE £371 DE1584GE £401 DE1784GE £444

CORNER DE984GC £312 DE1184GC £339 DE1384GC £383 DE1584GC £412 DE1784GC £455

STARTER DE985GS £383 DE1185GS £413 DE1385GS £462 DE1585GS £494 DE1785GS £538

500mm DEEP EXTENSION DE985GE £324 DE1185GE £354 DE1385GE £403 DE1585GE £435 DE1785GE £479

CORNER DE985GC £335 DE1185GC £365 DE1385GC £414 DE1585GC £446 DE1785GC £490

STARTER DE986GS £407 DE1186GS £439 DE1386GS £494 DE1586GS £532 DE1786GS £578

600mm DEEP EXTENSION DE986GE £346 DE1186GE £378 DE1386GE £434 DE1586GE £471 DE1786GE £518

CORNER DE986GC £358 DE1186GC £374 DE1386GC £445 DE1586GC £482 DE1786GC £529

BAY WIDTHS: NOTE: Extensions are 45mm narrower than Starters. Corners are 25mm narrower than Starters. Other sizes available please enquire STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC021

14/12/10

15:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / STEEL CORE SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

STARTER BAYS FROM

340

£

Versatile - suitable for many applications!

Shelving Units can be fitted with castors, for ease of cleaning particularly in coldrooms. Set of 4 Castor Wheels (2 braked / 2 unbraked) REF CASTORS PRICE £142.00

Polypropylene grille shelves

1800Hmm 4 Shelf Bays with Polypropylene Plate Shelves BAY WIDTH 980mm 1180mm 1380mm 1580mm 1780mm

STARTER DE983PS £347 DE1183PS £368 DE1383PS £413 DE1583PS £435 DE1783PS £475

300mm DEEP EXTENSION DE983PE £292 DE1183PE £313 DE1383PE £358 DE1583PE £381 DE1783PE £421

CORNER DE983PC £304 DE1183PC £324 DE1383PC £369 DE1583PC £392 DE1783PC £432

STARTER DE984PS £366 DE1184PS £392 DE1384PS £439 DE1584PS £467 DE1784PS £509

400mm DEEP EXTENSION DE984PE £309 DE1184PE £335 DE1384PE £382 DE1584PE £410 DE1784PE £452

CORNER DE984PC £320 DE1184PC £346 DE1384PC £393 DE1584PC £421 DE1784PC £463

STARTER DE985PS £394 DE1185PS £420 DE1385PS £477 DE1585PS £507 DE1785PS £555

500mm DEEP EXTENSION DE985PE £335 DE1185PE £361 DE1385PE £417 DE1585PE £452 DE1785PE £496

CORNER DE985PC £346 DE1185PC £372 DE1385PC £428 DE1585PC £463 DE1785PC £507

STARTER DE986PS £421 DE1186PS £451 DE1386PS £512 DE1586PS £544 DE1786PS £599

600mm DEEP EXTENSION DE986PE £361 DE1186PE £390 DE1386PE £451 DE1586PE £483 DE1786PE £539

CORNER DE986PC £372 DE1186PC £401 DE1386PC £462 DE1586PC £494 DE1786PC £550

BAY WIDTHS: NOTE: Extensions are 45mm narrower than Starters. Corners are 25mm narrower than Starters. Other sizes available please enquire STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk 2011

21


TC022

14/12/10

15:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / HYGIENIC SHELVING

Quartermaster Hygienic Shelving

FROM

172

✓For clean, cold, wet & sterile environments

£

• Fast fit design for simple & safe installation • Airdeck grid shelves promote air flow • Open access corners for space efficiency • Metric to fit modern buildings better • Minimum 100kg UDL shelf loading • Nylon coated

Airdeck Wire Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE NQ17.459/4 £172.00 NQ17.4512/4 £203.00 NQ17.4515/4 £222.00 NQ17.4518/4 £259.00 NQ17.69/4 £191.00 NQ17.612/4 £234.00 NQ17.615/4 £264.00 NQ17.618/4 £323.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE NQ17.459/4A £170.00 NQ17.4512/4A £198.00 NQ17.4515/4A £220.00 NQ17.4518/4A £257.00 NQ17.69/4A £189.00 NQ17.612/4A £230.00 NQ17.615/4A £271.00 NQ17.618/4A £320.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE NQ459 £33.00 NQ4512 £43.00 NQ4515 £48.00 NQ4518 £55.00 NQ69 £38.00 NQ612 £48.00 NQ615 £56.00 NQ618 £68.00

FROM

FROM

£493

£491

Castors Plug in expansion fit 125mm swivel castors. In sets of 4, two of which are braked. Maximum load 200kg per set. DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

RUBBER

CQ5R-S

£88.00

Quartermaster Stainless Steel Shelving

✓Available with wire or solid shelves ✓Ideal for cold, wet & sterile environments

• Manufactured from 304 grade stainless steel • Shelves are electro polished for durability Stainless Steel Wire Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves

Stainless Steel Solid Shelving Bays 1700mm high, with four shelves

22

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE SPQ17.459/4 £491.00 SPQ17.4512/4 £597.00 SPQ17.4515/4 £701.00 SPQ17.69/4 £593.00 SPQ17.612/4 £716.00 SPQ17.615/4 £868.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTRA SHELF REF SPQ459 SPQ4512 SPQ4515 SPQ69 SPQ612 SPQ615

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £97.00 £123.00 £149.00 £122.00 £153.00 £191.00

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600 1800 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE SQ17.459/4 £493.00 SQ17.4512/4 £540.00 SQ17.4515/4 £618.00 SQ17.4518/4 £694.00 SQ17.69/4 £537.00 SQ17.612/4 £657.00 SQ17.615/4 £720.00 SQ17.618/4 £822.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE SQ17.459/4A £472.00 SQ17.4512/4A £519.00 SQ17.4515/4A £599.00 SQ17.4518/4A £673.00 SQ17.69/4A £516.00 SQ17.612/4A £636.00 SQ17.615/4A £700.00 SQ17.618/4A £802.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE SQ459 £97.00 SQ4512 £123.00 SQ4515 £129.00 SQ4518 £148.00 SQ69 £108.00 SQ612 £139.00 SQ615 £154.00 SQ618 £180.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC023

14/12/10

13:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / CHROME WIRE SHELVING

✓Popular choice for stockrooms,

FROM

105

£

kitchens and schools

• Quick and easy to build • Hardwearing chrome finish shelves let light through • Will not harbour dust • Extension may be added at 90º to form space efficient corners • Loading from 100kg up to 300kg

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Chrome Wire Shelving

Instant mobility! Any chrome wire shelving bay can be made mobile by quickly fitting a set of castors. Castors 75mm rubber castors, max load 100kg per set. REF CASZD-3S PRICE £23.80 per set of 4

Chrome Wire Utility Shelving Bays 1800mm high, with four shelves SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 910 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE L71.459/4 £105.00 L71.4512/4 £126.00 L71.4515/4 £162.00 L71.69/4 £151.00 L71.612/4 £169.00 L71.615/4 £191.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE L71.459/4A £109.00 L71.4512/4A £119.00 L71.4515/4A £155.00 L71.69/4A £144.00 L71.612/4A £146.00 L71.615/4A £184.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE LW459 £20.90 LW4512 £26.60 LW4515 £33.00 LW69 £24.60 LW612 £34.00 LW615 £40.20

LC459/3

134

£

Chrome Wire Carts • 100kg max load • Cranked handles 790mm high • Three fully adjustable chrome wire shelves • Fitted with economical 75mm rubber castors (non marking)

SHELF DIMS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1500 x 600

3-SHELF CART ORDER REF PRICE LC459/3 £134.00 LC4512/3 £151.00 LC4515/3 £181.00 LC69/3 £171.00 LC612/3 £192.00 LC615/3 £225.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE LW459 £20.90 LW4512 £26.60 LW4515 £33.00 LW69 £24.60 LW612 £34.00 LW615 £40.20

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

23 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC024

14/12/10

15:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / ALUMINIUM SHELVING

STARTER BAYS FROM

EXTENSION BAYS FROM

189

140

£

£

SHELF CONNECTORS FOR CREATING SPACE EFFICIENT OPEN CORNERS

Alimaster R Shelving

✓Aluminium frame with lift out polyester

Right Angle Shelf Connectors

decking for a cost effective combination of strength and hygiene

RIGHT ANGLE SHELF CONNECTORS

Loadings are reduced by 25% when angle connectors are used

• Rust free anodised aluminium

FOR SHELF DEPTH: 400mm 500mm 600mm REF AC40 REF AC50 REF AC60 PRICE £12.40 PRICE £13.00 PRICE £15.70

• Simple and quick assembly • Smooth section beams adjust on 150mm pitch • Can be connected at 90 degrees to form space efficient open corners

Castors Plug in 100mm rubber swivel castors. In sets of 4, two of which are braked. Maximum load 200kg per set.

• Moulded polyester shelf panels provide tough and hard wearing shelf decking • Ventilated to improve airflow

REF W5125 PRICE £88.00 per set

• Easily lifted out for cleaning

Alimaster R Complete Bays 1700mm high, with four shelf levels

CASTORS CAN BE ADDED TO CREATE MOBILE UNITS!

BAY DEPTH

WIDTH

746mm

970mm

1089mm

1201mm

1313mm

1425mm

1653mm

400mm

STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY EXTENSION BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

ARSA400 £189.00 AREA400 £140.00 A400 £35.00 ARSA500 £258.00 AREA500 £202.00 A500 £36.60 ARSA600 £280.00 AREA600 £225.00 A/600 £41.90

ARSC400 £293.00 AREC400 £236.00 C400 £45.50 ARSC500 £289.00 AREC500 £232.00 C500 £44.00 ARSC600 £320.00 AREC600 £265.00 C/600 £52.10

ARSD400 £312.00 ARED400 £257.00 D400 £50.30 ARSD500 £316.00 ARED500 £260.00 D500 £51.10 ARSD600 £356.00 ARED600 £300.00 D/600 £61.20

ARSE400 £327.00 AREE400 £272.00 E400 £54.10 ARSE500 £338.00 AREE500 £282.00 E500 £56.60 ARSE600 £425.00 AREE600 £362.00 E/600 £74.60

ARSF400 £343.00 AREF400 £288.00 F400 £58.10 ARSF500 £350.00 AREF500 £294.00 F500 £59.60 ARSF600 £434.00 AREF600 £355.00 F/600 £76.70

ARSG400 £367.00 AREG400 £311.00 G400 £67.00 ARSG500 £363.00 AREG500 £306.00 G500 £62.40 ARSG600 £407.00 AREG600 £352.00 G/600 £74.00

ARSI400 £373.00 AREI400 £317.00 I400 £65.10 ARSI500 £399.00 AREI500 £342.00 I500 £71.60 ARSI600 £459.00 AREI600 £403.00 I/600 £87.00

500mm

600mm

24 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC025

14/12/10

13:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LONGSPAN SHELVING

Heavy Duty Shelving Strong and robust adjustable shelving for manufacturing, engineering and production environments. Heavy duty design offers simple and fast assembly, giving you quick solutions to your storage needs.

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Just

365kg PER SHELF

1800 WIDE x 600 DEEP 3-SHELF HEAVY DUTY BAY

SX024RDGU

191

£

Just Shelving Colours

✓A fast and economic solution to everyday storage and production problems

• Quickly and easily assembled, requiring only a rubber mallet • Robust and colourful finishes suit any environment • Wide range of depths and widths offer flexible and cost effective solutions • Add extra shelves as required, or ask us to design a system which suits your specific needs • Ask about our complete installation service

Specification

Red uprights (RD) with light grey beams

Standard bays are 3-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks. Bays comprise 4 uprights, 3 shelf levels with channel beams, beam ties, feet and assembly instructions.

Blue uprights (GB) with light grey beams

Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise. Dark grey uprights (GX) with light grey beams

Heavy Duty Three Shelf Bays DIMENSIONS MAXIMUM SHELVING BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL H x W x D (mm) SHELF LOAD ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 1980 x 1500 x 450 510kg SX020RDGU £165.00 SX120GU £39.00 1980 x 1500 x 600 275kg SX021RDGU £177.00 SX121GU £43.00 1980 x 1800 x 600 365kg SX024RDGU £191.00 SX124GU £48.00 1980 x 1800 x 900 210kg SX025RDGU £227.00 SX125GU £58.00 1980 x 2400 x 600 445kg SX013RDGU £221.00 SX113GU £57.00 1980 x 2400 x 900 210kg SX014RDGU £263.00 SX114GU £71.00 * RD in the references above denotes RED uprights. For blue substitute GB, and for dark grey substitute GX.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Connector Plates are used to secure adjacent bays together. Four plates are needed to join two bays. REF SXSRLGU PRICE £1.50 each www.storage-design.co.uk

25 2011


TC026

15/12/10

13:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Heavy duty bolt free shelving is the ideal solution for industrial or commercial environments.

✓Easy and quick to build, this bolt free shelving is ideal for single and multi-tier requirements.

✓Create a run by choosing one starter bay and as many extension bays as necessary

Open Back and Sides

STARTER BAY

CS/Q/001

• Standard bays with open type back and sides comprising 6 shelves (including top and bottom)

205

£

EXTENSION BAY

CS/Q/002

150

£

Starter Bay NOW AVAILABLE IN IVORY POWDER COAT

Open Back and Sides DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 900 x 300 2100 x 900 x 450 2100 x 900 x 600

Bay Capacity

Extension Bay

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/001 £205.00 CS/Q/003 £247.00 CS/Q/005 £278.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/002 £150.00 CS/Q/004 £191.00 CS/Q/006 £222.00

1817kg with beams at top and bottom

Shelf Capacity 170kg Uniformly distributed load

Closed Back and Sides

Finish

• Standard bays with clad type back and sides comprising 6 shelves (including top and bottom)

Uprights and beams powder coated blue. Shelves and cladding panels powder coated grey. Also available in ivory

STARTER BAY

CS/Q/007

279

£

EXTENSION BAY

CS/Q/008

213

£

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

Closed Back and Sides

26

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 900 x 300 2100 x 900 x 450 2100 x 900 x 600

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/007 £279.00 CS/Q/009 £329.00 CS/Q/011 £368.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/Q/008 £213.00 CS/Q/010 £258.00 CS/Q/012 £292.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC027

15/12/10

13:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING / ACCESSORIES

DIVIDERS

STORAGE PRODUCTS

GARMENT RAIL

SHELF TRAYS

LOCKABLE DOORS

BIN FRONTS

Lockable doors are available for this shelving system. Please call us for more information.

Shelf Trays • Ideal for small parts storage • Grey finish DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 100 x 150 x 300 150 x 150 x 300 100 x 150 x 450 150 x 150 x 450

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/057 CS/Q/058 CS/Q/059 CS/Q/060

£13.00 £14.90 £14.90 £17.00

SHELF TRAYS

BIN FRONTS

DIVIDERS

GARMENT RAIL

Bin Fronts • Suits 900Wmm shelves, can be used in conjunction with dividers • Grey finish DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 50 x 900 75 x 900 100 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/061 CS/Q/062 CS/Q/063

£4.60 £4.80 £5.20

Garment Rail • For storage of garments and workwear • Grey finish DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 900 x 450 900 x 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/025 CS/Q/026

£11.40 £11.70

Dividers • Shelf sub-dividers with rolled edge front for safety • Grey finish HEIGHT (mm) 375 375 375 450 450 450

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 450 600 300 450 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS/Q/027 CS/Q/028 CS/Q/029 CS/Q/030 CS/Q/031 CS/Q/032

£6.50 £7.90 £8.90 £7.00 £8.60 £10.10

For assistance with tailored systems or for more complex requirements a design, supply and installation service is available. Please call us for more information!

27 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC028

15/12/10

13:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

FST Bolt-Free Shelving • Shelf widths 1000mm plus extra-wide 1300mm • Five standard depths and heights • Wide range of accessories • Tough galvanised finish as standard • Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

Complete 2-Bay Run • • • •

EASY ASSEMBLY, NO NUTS OR BOLTS REQUIRED!

2000H x 2100W x 500Dmm 5 shelf levels per bay Max load 300kg per shelf Max load 2300kg per bay

REF S2005899 PRICE £472.00

Complete 3-Bay Run

COMPLETE

• Details are as above with extra bay

S2005899

472

REF S2005699 PRICE £609.00

£

Price savings for larger quantities, please call for more details

Colour Finishes Galvanised Blue RAL5012 Grey RAL7035

2000mm high x 1000mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF A2003099 A2004099 A2005099 A2006099 A2008099

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

PRICE £248 £268 £280 £289 £345

DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF B2003099 B2004099 B2005099 B2006099 B2008099

PRICE £197 £216 £226 £234 £287

DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF C2004099 C2005099 C2006099 C2008099

PRICE £230 £240 £247 £300

Starter Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF D2003099 D2004099 D2005099 D2006099 D2008099

PRICE £287 £306 £319 £327 £384

Extension Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600 800

ORDER REF E2003099 E2004099 E2005099 E2006099 E2008099

PRICE £249 £268 £278 £286 £339

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 120kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. 400/500/600/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 300kg

2000mm high x 1300mm wide FST galvanised bays, with four shelf levels Starter Bay with cross bracing DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

28

ORDER REF F2003099 F2004099 F2005099 F2006099 F2008099

Extension Bay with cross bracing

Extension Bay

PRICE £259 £283 £298 £311 £371

DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF G2003099 G2004099 G2005099 G2006099 G2008099

PRICE £207 £231 £244 £255 £312

DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF H2004099 H2005099 H2006099 H2008099

PRICE £245 £258 £269 £326

Starter Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF L2003099 L2004099 L2005099 L2006099 L2008099

PRICE £309 £333 £348 £360 £420

Extension Bay with back panel DEPTH (mm) 300* 400 500 600** 800

ORDER REF M2003099 M2004099 M2005099 M2006099 M2008099

PRICE £271 £295 £308 £318 £375

*300mm deep bays have a maximum shelf capacity of 100kg. These bays must be fixed to a wall, mounting brackets are included. **600mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 200kg 400/500/800mm deep bays are supplied with shelf strengtheners which allow a maximum shelf capacity of 230kg

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC029

14/12/10

13:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

FST Bolt Free Shelving Options & Accessories A versatile shelving system to create open shelving or total clad secure shelving. Unique features and options designed to be easily fitted such as drawers, sliding doors both solid and ‘clearview’ polrcarbonate, 3 colour options, perforated end panels to hang tools etc. • Side & back panels • Perforated panels for tool hanging • Hinged doors • Sliding doors • Shelf panels & dividers • Drawers • Multibox containers • Two width options available 1000mm and 1300mm • Five depths & five heights available • Heavy duty shelf loadings to 300kg • Heavy duty bay loading 2300kg

This system can be tailored to suit your requirements, please contact us for more details

BACK PANELS

SIDE PANELS

LEAF DOORS

Galvanised Back Panels* DESCRIPTION BACK PANEL FOR 1000mm WIDE BAY BACK PANEL FOR 1300mm WIDE BAY

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1300

Drawers, available in blue or light grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

FST20201099 FST20201399

£59.00 £70.00

100mm HIGH NORMAL EXTENSION DRAWER 100mm HIGH FULL EXTENSION DRAWER

Galvanised Side Panels* DESCRIPTION SIDE PANEL FOR 300mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 400mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 500mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 600mm DEEP BAY SIDE PANEL FOR 800mm DEEP BAY

DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 2000 x 300 2000 x 400 2000 x 500 2000 x 600 2000 x 800

SLIDING DOORS

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1000 x 500 1000 x 500

ORDER REF

PRICE

FST85100004 FST86100004

£89.00 £106.00

Doors, available in blue or light grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

FST22203099 FST22204099 FST22205099 FST22206099 FST22208099

£34.00 £38.00 £41.00 £44.00 £53.00

LEAF DOORS FOR 1000mm WIDE BAY LEAF DOORS FOR 1300mm WIDE BAY SLIDING DOORS FOR 2 x 1000mm WIDE BAY SLIDING DOORS FOR 2 x 1300mm WIDE BAY

DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 2000 x 1000 2000 x 1300 2000 x 2000 2000 x 2600

ORDER REF

PRICE

FST51200004 FST52200004 FST57200004 FST58200004

£298.00 £328.00 £745.00 £868.00

*Optional blue or grey painted finish (15% surcharge over galvanised prices)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

29 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC030

15/12/10

13:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

Starters & Extensions STORMOR shelving is available with three different upright variations to suit the application. The bays on the following pages are all supplied with 6 levels of 1000 mm wide shelves. Height and depth variations are given in the tables. Rapid delivery starter and extension bays are listed in the tables. Other heights, widths and depths are also available contact us for details.

SHELF LOADINGS Note bays with dimensions 2150H x 1000W x 600Dmm have a maximum shelf load capacity of 55kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

For our full range of accessories see pages 32 & 33

70kg PER SHELF

STORMOR Mono ✓Ideal for general purpose storage applications

• Maximum storage capacity in the available space • Economic and fully adjustable • Fully interchangeable with all other Stormor components • Rear cladding or mesh cladding available

BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive area

Mesh cladding is available for small carton applications

6-Shelf Stormor Mono Shelving Open Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

SHELVES & DIVIDERS Stormor Grey (RAL 7035) 30

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMM18130OS6 SMM18137OS6 SMM18145OS6 SMM18160OS6 SMM21130OS6 SMM21137OS6 SMM21145OS6 SMM21160OS6

PRICE £124.00 £134.00 £144.00 £164.00 £132.00 £142.00 £153.00 £173.00

UPRIGHTS Stormor Grey (RAL 7035)

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMM18130OE6 £99.00 SMM18137OE6 £109.00 SMM18145OE6 £118.00 SMM18160OE6 £137.00 SMM21130OE6 £104.00 SMM21137OE6 £113.00 SMM21145OE6 £122.00 SMM21160OE6 £141.00

Suave Blue (BS 5252 20 E 56)

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS-130 SMS-137 SMS-145 SMS-160 SMS-130 SMS-137 SMS-145 SMS-160

PRICE £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00 £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00

Graphite Grey (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Bays listed are Stormor Grey with BioCote Protection Alternative upright colours cost no more, but may not be available from stock and are not BioCote Protected. STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC031

15/12/10

13:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

70kg PER SHELF

For our full range of accessories see pages 32 & 33

SHELF LOADINGS BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive area

Note bays with dimensions 2150H x 1000W x 600Dmm have a maximum shelf load capacity of 55kg. All other bays have a capacity of 70kg.

STORMOR Solo

✓Ideal for commercial applications - the robust solution to everyday requirements

Single piece frames with delta edge front

• Suitable for use in all applications and general archive storage • BioCote powder coated light grey RAL 7035 • All components manufactured from cold formed mild steel • Delta front edge aids removal and replacement of stored material • Fully adjustable shelves on 25 mm pitch • One shelf clip accommodates shelf on both sides of upright • Fully interchangeable with Solo and Mono frames • Folded rear T on frame accommodates rear cladding and bracing on 50mm increments 6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Open Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMS18130OS6 SMS18137OS6 SMS18145OS6 SMS18160OS6 SMS21130OS6 SMS21137OS6 SMS21145OS6 SMS21160OS6

PRICE £117.00 £134.00 £148.00 £181.00 £122.00 £139.00 £155.00 £189.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130OE6 £95.00 SMS18137OE6 £108.00 SMS18145OE6 £120.00 SMS18160OE6 £144.00 SMS21130OE6 £97.00 SMS21137OE6 £110.00 SMS21145OE6 £122.00 SMS21160OE6 £149.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160 SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160

PRICE £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00 £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00

6-Shelf Stormor Solo Shelving Closed Back Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1850 x 1000 x 300 1850 x 1000 x 370 1850 x 1000 x 450 1850 x 1000 x 600 2150 x 1000 x 300 2150 x 1000 x 370 2150 x 1000 x 450 2150 x 1000 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

STARTER BAY ORDER REF SMS18130CS6 SMS18137CS6 SMS18145CS6 SMS18160CS6 SMS21130CS6 SMS21137CS6 SMS21145CS6 SMS21160CS6

PRICE £156.00 £169.00 £181.00 £217.00 £164.00 £181.00 £197.00 £231.00

TEL: 01446 772614

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SMS18130CE6 £130.00 SMS18137CE6 £143.00 SMS18145CE6 £155.00 SMS18160CE6 £180.00 SMS21130CE6 £139.00 SMS21137CE6 £152.00 SMS21145CE6 £164.00 SMS21160CE6 £191.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160 SMS130 SMS137 SMS145 SMS160

PRICE £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00 £11.00 £12.00 £14.00 £17.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

31 2011


TC032

15/12/10

13:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING / ACCESSORIES

STORMOR Accessories

Call us for any size not listed

Garment Hanging Rail To be mounted on support channels - see below. Galvanised 25mm rail is ideal for both workshop and fashion applications. 1000mm wide specified, other sizes available.

Light Duty Rod Back Stop Quickly fits across the rear of bays to prevent files and merchandise falling backwards. Simply slots into the upright. 1000mm wide specified, other sizes available.

REF SZAGR25S1000 PRICE £5.50

REF SZABS004R1000 PRICE £3.50

Bin Front / Heavy Duty Back Stops Prevent items falling off the front of shelves. When used with shelf dividers they form enclosed compartments or bins. Can also be used as a heavier duty back stop. 1000mm wide specified, other sizes available. Location plugs are also required - see below. Rail Support Channels Clip in channels have 3 or 5 locations for 25mm garment rails. Multiple location points allow quick re-positioning and choice of single and double hanging rails. FRAME DEPTH (mm) 300 450 600

RAIL POSITIONS 3 3 5

ORDER REF SZAHGHSC300 SZAHGHSC450 SZAHGHSC600

PRICE £7.00 £9.00 £10.00

Pull-Out Filing Cradles Supplied with easy-to-fit runners, can accommodate A4 and foolscap top loaded suspension files. 1000mm wide.

32

FRAME DEPTH (mm) 370 450

ORDER REF SZAPOFC1-370 SZAPOFC1-450

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £133.00 £135.00

FRONT HEIGHT (mm) 25 50 75 100

PLUGS REQUIRED 2 2 4 4

ORDER REF

PRICE

SZABF025F1000 SZABF050F1000 SZABF075F1000 SZABF100F1000

£8.00 £9.00 £10.00 £11.00

Location Plugs Necessary for assembly of bin fronts onto Stormor shelving. REF SZAPLUG PRICE £0.40 each

Pull-Out Drawers Plain drawers, supplied with easy-to-fit runners. 150mm deep x 1000mm wide. Other sizes and divider options available, please ask. FRAME DEPTH (mm) 370 450

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF SZAPOD150P370 SZAPOD150P450

PRICE £178.00 £188.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Plastic Drawers Ideal for storage of small items, the drawers tilt on integrated back stops to allow easy viewing and access. Light grey moulding. Dividers and labels are also available. DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 120 x 138 x 281 120 x 207 x 281 120 x 138 x 431

ORDER REF SZADU1GU SZADU2GU SZADU3GU

PRICE £5.50 £7.00 £7.00

Pull-Out Reference Shelf Provides a flat and stable work surface for document or file reference within the aisle. 1000mm wide. FRAME DEPTH (mm) 370 450

ORDER REF SZAPORS1-370 SZAPORS1-450

PRICE £109.00 £115.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC033

15/12/10

13:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

✓Stable, strong, and no sharp edges! ✓Economical starter and extension bay system

STORAGE PRODUCTS

STORMOR Bin Units FROM

• Closed sides and backs keep items neatly together • 1850H x 900W x 300Dmm bays • 68kg load per shelf • Base plinth prevents accumulation of debris underneath • Light grey overall finish • Supplied ready for on-site assembly • Many more configurations are available – please enquire

184

£

12 Compartment

18 Compartment

Each compartment 300H x 450W x 300Dmm

Each compartment 300H x 300W x 300Dmm

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/12S PRICE £184.00

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/18S PRICE £204.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/12E PRICE £161.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/18E PRICE £181.00

32 Compartment

72 Compartment

Each compartment 225H x 225W x 300Dmm

Each compartment 150H x 150W x 300Dmm

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/32S PRICE £259.00

Starter Bay REF SBU18593/72S PRICE £404.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/32E PRICE £236.00

Extension Bay REF SBU18593/72E PRICE £381.00

Optional Colours UPRIGHTS

SHELVES & DIVIDERS

Stormor Grey (RAL 7035)

Stormor Grey (RAL 7035)

Suave Blue (BS 5252 20 E 56) Graphite Grey (BS 5252 18 A 14)

Bays listed are Stormor grey – alternative upright colours cost no more, but may not be available from stock.

Stormor Shelving System - Dividers

Full Height Compartment Dividers Document Dividers Slim profile divider ideal for paper and record storage. Ensures maximum use of shelf capacity. Easily relocated over the width of the shelf every 75mm. DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 300 x 300 400 x 300 450 x 300 300 x 370 400 x 370 450 x 370 300 x 450 400 x 450 450 x 450

ORDER REF SZDF300300 SZDF400300 SZDF450300 SZDF300370 SZDF400370 SZDF450370 SZDF300450 SZDF400450 SZDF450450

PRICE £3.50 £5.00 £5.50 £4.00 £6.50 £6.70 £4.50 £7.00 £7.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Partial Height Dividers

General Purpose Dividers Used to divide shelves horizontally into smaller storage compartments. Reinforced leading edge provides extra strength. Relocatable over the width of the shelf every 75mm. DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 300 x 300 400 x 300 450 x 300 400 x 370 450 x 370 300 x 450 400 x 450 450 x 450

ORDER REF 0300DF0300 0400DF0300 0450DF0300 0400DF0370 0450DF0370 0300DF0450 0400DF0450 0450DF0450

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £4.50 £5.50 £6.00 £6.00 £6.50 £5.50 £6.50 £7.00

Top / bottom Dividers 150mm high divider which slots either on top or below the shelf to provide storage compartments or support for files and similar tall material. DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 150 x 300 150 x 370 150 x 450 150 x 600

ORDER REF SZDP300 SZDP370 SZDP450 SZDP600

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £4.50 £5.00 £5.50 £6.50

Under-shelf Dividers Divider simply clips in under open shelves to hold books, files etc upright. Divider can be repositioned exactly as required across the whole width of the shelf. SHELF DEPTH (mm) 270-320 350-400

ORDER REF SZAUSD270-320 SZAUSD350-400

PRICE £9.00 £9.00

33

Call us for any size not listed

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC034

15/12/10

13:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING

Metaclip Rolled Edge Shelving ✓A fully adjustable system ideal for industrial and commercial environments • The side uprights have a ‘Rolled’ front edge for strength and to protect operatives when using the system • All shelves are pierced to accept dividers NOW AVAILABLE IN IVORY POWDER COAT

FROM £

Standard Height

1905mm with 6 shelves including top and bottom

Standard Width

900mm

Bay Capacity

454kg

Shelf Capacity

68kg (uniformly distributed load)

Finish

Epoxy powder coated grey or ivory

Open Backs

34

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/001 £121.00 CS/R/003 £133.00 CS/R/005 £151.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

121

Clad Backs EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/002 £105.00 CS/R/004 £114.00 CS/R/006 £128.00

TEL: 01446 772614

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/007 £153.00 CS/R/009 £166.00 CS/R/011 £184.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/008 £138.00 CS/R/010 £147.00 CS/R/012 £161.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC035

15/12/10

13:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

4x2

6x2

8x2

8 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/013 £177.00 CS/R/015 £192.00 CS/R/017 £213.00

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/025 £209.00 CS/R/027 £226.00 CS/R/029 £249.00

8x3

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

8x4

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/043 £296.00 CS/R/045 £319.00 CS/R/047 £350.00

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/055 £352.00 CS/R/057 £378.00 CS/R/059 £413.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/038 £225.00 CS/R/040 £241.00 CS/R/042 £264.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/032 £238.00 CS/R/034 £255.00 CS/R/036 £278.00

12 x 6 36 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/044 £281.00 CS/R/046 £300.00 CS/R/048 £327.00

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/049 £373.00 CS/R/051 £400.00 CS/R/053 £436.00

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/050 £357.00 CS/R/052 £381.00 CS/R/054 £413.00

72 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/056 £336.00 CS/R/058 £359.00 CS/R/060 £390.00

TEL: 01446 772614

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/031 £253.00 CS/R/033 £274.00 CS/R/035 £301.00

12 x 3

32 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/037 £241.00 CS/R/039 £260.00 CS/R/041 £287.00

18 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/026 £193.00 CS/R/028 £207.00 CS/R/030 £226.00

24 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

6x3 16 Compartments

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/014 £162.00 CS/R/016 £174.00 CS/R/018 £190.00

12 Compartments BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Metaclip Rolled Edge Bin Units

BAY DEPTH (mm) 300 375 450

STARTER BAY REF PRICE CS/R/061 £590.00 CS/R/063 £629.00 CS/R/065 £674.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY REF PRICE CS/R/062 £574.00 CS/R/064 £610.00 CS/R/066 £651.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

35 2011


TC036

15/12/10

13:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING 5 LEVEL SHORTSPAN SHELVING 900mm AND 1200mm WIDE FROM

107

£

Speedrax Shortspan Shelving

✓5 level shortspan shelving 900mm and 1200mm wide • • • • •

Low cost general storage for any environment Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required Unrestricted access from all sides Shelves fully adjustable - every 40mm Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 900 x 300 2080 x 900 x 450 2080 x 900 x 600 2080 x 900 x 900 2080 x 1200 x 300 2080 x 1200 x 450 2080 x 1200 x 600 2080 x 1200 x 900

MAX SHELF LOAD (kg) 375 375 375 200 350 350 350 200

ORDER REF CS/S/001 CS/S/002 CS/S/003 CS/S/004 CS/S/005 CS/S/006 CS/S/007 CS/S/008

PRICE 1 £166.00 £172.00 £182.00 £202.00 £180.00 £188.00 £200.00 £224.00

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £110.00 £116.00 £126.00 £146.00 £124.00 £132.00 £144.00 £168.00

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £107.00 £113.00 £124.00 £143.00 £121.00 £129.00 £141.00 £165.00

£ Quantity discounts

Speedrax Document Storage Shelving

✓Cost effective document storage shelving FROM £

173

DOCUMENT STORAGE SHELVING

• • • •

All bays complete with document boxes Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required Single and double depth units available Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 1200 x 450 2080 x 1200 x 900 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 900 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 900

NO. OF LEVELS 4 4 3 3 4 4

NO. OF BOXES 18 36 30 70 30 70

ORDER REF CS/S/050 CS/S/051 CS/S/052 CS/S/053 CS/S/054 CS/S/055

PRICE 1 £232.00 £322.00 £313.00 £474.00 £352.00 £523.00

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £176.00 £266.00 £257.00 £418.00 £294.00 £467.00

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £173.00 £263.00 £255.00 £415.00 £293.00 £465.00

Document Storage Boxes • With printed "contents" panel • 270H x 340W x 450Dmm (ext) • Sold in packs of 10 REF CS/S/056 PRICE £30.50 36 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC037

15/12/10

13:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

Speedrax Wide Access Shelving • • • • •

Perfect for the storage of hand loaded bulky items Quick and easy assembly - no nuts or bolts required High load capacity - up to 675kg UDL per shelf Shelves fully adjustable - every 40mm Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 1800 x 450 2080 x 1800 x 600 2080 x 1800 x 900 2080 x 2100 x 450 2080 x 2100 x 600 2080 x 2100 x 900 2080 x 2400 x 450 2080 x 2400 x 600 2080 x 2400 x 900

MAX SHELF LOAD (kg) 675 675 675 650 650 650 600 600 600

ORDER REF CS/S/020 CS/S/021 CS/S/022 CS/S/201 CS/S/202 CS/S/203 CS/S/023 CS/S/024 CS/S/025

PRICE 1 £222.00 £232.00 £259.00 £233.00 £239.00 £275.00 £244.00 £248.00 £289.00

FROM

163

£

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £166.00 £176.00 £203.00 £177.00 £183.00 £219.00 £188.00 £192.00 £233.00

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £163.00 £173.00 £200.00 £174.00 £181.00 £216.00 £185.00 £189.00 £230.00

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓3 level wide access shelving 1800mm, 2100mm, and 2400mm wide

Accessories

Floor Fixing Bracket

Joining Plate

Used to secure a shelving bay to the floor. The bracket should locate into the bottom slot and will accept a fixing up to 8mm dia. Please note that an FFB should always be used if the height to the top loaded shelf exceeds 4 times the depth of the bay. Blue epoxy powder coated finish.

Connect adjacent bays with a joining plate. Position two plates on the front and rear pairs of posts. Blue epoxy powder coated finish. SET OF FOUR REF CS/S/018 PRICE £5.40 FROM

REF CS/S/017 PRICE £1.20

£

ASSEMBLY MALLET REF CS/S/019 PRICE £5.40

275

Locking studs are included with all shelving bays

Speedrax Metabin Shelving

✓Ideal for small parts storage

• Complete with 5 chipboard shelves and 36 Metabin containers • Each container 276L x 222W x 165Hmm • Containers supplied yellow as standard other colours available please contact us for details • Hardwearing powder coated finish

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2080 x 900 x 300

NO. OF LEVELS 5

NO. OF BINS 36

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF CS/S/200

PRICE 1 £334.00

PRICE 2-5 SUFFIX /2 £278.00

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE 6+ SUFFIX /6 £275.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

37 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC038

15/12/10

13:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

...After 2 mins!

...after 7 mins!

...after 4 mins!

...finished in 10 mins!

RIVETIER ®

The Original Boltless Shelving

Budget Range

✓Extremely strong, up to 450 kg uniformly

Save on back to back shelving up to 915mm (3'0") deep with free access from either side

distributed load (U.D.L) per shelf

✓Unrestricted access from all sides - no cross bracing is required

• Quick and easy to assemble, less than 10 minutes to build each shelving unit. • No nuts and bolts, clips or fixings, only four simple components that just tap into place • Beam and post connection by patented, precision Rivet to Eye secure fixing - the strongest there is!

RB6154CS

159

£

• Fully adjustable shelves at 1.5" (38mm) increments • All shelf supports in pale grey

Uprights to 8' high & tie plates are available in three colours: Red

Blue

Dark Grey

Four Shelf Level Units, Height 6'6" (1980mm) • Decked with 18mm high density chipboard

Tie plates lock individual units together (4 required to link 2 units)

38

Upright Tie Plate REF RB060130CS PRICE £1.70 (each)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

BAY WIDTH

BAY DEPTH

6' (1830mm)

SHELF LOADING (UDL) 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

15" (380mm) 450kg

18" (458mm) 450kg

24" (610mm) 450kg

30" (762mm) 410kg

36" (915mm) 410kg

RB6154CS £159.00 RB615XSCS £33.00

RB6184CS £177.00 RB618XSCS £35.00

RB6244CS £180.00 RB624XSCS £36.00

RB6304CS £201.00 RB630XSCS £45.00

RB6364CS £225.00 RB636XSCS £47.00

Taller Shelving Units (Grey Uprights Only 10' Upwards) UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

8' (2440mm) -8RB £22.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

10' (3050mm) -10RB £28.00

12' (3660mm) -12RB £50.00

15' 4570mm) -15RB £72.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC039

15/12/10

13:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LONGSPAN SHELVING

Heavy Duty

✓Up to 900kg U.D.L. load per shelf • Heavy duty shelving suitable for all applications • Wide uninterrupted spans • Huge range of sizes available

STORAGE PRODUCTS

RIVETIER ®

The Original Boltless Shelving

R5154CS

159

£

For larger quantities please call for a quotation

Up to 2440mm (8'0") uninterrupted Span

640kg

Uprights to 8' high & tie plates are available in three colours:

PER SHELF

Red Blue Dark Grey

Four Shelf Level Units, Height 6’6” (1980mm) • Decked with 18mm high density chipboard BAY WIDTH + SHELF LOADING 4' (1220mm) 810kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 5' (1525mm) 640kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 6' (1830mm) 660kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 7' (2135mm) 455kg PER SHELF U.D.L. 8' (2440mm) 455kg PER SHELF U.D.L.

DEPTH 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL 4 SHELF LEVEL UNIT EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

15" (380mm) R4154CS £128 R415XSCS £23 R5154CS £159 R515XSCS £31 R6154CS £210 R615XSCS £44 R7154CS £240 R715XSCS £49 R8154CS £255 R815XSCS £55

18" (458mm) R4184CS £135 R418XSCS £25 R5184CS £166 R518XSCS £32 R6184CS £217 R618XSCS £45 R7184CS £237 R718XSCS £50 R8184CS £264 R818XSCS £60

24" (610mm) R4244CS £138 R424XSCS £25 R5244CS £168 R524XSCS £33 R6244CS £220 R624XSCS £46 R7244CS £240 R724XSCS £51 R8244CS £262 R824XSCS £57

30" (762mm) R4304CS £158 R430XSCS £30 R5304CS £206 R530XSCS £42 R6304CS £257 R630XSCS £55 R7304CS £277 R730XSCS £60 R8304CS £325 R830XSCS £69

36" (915mm) R4364CS £166 R436XSCS £32 R5364CS £214 R536XSCS £44 R6364CS £265 R636XSCS £56 R7364CS £285 R736XSCS £62 R8364CS £320 R836XSCS £71

48" (1220mm) R4484CS £183 R448XSCS £37 R5484CS £230 R548XSCS £49 R6484CS £282 R648XSCS £61 R7484CS £302 R748XSCS £66 R8484CS £342 R848XSCS £77

Taller Shelving Units (Grey Uprights Only 10' Upwards) UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

8' (2440mm) -8 £22.00

10' (3050mm) -10 £28.00

TEL: 01446 772614

12' (3660mm) -12 £50.00

Patented, precision, rivet to eye secure fixing

Plastic feet supplied with all uprights

Tie plates lock units together (4 required to link 2 units)

Shelf tie supports included where required

15' 4570mm) -15 £74.00

Upright Tie Plate REF 060130CS PRICE £1.70 (each) info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

39 2011


TC040

15/12/10

13:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

SHELVING

375kg

Just

PER SHELF

Standard Duty Shelving

SX001GBGU

120

✓Simple, tap together, fully adjustable shelving for quick and economic storage solutions

£

• Take a standard bay and tailor it to your needs by adding shelf levels • Just Shelving maximises the storage of archive boxes, box files, arch files and many packaged stock items • 5-shelf units with 18mm chipboard decks • Bays comprise 4 uprights, 5 shelf levels with J-beams, feet and assembly instructions. • Bays will be supplied with red uprights and light grey beams unless specified otherwise

Standard Duty Five Shelf Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1980 x 900 x 300 1980 x 1200 x 300 1980 x 900 x 450 1980 x 1200 x 450

MAXIMUM SHELVING BAY EXTRA SHELF LEVEL SHELF LOAD ORDER REF* PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 360kg SX001RDGU £120.00 SX101GU £16.00 350kg SX002RDGU £144.00 SX102GU £21.00 320kg SX004RDGU £132.00 SX104GU £19.00 350kg SX005RDGU £162.00 SX105GU £25.00 *RD in the references above denotes RED uprights. For blue substitute GB, and for dark grey substitute GX.

350kg

900 WIDE X 300 DEEP 5-SHELF STANDARD DUTY BAY

PER SHELF

1200 WIDE X 300 DEEP 5-SHELF STANDARD DUTY BAY

It’s so quick & easy! • Simple tap-together construction • No fiddly nuts and bolts • Bays assembled within ten minutes

Unpack and assemble the framework by simply tapping together...

SX002RDGU

144

£

...with the framework complete, just drop the shelves into position.

40 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC041

14/12/10

13:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONSTRUCTION TUBE STORAGE PRODUCTS

Simple, rapid assembly. Sketch your design, cut tube to length, and tap it together!

✓SIMPLE

✓STRONG

Display units, workstations, trolleys and furniture can all be assembled quickly and simply.

Tough glass-filled nylon joints tap together easily with a soft face hammer. No irritating loose inserts are needed!

✓COLOURFUL

✓VERSATILE

The 25mm square tubing is offered in a range of exciting colour finishes.

Castors, adjustable feet, glass or timber cladding extrusions plus all conceivable clips mean that every design can be achieved

B

G

A

Plain & Perforated Tube 25mm plain square tube, also perforated one or two sides PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A A A A B B B B

BLACK PLAIN 3m LENGTH RED PLAIN 3m LENGTH BLUE PLAIN 3m LENGTH NATURAL ALUMINIUM PLAIN 3m LENGTH BLACK PERF 1 SIDE 3m LENGTH BLACK PERF 2 SIDES 3m LENGTH CHROME PERF 1 SIDE 2m LENGTH CHROME PERF 2 SIDES 2m LENGTH

TSBK3 TSRD3 TSBU3 TACA TS1PBK TS2PBK TS1PCB TS2PCB

PRICE EACH £18.00 £18.00 £18.00 £29.00 £27.00 £31.00 £35.00 £40.00

H

J

L

K

N

M

Tube Connecting Joints PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

G H J K L M N

2-WAY 3-WAY 3-WAY FLAT 4-WAY 4-WAY FLAT 5-WAY 6-WAY

2WBK 3WBK 3WFBK 4WBK 4WFBK 5WBK 6WBK

PRICE EACH £5.50 £6.50 £6.50 £7.50 £7.50 £9.00 £10.00

C

Single Finned Tube 25mm square extruded aluminium tube. The fin provides a support for either 15mm board or 6mm glass. PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

C

BLACK ANODISED 3m LENGTH

TASUVBK

D

O

PRICE EACH £42.00

P

R

F

Q

S

Clips PIC

E

O P

Wheels & Castors PIC D E F -

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

LIGHT DUTY CASTOR 50mm DIA. MEDIUM DUTY CASTOR 70mm DIA. LIGHT DUTY WHEEL 100mm DIA. LIGHT DUTY WHEEL 100mm WITH BRAKE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LDC MDC LDW LDWB

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE EACH £11.00 £24.00 £17.00 £25.00

Q R S

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF CSA/1

ADJUSTABLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) INVISIBLE SHELF CLIP (PERF) – HIDDEN SUPPORT FOR 15mm BOARD CI15/1 GLASS SHELF CLIP – SUPPORTS 6mm GLASS FLUSH WITH FRAME CGS/1 GLAZING CLIP – HOLDS ON TOP OF FRAME CGC/1 BENCH OR TROLLEY CLADDING CLIP TCC/1 Items marked (PERF) are for use with perforated tube only

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE EACH £1.50 £0.50 £0.80 £1.50 £0.75

www.storage-design.co.uk

41 2011


TC042

15/12/10

13:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LONGSPAN SHELVING

System Shelfplan 3 BEAM LEVELS INCLUDING STEEL SHELVES

STARTER

SP-SB-002

440

£

EXTENSION

SP-EB-002

387

£

Finish FRAMES & BEAMS RAL 5010 BRACINGS ZINC PLATED

Frames are supplied with a galvatite footplate. This can be bolted to the ground where required. Beams are stepped to provide a flush surface when a shelf is installed. To guard against accidental dislodgement, a safety pin is inserted through the beam bracket and concealed behind the upright.

3-Beam Starter Bay

3-Beam Extension Bay

4-Beam Starter Bay

4-Beam Extension Bay

upto 1800mm

1000kg

2400mm

per shelf

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1200mm 1800mm 2400mm

1800mm High Bays - 3 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1200 x 622 1800 x 1800 x 622 1800 x 2400 x 622 1800 x 1200 x 774 1800 x 1800 x 774 1800 x 2400 x 774 1800 x 1200 x 926 1800 x 1800 x 926 1800 x 2400 x 926

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-SB-001 £347.00 SP-SB-002 £440.00 SP-SB-003 £536.00 SP-SB-004 £371.00 SP-SB-005 £476.00 SP-SB-006 £584.00 SP-SB-007 £397.00 SP-SB-008 £514.00 SP-SB-009 £634.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-EB-001 £294.00 SP-EB-002 £387.00 SP-EB-003 £483.00 SP-EB-004 £318.00 SP-EB-005 £423.00 SP-EB-006 £531.00 SP-EB-007 £343.00 SP-EB-008 £460.00 SP-EB-009 £580.00

EXTRA LEVELS ORDER REF PRICE SP-078 £81.00 SP-079 £112.00 SP-080 £144.00 SP-081 £88.00 SP-082 £123.00 SP-083 £159.00 SP-084 £96.00 SP-085 £135.00 SP-086 £175.00

2400mm High Bays - 4 Beam Levels with Galvatite Shelf Panels

42

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2400 x 1200 x 622 2400 x 1800 x 622 2400 x 2400 x 622 2400 x 1200 x 774 2400 x 1800 x 774 2400 x 2400 x 774 2400 x 1200 x 926 2400 x 1800 x 926 2400 x 2400 x 926

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 820 1000 600 780 1000 600 680 1000 600

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-SB-010 £470.00 SP-SB-011 £594.00 SP-SB-012 £722.00 SP-SB-013 £504.00 SP-SB-014 £644.00 SP-SB-015 £788.00 SP-SB-016 £538.00 SP-SB-017 £694.00 SP-SB-018 £854.00

TEL: 01446 772614

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE SP-EB-010 £396.00 SP-EB-011 £520.00 SP-EB-012 £648.00 SP-EB-013 £429.00 SP-EB-014 £569.00 SP-EB-015 £713.00 SP-EB-016 £462.00 SP-EB-017 £618.00 SP-EB-018 £777.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA LEVELS ORDER REF PRICE SP-001 £81.00 SP-002 £112.00 SP-003 £144.00 SP-004 £88.00 SP-005 £123.00 SP-006 £159.00 SP-007 £96.00 SP-008 £135.00 SP-009 £175.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC043

14/12/10

13:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

✓Designed to be easily customised to a customer’s needs and created for the storage of small parts

✓Simple to assemble, strong and stable

• Made of high quality cold rolled sheet metal • Powder coated finish • Choice of three heights; 2020mm, 2295mm and 2480mm • Frame depths of 300, 400, 500 or 600mm • Choice of two shelf lengths 1000mm and 1280mm • Shelf loads of 150kg & 200kg UDL • Bay load capacities of 750kg & 1000kg • Resilient powder coat finish to uprights and shelves • Pre-galvanised finish to back and frame cladding

STORAGE PRODUCTS

S90 Shelving

Uprights and shelves painted contrasting shades of grey FROM £

240

UPRIGHTS

DARK GREY

SHELVES

LIGHT GREY

Choice of heights, depths and shelf lengths available. Call us for more info.

Perfect for small parts storage and hand picking operations

Narrow shelves for easy identification and picking small items

Ideal in storage areas where traditional order picking is carried out manually

Shelf dividers, 140mm high, are available to keep items on shelves separated and easy to find

2020mm High x 1000mm Wide Bays - 5 Shelves Bays with Bracing SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 400 500 600

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 150 200 200 200

STARTER BAY WITH BRACING ORDER REF PRICE S90-SB300 £240.00 S90-SB400 £255.00 S90-SB500 £270.00 S90-SB600 £285.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE S90-EB300 £180.00 S90-EB400 £195.00 S90-EB500 £210.00 S90-EB600 £225.00

EXTENSION BAY WITH BRACING ORDER REF PRICE S90-EBB300 £195.00 S90-EBB400 £210.00 S90-EBB500 £225.00 S90-EBB600 £240.00

Other sizes available. Please call us.

2020mm High x 1000mm Wide Bays - 5 Shelves Bays with Back Cladding SHELF DEPTH (mm) 300 400 500 600

LOAD CAPACITY PER SHELF LEVEL (kg) 150 200 200 200

STARTER BAY WITH BACK CLADDING ORDER REF PRICE S90-SBC300 £280.00 S90-SBC400 £295.00 S90-SBC500 £310.00 S90-SBC600 £325.00

EXTENSION BAY WITH BACK CLADDING ORDER REF PRICE S90-EBC300 £235.00 S90-EBC400 £250.00 S90-EBC500 £265.00 S90-EBC600 £280.00

Other sizes available. Please call us.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

43 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC044

15/12/10

13:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LONGSPAN SHELVING

COMPLETE

900kg

RH1890/2/3

517

£

3-SHELF STARTER & EXTENSION 1850W x 900Dmm

UE AL TOP V

A

TOP V

CAPACITY

LUE

ON SELECTED ITEMS

RH9540S

£174

Budget Longspan Shelving Bays

✓Fully adjustable heavy duty shelving ✓Up to 1215kg U.D.L. load per shelf • Stepped beams with flush fitting decks • Four shelf depths: 400, 600, 800, 900mm • Six bay widths: 950, 1150, 1350, 1500, 1850, 2400mm • Four shelf levels are normally supplied – you may add or deduct shelves as required

Four Shelf Level Bays WIDTH / SHELF LOADING 950mm 1215kg per shelf 1150mm 940kg per shelf 1350mm 775kg per shelf 1500mm 1025kg per shelf 1850mm 800kg per shelf 2400mm 505kg per shelf

• Stepped beams with flush fitting 18mm high density chipboard, unit height 2000mm

DESCRIPTION STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL STARTER BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTENSION BAY WITH 4 SHELVES EXTRA SHELF LEVEL

DEPTH 400mm REF PRICE RH9540S £174.00 RH9540E £142.00 RH9540ES £43.00 RH1140S £179.00 RH1140E £147.00 RH1140ES £51.00 RH1340S £192.00 RH1340E £161.00 RH1340ES £53.00 RH1540S £219.00 RH1540E £187.00 RH1540ES £59.00 RH1840S £229.00 RH1840E £197.00 RH1840ES £63.00 RH2440S £292.00 RH2440E £260.00 RH2440ES £72.00

DEPTH 600mm REF PRICE RH9560S £189.00 RH9560E £158.00 RH9560ES £48.00 RH1160S £227.00 RH1160E £195.00 RH1160ES £56.00 RH1360S £237.00 RH1360E £205.00 RH1360ES £61.00 RH1560S £256.00 RH1560E £224.00 RH1560ES £62.00 RH1860S £268.00 RH1860E £235.00 RH1860ES £65.00 RH2460S £326.00 RH2460E £293.00 RH2460ES £80.00

DEPTH 800mm REF PRICE RH9580S £205.00 RH9580E £171.00 RH9580ES £51.00 RH1180S £256.00 RH1180E £234.00 RH1180ES £64.00 RH1380S £274.00 RH1380E £239.00 RH1380ES £67.00 RH1580S £284.00 RH1580E £266.00 RH1580ES £73.00 RH1880S £322.00 RH1880E £289.00 RH1880ES £77.00 RH2480S £353.00 RH2480E £319.00 RH2480ES £86.00

DEPTH 900mm REF PRICE RH9590S £216.00 RH9590E £184.00 RH9590ES £56.00 RH1190S £258.00 RH1190E £235.00 RH1190ES £64.00 RH1390S £276.00 RH1390E £250.00 RH1390ES £75.00 RH1590S £295.00 RH1590E £264.00 RH1590ES £78.00 RH1890S £351.00 RH1890E £327.00 RH1890ES £98.00 RH2490S £414.00 RH2490E £392.00 RH2490ES £102.00

Accessories

44

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

Aisle spacer 800mm Frame connector Decking support 600mm Decking support 800mm Decking support 900mm

RHAS RHFC RH6 RH8 RH9

£6.50 £6.50 £4.00 £4.80 £5.60

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TALLER SHELVING UNITS CAN BE SUPPLIED AS DETAILED BELOW UPRIGHT HEIGHT EXTENDED TO ADDITIONAL UNIT COST

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF PRICE PER BAY

2500mm

3000mm

3500mm

4000mm

-25 £16.00

-30 £23.00

-35 £35.00

-40 £45.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC045

15/12/10

13:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LONGSPAN SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

COMPLETE

LS001SC

735

£

786kg PER SHELF

We can offer many alternative sizes and a wide range of accessories. Please call us for advice or on-site assistance, entirely without obligation.

ALL CHIPBOARD SHELF LOADS ARE CALCULATED BASED UPON THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PARTICLE BOARD SPECIFICATION STANDARD BS EN 312:2003

Starter and Extension Kit Each Bay 2700H x 1500W x 600Dmm REF LS001SC PRICE £735.00

Premium Longspan Shelving Bays

✓Bolt free construction for simple, rapid assembly ✓Quickly adjustable, with positive location of beams • Supplied as complete kits. Contains uprights (2 in starter bay, 1 in extension bay kit), 3 pairs of beams and shelf material, locking clips, feet and where applicable wire beam ties • Accepts steel or chipboard decking • Locking clips secure beams in position • Footplates included with all frames • Spans up to 2.7 metres • Depths up to 1.2 metres • Attractive graphite and light grey finish

Steel decks add greater strength and rigidity

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Chipboard Decks DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1800 x 600 1800 x 2100 x 600 1800 x 1800 x 900 1800 x 2100 x 900 2400 x 1800 x 600 2400 x 2100 x 600 2400 x 1800 x 900 2400 x 2100 x 900

SHELF LOAD* (kg) 441 515 393 459 441 515 393 459

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1800 x 600 1800 x 2100 x 600 1800 x 1800 x 900 1800 x 2100 x 900 2400 x 1800 x 600 2400 x 2100 x 600 2400 x 1800 x 900 2400 x 2100 x 900

SHELF LOAD* (kg) 786 596 786 596 786 596 786 596

STARTER BAY ORDER REF LS18618C LS21618C LS18918C LS21918C LS18624C LS21624C LS18924C LS21924C

EXTENSION BAY PRICE £363.00 £387.00 £392.00 £444.00 £409.00 £433.00 £444.00 £495.00

ORDER REF LE18618C LE21618C LE18918C LE21918C LE18624C LE21624C LE18924C LE21924C

PRICE £298.00 £323.00 £323.00 £374.00 £322.00 £346.00 £349.00 £400.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF LE18618F LE21618F LE18918F LE21918F LE18624F LE21624F LE18924F LE21924F

PRICE £427.00 £487.00 £499.00 £571.00 £450.00 £511.00 £525.00 £597.00

3-Shelf Longspan Kits With Steel Decks STARTER BAY ORDER REF LS18618F LS21618F LS18918F LS21918F LS18624F LS21624F LS18924F LS21924F

PRICE £491.00 £522.00 £568.00 £641.00 £538.00 £598.00 £620.00 £692.00

45

* Quoted shelf loads are for uniformly distributed loads

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC046

15/12/10

13:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLET RACKING

Adjustable Pallet Racking ✓Simple and quick to install using standard tools • Frames are pierced on a 75mm pitch to allow for positioning of beams • Beam loads are 2000kg per pair, uniformly distributed load • Graphite grey uprights, galvanised cross braces and high visibility yellow finish beams

Other frame heights, depths, beam lengths and load capacities are available. Please contact us for further information

STARTER

CS/A

468

£

EXTENSION

CS/AE

347

£

TYPE STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION STARTER EXTENSION

HEIGHT WIDTH DEPTH BEAM LEVELS TO SUIT PALLET SIZE ORDER REF (mm) (mm) (mm) W x D (mm) 3000 2700 900 2 1200 x 1000 CS/A 3000 2700 900 2 1200 x 1000 CS/AE 4800 2700 900 3 1200 x 1000 CS/B 4800 2700 900 3 1200 x 1000 CS/BE 6000 2700 900 4 1200 x 1000 CS/C 6000 2700 900 4 1200 x 1000 CS/CE 3000 2700 1100 2 1200 x 1200 CS/D 3000 2700 1100 2 1200 x 1200 CS/DE 4800 2700 1100 3 1200 x 1200 CS/E 4800 2700 1100 3 1200 x 1200 CS/EE 6000 2700 1100 4 1200 x 1200 CS/F 6000 2700 1100 4 1200 x 1200 CS/FE NOTE: ALL SIZES QUOTED ARE NOMINAL IN MILLIMETRES. PALLET WEIGHTS ARE ASSUMED TO BE 1000KG EACH

PRICE £468.00 £347.00 £686.00 £511.00 £869.00 £658.00 £476.00 £351.00 £697.00 £517.00 £881.00 £664.00

It is recommended that all bays be securely floor fixed - customers must ensure that existing floors are suitable for the loads imposed upon them

2000kg PER LEVEL

STARTER BAY EXAMPLE

EXTENSION BAY EXAMPLE

U Type protector • Fits around racking uprights 550H x 130Wmm • Heavy duty steel construction • High visibility yellow finish 46

REF UPB3B4YQ PRICE £52.00 EACH REF FAS1240 PRICE £3.00 FIXINGS STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC047

15/12/10

13:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLET RACKING

Premierack Pallet Racking

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Standard pallet racking bays ideal for small to medium size warehouses and storage areas • Cost effective racking system to suit a wide range of storage applications • Load capacity up to 7660kg per frame • Adjustable 50mm beam pitch • 90mm wide uprights with bolted horizontal and diagonal bracing • Tough epoxy powder coated blue and orange finish Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

2500H x 2700W x 900Dmm

2500H x 2700W x 900Dmm

PPR-SB-004

PPR-EB-004

£555

£402

CAPACITY

1280kg PER LEVEL UDL

Depth 900mm

1350mm Wide x 900mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels TO SUIT ONE PALLET 1200W x 1000Dmm PER LEVEL

1350 mm

1350 mm

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-001 £428.00 3000 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-002 £454.00 3500 x 1350 x 900 PPR-SB-003 £508.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 1350mm LONG

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-001 £275.00 PPR-EB-002 £288.00 PPR-EB-003 £315.00 PPR-001 £61.00

CAPACITY

2000kg PER LEVEL UDL

2700mm Wide x 900mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels TO SUIT TWO PALLETS 1200W x 1000Dmm PER LEVEL

Depth 900mm 2700mm

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-004 £402.00 PPR-EB-005 £415.00 PPR-EB-006 £442.00 PPR-002 £125.00

2700mm

2700mm Wide x 1100mm Deep Bays, 2 Beam Levels

CAPACITY

2000kg

TO SUIT

PER LEVEL UDL

THREE PALLETS 800W x 1200Dmm PER LEVEL

Depth 1100mm 2700mm

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-004 £555.00 3000 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-005 £581.00 3500 x 2700 x 900 PPR-SB-006 £635.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 2700mm LONG

2700mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS STARTER BAY H x W x D (mm) ORDER REF PRICE 2500 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-007 £566.00 3000 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-008 £593.00 3500 x 2700 x 1100 PPR-SB-009 £648.00 ADDITIONAL PAIR OF BEAMS TO SUIT - 2700mm LONG

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE PPR-EB-007 £408.00 PPR-EB-008 £421.00 PPR-EB-009 £449.00 PPR-002 £125.00

Important notes: Load must be uniformly distributed over the entire length of the beams. Maximum first beam level: 1800mm, Minimum number of bays: 2, Minimum number of levels: 2 Single fixing bolt per footplate required

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

47


TC048

15/12/10

13:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

Nylon Net Pallet Rack Guarding

The complete low cost, flexible protection system for all retail & industrial applications

✓Proven & safety tested system

✓Pre-engineered, easy to install bolted system means no special tools or cutting on site

✓Allows for free flow of light, air or sprinkler system operation • Universal extensions available to suit all racking manufacturers • Protects stock on top beam level • Will not corrode, rust, peel, rot or dent • Will not affect integrity of the rack • 100 x 100mm mesh gives 1000kg capacity

Flush Mount

Offset Mount

• Used when there is no pallet or load overhang

• Used when there is a pallet or load overhang • Adjustable from 25-300mm

Budget price per square metre REF NEN1 PRICE £15.00

Call us for a free site survey & quotation

Budget price per square metre REF NEN2 PRICE £18.00

Budget prices are based on a minimum of 20m2

Mezzanine Guards

✓Placed around a mezzanine perimeter the net protects the personnel below and stored products on the floor • Can replace or easily attach to existing handrails • Any height available Budget price per linear metre 1050mm high REF NEN3 PRICE £15.00

Aisle & Door Blockades

✓Used to prevent product spillage or pedestrian access • Quick and easy to install • Decreases liability and limits access • Adjustable & versatile • Visual safety barrier • Debris containment • Rated & tested to 680kg APERTURE WIDTH (mm) 2134 - 2743 2744 - 3352 3353 - 3962 3963 - 4571 4572 - 5182

PANEL HEIGHT (mm) 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

ORDER REF AISLE NABB - 8 NABB - 10 NABB - 12 NABB - 14 NABB - 16

ORDER REF DOOR NBB - 8 NBB - 10 NBB - 12 NBB - 14 NBB - 16

PRICE £139.00 £160.00 £190.00 £215.00 £237.00

Price includes 1 net with 4 S hooks, 4 eye bolts & 2 tension straps

48

DOOR BLOCKADES STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

AISLE BLOCKADE info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC049

15/12/10

13:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

1000kg / 1500kg CAPACITY UDL PER SHELF

WIRE MESH DECKING TO USE 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1118 wide 2 x 1320 wide 3 x 1118 wide 2 x 1118 wide and 1 x 1320 wide 2 x 1320 wide and 1 x 1118 wide

STORAGE PRODUCTS

FOR BEAM WIDTH 1350 2250 2700 3350 3600 3900

WIRE MESH DIVIDERS AVAILABLE

Wire Mesh Decking

✓Mesh decking will increase the versatility of pallet racking, great for cartons, irregular loads or individual components

Superior finish - heavy gauge wire is welded first, then powder coated grey for maximum durability and rust-free life • Easy to install - drops into place, no fastening required • Ideal for storage above walk aisles or high bay rack systems • Will work with any top thickness of box or step down beam • Fire retardant & maintains integrity of overhead sprinkler coverage - a fire safety choice • Other sizes are available to order DESCRIPTION MESH DECK 1000KGS

MESH DECK 1500KGS MESH DIVIDER

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1118 x 910 1118 x 1110 1320 x 910 1320 x 1110 1320 x 910 1320 x 1110 HEIGHT 300 x 900 HEIGHT 300 x 1100

ORDER REF

PRICE 1-20

ND355X44 ND435X44 ND355X52 ND435X52 ND355X52H ND435X52H ND900X300 ND1100X300

£19.10 £22.50 £20.90 £26.80 £24.00 £27.20 £9.10 £9.80

PRICE 21-50 SUFFIX /21 £18.60 £22.00 £20.40 £26.10 £23.50 £26.50 £8.90 £9.50

PRICE 51-100 SUFFIX /51 £18.20 £21.40 £19.90 £25.50 £22.90 £25.90 £8.70 £9.30

PRICE 101+ SUFFIX /101 £17.70 £20.90 £19.40 £24.90 £22.30 £25.30 £8.60 £9.10

Rack Deflektor

✓High visibility impact protection for warehouse applications • Tough polyethylene outer shell resists impacts, no rust, no dents • Integral rubber inner shock absorber spreads impact loads • Unique clip on installation suits major pallet racking models • Slim line design provides a safe working clearance • Compliant to BS6399-1, rated to 150kN • U.V stabilised, no fading or degradation • No floor damage from uplifted feet anchors therefore reducing floor maintenance DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 500 x 104

TO SUIT FRAME WIDTH (mm) 75 - 90

ORDER REF

1-20

NDCGS

£15.70

21-50 SUFFIX /21 £15.40

51-100 SUFFIX /51 £14.90

101+ SUFFIX /101 £14.20

49 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC050

15/12/10

14:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

Corner Sentry

Concrete Sentry

• 1070mm high, absorbs & cushions impact to protect your wall corners • Retains shape after impact • Fits most 90º corner applications • Soft exterior will not scratch vehicles and resists cracking for long life • Easy installation, can be fastened with bolts or screws, adhesives and strapping available

• Sheets with strong plastic outer skin filled with 50mm thick layer of shock absorbing foam • 2 protective sheets 1070mm high and 1120mm wide • 2 restraining straps 3300mm long • Inner diameter without modification is 610mm • Versatile and flexible, sheets can be cut

REF CS01 PRICE £90.00

REF CW0244-42KIT PRICE £504.00

CW0244-42KIT

£504 CS01

£90

Pallet Racking & Column Protection

✓Rack sentry and column sentry minimise the force of fork truck impact that can damage the structural integrity of your racks, floors, columns and of course vehicles and operators • Engineered from semi-flexible and stress-crack resistant plastic • Integral vent holes in sentry allow it to pop back to original shape after impact • Easy to install simple velcro strap fixing • Economical and simple to replace • Waterproof, easy-clean material with bright safety yellow finish • Stackable for protection at greater heights

Rack Upright Protectors

Designed to prevent damage to rack uprights from forklift trucks and pallet impact • Easily installed and replaceable • Painted in high visibility orange (RAL 2011) • Complete with floor fixings

FROM

£267

£ Quantity UCG2

discount

£61

2 Sided Guard • 400H x 200W x 200Dmm, 5mm thick REF UCG2 PRICE £61.00 Qty 5 REF UCG2/5 PRICE £40.00 each

FROM

£42

50

Rack Sentry

Column Sentry

457Hmm Rack Sentry prevents rack damage and accommodates most rack sizes including 75, 80, 90, 100mm & 120mm. Stackable for increased vertical protection, with versions to accommodate corners and horizontal beams

1070Hmm protectors available in a number of sizes designed to fit columns in most applications. A unique air-vent system allows air to escape during impact without splitting the sides.

TO SUIT UPRIGHT WIDTH (mm) 75 75, CORNER 75, WITH CUTOUT 80 90 100 120

PACK QUANTITY 18 16 18 16 14 14 10

ORDER REF RS75-18 RS75COR-16 RS75CUT-18 RS80-16 RS90-14 RS100-14 RS120-10

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £745.00 £666.00 £745.00 £666.00 £586.00 £586.00 £458.00

TO SUIT UPRIGHT (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150 250 x 250 300 x 300 150 x 150 200 x 200 350 x 350 400 x 400 450 x 450 510 x 510

TEL: 01446 772614

OUTER DIA

ORDER REF

PRICE

14” 14” 24” 24” 24” 24” 34” 34” 38” 38”

CS1442-4S CS1442-6S CS2442-10S CS2442-12S CS2442-6S CS2442-8S CS3442-14S CS3442-16S CS3842-18S CS3842-20S

£267.00 £267.00 £440.00 £440.00 £440.00 £440.00 £589.00 £589.00 £719.00 £719.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

£ Quantity discount UCG3

£73

3 Sided Guard • 400H x 250D x 125mm (inside), 5mm thick REF UCG3 PRICE £73.00 Qty 5 REF UCG3/5 PRICE £47.00 each www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC051

15/12/10

14:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLET RACKING / ACCESSORIES

✓The pallet rack safety screen for essential protection

BUDGET PRICE

34

£

• Simple, strong and effective • Spillage protection of palletised items • Fully welded grid for maximum security • Easily fitted to new or existing racking • Durable epoxy powder coat RAL7037 finish

(PER SQ METRE)

The ANTI-COLLAPSE SYSTEM is a simple and highly effective preventative measure, designed to combat the problems associated with spillage from the rear of racking. Each panel is constructed on a 19mm square section steel tube, with mesh apertures of 25 x 25mm, 50 x 50mm, or 100 x 50mm to suit various applications. The system is self supporting on its own stand-off brackets which provide maximum strength and space for projecting items.

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Anti-Collapse (Musca) Safety System

GUIDE PRICES FOR ANTI COLLAPSE SYSTEM £34 PER SQUARE METRE STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

51 2011


TC052

15/12/10

14:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CANTILEVER RACKING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Bespoke manufacturing with tailored designs to suit your particular application at a competitive price. Please call with your requirements

Arms are connected to uprights with two bolts and arm height is adjustable in 150mm increments WLD3

1027

£

LIGHT DUTY RACKING

Arm variations

Removable retaining pins

Cantilever Racks

✓Each rack manufactured to your specific requirements • Arm capacity from 20kg to 2000kg (UDL) • Height and arm levels variable to suit your need, standard vertical pitch is 150mm • Load notices for safe working load supplied with all racks • Black uprights and yellow arms as standard – other colours and finishes available (eg. galvanised) • All racks include shims and floor fixings • Experienced installation teams • Choose from the selection below or contact us with your specific requirements - double sided racks available

Tyre/Head guards available on all cantilever racking

Cantilever Racking - 3 Upright Racks

52

PRODUCT TYPE LIGHT DUTY MEDIUM DUTY HEAVY DUTY

UPRIGHT HEIGHT 2700mm 4500mm 6000mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ARM LENGTH 800mm 1000mm 1200mm

UPRIGHT CENTRES 1000mm 1200mm 1500mm

TEL: 01446 772614

ARMS 3 4 5

ARM CAPACITY 250kg 500kg 1000kg

ORDER REF WLD3 WMD4 WHD5

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £1027.00 £1500.00 £2213.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC053

11/1/11

10:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CANTILEVER RACKING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Large scale double sided cantilever project

Cantilever Racks

✓Large scale projects and specialist applications

Exterior timber storage with canopy

• Free on-site consultation/survey to discuss your requirements • We can undertake both new fit outs or re-fits, integrating with existing racking if required • In-house design team available • Specialist applications of any size considered • Canopies, continuous roofing, cladding and shelving can be incorporated • Creates more space and ensures easier access to stock • Ability to manage your projects from initial quotation through to installation • Structured manufacture and delivery ensures as little on-site disruption as possible • Helps utilise full height of buildings • Suitable for internal & external applications Please contact us for details of pricing or for a site survey and quotation

£ Quantity discount

Safety head guard accessories

Continuous roof structure

Galvanised multipurpose storage

Installation service

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

53 2011


TC054

14/12/10

13:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

COMPLETE

12-550-KIT

Visible Storage Cabinets

646

£

✓A comprehensive range which combines stylish industrial design with practical accessories to provide efficient high density small parts storage • Two cabinet sizes available, each with seven different drawer combinations • Stand and trolley accessories offer convenient & effective storage for thousands of small components SAVE £100

Spacemiser Turntable • Free rotating ball bearing mechanism • Requires only 0.2m2 of floor space • Holds twelve 550 series cabinets • Provides locations for up to 4320 different components • 1730H x 500W x 500Dmm • Load capacity 400kg Spacemiser Turntable with 550 Series Cabinets (as shown) REF 12-550-KIT PRICE £646.00 Spacemiser Turntable (cabinets not included) REF 12-550 PRICE £169.00

EPOXY COATED SILVER-GREY FRAMES

Bench Top Spacemiser Double Sided Stand

Trolley

• Holds four 550 series cabinets • 1585H x 760W x 420Dmm • Load capacity 50kg

• Holds eight 550 series cabinets • 1585H x 760W x 600Dmm • Load capacity 100kg

Single Sided Stand (cabinets not included) REF BS-550L PRICE £207.00

Double Sided Stand (cabinets not included) REF BS-550T PRICE £219.00

• Holds eight 550 series cabinets • 1700H x 760W x 600Dmm • Four 100mm castors, 2 locking • Load capacity 150kg

Single Sided Stand

54

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Trolley (cabinets not included) REF BT-550 PRICE £261.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

• Ball bearing turntable provides quick and easy access to stored components • Holds two cabinets of 290/550 series • Load capacity 50kg Bench Top Spacemiser (cabinets not included) REF PTP-5 PRICE £62.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC055

15/12/10

14:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS: 290H x 310W x 180Dmm

STORAGE PRODUCTS

290-C3

26.90

£ 290

291

292

Combi Drawers 12 size 01 3 size 04 1 size 06 294

296

297

290 Series Cabinets CABINET 290 291 292 294 296 297 290 COMBI

DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) 37 x 55 x 175 37 x 69 x 175 37 x 138 x 175 59 x 92 x 175 59 x 227 x 175 81 x 138 x 175 -

NUMBER OF DRAWERS 30 SIZE 00 24 SIZE 01 12 SIZE 02 12 SIZE 04 4 SIZE 06 6 SIZE 07 12x01 3x04 1x06

ORDER REF 290-3 291-3 292-3 294-3 296-3 297-3 290-C3

PRICE

290 Series Cabinets

£26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90 £26.90

• Robust grey polypropylene cases 290H x 310W x 180Dmm • Galvanised steel shelves • Crystal clear polystyrene drawers, complete with labels • Drawer handles are recessed within the cabinet frame, for greater protection • Optional drawer dividers - across the drawer and along its length • Can be wall hung or maybe placed on a worktop • Two units can be used with a Benchtop Spacemiser

Drawer Dividers For 290/550 Series Cabinets DRAWER SIZE 00 01 02 04 06 07

CROSS DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE V-00 £1.60 V-01 £1.70 V-02 £2.20 V-04 £2.30 V-06 £4.40 V-07 £3.60

LENGTH DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE V-012 £3.00 V-012 £3.00 V-0456 £3.10 V-0456 £3.10 V-078 £3.80

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS: 550H x 310W x 180Dmm

550-C3

48.10

£

Combi Drawers 550

551

552

554

556

557

24 size 01 6 size 04 2 size 06

550 Series Cabinets

550 Series Cabinets CABINET 550 551 552 554 556 557 550 COMBI

DRAWERS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) 37 x 55 x 175 37 x 69 x 175 37 x 138 x 175 59 x 92 x 175 59 x 227 x 175 81 x 138 x 175 -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NUMBER OF DRAWERS 60 SIZE 00 48 SIZE 01 24 SIZE 02 24 SIZE 04 8 SIZE 06 12 SIZE 07 24x01 6x04 2x06

ORDER REF 550-3 551-3 552-3 554-3 556-3 557-3 550-C3

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10 £48.10

• Robust grey polypropylene cases 550H x 310W x 180Dmm • General specification as 290 series described above • Can be wall hung or maybe placed on a worktop • Can be mounted on stands and trolleys • Two units can be used with a Benchtop Spacemiser • Twelve units can be used with a Spacemiser turntable

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

55 2011


TC056

15/12/10

14:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

Shelf Bins

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Ideal storage of small/medium workshop sized items in production and store areas

• Particularly suitable for use in automated small parts retrieval systems, mobile or standard shelves with a depth 300, 400, 500, 600mm • The corrugated base design eases the picking of the smallest of items • These bins stack securely, as do bins of different depths when the width is the same • Coloured polypropylene, clear polystyrene • Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin

FROM

2.80

£

Cross Dividers • Sold in packs of ten DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 75 x 70 110 x 90 167 x 70 OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 300 x 92 x 82 300 x 132 x 100 300 x 186 x 82 400 x 92 x 82 400 x 132 x 100 400 x 186 x 82 500 x 92 x 82 500 x 132 x 100 500 x 186 x 82 600 x 132 x 100 600 x 186 x 82

INNER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 257 x 75 x 70 257 x 110 x 90 257 x 167 x 70 375 x 75 x 70 357 x 110 x 90 357 x 167 x 70 457 x 75 x 70 457 x 110 x 90 457 x 167 x 70 557 x 110 x 90 557 x 167 x 70

CARTON QTY 30 30 15 30 20 15 30 20 15 15 15

GREY 3010-3 3015-3 3020-3 4010-3 4015-3 4020-3 5010-3 5015-3 5020-3 6015-3 6020-3

COLOUR SHELF BINS RED BLUE 3010-5 3010-6 3015-5 3015-6 3020-5 3020-6 4010-5 4010-6 4015-5 4015-6 4020-5 4020-6 5010-5 5010-6 5015-5 5015-6 5020-5 5020-6 6015-5 6015-6 6020-5 6020-6

PRICE £84.00 £111.00 £63.00 £99.00 £92.00 £72.00 £126.00 £108.00 £87.00 £95.00 £98.00

DIVIDER REF D.10 D.15 D.20

PACK PRICE £3.40 £4.40 £5.80

CRYSTAL CLEAR REF PRICE 3010-1 £93.00 3015-1 £117.00 3020-1 £65.00 4010-1 £108.00 4015-1 £94.00 4020-1 £78.00 5010-1 £138.00 5020-1 £92.00 6020-1 £102.00

FROM

327

£

An efficient storage system saves space and increases your productivity!

Bins have a corrugated base which eases the picking of very small items

High Density Storage

High Density Storage

✓A compact storage system offering 336 different items stored on a floor area of only 0.25sqm

✓240kg load capacity, 30kg per shelf,

CABINET H x W x D (mm) 870 x 605 x 410 870 x 605 x 410

BINS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) (24) 82 x 186 x 400 (48) 82 x 92 x 400

• Robust construction for use in workshop or stores • Cabinets have grey epoxy enamelled steel frames • Shelf bins with backstops, labels and protective shields included • Adjustable feet for fine levelling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

COLOUR REF BLUE GREY 2440-6 2440-3 4840-6 4840-3

PRICE £327.00 £360.00

Accessories

mobile unit 150kg capacity

56

RED 2440-5 4840-5

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

4 PIECE CASTOR SET, 100mm DIA, 2 WITH BRAKES RETAINING BARS, 8 PIECES FOR BOTH CABINETS DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 2440 (10 PACK) DRAWER DIVIDERS TO SUIT BIN SIZE 4840 (10 PACK)

PS-LH A-605 D20 D10

£74.00 £33.60 £5.80 £3.40

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC057

15/12/10

14:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

Turntables

✓Huge 800kg total load capacity

STORAGE PRODUCTS

COMPLETE

16-400-KIT

1659

£

• Precision ball bearing base • Accommodate 16 cabinets of the 04, 08, 16 series (not 1230/1240) Turntable for 300mm deep cabinets 1680H x 700W x 700Dmm

SAVE £255

REF 16-300 PRICE £355.00 Turntable for 400mm deep cabinets 1680H x 800W x 800Dmm REF 16-400 PRICE £386.00 Turntable complete with 400mm deep cabinets shown REF 16-400-KIT PRICE £1659.00

Storage Bin Cabinets

✓Grey epoxy enamelled cabinets for larger loads • Can be wall hung • Can stand on the worktop • Can be stacked vertically • Can be mounted on a turntable

CONTAINER COLOURS Grey

Blue

Red

Cross dividers are available

0830

Labels with protective shields are included

1630

0840

Corrugated bases for quicker small item picking

1640

0440

Storage Bin Cabinets CABINET H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 395 x 400 x 300 395 x 400 x 400 395 x 400 x 400 395 x 400 x 400 465 x 425 x 300 465 x 425 x 400

BINS (EXTERNAL) H x W x D (mm) (8) 82 x 186 x 300 (16) 82 x 92 x 300 (8) 82 x 186 x 400 (16) 82 x 92 x 400 (4) 180 x 186 x 400 (12) 100 x 132 x 300 (12) 100 x 132 x 400

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

RED 0830-5 1630-5 0840-5 1640-5 0440-5 1230-5 1240-5

COLOUR REF BLUE 0830-6 1630-6 0840-6 1640-6 0440-6 1230-6 1240-6

Optional retainer bars for mobile service and maintenance vehicles

1230

1240

Accessories PRICE GREY 0830-3 1630-3 0840-3 1640-3 1230-3 1240-3

TEL: 01446 772614

£79.00 £87.00 £88.00 £103.00 £85.00 £104.00 £121.00

SUITS CABINET 0830 1630 0840 1640 0440 1230 1240

CROSS DIVIDERS (PACK OF 10) ORDER REF PRICE D-20 £5.80 D-10 £3.40 D-20 £5.80 D-10 £3.40 V-40 £14.00 D-15 £4.40 D-15 £4.40

info@storage-design.co.uk

RETAINING BARS (PACK OF 4) ORDER REF PRICE A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-400 £9.60 A-425 £9.60 A-425 £9.60

www.storage-design.co.uk

57 2011


TC058

14/12/10

13:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

A

LUE

TOP V

Tilt Box Visible Storage System

UE AL TOP V

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

✓The tilt box system is based on a range of clip together injection

moulded plastic housings. These contain transparent forward tilting boxes which give easy access to the components stored.

• Highly visibility, high density small parts storage • Dust free protective storage • Manufactured from high impact plastic • Comfort grip handle with label holder • All modules are 600mm wide • 5 different bin sizes

MODULE 9

MODULE 6

MODULE 5

KITTED RACK

TILT LOCKING BARS OPTIONAL EXTRA

MODULE 4

MODULE 3

02513027

02513026

STARTER KIT

86.70

63.30

£

£

BENCH KIT

Tilt Storage Boxes MODULE

58

9 6 5 4 3 STARTER BENCH EMPTY RACK KITTED RACK

HOUSING SIZE H x W x D (mm) 77 x 600 x 51 112 x 600 x 91 168 x 600 x 142 206 x 600 x 170 240 x 600 x 200 MIXED KIT BENCH STAND KIT 1750 x 600 x 325 1750 x 600 x 325

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TILT BOXES H x W x D (mm) 9 - 66 x 60 x 47 6 - 100 x 93 x 70 5 - 151 x 113 x 104 4 - 193 x 142 x 133 3 - 225 x 191 x 154 9 / 6 / 5 / 4 COMPARTMENTS 5 x 9, 1 x 6 COMPARTMENTS USABLE HEIGHT 1650mm 2x9, 3x6, 3x5, 2x4, 1x3

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

02513043 02513044 02513045 02513004 02513005 02513026 02513027 11903090 02513030

£26.20 (3 pk) £33.30 (3 pk) £34.90 (2 pk) £26.20 £30.00 £63.30 £86.70 £68.30 £218.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

TILT LOCKING BARS ORDER REF PRICE 12615002 £3.00 12615003 £3.00 12615004 £3.00 12615005 £3.00 12615006 £3.00 -

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC059

15/12/10

14:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS 01

• Top value, quality semi open front containers • Ideal for use in workshops and warehouse • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Easy to access even when stacked • Double front walls provide extra rigidity • Larger sizes have carry bar which reinforces the container

1 2 3A2

3 SIZE 01 0 1 2 3A2 3 4A2 4 4 4A5 3L5 5P4 5

4A2

4+BAR

4

CAPACITY (litres) 0.08 0.25 1.0 3.8 9.4 12.5 20 28 28 42 19 63 88

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 32 x 45 x 72 45 x 95 x 85 75 x 95 x 160 130 x 140 x 230 145 x 200 x 350 200 x 200 x 350 145 x 300 x 500 200 x 300 x 500 200 x 300 x 500 300 x 300 x 520 145 x 450 x 350 300 x 450 x 520 300 x 450 x 700

CARRY BAR 3 3 3

ORDER REF FPL0151 FPL0951 FPM1751 FPM2551 FPM3351 FPM4151 FPM5751 FPM6651 FPM6551 FPM7351 FPL4951 FPL8151 FPL8951

PRICE EACH £0.60 £0.90 £1.10 £2.10 £6.40 £6.80 £10.30 £16.50 £14.40 £19.80 £12.50 £30.00 £37.40

MIN ORDER 100 50 50 54 21 15 14 -

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Polypropylene Parts Bins

0

4A5

3L5

5P4

5

A B C

Polypropylene Stacker Bins • Rigid polypropylene containers for all storage requirements • Sturdy, lightweight and easy to clean • Precision moulded for firm, secure stacking • Adapt perfectly to standard pallets • Smooth base allows use on roller or belt conveyor systems

D

E

F PIC A B C D E F G H

CAPACITY (litres) 0.9 1.4 3.6 8.7 27 16.2 40.5 85

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 70 x 145 x 90 70 x 145 x 140 130 x 200 x 140 145 x 300 x 200 200 x 450 x 300 120 x 450 x 300 300 x 450 x 300 300 x 630 x 450

ORDER REF FPJ0151 FPJ1751 FPJ2551 FPJ3351 FPJ6551 FPJ5751 FPJ7351 FPJ8951

PRICE

MIN ORDER 50 54 54 21 16 -

£1.60 £2.00 £3.20 £5.70 £14.80 £9.10 £20.40 £43.30

G

H

COLOUR OPTIONS for polypropylene bins Red

Yellow

Green

Blue*

Grey*

*These colours can be used for foodstuffs STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

59 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC060

15/12/10

14:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Fibre Board Bins

✓Durable and cost effective storage solution

✓Made up in seconds with

self-locking tabs - no glue, no tape required

• Strong corrugated fibre-board • Easy-write identity panels • Space-saving flat packs • Supplied from stock! FROM £

20

PACK OF 50

Standard Open Fronts - 100mm High WIDTH (mm) 50 75 100 150

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50 50

ORDER REF A1505 A1507 A1510 A1515

PRICE PER PACK £20.00 £21.50 £24.00 £25.50

WIDTH (mm) 50 75 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50 50 50

ORDER REF A2005 A2007 A2010 A2015 A2020

PRICE PER PACK £26.50 £27.00 £25.00 £29.50 £32.50

WIDTH (mm) 50 75 100 150 200 250

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50 50 50 50

ORDER REF A3005 A3007 A3010 A3015 A3020 A3025

PRICE PER PACK £27.00 £28.00 £27.50 £30.00 £32.00 £35.50

W

m 150m

W

W

m 200m

m 300m

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A4010 A4015 A4020

PRICE PER PACK £31.50 £33.50 £37.00

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A4510 A4515 A4520

PRICE PER PACK £35.00 £36.50 £38.60

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A5010 A5015 A5020

PRICE PER PACK £38.60 £39.00 £42.00

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

PACK QUANTITY 50 50 50

ORDER REF A6010 A6015 A6020

PRICE PER PACK £42.00 £43.50 £45.10

W

W

m 400m

m 450m

m 500m

W

m 600m

W

FROM

37

Jumbo Open Fronts - 200mm High

60

WIDTH (mm) 150 200 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25

ORDER REF B3015 B3020 B3030

PRICE PER PACK £37.00 £38.60 £41.00

WIDTH (mm) 200 250 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25

ORDER REF B4020 B4025 B4030

PRICE PER PACK £39.00 £39.60 £42.00

WIDTH (mm) 150 200 250 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25 25

ORDER REF B4515 B4520 B4525 B4530

PRICE PER PACK £39.60 £40.50 £41.50 £43.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

W

W

W

TEL: 01446 772614

£

PACK OF 25

m 300m WIDTH (mm) 200 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25

ORDER REF B5020 B5030

PRICE PER PACK £41.50 £43.50

WIDTH (mm) 150 200 250 300

PACK QUANTITY 25 25 25 25

ORDER REF B6015 B6020 B6025 B6030

PRICE PER PACK £41.50 £42.50 £44.50 £46.50

m 400m

m 450m

info@storage-design.co.uk

W

W

m 500m

m 600m

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


15/12/10

14:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Stacker Boxes • Lightweight, durable corrugated polypropylene

SBP215

SBP230

• Delivered flat for easy storage • Folds quickly to shape SBP112

• All supplied with black injection moulded handles for stable handling • Colour options blue, silver/grey SBP330 in silver/grey only, lids black only

SBP222

• 10 boxes or lids per pack SBP330 Stacker Boxes EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 125 x 255 x 375 150 x 295 x 465 225 x 295 x 465 300 x 295 x 465 LID FOR SBP2 BOXES* 300 x 355 x 425 LID FOR SBP3 BOX*

ORDER PRICE 1-2 PRICE 3-5 PRICE 6-10 REF SUFFIX /10 SUFFIX /30 SUFFIX /60 SBP112 £38.00 £35.50 £33.00 SBP215 £44.00 £42.00 £39.50 SBP222 £51.50 £48.50 £46.50 SBP230 £62.00 £59.50 £58.00 SBP2LID £12.00 £11.50 £11.00 SBP330 £64.50 £62.00 £60.50 SBP3LID £12.50 £12.00 £11.50 *Carriage is extra if lids are ordered separately from boxes

PRICE 10+ SUFFIX /100 £31.50 £37.50 £44.00 £54.50 £10.50 £57.50 £11.00

Polypropylene Parts Bins 100mm High

E

C

F

A

B

UE AL TOP V

TOP V

D

A

LUE

TC061

✓Flat-packed, for easy assembly when required ✓Wipe clean surfaces • Strong twin wall fluted polypropylene • Oil, grease and moisture resistant • Resists most chemicals • Self adhesive labels included • Sold in packs of 25 (min order 2 packs, same size & colour) COLOUR OPTIONS PIC

150m m

A

ORDER REF TPA1507/25

Blue

Silver grey

PIC

300m m

B W

C

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA2210/25 TPA2215/25 TPA2220/25

TEL: 01446 772614

Orange

PRICE 25 PACK £20.20

W

PIC

225m m

WIDTH (mm) 75

Red

PRICE 25 PACK £23.20 £25.20 £26.80

W

D E

PIC

450m m

W

info@storage-design.co.uk

F

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA3010/25 TPA3015/25 TPA3020/25

PRICE 25 PACK £23.80 £26.20 £27.80

WIDTH (mm) 100 150 200

ORDER REF TPA4510/25 TPA4515/25 TPA4520/25

PRICE 25 PACK £28.80 £30.80 £33.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

61 2011


TC062

15/12/10

14:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Plastic Storage Bins

✓Simple, adaptable storage • Manufactured from high density polyethylene • Tolerant of shock, low & high temperatures • Rigid design with reinforced sides and flat base • Integral label holder, label supplied • Yellow, blue, red, green • Blue is food grade

1

1B

2

3

4

5

(this size is for shelf use only, not on louvred panels)

Plastic Storage Bins BIN TYPE 1 1B 2 3 4 5

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 53 x 103 x 85 53 x 103 x 121 83 x 103 x 165 128 x 148 x 240 164 x 209 x 356 190 x 310 x 500

PACK QTY 24 24 24 24 12 6

YELLOW REF 13031019 13031133 13031029 13031039 13020412 13020413

BLUE PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031017 13031131 13031027 13031037 13020417 13020418

GREEN PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031016 13031130 13031026 13031036 13020422 13020423

RED PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

REF 13031018 13031132 13031028 13031038 13020432 13020433

PRICE £13.10 £31.40 £24.90 £55.00 £59.00 £59.00

Louvred Panels

✓Horizontal and vertical styles

• All available in RAL7035 grey or RAL5010 blue (please specify) • All supplied in pairs, for best stability in transit

14025145 14025144

Horizontal Panels • Double return fold top & bottom and reinforcing strips give increased strength and rigidity • Fixing points allow easy mounting to walls DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 457 x 500 457 x 1000 457 x 1500

ORDER REF 14025142 14025144 14025145

14025142

PRICE PER PAIR £28.00 £52.00 £75.00

FROM

22

£

Vertical Panels • Fully flanged for strength and ease of fixing to walls • Can be used with most types of hook on plastic bins DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 500 x 457 1000 x 457 1500 x 457

ORDER REF 14025150 14025151 14025152

PRICE PER PAIR £22.00 £41.00 £60.00

14025152

14025151

14025150

Louvred Panel Accessories

62

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUBE SPIGOT TUBE SPIGOT TUBE SPIGOT PERFO ADAPTOR STRIP

16 DIA X 150 LONG 16 DIA X 200 LONG 16 DIA X 300 LONG 77H X 65W X 15D

14022024 14022022 14022025 14005025

£5.30 £5.70 £6.80 £3.40

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


15/12/10

14:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS TC1

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Super Value Bins

✓Tough polypropylene mouldings with anti-

TC2

static additive and non-fade UV stabiliser

• All containers self stack and interstack

ETC3

• Stacking rim incorporates a safety rear lip for use with louvred panels • Supplied in packs, complete with identification labels

TC5

TOP V

UE AL TOP V

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL

LUE

DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR BULK ORDERS!

A

TC063

TC7 TC6

AVERAGE 20% COST SAVING WITH WHITE BINS

TC4

White Bins

Topstore Bins

Electro Conductive Bins

• Non-pigmented polypropylene • Opaque white • Substantial cost savings over coloured bins!

• Best value in colour codeable bins • Red, blue, green or yellow • Anti-static and anti-fade additive

• To MoD specification 59/98 and BS EN 100015 • Black pigmented polypropylene • Our top value in ESD bins!

BIN SIZE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

VOLUME (litres) 0.46 1.27 4.6 9.1 12.8 28.3 31.4

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 50 x 100 x 90 75 x 100 x 165 132 x 150 x 240 132 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375 200 x 310 x 520

LOUVRE VALUE 2 3 6 9 12 24 16

PACK QUANTITY 20 20 10 10 10 5 5

WHITE BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE ETC1 £12.90 ETC2 £21.50 ETC3 £25.40 ETC4 £42.30 ETC5 £65.00 ETC6 £55.00 ETC7 £68.00

Louvred Panels

TOPSTORE COLOURED BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE TC1 £13.20 TC2 £22.40 TC3 £26.50 TC4 £44.10 TC5 £67.00 TC6 £58.00 TC7 £70.00

ELECTRO-CONDUCTIVE BINS ORDER REF PACK PRICE STC1 £25.30 STC2 £52.00 STC3 £65.00 STC4 £110.00 STC5 £175.00 STC6 £161.00 -

TP4

✓Double indented louvres for maximum strength

How many bins per panel? Simply divide the panel louvre value by the bin louvre value.

• For wall, rack or van mounting • Butt side by side to give constant louvre pitch TP2

• Grey epoxy coated finish Louvred Panels 457mm wide HEIGHT (mm) 438 641 946 1556 1861

LOUVRE VALUE 48 72 108 180 216

ORDER REF TP1 TP10 TP2 TP3 TP4

PRICE £13.90 £18.80 £26.00 £39.50 £47.90

TP6

Louvred Panels 914mm wide HEIGHT (mm) 438 946

LOUVRE VALUE 96 216

ORDER REF TP5 TP6

PRICE

TP5

EXTRA STRENGTH DOUBLE-INDENTED LOUVRES

£26.00 £48.20

63 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC064

15/12/10

14:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

Spacemaster Bin Racks

✓Designed for maximum capacity with Super Value Bins (page 63) • Single and double sided freestanding louvred racks • Extension units for economical multiple runs • Extra strength double indented louvres • Epoxy powder coated blue and silver-grey

DOUBLE SIDED

SINGLE SIDED

STARTER 010950NXT

£356

SINGLE SIDED EXTENSION 010840NXT

£171

STARTER 010810NXT

£174

Single Sided Bin Racks DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1100 x 1000 x 500 1600 x 1000 x 500 2100 x 1000 x 500

LOUVRE VALUE 240 360 480

Double Sided Bin Racks

STARTER UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010810NXT £174.00 010830NXT £199.00 010850NXT £244.00

EXTENSION UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010820NXT £146.00 010840NXT £171.00 010860NXT £215.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1100 x 1000 x 750 1600 x 1000 x 750 2100 x 1000 x 750

LOUVRE VALUE 480 720 960

STARTER UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010910NXT £251.00 010930NXT £301.00 010950NXT £356.00

EXTENSION UNIT ORDER REF PRICE 010920NXT £211.00 010940NXT £261.00 010960NXT £316.00

Complete Spacemaster Bin Kits

Extension kits also available, please enquire

011514B

011528A

308

011522C

473

£

273

£

£

Spacemaster Single Sided Starter Kits - 1600H x 1000W x 500Dmm CONTAINERS INCLUDED 64 x TC2 RED / 56 x TC2 BLUE 30 x TC3 RED / 30 x TC3 BLUE 20 x TC4 RED / 20 x TC4 BLUE 16 x TC5 RED / 12 x TC5 BLUE 8 x TC6 RED / 6 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011514A 011516A 011518A 011520A 011522A

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 120 x TC2 RED 60 x TC3 RED 40 x TC4 RED 28 x TC5 RED 14 x TC6 RED

ORDER REF 011514B 011516B 011518B 011520B 011522B

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 120 x TC2 BLUE 60 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC4 BLUE 28 x TC5 BLUE 14 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011514C 011516C 011518C 011520C 011522C

PRICE EACH £308.00 £272.00 £282.00 £303.00 £273.00

ORDER REF 011524C 011526C 011528C 011530C 011532C

PRICE EACH £528.00 £453.00 £473.00 £515.00 £456.00

Spacemaster Double Sided Starter Kits - 1600H x 1000W x 750Dmm

64

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 128 x TC2 RED / 112 x TC2 BLUE 60 x TC3 RED / 60 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC4 RED / 40 x TC4 BLUE 32 x TC5 RED / 24 x TC5 BLUE 16 x TC6 RED / 12 x TC6 BLUE

ORDER REF 011524A 011526A 011528A 011530A 011532A

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 240 x TC2 RED 120 x TC3 RED 80 x TC4 RED 56 x TC5 RED 28 x TC6 RED

ORDER REF 011524B 011526B 011528B 011530B 011532B

CONTAINERS INCLUDED 240 x TC2 BLUE 120 x TC3 BLUE 80 x TC4 BLUE 56 x TC5 BLUE 28 x TC6 BLUE

ALL SPACEMASTER BIN KITS USE 1600mm HIGH UNITS * FOR BIN DIMENSIONS, PLEASE REFER TO PAGE 63 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC065

15/12/10

14:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Plastic Tray Trolleys Standard Trolleys

WHTT2SS

WHTT3SS

£110

£130

WHTT3SS/SB

£165

STORAGE PRODUCTS

• Plastic shelf and aluminium upright construction • Standard and large sizes • Swivel castor wheels, 2 with brakes

Large Trolleys WHTT2SL

£170

WHTT3SL

£215

WHTT3SL/SB

£275

2 Shelf Trolleys

3 Shelf Trolleys

3 Shelf, Sides/Back Enclosed

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 100 940 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT2SS £110.00 120 970 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT2SL £170.00

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 150 980 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT3SS £130.00 200 1010 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT3SL £215.00

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS SHELVES ORDER PRICE (kg) H x W x D (mm) REF 150 980 x 750 x 460 630 x 424 WHTT3SS/SB £165.00 200 1010 x 990 x 513 866 x 500 WHTT3SL/SB £275.00

WHTT3SS-ACC

£185

WHT2SS-D2

£255

WHTT3SS-CAB

£375

Trolley & Accessories

Trolleys with Drawers

Trolley with Drawer & Cabinet

• Supplied with 3 plastic bin trays 180H x 575W x 430Dmm • Supplied with 2 plastic side bins 25L, 480H x 385W x 265Dmm • Overall 1010H x 1090W x 460Dmm • 3 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 150kg capacity

• Lockable drawers with 2 keys supplied • Inner rubber mat supplied to fit in drawers • Overall 940H x 750W x 460Dmm • 2 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 100kg capacity

• Lockable cabinet and drawer, 4 keys included • Cabinet door has a unique opening system without a hinge • Overall 980H x 750W x 460Dmm • 3 shelves 630L x 424Wmm • 150kg capacity

SINGLE DRAWER TROLLEY REF WHTT2SS-D1 PRICE £220.00 REF WHTT3SS-CAB PRICE £375.00 REF WHTT3SS-ACC PRICE £185.00 DOUBLE DRAWER TROLLEY REF WHTT2SS-D2 PRICE £255.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

65 2011


TC066

15/12/10

14:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Wall Mounted Louvred Panel Kits • A range of pre-kitted louvred panels with Topstore Containers in blue or red • All kits include 1 label per bin • Louvre panels precision formed, finished in grey epoxy powder coat • Individual panel size 641H x 457Wmm, can be arranged as required • Unique double indented louvre provides extra strength • Tough polypropylene bins suitable for industrial use

010207B

010211R

£74

£106

2 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS

REF BLUE BINS 010205B 010206B 010207B 010208B 010209B

48 x TC2 24 x TC3 16 x TC4 12 x TC5 6 x TC6

REF RED BINS 010205R 010206R 010207R 010208R 010209R

3 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits PRICE

CONTAINERS

£65.00 £70.00 £74.00 £80.00 £73.00

72 x TC2 36 x TC3 24 x TC4 18 x TC5 9 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010210B 010211B 010212B 010213B 010214B

REF RED BINS 010210R 010211R 010212R 010213R 010214R

PRICE £97.00 £106.00 £111.00 £120.00 £110.00

010224B

£220

010216R

£141

4 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS 96 x TC2 48 x TC3 32 x TC4 24 x TC5 12 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010215B 010216B 010217B 010218B 010219B

REF RED BINS 010215R 010216R 010217R 010218R 010219R

PRICE £130.00 £141.00 £148.00 £159.00 £147.00

6 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS 144 x TC2 72 x TC3 48 x TC4 36 x TC5 18 x TC6

010226B

£281

REF BLUE BINS 010220B 010221B 010222B 010223B 010224B

REF RED BINS 010220R 010221R 010222R 010223R 010224R

PRICE £195.00 £211.00 £223.00 £239.00 £220.00

010236LB

£468

• Louvred panels 946H x 457Wmm, grey epoxy powder coat • Baskets small 200H x 460W x 200Dmm, large 200H x 460W x 330Dmm

8 Louvred Panels C/W Bin Kits CONTAINERS

66

192 x TC2 96 x TC3 64 x TC4 48 x TC5 24 x TC6

REF BLUE BINS 010225B 010226B 010227B 010228B 010229B

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

REF RED BINS 010225R 010226R 010227R 010228R 010229R

TEL: 01446 772614

Mesh Basket Louvred Panel Kits

PRICE £260.00 £281.00 £297.00 £319.00 £294.00

NO. OF BASKETS 3 6 9 12

NO. OF PANELS 1 2 3 4

info@storage-design.co.uk

SMALL BASKETS REF PRICE 010230SB £141.00 010231SB £282.00 010232SB £423.00 010233SB £564.00

LARGE BASKETS REF PRICE 010234LB £156.00 010235LB £312.00 010236LB £468.00 010237LB £623.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC067

15/12/10

14:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / CABINETS

£439

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Storage Cabinets & Bin Kits

013008

COMPLETE WITH SUPER VALUE BINS 013055

£638

013027

£399

132mm

132mm m 0m 15

240m m

132mm 350m m

Size 3 bins

m 5m 20

350m m

Size 4 bins

m 5m 20

Size 4 bins

Model 1 Kits

Model 2 Kits

Model 3 Kits

Cabinet Size: 1580H x 770W x 330Dmm with 9 shelves

Cabinet Size: 1000H x 1015W x 430Dmm with 5 shelves

Cabinet Size: 2000H x 1015W x 430Dmm with 11 shelves

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

40 x TC3 WHITE 40 x TC3 BLUE 40 x TC3 RED

013010 013008 013009

£437.00 £439.00 £439.00

24 x TC4 WHITE 24 x TC4 BLUE 24 x TC4 RED

013027 013026 013025

£399.00 £401.00 £401.00

52 x TC4 WHITE 52 x TC4 BLUE 52 x TC4 RED

013057 013056 013055

£633.00 £638.00 £638.00

Storage Cabinets

✓Ready assembled for immediate use

013005

• Robust all steel construction • Epoxy coated silver with blue doors • Recessed door handle with 3-point locking mechanism • Shelves fully adjustable at 50mm centres

£359 013051

£459

013024

£324

Cabinets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1580 x 770 x 330 1000 x 1015 x 430 2000 x 1015 x 430

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NO. OF SHELVES (INCLUDED) 6 3 6

ORDER REF 013005 013024 013051

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £359.00 £324.00 £459.00

Extra Shelves DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

770mm WIDE CABINET 1015mm WIDE CABINET

013004 013023

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE (PACK OF 3) £36.60 £46.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

67 2011


TC068

15/12/10

14:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOUVRED PANELS & BINS

TOP V

STORAGE PRODUCTS

and ensures efficient use of all available panel area. Panels are pre-punched for wall fixing.

TOP V

✓This selection of kits complete with wall panels and bins assists your choice, making ordering easy

UE AL

A

Louvred Panel & Bin Kits

LUE 14030013

14030012

£91

£55

KIT A

KIT B

14030015

£170

14030014

£122

KIT C

KIT D

14030017

£261 14030016

£184

KIT E

KIT F Louvred Panel & Bin Kits

68

KIT

PANELS SUPPLIED

BINS INCLUDED

ORDER REF

PRICE

A B C D E F

2: 457W x 500Hmm 3: 457W x 500Hmm 2: 457W x 1000Hmm 3: 457W x 1000Hmm 2: 457W x 1500Hmm 3: 457W x 1500Hmm

32 x BIN 2 36 x BIN 2, 9 x BIN 3 18 x BIN 3, 8 x BIN 4 36 x BIN 2, 18 x BIN 3, 6 x BIN 4 54 x BIN 3 48 x BIN 2, 27 x BIN 3, 12 x BIN 4

14030012 14030013 14030014 14030015 14030016 14030017

£55.00 £91.00 £122.00 £170.00 £184.00 £261.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC069

15/12/10

14:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING STORAGE PRODUCTS

Kanban Small Parts Shelving

✓The ideal solution for your line-side small parts storage

• Sloping steel shelves allow for bins to locate one behind the other, so as an empty bin is removed the full rear bin slides forward ready for use • 2 Standard bay options available, each complete with sloping steel shelves and 2 chipboard storage shelves • Blue containers as standard (other colours available) • Finish - posts are epoxy powder coated blue and beams epoxy powder coated grey FROM

473

£

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 1200 x 450 1800 x 1200 x 600

SLOPING SHELVES 5 4

CONTAINER DIMS H x W x D (mm) 132 x 150 x 237 165 x 222 x 278

NO OF CONTAINERS 70 40

ORDER REF CS/S/107 CS/S/108

PRICE £473.00 £545.00

Container Shelving ✓Ideal solution for small parts storage ✓Supplied in component form for easy assembly • Standard bays of rolled edge shelving complete with bins • Available in 3 different storage configurations • Open backs with cross bracing • Overall dimensions 1905H x 914W x 305Dmm • Maximum shelf capacity 68kg UDL • Grey epoxy powder coated finish • Three bin sizes, (002) 132H x 150W x 237Dmm, (003) 165H x 222W x 278Dmm and (004) 184H x 425W x 280Dmm

CS/R/069

335

£ CS/R/068

CS/R/067

299

319

£

£

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DESCRIPTION

BIN COMBINATION

TYPE 1, 10 SHELVES

18 x 002 BLUE, 12 x 003 YELLOW, 6 x 004 GREEN 16 x 004 GREEN 36 x 003 YELLOW

TYPE 2, 9 SHELVES TYPE 3, 10 SHELVES

TEL: 01446 772614

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/R/067 £319.00 CS/R/068 CS/R/069

£299.00 £335.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/R/070 £304.00 CS/R0/71 CS/R/072

69

£284.00 £320.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC070

15/12/10

14:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Toprax Bin kits • High quality, fully adjustable bolt-free shelving systems available pre-kitted with TC Bins • Fully tooled components eliminate any sharp edges • Standard or double depth bays available, accessible from both sides, no cross bracing • Full self assembly instructions • Uprights are epoxy powder coated in blue and shelves are galvanised steel • All bins supplied with ID labels • Shelf capacity 160kg (UDL) each

022410SI/TC5Y

022410SI/TC4R

022410DI/TC6B

£254

£275

£428

Toprax Longspan Kits available on request

DESCRIPTION

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1500 x 942 x 328 1500 x 942 x 625 1500 x 942 x 328 1500 x 942 x 625 1500 x 942 x 328 1500 x 942 x 625

STANDARD DEPTH C/W 40 X TC4 BINS & 5 SHELVES DOUBLE DEPTH C/W 80 X TC4 BINS & 10 SHELVES STANDARD DEPTH C/W 28 X TC5 BINS & 3 SHELVES DOUBLE DEPTH C/W 56 X TC5 BINS & 6 SHELVES STANDARD DEPTH C/W 14 X TC6 BINS & 3 SHELVES DOUBLE DEPTH C/W 28 X TC6 BINS & 6 SHELVES

SHELVES W x D (mm) 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290 870 x 290

STARTER BAY ORDER REF 022410SI/TC4 022410DI/TC4 022410SI/TC5 022410DI/TC5 022410SI/TC6 022410DI/TC6

CONTAINER COLOURS For required colours please add corresponding suffix to product code B: Blue

G: Green

R: Red

BIN TC4 TC5 TC6

Y: Yellow

Heavy Duty Aluminium Containers

PRICE £275.00 £493.00 £254.00 £455.00 £239.00 £428.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE 022410SE/TC4 £232.00 022410DE/TC4 £428.00 022410SE/TC5 £209.00 022410DE/TC5 £390.00 022410SE/TC6 £195.00 022410DE/TC6 £358.00 H x W x D (mm) 132 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375

VOLUME (Litres) 9.1 12.8 28.3

FROM

128

£

K

✓Ideal for transportation and storage of valuable or delicate items, especially where weight is an issue

• Tremendous strength, but light in weight • Totally rust free – aluminium body with stainless steel hinges • Cast aluminium stacking locators in each corner • Tough plastic protected grip handles • Over-centre clasps accept seals or padlock (3mm max shackle dia) • Each handle can lift 35kg • Recessed base prevents ingress of moisture when stored on damp floor • Retaining strap on lid prevents hinge damage • Rubber seal on body-lid point gives shower proof container

N J Q

M

P ITEM

70

J K L M N P Q

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 250 x 585 x 385 410 x 585 x 385 340 x 785 x 385 410 x 785 x 585 610 x 785 x 585 380 x 885 x 485 510 x 1185 x 785

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 220 x 550 x 350 380 x 550 x 350 310 x 750 x 350 380 x 750 x 550 580 x 750 x 550 350 x 850 x 450 480 x 1150 x 750

TEL: 01446 772614

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 5.3 6.1 8.1 9.6 7.7 15.4

ORDER REF

PRICE

02501001 02501002 02501003 02501004 02501005 02501006 02501007

£128.00 £153.00 £169.00 £225.00 £247.00 £213.00 £440.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

L

ON SELECTED ITEMS

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC071

14/12/10

13:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Mobile Container Trolleys ✓For the office, workshop or warehouse ACT/3XTC6B

£218

CONTAINER COLOURS White Blue

CT/3XLWB

Red

£330

CT/5XTC6R

£265

Angled Container Trolley • Angular design for easy container access • Complete with 3 large containers • Overall capacity 200kg, containers 40kg • Overall size 830L x 500W x 1030Hmm • Container size 375L x 420W x 182Hmm • All swivel vulcanised rubber wheels • Silver/grey epoxy powder coated finish DESCRIPTION ANGLED TROLLEY WITH 3 x 40KG CONTAINERS TROLLEY WITH 5 x 40KG CONTAINERS TROLLEY WITH 3 MESH BASKETS

Container Trolleys • Complete with containers & top shelf • Trolley Capacity 200kg • Overall size 1300H x 500W x 500Dmm • Plastic container sizes 375L x 420W x 182Hmm (40kg) • Wire mesh container size 460W x 330D x 200Hmm in white only • All swivel vulcanised rubber wheels • Silver/grey epoxy powder coated finish WITH WHITE BINS/BASKETS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6E £218.00 CT/5XTC6E £265.00 CT/3XLWB £330.00

WITH BLUE BINS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6B £218.00 CT/5XTC6B £265.00 -

WITH RED BINS ORDER REF PRICE ACT/3XTC6R £218.00 CT/5XTC6R £265.00 -

Topstore Container Trolleys • Fitted with a smaller louvred panel and 3 x fixed lipped trays • Available with and without bin kits • Max trolley capacity 200kg • 100mm dia swivel castors, low rolling resistance and non marking • Overall dimensions 1300H x 500W x 500Dmm • Tray size 500W x 455Dmm

CST

CST-2XTC6B

£237

£256

CST-4XTC5B

£256

DESCRIPTION CONTAINER TROLLEY TROLLEY WITH 4 x TC5 BLUE TROLLEY WITH 4 x TC5 RED TROLLEY WITH 2 x TC6 BLUE TROLLEY WITH 2 x TC6 RED

CONTAINERS H x W x D (mm) 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 205 x 350 182 x 420 x 375 182 x 420 x 375

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

UNBRAKED TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE CST £237.00 CST-4XTC5B £256.00 CST-4XTC5R £256.00 CST-2XTC6B £256.00 CST-2XTC6R £256.00

TEL: 01446 772614

BRAKED TROLLEYS ORDER REF PRICE CST-BC £246.00 CST-4XTC5B-BC £265.00 CST-4XTC5R-BC £265.00 CST-2XTC6B-BC £265.00 CST-2XTC6R-BC £265.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Braked castors 71 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC072

15/12/10

14:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / CASES

High Performance Transit Cases

✓Secure protection for valuable items ✓We can manufacture to your custom dimensions

FROM

• Heavy duty aluminium construction • Reinforced aluminium framework • Double lid restraints • 6mm plywood base for load capacity • 12mm semi-rigid foam lining lid lined with egg box foam • Two lockable catches • Steel & nylon carry handle on smaller sizes • Zinc plated handles on larger sizes

£

106

A

C

B

C

8 ITEM A B C D E F G H

Standard cases, but remember we can manufacture virtually any size you require!

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 300 x 400 x 300 150 x 450 x 350 150 x 500 x 400 250 x 500 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 300 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 400 x 800 x 600

B

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 275 x 375 x 275 125 x 425 x 325 125 x 475 x 375 225 x 475 x 375 125 x 575 x 375 275 x 575 x 375 375 x 575 x 375 375 x 775 x 575

WEIGHT (kg) 6.0 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 6.0 13.0 19.0

ORDER REF

PRICE

SA00002 SA00187 SA00189 SA00190 SA00191 SA00226 SA00004 SA00005

£108.00 £106.00 £119.00 £120.00 £127.00 £131.00 £140.00 £181.00

FROM

104

High Performance Transit Cases

£

✓For total load protection, these

6mm plywood based cases have a 12mm semi-rigid foam lining and all edges reinforced with extruded aluminium sections

• Coated in black grained PVC • Zinc plated steel handles are fitted to both end walls • Back stop hinges give controlled opening • Secured by lockable over-centre catches SB00003 SB00001

72

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 300 x 400 x 300 300 x 600 x 400 400 x 600 x 400 400 x 800 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 275 x 375 x 275 275 x 575 x 375 375 x 575 x 375 375 x 775 x 575

TEL: 01446 772614

WEIGHT (kg) 5 8.5 10 17

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

SB00001 SB00002 SB00003 SB00004

£104.00 £121.00 £133.00 £182.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC073

15/12/10

14:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / CONTAINER TROLLEYS

• Perfect for 600x400mm Euro containers • Shelves fit horizontally or inclined for best access • Up to 400kg maximum capacity • 1250 x 610mm and 1650 x 610mm platforms • Welded steel frames, powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • Fixed and detachable waterproof derived timber shelves • 15mm lip on front and back of shelves • 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors • 200mm diameter solid rubber tyres

STORAGE PRODUCTS

Adjustable Trolleys

Adjustable shelf support rods

FROM

£558

Optional Tiltable Steps Additional set with 2 steps, lifting automatically when released and standing firmly on the floor when under load. Steps can be tilted when in rest position. Clearance between steps 235mm. Height of steps 515mm.

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

REF 28226 PRICE £341.00

FROM

£590

FROM

£400

FROM

£476

Adjustable Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1430 x 620 x 1560 1830 x 620 x 1560 1430 x 620 x 1560 1830 x 620 x 1560 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800 1430 x 620 x 1800 1830 x 620 x 1800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610 1250 x 610 1650 x 610

Pneumatic Tyres 400kg max capacity, factory fitted, 200mm diameter REF 11-00 PRICE £126.00 extra/set STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NUMBER & TYPE OF SHELVES (INCLUDING BASE) 2 SOLID 2 SOLID 3 SOLID 3 SOLID 4 SOLID 4 SOLID 4 WELDED WIRE MESH 4 WELDED WIRE MESH

SHELF CAPACITY (kg) 80 80 80 80 80 80 50 50

TROLLEY ORDER REF 4195 4196 4295 4296 4395 4396 4495 4496

Clipboard A4 Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder REF 12-90 PRICE £32.00* *Carriage is extra if sent separately from trolley

TEL: 01446 772614

TROLLEY PRICE £400.00 £450.00 £476.00 £536.00 £558.00 £627.00 £590.00 £680.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF 4095 4096 4095 4096 4095 4096 4097 4098

EXTRA SHELF PRICE £90.00 £102.00 £90.00 £102.00 £90.00 £102.00 £91.00 £104.00

Trackless Tyres Blue/grey solid trackless tyres (set of 4), factory fitted, 200mm diameter REF 21-87 PRICE £41.00 extra/set

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

73 2011


TC074

15/12/10

14:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE STORAGE PRODUCTS

FTR Shelving for Athena Euro Containers Compact line side storage for 600 x 400mm Athena containers 3-bay units, adjustable to suit different container heights Containers slide on guides rated at 50kg per pair max load Each bay has a maximum load of 250kg RAL7000 grey finish Top cover is included in price Optional laminate worktop (shown below) REF FTRW PRICE £146.00

SHELVING ONLY (27 CONTAINER POSITIONS) REF FTR1 PRICE £631

SHELVING ONLY (14 CONTAINER POSITIONS) REF FTR2 PRICE £407

SHELVING WITH 27 *CONTAINERS AS SHOWN REF FTR1C PRICE £932

SHELVING WITH 14 *CONTAINERS AS SHOWN REF FTR2C PRICE £570

SAVE £238

SAVE £106

1010

2010

• • • • • • •

*CONTAINERS: 5 x FPA6851B, 9 x FPA6051A

*CONTAINERS: 13 x FPA6851B, 14 x FPA6051A

1390

600

FLBB1025952

£959 FLBB0735552

£429

FLBB0730552

£374

Tilt Shelf Trolley • Galvanised/grey finish • 300kg capacity • 3 shelves 687x420mm tilt to 20º • 1430H x 725W x 613Dmm • Four 100mm swivel castors REF FLBB0730552 PRICE £374.00

Tilt Shelf Trolley with Containers • Specification as trolley shown left • Four 400 x 300 x 170mm high containers • One 600 x 400 x 170mm high container • One 600 x 400 x 220mm high container

• RAL7000 Grey and galvanised finish • Complete with 24 containers, perforated panels and 2 sets of 54 hooks • 1430H x 1023W x 613Dmm • Weight load capacity 300kg (150kg per side)

REF FLBB0735552 PRICE £429.00

REF FLBB1025952 PRICE £959.00

Athena Euro Containers

Athena Stacking Euro Containers Solid Sides & Base

• • • •

74

600 x 400mm for shelves and trolleys Positive, safe stacking Smooth finish grey polypropylene Solid side containers with reinforced base • Please enquire for ventilated containers and alternative sizes STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Unimod Smart Trolley

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 78 x 600 x 400 120 x 600 x 400 170 x 600 x 400 220 x 600 x 400 285 x 600 x 400 325 x 600 x 400 430 x 600 x 400 HINGED LID

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

FPA5651A FPA6051A FPA6451A FPA6851B FPA7251A FPA7651A FPA8051B FPA0951

£15.20 £17.00 £19.40 £23.20 £26.00 £28.40 £35.10 £12.20

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC075

11/1/11

10:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / SMALL PARTS STORAGE

✓Cabinets for safe storage of small-medium size static sensitive components • Two cabinet styles, each with four different drawer combinations

Small Parts Cabinets, Polypropylene Housing

291ESD £59.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 24 DRAWERS (01)

294ESD £59.00

H x W x D (mm) 290 x 310 x 180 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 12 DRAWERS (04)

S TATIC E LECTRICITY C ONTROL

All to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 Standard

TO SUIT DRAWER SIZE 01 04 3010, 4010 3020, 4020

10 PACK PRICE £2.60 £4.70 £4.90 £8.50

Medium Parts Cabinets, Steel Housing

1630ESD £136.00

H x W x D (mm) 290 x 310 x 180 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

DIVIDER REF V-1ESD V-4ESD D-10ESD D-20ESD

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 16 DRAWERS (3010)

STORAGE PRODUCTS

ESD Component Storage

0830ESD £119.00

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 82 x 92 x 300 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 8 DRAWERS (3020)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 300 82 x 186 x 300 (ext)

Need More Info? CALL US NOW

551ESD £90.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 48 DRAWERS (01)

H x W x D (mm) 550 x 310 x 180 40 x 69 x 170 (ext)

554ESD £90.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 24 DRAWERS (04)

1640ESD £180.00

H x W x D (mm) 550 x 310 x 180 62 x 92 x 170 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 16 DRAWERS (4010)

0840ESD £152.00

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 400 82 x 92 x 400 (ext)

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 8 DRAWERS (4020)

H x W x D (mm) 395 x 400 x 400 82 x 186 x 400 (ext)

SHELF BIN BACKSTOPS REF BS-6-ESD PRICE £2.10 (PACK OF 10)

FROM

£4.70 FROM

£2.05

ESD Protected Shelf Bins

✓Suit all standard shelves with depths 300, 400, 500 & 600mm • Corrugated base design eases picking of small items • Securely stack any bins of the same widths • Black semi-conductive polypropylene • Full width label with protective shield included (non conductive) • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards OUTER DIMS INNER DIMS CARTON L x W x H (mm) L x W x H (mm) QTY 300 x 92 x 82 257 x 75 x 70 30 300 x 186 x 82 257 x 167 x 70 15 400 x 92 x 82 357 x 75 x 70 30 400 x 132 x 100 357 x 110 x 90 20 400 x 186 x 82 357 x 167 x 70 15 500 x 92 x 82 457 x 75 x 70 30 500 x 132 x 100 457 x 110 x 90 20 500 x 186 x 82 457 x 167 x 70 15 600 x 132 x 100 557 x 110 x 90 15 600 x 186 x 82 557 x 167 x 70 15

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF BINS REF PRICE 3010-ESD £141.00 3020-ESD £96.00 4010-ESD £162.00 4015-ESD £142.00 4020-ESD £108.00 5010-ESD £207.00 5015-ESD £174.00 5020-ESD £143.00 6015-ESD £159.00 6020-ESD £162.00

CROSS DIVIDERS REF PRICE D-10ESD £4.90 D-20ESD £8.50 D-10ESD £4.90 D-15ESD £6.50 D-20ESD £8.50 D-10ESD £4.90 D-15ESD £6.50 D-20ESD £8.50 D-15ESD £6.50 D-20ESD £8.50

TEL: 01446 772614

ESD Protected Stacking Bins

✓For use in both production and store areas

• Open front design allows good access and the corrugated base design eases picking of small items • Suitable for louvred panel and bin rails • Black semi-conductive polypropylene • Manufactured to BS EN 61340-5-1:2007 standards OUTER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 165 x 105 x 70 192 x 149 x 105 250 x 149 x 130 300 x 186 x 156 400 x 186 x 156 500 x 186 x 182 500 x 310 x 182

INNER DIMS L x W x H (mm) 105 x 90 x 65 130 x 125 x 90 185 x 125 x 115 230 x 155 x 140 330 x 155 x 140 400 x 145 x 165 400 x 270 x 165

info@storage-design.co.uk

CARTON QTY 60 45 30 24 24 12 8

ORDER REF 1015-ESD 1520-ESD 1525-ESD 1930-ESD 1940-ESD 1950-ESD 3050-ESD

PRICE £123.00 £198.00 £186.00 £276.00 £324.00 £324.00 £244.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

75 2011


TC076

15/12/10

14:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Practibox ✓Tilt box visible storage system

Practibox Trolley

• Dust-free high density component storage • Transparent forward tilting boxes give easy access to stored items • 6 modules with 600mm common width • Hand grips & label holders on bin fronts • Clip-together injection moulded ABS housings

• Takes components to the workplace • Modules easily exchanged as required • Rugged steel framework • Mobile on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors • Brakes provided on swivel castors • Holds any combination of modules to 1200mm max height

COMPLETE

£586

PRACTIBOX TROLLEY 1420H X 750W X 660Dmm REF FPG012100 PRICE £315.00 PRACTIBOX TROLLEY & MODULES Fitted with modules as illustrated REF FPG012101 PRICE £586.00

Optional locking bars prevent unwanted opening, ideal for trolleys and van storage applications MODULE 9 6 5 4 3 2

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 77 x 600 x 67 112 x 600 x 98 164 x 600 x 138 206 x 600 x 174 240 x 600 x 206 353 x 600 x 311

PRACTIBOX MODULE ORDER REF PRICE FPG1071 £18.90 FPG1571 £21.80 FPG2071 £28.90 FPG2571 £35.10 FPG3071 £39.30 FPG3571 £66.00

LOCKING BAR ORDER REF PRICE FPG0910 £3.00 FPG0915 £3.00 FPG0920 £3.00 FPG0925 £3.00 FPG0930 £3.00 FPG0935 £3.00 FPG032001

£113

Practibox Bench Dispenser • The ideal on-bench component store • Holds any combination of modules to 500m max height PRACTIBOX BENCH DISPENSER • 503H X 610W X 150Dmm REF FPG032000 PRICE £43.50

FPG032000

£43.50

PRACTIBOX BENCH DISPENSER & MODULES • Fitted with modules 6, 5 and 4 REF FPG032001 PRICE £113.00

Galvanised Steel Bins • • • •

1

✓Heavy duty bins for the most arduous use

Suited to engineering and manufacturing industry • Precision pressings stack securely Galvanised finish as standard, green or grey painted finish available to order Open front bins allow access when stacked Rectangular tote bins ideal for production line storage K

2 3A2

3

3P4

Galvanised Steel Parts Bins SIZE

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS CARRY ORDER (litres) H x W x D (mm) BAR REF 1 1.0 75 x 95 x 160 FLS1799* 2 3.8 130 x 140 x 230 FLS2599* 3A2 9.4 145 x 200 x 350 FLS3399* 3 12.5 200 x 200 x 350 FLS4199* 3P4 18 200 x 200 x 500 FLS4999* 4A2 20 145 x 300 x 500 FLS5799* 4 28 200 x 300 x 500 3 FLS6599 4A5 42 300 x 300 x 520 3 FLS7399 5P4 63 300 x 450 x 520 3 FLS8199 5 88 300 x 450 x 700 3 FLS8999 *NOTE: subject to minimum order quantity of 5 pieces

PRICE

L £23.00 £26.50 £34.40 £35.60 £43.00 £44.60 £44.30 £55.60 £71.10 £76.00

76

CAPACITY DIMENSIONS ORDER (litres) H x W x D (mm) REF K 8.7 145 x 300 x 200 FLA33299* L 12 200 x 300 x 200 FLA41299* M 27 200 x 450 x 300 FLA65299 N 40.5 300 x 450 x 300 FLA73299 P 85 300 x 630 x 450 FLA89299 *NOTE: subject to minimum order quantity of 5 pieces

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

4 M 4A5

N 5P4 P

Galvanised Steel Stacker Bins PIC

4A2

PRICE £37.80 £42.20 £47.00 £60.00 £79.00

TEL: 01446 772614

5

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC077

16/12/10

10:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS FROM

Topstore Euro Containers

E6433-11

✓Outstanding quality ✓Excellent impact strength

FOLDABLE WITHOUT LID

E6432-11

• Containers can be used for a variety of heavy-duty applications • Internal walls of the containers have a smooth surface finish • Design saves space and can be stackable in modular formations • Good at withstanding both low and high temperatures • All containers manufactured from polypropylene • Folding containers are collapsible to save space when not in use

E6420-11 E4322-11

DESCRIPTION EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER EURO CONTAINER FOLDABLE CONTAINER

EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 400 x 300 x 220 600 x 400 x 120 600 x 400 x 170 600 x 400 x 200 600 x 400 x 320 594 x 396 x 314

STORAGE PRODUCTS

11

£

INTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 365 x 265 x 207 555 x 355 x 112 555 x 355 x 158 555 x 355 x 187 555 x 355 x 307 558 x 362 x 294

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 22 33 40 60 59

CONTAINERS ORDER REF PRICE E4322-11 £11.00 E6412-11 £13.00 E6417-11 £15.00 E6420-11 £15.00 E6432-11 £19.00 E6433-11 £26.00

LIDS (10 PACK) ORDER REF PRICE E4301-44/10 £58.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 E6401-44/10 £73.00 -

Euro Container Dividers • Dividers are suitable for 600L x 400Wmm Euro Containers only, except E6412-11 • Dividers supplied in packs of 10 • 4 divider options available DESCRIPTION

DIVISIONS NO. LxW (mm) LOCATES IN TOP 15, 105 x 112 LOCATES IN BASE 15, 105 x 112 LOCATES IN TOP 24, 82 x 86 LOCATES IN BASE 24, 82 x 86

E64TD24 + E64BD24

E64TD15 + E64BD15

88880-01PP-6412

88880-01WH-6420

ORDER REF E64TD15/10 E64BD15/10 E64TD24/10 E64BD24/10

PRICE 10pk £79.00 £79.00 £86.00 £86.00

Euro Container Dollies

88880-01WH-6432

• Two ABS plastic dolly options are available with or without a handle • Up to 100kg load capacity • Transports multiple containers • 4 x swivel castors 100mm diameter • Steel handle, finished zinc and yellow passivated, can be adjusted in height and removed from dolly when not in use

88880-01WH

DESCRIPTION DOLLY DOLLY C/W 9 x E6412-11 DOLLY C/W 7 x E6417-11 DOLLY C/W 5 x E6420-11 DOLLY C/W 3 x E6432-11

EXTERNAL L x W x H (mm) 625 x 420 x 160 625 x 420 x 1230 625 x 420 x 1340 625 x 420 x 1150 625 x 420 x 1110

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL L x W (mm) 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400 600 x 400

TEL: 01446 772614

HANDLE Length (mm) 625 625 625 625 625

DOLLY WITHOUT HANDLE ORDER REF PRICE 88880-01PP £53.00 88880-01PP-6412 £158.00 88880-01PP-6417 £149.00 88880-01PP-6420 £125.00 88880-01PP-6432 £107.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

DOLLY WITH HANDLE ORDER REF PRICE 88880-01WH £80.00 88880-01WH-6412 £181.00 88880-01WH-6417 £172.00 88880-01WH-6420 £153.00 88880-01WH-6432 £135.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

77 2011


TC078

16/12/10

11:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Attached Lid Containers ✓Loaded containers stack securely with lids closed, empty containers nest with lids open • Containers nest up to 75% when empty, saving valuable space when not in use and on return transport • Injection moulded polypropylene makes ALCs tough, long lasting and cost effective, recyclable • Stack up to 8 high carrying a unit load of 30kg, a combined load of 240kg • Smooth surfaces and shock absorbing lid and base protect contents from damage

FROM £

Integral lid cannot become separated from container and lost. Inhibits theft when fitted with tamper-evident seals

14.20

Textured pad allows easy removal of adhesive labels without leaving a sticky residue Wide and comfortable handles Drop-in card label holders

AT643604AA

Can be printed with owner’s logo and message

Smooth base compatible with conveyor systems

BLUE - STOCK COLOUR GREEN - MADE TO ORDER

AT432204AA

CAPACITY (litres) 18 22 25 48 65

AT432604AA

EXTERNAL DIM H x W x D (mm) 400 x 300 x 222 400 x 300 x 264 400 x 300 x 306 600 x 400 x 264 600 x 400 x 365

INTERNAL DIM H x W x D (mm) 338 x 254 x 197 334 x 254 x 239 329 x 250 x 282 530 x 353 x 240 508 x 346 x 340

AT433104AA

NESTED

COLOUR

51% SPACE SAVING 59% SPACE SAVING 64% SPACE SAVING 75% SPACE SAVING 70% SPACE SAVING

BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE

AT642604AA

WEIGHT (kg) 1.8 1.9 2.1 3 3.5

ORDER REF

PRICE

AT432204AA AT432604AA AT433104AA AT642604AA AT643604AA

£14.20 £15.10 £15.70 £19.20 £20.80

Stack & Nest Crates ✓A range of stack and nest containers designed to fit with all standard distribution applications • Smooth interior for protection of products • Stable stacking on plastic stacking bars when crates are full • When bars are flipped open crates nest to save 60-70% space when empty • Ergonomic handholds

78

SN641907

SN642202

DH701807

£13.50

£14.10

£17.70

CAPACITY (litres) 35 38 54 54 DOLLY

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 199 x 600 x 400 225 x 600 x 400 302 x 600 x 400 302 x 600 x 400 162 x 604 x 402

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INTERNAL DIMS TYPE H x L x W (mm) 172 x 546 x 349 SOLID 200 x 525 x 347 VENTED 270 x 570 x 370 SOLID 270 x 570 x 370 VENTED FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS

TEL: 01446 772614

COLOUR BLUE BLUE BLUE BLUE RED

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF SN641907 SN642202 DH701807 DH701802 9100.5

PRICE £13.50 £14.10 £17.70 £17.30 £60.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC079

14/12/10

13:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

Attached Lid Containers

Container Accessories

✓Securely stack with lids closed & nest with lids open, saving space on return transport

✓Hot-foil printing. Company

• Pimple-pads, on ends and lid, allow easy removal of adhesive labels without leaving a sticky residue • Integral lid cannot become separated from container, inhibits theft when fitted with tamper-evident seals • Wide, comfortable handholds • Drop-in card label holders on both ends can be fitted with a clear cover to retain and protect card

logo and message increases brand awareness and clearly identifies the container as the owner’s property Minimum order of 50

Security Seals Tamper-evident security seals for all attached lid containers. Two required per container. Pack of 1000 00701 £41.80

Label Cover Label holder cover for refs 10020, 10025, 10A5B, 10A6B. Pack of 50 00473 £35.10

FROM

✓Containers securely stack with lids

£

closed and nest with lids open - saving valuable space on return transport.

10

10A6B

✓Coloured lids, great for colour

10005

10010

10020

10025

10040

10083

co-ordinating product lines

Attached Lid Distribution Containers CAPACITY (litres) 4 6 20 25 40 54 64 80 80

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 130 x 300 x 200 200 x 300 x 200 252 x 400 x 300 320 x 400 x 300 250 x 600 x 400 320 x 600 x 400 365 x 600 x 400 368 x 710 x 460 368 x 710 x 460

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 101 x 245 x 160 174 x 235 x 152 222 x 325 x 246 295 x 321 x 244 215 x 515 x 343 285 x 508 x 335 330 x 501 x 328 330 x 597 x 374 330 x 597 x 374

FEATURES

COLOUR OPTIONS

STACK 2-UP ON 400 x 300 SIZE & 4-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE STACK 2-UP ON 600 x 400 SIZE DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE NO DRAINAGE HOLES IN BASE

DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN FULL RANGE AS BELOW FULL RANGE AS BELOW DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN, RED, BLUE DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN

WEIGHT (kg) 0.70 0.85 1.65 1.87 2.78 3.20 3.38 3.70 3.70

NEST HT (mm) 80 80 100 100 85 85 85 80 80

ORDER REF 10005 10010 10020 10025 10040 10A5B 10A6B 10083 10082

PRICE £10.00 £11.60 £16.10 £17.50 £21.00 £21.60 £22.80 £28.00 £28.00

10040 & 10A5B are available in DARK GREEN / LIGHT GREEN, GREY / BLUE, GREY / YELLOW, GREY / RED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

79


TC080

16/12/10

11:13

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Small Euro Stacking Containers ✓Inter-stacking containers for building compact and stable loads • Solid or ventilated base and sides • Ventilated containers are ideal for cold storage • Reinforced ergonomic handles

61.020

FROM £

8.20 21010

We can indelibly mark containers with your company name or logo - please enquire!

21027

21006 21005

CAPACITY (litres) 5 6 10 10 15 20 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 118 x 300 x 200 74 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 118 x 400 x 300 175 x 400 x 300 235 x 400 x 300 30 x 400 x 300

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 108 x 257 x 159 64 x 355 x 255 105 x 355 x 255 105 x 355 x 255 164 x 355 x 255 220 x 355 x 255 -

21009

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR OPTIONS

SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21010) SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE (STYLE AS 21020) LID FOR 400 x 300 CONTAINERS

GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY, RED GREY GREY, RED

WEIGHT (kg) 0.42 0.48 0.66 0.80 1.02 1.18 0.36

ORDER REF 21005 21006 21009 21010 21027 21026 61.020

PRICE £8.20 £11.60 £12.10 £12.50 £13.70 £12.70 £6.40

800 x 600 Euro Stacking Containers ✓Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads • Vertical sides provide maximum usable volume • European standard modular dimensions for palletisation • Dollies, trolleys and lids available 61086 FROM £

30.80

21090

CAPACITY (litres) 87 125 162 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 235 x 800 x 600 319 x 800 x 600 412 x 800 x 600 33 x 800 x 600 48 x 809 x 607

21135

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 205 x 755 x 555 295 x 755 x 555 382 x 755 x 555 -

Divider Strips 80

• Polypropylene partitioning system • Divider strips snap to size and interlock to give variable compartment sizes STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HEIGHT (mm) 45 88 190

TEL: 01446 772614

21162

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR

SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES STANDARD LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 800 x 600mm CONTAINERS

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

LENGTH (mm) 1100 1100 1100

PACK QTY 60 30 20

ORDER REF OT800404AA OT800804AA OTPE0104AA

PRICE £183.00 £110.00 £126.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 3.85 4.65 5.63 1.86 2.26

ORDER REF 21090 21135 21162 61087 61086

PRICE £30.80 £35.80 £42.50 £14.60 £15.70

Stainless Steel Label Clip Stainless steel label holder for easy identification 76 x 13mm. (loose, without rivets) REF OPE90 PRICE £24.80 Pack of 50 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC081

14/12/10

13:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS STORAGE PRODUCTS

600 x 400 Euro Stacking Containers

✓European standard modular dimensions for palletisation

• Vertical sides provide maximum usable volume • Inter-stacking containers for building compact stable loads • Lids, dollies and trolleys available for Euro containers • Please enquire for hot foil marking of your company name

FROM £

10.40

21008

20028 20029 21013

61045

21033

06032

2A044 2A045

61060

91005 21060

20085

21064

600 x 400 Euro Containers CAPACITY (litres) 8 12 12 28 28 32 33 45 45 45 52 60 60 75 75 -

EXTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 50 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 73 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 150 x 600 x 400 170 x 600 x 400 175 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 235 x 600 x 400 280 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 319 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 412 x 600 x 400 30 x 600 x 400 39 x 613 x 411 162 x 604 x 402

INTERNAL H x L x W (mm) 40 x 555 x 355 62 x 555 x 355 62 x 555 x 355 139 x 555 x 355 139 x 555 x 355 158 x 555 x 355 164 x 555 x 355 215 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 255 x 555 x 355 300 x 555 x 355 294 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355 -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DESCRIPTION

COLOUR OPTIONS

SOLID SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21013) SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE VENTILATED SIDES & BASE SOLID SIDES & BASE, CLOSED HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES & BASE (STYLE AS 21054) SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES SOLID SIDES & BASE, OPEN HANDLES VENTILATED SIDES, SOLID BASE, OPEN HANDLES LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS SNAP-SHUT LID FOR 600 x 400mm CONTAINERS DOLLY WITH 4x NYLON SWIVEL CASTORS

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY GREY GREY GREY, RED GREY RED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 0.80 1.08 0.96 1.48 1.25 1.22 1.70 1.83 2.18 2.14 2.18 2.75 2.33 3.66 3.08 0.87 0.87 4.00

ORDER REF 21008 21013 21014 20028 20029 06032 21033 2A044 2A045 2A049 21055 21060 21064 20085 20086 61060 61045 91005

PRICE £10.40 £11.30 £11.10 £13.90 £16.40 £15.10 £17.10 £16.30 £18.70 £16.20 £20.60 £22.40 £22.80 £28.20 £27.60 £12.00 £12.10 £60.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

81 2011


TC082

16/12/10

11:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS

Snap-Shut Attached Lid Containers ✓Suitable for high value goods, clothing or electrical products • Standard European dimensions to suit pallets and dollies • Capacity 10 - 75 litres • 400 x 300 and 600 x 400 sizes • Integral hinged lids cannot be separated from container and lost

20C10

21C27

21C20

21C30

FROM £

20.20

20C28

21C54 20C85

Snap-Shut Attached Lid Euro Standard Containers CAPACITY (litres) 10 15 20 30 28 45 54 75

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 129 x 400 x 300 186 x 400 x 300 246 x 400 x 300 330 x 400 x 300 161 x 600 x 400 246 x 600 x 400 291 x 600 x 400 423 x 600 x 400

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 105 x 355 x 255 164 x 355 x 255 220 x 355 x 255 300 x 355 x 255 139 x 555 x 355 220 x 555 x 355 265 x 555 x 355 394 x 555 x 355

WEIGHT (kg) 1.21 1.43 1.68 2.18 2.11 3.0 3.33 4.47

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

20C10 21C27 21C20 21C30 20C28 21C45 21C54 20C85

£20.20 £22.10 £23.00 £27.80 £30.40 £34.20 £39.10 £42.90

Food Trays ✓Food grade polypropylene stacking trays • Three sizes, from 22 to 48 litres capacity • Fully solid or ventilated versions • Ideal for the storage, handling, transportation and display of confectionery and morning goods

FROM

RB318301AA

£

14.50

RB318504AA

GREY LID FOR FOOD TRAYS REF LI301804AA PRICE £15.50

RB318304AA

RB318501AA

RB318701AA

RB318704AA

Food Trays

82

CAPACITY (litres) 22 22 32 32 48 48

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 92 x 762 x 457 92 x 762 x 457 123 x 762 x 457 123 x 762 x 457 176 x 762 x 457 176 x 762 x 457

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TYPE VENTILATED SOLID VENTILATED SOLID VENTILATED SOLID

TEL: 01446 772614

WEIGHT (kg) 1.4 1.8 1.9 2.2 2.1 2.6

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

RB318301AA RB318304AA RB318501AA RB318504AA RB318701AA RB318704AA

£14.50 £14.60 £14.80 £16.60 £16.70 £19.60

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC083

16/12/10

11:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLETS / BOXES STORAGE PRODUCTS

Geobox Pallet Boxes

✓High density polyethylene containers for bulk storage ✓Suitable for meat storage, fruit & vegetable storage & waste products • Hygienic impact resistant design, light and strong • Impervious to most forms of chemical erosion • Ventilated sides and base ensure good airflow • Safe and stable stacking • Replaceable feet and runners • Loading 450kg per box, stacked ten high (373 / 543 litre boxes only)

27401

27270

148

143

£

£

580mm

662mm

mm 600

10 00 mm

m 1000m

0mm 120

260 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes

373 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes

• 662H x 1000L x 600Wmm external • 519H x 929L x 544Wmm internal

• 580H x 1200L x 1000Wmm external • 375H x 1110L x 910Wmm internal

CONSTRUCTION SOLID BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET

WEIGHT (kg) 13.5 12.7

ORDER REF 27250 27270

PRICE

CONSTRUCTION

£150.00 £143.00

VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET

WEIGHT (kg) 28 28

ORDER REF 27401 27402

PRICE £148.00 £143.00

LID for all 373/543 litre storage boxes REF 64401 PRICE £65.00 27603

203

750mm

£

27601

205

£

10 00 mm

0mm 120

543 Litre Bulk Storage Boxes • 750H x 1200L x 1000Wmm external • 545H x 1110L x 910Wmm internal CONSTRUCTION SOLID BASE AND SIDES VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES SOLID BASE AND SIDES VENTILATED BASE AND SIDES

BASE FITTINGS TWO RUNNERS TWO RUNNERS SIX FEET SIX FEET

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WEIGHT (kg) 34 33 33 32

ORDER REF 27600 27601 27602 27603

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £214.00 £205.00 £204.00 £203.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

83 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC084

14/12/10

13:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

PALLETS / CAGES

HYPACAGE® Units

✓Fold completely flat for compact storage • Manufatured from mild steel rod mesh with integral base • Collapsible, save space when not in use, ideal for return journeys • Long lasting, economical alternative to disposable packaging • Bright electro zinc plated finish • Standard half hinged gate access

15.SJA7

15.SJA7FG

164

£

183

£

DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY (kg) MINI HYPACAGE 350 STANDARD HYPACAGE 1000 1000 HEAVY DUTY HYPACAGE 1200 1500 FORKLIFTABLE HYPACAGE 1500

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 670 x 800 x 600 1000 x 800 x 1200 1000 x 1000 x 1200 850 x 1000 x 800 900 x 1200 x 1000 900 x 1200 x 1000

INTERNAL HEIGHT( mm) 540 850 850 700 750 750

FOLDED HEIGHT (mm) 230 280 280 210 210 210

MESH SIZE (mm) 50 x 110 65 x 120 65 x 120 50 x 50 50 x 50 50 x 50

STACKABILITY 5 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 4 HIGH

WEIGHT (kg) 18 46 51 48 75 75

ORDER REF

PRICE

15.739 15.HC2 15.HC3 15.SJA5 15.SJA7 15.SJA7FG

£70.00 £132.00 £130.00 £125.00 £164.00 £183.00

UC775P

196

£

16.110.PT

95

£ 20 Units folded flat

Collapsible Cage Pallet

Stackable Retention Units

✓Safely retain loads preventing overspill

• Four sided collapsible pallet • Removable half drop gate and full gate on opposite sides • 50mm mesh infill to all four sides • Sheet steel base • Blue paint finish

84

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1005 x 1150 x 975

INTERNAL HT (mm) 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

MAXIMUM STACK 4

• Use with timber and plastic pallets • Capacity 800kg per unit, stackable as table below • Half drop gate for ease of access • 60 x 120mm wall mesh • One piece units fold flat for storage Pallets stack when flat WEIGHT (kg) 63.5

ORDER REF UC775P

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £196.00

PALLET SIZE (mm) 800 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200 1000 x 1200

INTERNAL HT (mm) 850 850 1050 1300

info@storage-design.co.uk

MAXIMUM STACK 4 HIGH 4 HIGH 3 HIGH 2 HIGH

WEIGHT (kg) 30 33 37.5 48.5

ORDER REF 16.106 16.110.PT 16.130.PT 16.140.PT

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £89.00 £95.00 £117.00 £138.00

2011


TC085

16/12/10

11:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PALLETS / BOXES

✓A large range of all welded pallets with

STORAGE PRODUCTS

a choice of design options and sizes to suit almost every application

✓Streamline your production and storage

facilities with these purpose made pallets

✓Ideal for storage of finished parts and work in progress

1 Tonne Open Fronted Pallets DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF POF616146SBX POF616161SBX POF916146SBX POF916161SBX POF919176SBX POF129146SBX POF129161SBX POF129176SBX

SHEET PRICE £134.00 £139.00 £144.00 £149.00 £165.00 £171.00 £177.00 £183.00

MESH ORDER REF POF616146MBX POF616161MBX POF916146MBX POF916161MBX POF919176MBX POF129146MBX POF129161MBX POF129176MBX

MESH PRICE £134.00 £139.00 £144.00 £149.00 £165.00 £171.00 £177.00 £183.00

• All welded construction • Pressed metal feet for strength and durability • Jig built for consistent tolerance and size • Pallets and stillages can be stacked up to 4 high • Please enquire for special sizes and designs

FROM

101

£

1 Tonne Half Drop Side Pallets DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PHD616146SBX PHD616161SBX PHD916146SBX PHD916161SBX PHD919176SBX PHD129146SBX PHD129161SBX PHD129176SBX

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PBX616146SBX PBX616161SBX PBX916146SBX PBX916161SBX PBX919176SBX PBX129146SBX PBX129161SBX PBX129176SBX

SHEET PRICE £173.00 £180.00 £186.00 £192.00 £213.00 £221.00 £228.00 £236.00

MESH ORDER REF PHD616146MBX PHD616161MBX PHD916146MBX PHD916161MBX PHD919176MBX PHD129146MBX PHD129161MBX PHD129176MBX

1 Tonne Post Pallets MESH PRICE £173.00 £180.00 £186.00 £192.00 £213.00 £221.00 £228.00 £236.00

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

1 Tonne Box Pallets

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHEET PRICE £155.00 £161.00 £167.00 £172.00 £191.00 £197.00 £205.00 £212.00

MESH ORDER REF PBX616146MBX PBX616161MBX PBX916146MBX PBX916161MBX PBX919176MBX PBX129146MBX PBX129161MBX PBX129176MBX

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

PPO616146BXX PPO616161BXX PPO916146BXX PPO916161BXX PPO919176BXX PPO129146BXX PPO129161BXX PPO129176BXX

£101.00 £105.00 £108.00 £112.00 £134.00 £144.00 £149.00 £155.00

1 Tonne Detachable Side Pallets MESH PRICE £155.00 £161.00 £167.00 £172.00 £191.00 £197.00 £205.00 £212.00

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 460 x 610 x 610 610 x 610 x 610 460 x 915 x 610 610 x 915 x 610 760 x 915 x 915 460 x 1220 x 915 610 x 1220 x 915 760 x 1220 x 915

SHEET ORDER REF PDS616146SBX PDS616161SBX PDS916146SBX PDS916161SBX PDS919176SBX PDS129146SBX PDS129161SBX PDS129176SBX

info@storage-design.co.uk

SHEET PRICE £171.00 £177.00 £184.00 £190.00 £210.00 £217.00 £226.00 £233.00

MESH ORDER REF PDS616146MBX PDS616161MBX PDS916146MBX PDS916161MBX PDS919176MBX PDS129146MBX PDS129161MBX PDS129176MBX

MESH PRICE £171.00 £177.00 £184.00 £190.00 £210.00 £217.00 £226.00 £233.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

85 2011


TC086

16/12/10

11:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Colour Codeable Container Trucks

TANK + CHASSIS

306

£

✓370 litres capacity

• Tough powder coated steel chassis • Tubular sides removable for transport and storage • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm corner mounted castors • Removable tank in food grade polyethylene • 845H x 730W x 1040Lmm overall

COLOUR OPTIONS Red

Yellow

Dark blue

Light blue

White

Black

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

CHASSIS TANK LID

OC0105 RD0303 RL0046

£204.00 £102.00 £54.00

RT0002

£246

RT0003

£293

Tidy Trucks

✓Particularly suited to food or medical

RT0001

waste applications

£218

✓Highly manoeuvrable • Food grade medium density polyethylene • Highly sanitary, easily cleaned • Suited to coldstore use, down to -20ºC • Removable, two-part, centre-hinged black lid • Fitted with steel baseplate for extra strength

Red

Yellow

CAPACITY (litres) 350 500 750

Green

Blue

INTERNAL H x W x L (mm) 580 x 620 x 1060 760 x 620 x 1060 810 x 750 x 1150

Liquid fill line shown in red White

EXTERNAL (inc LID) H x W x L (mm) 790 x 750 x 1160 980 x 750 x 1160 1015 x 920 x 1260

Natural WEIGHT (kg) 22 28 36

Black

Grey

ORDER REF

PRICE

RT0001 RT0002 RT0003

£218.00 £246.00 £293.00

Mini Tipper Truck

EMTT

✓A versatile 310 litre truck for many industrial tasks ✓Highly mobile, narrow enough to fit through any doorway

513

£

• Capacity 310 litres • Weight 32kg • External 860H x 670W x 1270L mm • Internal 650H x 575W x 1095L mm • Two 250mm fixed front wheels and one 125mm swivel at rear Mini Tipper Truck REF EMTT PRICE £513.00 COLOUR OPTION Red

Yellow

Green

Blue

Black

86 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


16/12/10

11:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS STORAGE PRODUCTS

RB0115

RB0111

RB0113 RB0118 RB0119

EACH

65 UE AL TOP V

TOP V

£

BAR TROLLEY COLOURS

A

LUE

TC087

Lightweight Bar Trolleys

✓Designed for use in bars, hotels and restaurants ✓Also suit many commercial and industrial applications

CAPACITY (litres) 135 150 165 185 165

• 45kg load capacity • Food grade polyethylene • Four 50mm nylon swivel castors • Nestable for compact storage

Red

White

Yellow

Green

Blue

Grey

Natural

Black

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 660 x 700 x 485 750 x 680 x 485 620 x 875 x 495 620 x 720 x 670 620 x 1030 x 430

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 550 x 610 x 400 700 x 560 x 400 550 x 760 x 400 550 x 610 x 560 550 x 915 x 330

ORDER REF RB0111 RB0113 RB0115 RB0119 RB0118

PRICE £65.00 £65.00 £65.00 £65.00 £65.00

TRUCKS

DISPENSERS

FROM £

98

SCOOPS

FROM TRUCK & DISPENSER COLOURS

57

£

Primrose Blue

Ingredients Dispensers CAPACITY (kg) 8 15 40

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 250 x 295 x 400 500 x 500 x 250 640 x 685 x 300

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 675 x 620 x 360 675 x 620 x 460 675 x 620 x 560

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Green

White

Red

Yellow

ORDER REF

PRICE

Ingredients Trucks & Dispensers

R10006 R10001 R10002

£57.00 £74.00 £89.00

• Fitted with transparent shatter proof lids • Food grade polyethylene • Non-stick white scoops • Four 75mm swivel castors on trucks Ingredients Scoops

Ingredients Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 65 90 140

Natural

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 580 x 510 x 245 580 x 510 x 345 580 x 510 x 450

ORDER REF R10003 R10004 R10005

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £98.00 £104.00 £115.00

WEIGHT (g) 100 185 385

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 150 x 250 x 110 187 x 310 x 138 230 x 355 x 167

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

OZ00277 OZ00278 OZ00279

£6.30 £8.40 £9.60

www.storage-design.co.uk

87 2011


TC088

16/12/10

11:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE PRODUCTS

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS RB0317

Premium Tapered Trucks

RB0412

✓General purpose industrial and catering trucks ✓Nestable for compact storage • Food grade polyethylene • Lids available for all models

RB0121

YOUR COLOUR CHOICE FOR ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE:

RB0120

RB0227

Red Yellow FROM

Green

62

£

Blue

RB0003

White Natural Black Grey

Premium Tapered Trucks * These models are fitted with a plastic base, for extra strength CAPACITY (litres) 72 118 135 200 320 455

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 510 x 460 x 460 760 x 460 x 460 690 x 620 x 530 750 x 825 x 480 735 x 1010 x 685 780 x 1320 x 735

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 410 x 410 x 410 660 x 410 x 410 580 x 550 x 465 645 x 740 x 410 595 x 905 x 585 630 x 1225 x 615

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 75mm SWIVEL CASTORS 4 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS 2 x 100mm FIXED, 2 x 100mm SWIVEL CASTORS

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0003 RB0120 RB0121 RB0227 RB0317* RB0412*

TRUCK PRICE £62.00 £68.00 £74.00 £122.00 £140.00 £179.00

LID ORDER REF RL0087 RL0087 RL0088 RL0089 RL0090 RL0091

LID PRICE £24.00 £27.00 £27.00 £28.90 £36.80 £44.60

Heavy Duty Mobile Trucks ✓Heavy duty design to take the rigours of industrial use ✓Food grade polyethylene • Completely smooth interior for easy cleaning • Reinforced with 12mm plywood base • Lids are available for many sizes • Tapered sides allow multiple stacking • Straight sides give maximum internal capacity FROM

£81

RB0403

FROM

RB0211

RB0303

RA0101

£128

RA0401

In full colour range as above Heavy Duty Tapered Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 130 150 225 250 320 425 625 870

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 735 x 735 x 380 510 x 920 x 580 810 x 735 x 570 785 x 840 x 585 760 x 1015 x 685 760 x 1320 x 710 760 x 1420 x 840 840 x 1500 x 990

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 660 x 660 x 305 380 x 840 x 510 710 x 650 x 495 660 x 760 x 510 610 x 915 x 610 610 x 1220 x 610 610 x 1370 x 760 685 x 1420 x 915

CAPACITY (litres) 160 165 255 335 485 520 625 785

EXTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 690 x 810 x 450 735 x 635 x 485 750 x 910 x 560 760 x 1015 x 710 760 x 1120 x 890 840 x 1090 x 785 890 x 1370 x 710 815 x 1475 x 940

INTERNAL DIMS H x L x W (mm) 580 x 730 x 370 610 x 610 x 455 630 x 800 x 530 610 x 915 x 610 610 x 1015 x 785 710 x 1015 x 725 760 x 1295 x 635 685 x 1370 x 840

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 50mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 65mm SWIVEL CASTORS, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75/100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100/125mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM

TRUCK ORDER REF RB0103 RB0109 RB0203 RB0211 RB0303 RB0403 RB0603 RB0801

TRUCK PRICE £81.00 £96.00 £106.00 £146.00 £152.00 £199.00 £233.00 £362.00

LID ORDER REF RL0050 RL0051 RL0014 RL0045 RL0001 RL0048 RL0015 -

LID PRICE £37.50 £42.60 £32.40 £48.00 £48.00 £66.00 £80.00 -

TRUCK ORDER REF RA0123 RA0101 RA0201 RA0305 RA0401 RA0503 RA0601 RA0701

TRUCK PRICE £130.00 £128.00 £145.00 £187.00 £213.00 £237.00 £239.00 £273.00

LID ORDER REF RL0016 RL0025 RL0011 -

LID PRICE £42.60 £30.70 £56.00 -

Heavy Duty Straight Sided Trucks

88

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WHEEL SIZE, TYPE & PATTERN 2 x 75mm FIXED, 2 x 75mm SWIVEL, ON CORNERS 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 75mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM 100mm FIXED, DIAMOND PATTERN ROCKER SYSTEM

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC089

16/12/10

11:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONTAINERS / TROLLEYS

Self Levelling Trucks

STORAGE PRODUCTS

✓Designed for easy transportation of bulk goods in the workplace ✓Ideal use for regular loading & unloading of heavy goods • 2 x 100mm fixed & 2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors • Two truck sizes and strengths, each with spring loaded platform • Very robust and easy to manoeuvre

RA0318/30

RA0401/30

554

£

585

£

Self Levelling Trucks CAPACITY (litres) 250 250 350 350

LOAD BEARING (kg) 30 120 30 120

EXT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 755 x 1025 x 710 755 x 1025 x 710 770 x 1120 x 890 770 x 1120 x 890

INT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 550 x 910 x 595 550 x 910 x 595 610 x 1000 x 785 610 x 1000 x 785

ORDER REF RA0318/30 RA0318/120 RA0401/30 RA0401/120

PRICE £554.00 £578.00 £585.00 £609.00

Order Picking Truck

✓Big 885 litre truck for order picking and many other warehouse tasks

✓Unique design allows for easy loading, storage and transportation of goods

RB0903

299

• Colour codeable for product segregation • Food grade polyethylene • 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm castors, corner mounted • 1180H x 1255W x 785Dmm external • 1045H x 1175W x 720Dmm internal

£

REF RB0903 PRICE £299.00 TRUCK AND CONTAINER COLOURS Red

Yellow

Green

Blue

White

Natural

Black

Grey

Mobile Containers • Food grade polyethylene • Reinforced 12mm plywood base • 2 fixed & 2 swivel castors: 75mm up to 200 litres, 100mm on larger* models • Zinc-plated metal handles Mobile Containers VOLUME (litres) 65 130 150 200 200 350* 365* 445*

EXT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 635 x 510 x 370 765 x 510 x 510 690 x 650 x 445 700 x 800 x 445 620 x 690 x 690 740 x 875 x 830 1110 x 645 x 645 910 x 850 x 845

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

INT DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 520 x 470 x 340 660 x 455 x 455 585 x 585 x 380 595 x 735 x 355 535 x 610 x 610 635 x 805 x 770 1005 x 600 x 600 805 x 785 x 780

ORDER REF RA0005 RA0121 RA0120 RA0117 RA0209 RA0309 RA0311 RA0405

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £111.00 £116.00 £126.00 £130.00 £150.00 £198.00 £211.00 £222.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

89 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC090

16/12/10

11:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Cutters & Stands

Packaging Equipment

• 1200mm and 1500mm cutting widths • Rotary cutter cuts in both directions • Mobile stands include roll support mandrel

✓Modular ergonomic packaging stations to increase your efficiency and output

• European quality manufacture • Units can be adapted and re-sited as needs change • Stepless height adjustment suits all personnel, all tasks

A

Maxi Packing Table 1600 x 800

• Height adjustable 700-920mm REF 60-200 PRICE £341.00

1200mm Wide

1500mm Wide

Cutter REF 60-940 PRICE £226.00

Cutter REF 60-941 PRICE £247.00

Stand REF 60-301 PRICE £257.00

Stand REF 60-302 PRICE £263.00

B

Dual Shelf Top & Mandrel Set

• • • •

2 vertical supports Top carton shelf with 6 dividers Steel cantilever mid shelf Mandrel kit for small paper/film rolls REF 60-900 PRICE £257.00

C

Underbench Mandrel

• For large paper/film rolls • With all brackets and rollers REF 60-703 PRICE £81.00

B

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

H G

H

J

K

Special Price

PAKIT4

569

Increased productivity on repetitive packaging tasks See page 92

£

G K

J A

D

Complete Tidy Table G

Tidy Table 800 x 800

H

Dual Shelf Top Section

• Height adjustable • 2 vertical supports • Top carton shelf with 4 dividers 700-920mm • Steel cantilever midshelf REF 60-100 PRICE £267.00 REF 60-906 PRICE £179.00 J

90

Undershelf 600 x 800 REF 60-956 PRICE £84.00

K

Tool Box with Guides REF 60-931 PRICE £69.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Staplers & Tackers A full range of manual & electrical models available on page 93

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC091

16/12/10

11:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

D

Undershelf 1600 x 600 REF 60-955 PRICE £144.00

E

Chip Dispenser Section 800 x 800 Add-On Table + Hopper Frame (excludes bag, valve & poly chips) REF 60-105 PRICE £578.00 Legs (pair) to make frame freestanding REF 60-901 PRICE £72.00

Add-On Table 800 x 800 • Not free standing, this table has one leg frame only REF 60-102 PRICE £194.00

Special Price

PAKIT3

A

860

£

Complete Packing Station B

C

Plus 1200mm Cutter

A

Flow-Pack Hopper • 2 x 15 cu ft bag capacity with valve (polystyrene chips not included) REF FPH PRICE £357.00

E

C

Bubble Film & Corrugated Paper

Packaging Tapes & Hand Dispensers

Range of sizes available See page 94

Tapes & machines for every application See page 92

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

91 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC092

16/12/10

11:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING / TAPES & DISPENSERS

Adhesive Tapes & Dispensers C

Preset Length Tape Dispensers

✓Increased productivity and reduced wastage

D

• Dispenses tape to the exact length required F H

A

SL/1 25mm Lever Operation

B

E G

SL/1

£37.90

Bench & Hand Tape Dispensers PIC

DESCRIPTION

A B C D E F G H

CLAMP ON BENCH TAPE DISPENSER BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER HEAVY DUTY BENCH TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP BRAKED TAPE DISPENSER PISTOL GRIP TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER METAL HAND TAPE DISPENSER

MAX TAPE WIDTH (mm) 2 x 25 or 1 x 50 25 50 75 50 75 25 50

ORDER REF

PRICE

B3/TC B20/NOVA PD/332 PD/750 H11/CP H75 D2/25 D2/50

£9.20 £4.40 £12.90 £14.00 £4.50 £8.10 £8.80 £10.90

SL/3 50-75mm Lever Operation

SL/3

£95

Adhesive Tapes DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS WxL 24mm x 66m 25mm x 50m 25mm x 66m 50mm x 66m 75mm x 66m 50mm x 66m

CLEAR EASY-TEAR TAPE CROSS-WEAVE REINFORCED TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE BROWN PACKAGING TAPE FRAGILE - PRE PRINTED TAPE (RED ON WHITE)

CARTON QUANTITY 72 36 72 36 24 36

ORDER REF ET24 CW25/50 820/25 820/50 820/75 PPT/1

PRICE £42.10 £80.00 £47.50 £29.20 £37.10 £64.00

UMET/75 15-75mm Electronic UMET/75

£785

Gummed Paper Tapes & Dispensers • Takes standard and reinforced adhesive tapes • Auto repeat facility • Override button dispenses 50mm to infinity TAPE WIDTH 25mm 50-75mm 15-75mm

DISPENSED LENGTH 0-75mm 0-200mm 50-1300mm

ORDER REF SL/1 SL/3 UMET/75

PRICE £37.90 £95.00 £785.00

EPS/80

£25

80mm Pull & Tear

✓Low cost gummed tape dispenser • Roller moistens as tape is pulled forward • Pull against blade to cut to length • Accepts gummed side in and gummed side out paper rolls • Six month warranty Pull & Tear Dispenser, 80mm wide tape REF EPS/80 PRICE £25.00

Gummed Paper Tape Standard Tapes (gummed side out) supplied in choice of paper weights

92

ROLL SIZE WxL 48mm x 200m 72mm x 200m 48mm x 200m 72mm x 200m

PAPER WEIGHT 60g/m2 60g/m2 70g/m2 70g/m2

ORDER REF P60-48 P60-72 P70-48 P70-72

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE PER ROLL £2.50 £3.70 £2.60 £3.80

20-100mm Lever Operated

✓Two year warranty

• Lever operation dispenses pre-determined length of tape • Tape lengths adjustable 100-1100mm • Maximum roll diameter 200mm • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed side in and gummed side out rolls Lever Operated Dispenser, 20-100mm tape REF UNI/200/B6 PRICE £383.00

Reinforced Gummed Tape High strength fibre mesh reinforced paper (gummed side out) ROLL SIZE WxL 48mm x 100m 70mm x 100m

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF P140-48R P140-70R

PRICE PER ROLL £3.30 £4.70

info@storage-design.co.uk

20-100mm Electronic

✓Eighteen months warranty

• Moistens, cuts and dispenses preprogrammed lengths of tape • Integral heating and moisture control for perfect adhesion • Tape lengths adjustable 100-1150mm • Maximum roll diameter 200mm • Accepts plain or reinforced gummed side in and gummed side out rolls Electronic Dispenser, 20-100mm tape REF C/25 PRICE £1110.00 www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC093

16/12/10

11:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / STAPLER & TACKERS Stapling Pliers

R/3 Ergonomic with firm handle grip. Removes almost any staple

R/51 R/1/26 R/31 Small, comfortable and Regular office and Heavy duty packaging easy to use. Staples up packaging. Staples/pins plier. Ideal for cartons to 12 sheets of paper up to 50 sheets paper and padded bags

R/606/KIT

£198

Heavy Duty Electric Tacker & Brad Nailer

21/4

REF R/3 PRICE £11.00

26/6-8

R/51 £12.30

✓Ideal for exhibition contractors,

73/8-12

R/1/26 £20.00

R/31 £43.60

Hand Tackers

shopfitters and upholsterers

• Fires staples or brads up 25mm into hardwood or softwood, particle board, masonite etc. • Also recommended for repetitive production work with insulation and decorative materials • Uses type 606 staples, 12-25mm, type 300 brads, 15-25mm Heavy Duty Electric Tacker Kit REF R/606/KIT PRICE £198.00 Type 606 Staples 12mm leg 606/12 £5.90 (pack 1200) 18mm leg 606/18 £5.90 (pack 960) 25mm leg 606/25/4000 £30.40 (pack 4000)

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Staple Remover

R/13 R/33 R/34 R/36 Ergonomic light duty Heavy duty steel model Heavy duty, for fixing Cable tacker for coaxial tacker. ABS body with Adjustable driver for insulation materials, and other low voltage jam-free steel magazine stapling into timber carpet underlay etc. cables (below 50V) 13/4-10

13/6-14

140/6-14

R/13 £22.30

R/33 £49.00

R/34 £31.90

Hammer Tackers

Type 300 Brads 15mm 300/15 £6.20 (pack 900) 20mm 300/20 £7.10 (pack 880) 25mm 300/25 £7.40 (pack 880)

Combi

R/11 R/54 Simple, durable tacker Heavy duty for thicker for labels, insulation etc. materials, inc roofing 140/6-10

Electric

R/83 R/90 ABS body, fires staples Fully adjustable precision or brads to 16mm automatic machine 13/6-14,

140/8-14

R/11 £42.20

36/10-14 + 36/14 white

R/36 £45.80

300/16

R/83 £28.00

R/54 £78.00

R/90 £215.00

General Purpose Staples

Cable Staples

Packs of 5000 Size 13/4 Size 13/6 Size 13/8 Size 13/10

£5.90 £5.00 £5.60 £5.40

Size 13/14 Size 140/6 Size 140/8 Size 140/10

£6.50 £5.80 £6.30 £7.40

Size140/14 Size 21/4 Size 26/6 Size 26/8

66/6

Packs of 5000 £9.20 £2.30 £1.10 £4.30

Size 66/6 Size 73/8 Size 73/10 Size 73/12

£4.80 £7.50 £8.30 £8.40

Size 36/10 Size 36/12 Size 36/14 Size 36/14W

£14.20 £14.90 £16.00 £19.50

Carton Bottom Stapler PTS-A

£172

• For closing bottoms of cartons prior to filling • Easy to use foot operation • High capacity staple magazine

PTS

£91

REF PB-S PRICE £334.00

Air Operated Carton Top Stapler • Pneumatic operation avoids operator fatigue • Uses wide crown 32mm carton staples in 15mm & 18mm leg length for secure fastening • Staple depth adjustment to avoid damage to packed goods • Weighs only 2kg

Staples for PTS & PB-S (all prices per pack of 2000)

Carton Top Stapler • Accurately seals top flaps of assembled cartons • 4 position depth gauge

PB-S

£334

REF PTS PRICE £91.00

TEL: 01446 772614

18mm leg (general purpose) 32/18 £6.20 1-9 packs 32/18/10 £5.40 10 packs 22mm leg (triple wall, PB-S only) 32/22 £7.40 1-7 packs 32/22/8 £6.40 8 packs

REF PTS-A PRICE £172.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

15mm leg (general purpose) 32/15 £5.00 1-9 packs 32/15/10 £4.50 10 packs

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

93


TC094

16/12/10

11:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING

Paper & Roll Holders

Pouch Tapes & Dispensers

• Quality packaging grade kraft paper in 4 widths • Roll holders to dispense most wrapping papers • Fitted with serrated blade • Max roll diameter 240mm

• Quick and easy ‘documents enclosed’ pouches on a roll • Each pouch is 150 x 200mm, 330 pouches per roll Dispenser Simple to use - fully adjustable - no wastage REF APTD-150 PRICE £10.40

WALL BRACKETS CRHSWB £2.30 (3 pack)

Pouch Tapes Per roll REF APT/1X PRICE £7.50 Per carton of 12 rolls REF APT1 PRICE £72.00

HANGING BRACKETS CRHSHB £2.40 (3 pack) Counter Roll Holders ROLL WIDTH (mm) 500 600 800 1000

ORDER REF CRHS500 CRHS600 CRHS800 CRHS1000

PRICE £50.00 £50.00 £60.00 £65.00

Brown Paper ROLL SIZE WxL 500mm x 300m 750mm x 300m 900mm x 300m

ORDER REF MG500 MG750 MG900

PRICE £17.70 £25.50 £34.30

CO1

Label Dispensers • Convenient dispensers for self adhesive labels up to 300mm wide • Each model takes single or multiple reels up to its maximum width • Accepts labels on a roll, or fan folded • Heavy duty design on non-slip rubber feet • Quick and easy to use: labels "peel off" as they pass through the gate

FCP

PCC/R right hand PCC/L left hand PSC/1

CO/K2

Corrugated Paper • Tough protection for industry • Biodegradable and recyclable 650mm Wide x 75m Roll REF CP650 PRICE £20.90 900mm Wide x 75m Roll REF CP900 PRICE £28.40

Self Adhesive Labels • Printed RED on white • Each label 89 x 36mm • 2000 labels on each roll LABEL TEXT (mm) FRAGILE DOCUMENTS ENCLOSED

Safety Tools

ORDER ROLL REF PRICE PL/R1 £18.20 PL/R4 £18.20

Label Dispensers WIDTH (mm) 90 120 180 300

ORDER REF SP/90 SP/120 SP/180 SP/300

PRICE £60.00 £64.80 £71.00 £83.00

Carton Opener Cuts string, cord, tapes and plastic strapping - removes staples and opens taped cartons REF CO1 PRICE £6.50 Film Cutter Cuts stretchwrap, shrinkwrap, bubble film etc. - with reversible guarded blade REF FCP PRICE £1.20 Case Cutter (left or right handed) Retractable blade has 3 lockable positions. Angled guide protects operator from blade and acts as guide whilst cutting case tops REF PCC/R or PCC/L PRICE £2.40 Safety Cutter Multi-purpose tool, suitable for banding, strapping, string, tape, plastic film & sheet etc. Blunt edge blade opens taped boxes REF PSC/1 PRICE £1.90

Bubble Film • Soft, strong cushioned protection • Small and large bubble in rolls • Dispenser pack for smaller users Small Bubble 75m Rolls ROLL WIDTH (mm) 600 750 900

ORDER REF SB/600 SB/750 SB/900

PRICE £16.10 £20.10 £24.10

Large Bubble 50m Roll 750mm wide REF LMB/750 PRICE £20.10

Stock Cartons • Popular sizes from stock Single Wall Corrugated Cartons (packs of 50) DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 76 x 225 x 300 (A4) 125 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 225 x 300 (A4) 225 x 300 x 450

ORDER REF SW/1 SW/2 SW/3 SW/4

PACK PRICE £21.60 £21.60 £21.60 £51.00

Bubble lined Postal Packs • Cost effective • Ultra lightweight • Self-sealing EXT DIMS PACK ORDER (mm) QUANTITY REF 120 x 225 200 APP/1/SA 140 x 275 200 APP/2/SA 170 x 275 100 APP/3/SA 200 x 325 100 APP/4/SA 240 x 325 100 APP/5/SA 240 x 400 100 APP/6/SA 250 x 400 100 APP/7/SA 290 x 420 100 APP/8/SA 320 x 505 50 APP/9/SA 370 x 530 50 APP/10/SA

Double Wall Corrugated Cartons Sectioned Blade Cutter (packs of 10) Popular general purpose cutting Handy Pack DIMENSIONS ORDER PACK tool. With sliding blade, blade H x W x L (mm) REF PRICE 300mm x 35m small bubble, 450 x 400 x 550 DW/1 £27.40 lock and blade breaking device 94 supplied with safety cutter 500 x 500 x 750 DW/2 £44.00 REF QP/3035 PRICE £11.40 REF CO/K2 PRICE £3.90 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £22.10 £25.80 £13.90 £18.10 £20.80 £24.80 £26.70 £36.10 £24.60 £28.50

2011


TC095

16/12/10

11:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / GLUE GUNS & STRETCHWRAP

P/150

P/312

P/912

P300/G

£18.20

£30

£84

£69

CORDLESS GUN

Hobby Tec 150

Lightweight 312

Industrial 912

Gastec 300

✓Lightweight and comfortable

✓Lightweight but powerful

✓For continuous packaging

✓Lightweight cordless gun

• Narrow profile handle • Full-hand lever trigger • Self regulating heater • Built-in stand • Dispenses up to 400g adhesive per hour

• Double insulated for safety • Self regulating heater • Clip-on stand • Ready to go in 4/5 minutes • Dispenses 750g adhesive per hour

• Robust industrial quality • Unique design: can be left on for hours, with no glue melt back • Dispenses 2kg adhesive per hour

REF P/150 PRICE £18.20

REF P/312 PRICE £30.00

REF P/912 PRICE £84.00

• Runs on butane gas lighter fuel • Combined gas valve / piezo igniter • Runs for 1 hour, refills in 10 secs • Accurate thermostat for consistent results • Heats for use in 5 minutes • Dispenses 1.2kg adhesive / hour

and assembly

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Hot Melt Glue Guns For rapid and easy packaging assembly, plus all manner of bonding, sealing and reinforcing tasks. Work on card, wood, paper, fabrics, most plastics, ceramics, and many more materials.

REF P300/G PRICE £69.00

12mm Hotmelt Adhesive Sticks General Purpose medium set time 95/12/300-5 £34.90 / 5kg

Packaging Grade rapid setting 96/12/300-5 £34.90 / 5kg

Clear General Purpose slow set time 97/12/300-5 £34.90 / 5kg

Silicon Release Mat Prevents glue sticking to surface 200 x 200mm REF TM/1 PRICE £6.40

Stretchwrap

✓Fast, clean, low cost wrapping ✓Film sticks to itself without damaging the product • A fraction of the cost of tapes or strapping • Crystal clear protection for all manner of items • Tough enough to stabilise palletised cartons

HEAVY DUTY HP/125 SR500

£12.80

HSP/100/12

Industrial Stretchwrap Dispensers • Accommodate 400-500mm wide stretch film rolls • Twist-grip handle controls tension • Regular (yellow) and heavy duty (red) models Regular Stretchwrap Dispenser REF SR500 PRICE £12.80

Handy Stretchwrap Kits

Heavy Duty Stretchwrap Dispenser REF HSR/500/HD-1 PRICE £23.70 Clear & Black Cast Stretchwrap Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 17 microns 20 microns 23 microns 34 microns 20 microns 25 microns

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ROLL WIDTH x LENGTH 400mm x 300m 400mm x 300m 400mm x 300mm 400mm x 200mm 500mm x 300m 500mm x 250m

ORDER REF 4030/17-6 4030/20-6 4030/23/B/EC-6 4020/34/B/EC-6 5030/20-6 5025/25BK-6

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE PER PACK OF 6 £40.30 £50.00 £52.00 £51.00 £61.00 £59.00

100mm Stretch Packer Kit Squeeze action hand tool plus twelve 150m long reels of stretch film REF HSP/100/12 PRICE £20.60 Bulk 100mm Stretch Film Pack of 36 x 150m reels REF 1015/36 PRICE £39.90

info@storage-design.co.uk

125mm Stretch Bundlers 200m long heavy duty film reel with squeeze grip disposable handle. Supplied in packs of five. REF HP/125 PRICE £13.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

95 2011


TC096

16/12/10

11:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING / STRAPPING

Steel Strapping Equipment

✓The toughest strapping for the most demanding industrial jobs:

SAVE

£60+

heavy machinery, wooden cases and palletised loads

✓Oscillated wound steel strapping gives more strap per reel, and therefore will suit large volume users

A

• Choose from 13, 16 or 19mm wide strapping according to the breaking strain necessary • The tensioner is a universal tool for all widths, but a separate sealer will be required for each width of tape used • Our safety shears are designed to prevent whiplash injuries which can occur when highly tensioned strapping is cut Shears will suit all widths of strapping

COMPLETE

PAKIT5

F

277

• The mobile trolley will also accommodate all widths of strapping up to 19mm, and has a generous seal holder box attached

£

OUR 6-PIECE STEEL STRAPPING KIT SAVES YOU OVER £60 AND GETS YOU OFF THE GROUND WITH ALL YOU NEED!

SPECIAL! 6-PIECE STRAPPING KIT • Mobile stand • Tensioner and 13mm sealer • Safety shears • Two 420m reels 13mm steel strapping • 1000 13mm metal seals

B C

REF PAKIT5 PRICE £277.00 D

Steel Strapping Consumables

Steel Strapping Tools D

SSC/30 Standard Safety Shears

DESCRIPTION

A A A -

13mm STEEL STRAPPING, 521KG B/S, 334m REEL 16mm STEEL STRAPPING, 651KG B/S, 334m REEL 19mm STEEL STRAPPING, 781KG B/S, 335m REEL 13 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 16 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000 19 x 25mm SNAP ON SEALS, PACK OF 1000

ORDER REF RIB/13/W RIB/16/W RIB/19/W 13/25SS 16/25SS 19/25SS

PRICE £43.00 £53.00 £63.00 £9.50 £11.00 £13.00

Steel Strapping Tools & Trolley

MSC/38 Heavy Duty Safety Shears

E

ITEM

STEEL STRAPPING COMBI TOOL • A convenient alternative to separate tools, the COMBI tensions, seals and indents 13/16mm steel strapping REF 1316/SC/1 PRICE £244.00 13mm Combi Seals (pack 2000) V/M13 £17.30 16mm Combi Seals (pack 2000) V/M16 £21.50

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

B C C C D E F

TENSIONER FOR 13-16-19mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 13mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 16mm STEEL STRAPPING SEALER FOR 19mm STEEL STRAPPING SAFETY SHEARS FOR 13-16-19mm STEEL STRAPPING H/DUTY SAFETY SHEARS FOR STRAPPING UP TO 38mm MOBILE DISPENSER TROLLEY

ORDER REF 4219/ST 4213/SS 4216/SS 4219/SS SSC/30 MSC/38 RWM/30

PRICE £69.00 £29.00 £29.00 £29.00 £31.00 £162.00 £117.00

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping • Bigger reels for larger users • Use standard tools as table above OWM

£165

Trolley

• Easily adjusts to suit 13, 16 or 19mm strapping • Brake prevents reels unwinding • Seal holder provided

SEAL FREE COMBI TOOL • Rugged tool which tensions, cuts and seals steel strapping to itself giving an effective seal • Adjusts 13-19mm REF SST/1319 PRICE £526.00

96 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Oscillated Wound Steel Strapping DESCRIPTION 12.7mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 521kg B/S, 965m REEL 16mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 651kg B/S, 763m REEL 19mm OSCILLATED STRAPPING, 781kg B/S, 643m REEL DISPENSER TROLLEY ( FOR OSCILLATED WOUND STRAPPING)

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF OSC/13 OSC/16 OSC/19 OWM

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £115.00 £115.00 £115.00 £165.00

2011


TC097

16/12/10

11:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / STRAPPING SAVE £22+

✓Low cost, high efficiency 12mm plastic strapping

COMPLETE

J

PAKIT1

130

• The industry standard system for routine cartons and pallets • Strapping is colour coded according to strength

£

Strapping Consumables ITEM

DESCRIPTION

A -

-

12mm WHITE STRAPPING, 150kg B/S, 2000m REEL 12mm BLACK STRAPPING, 200kg B/S, 1500m REEL 12mm BLUE STRAPPING, 270kg B/S, 1200m REEL 12mm GRIP FAST PLASTIC BUCKLES (FOR TENSIONING BY HAND) PACK OF 1000 12 x 25mm METAL SEALS (FOR USE WITH TOOLS BELOW) DISPENSER BOX OF 1000 EDGE PROTECTORS, BLACK PLASTIC, REEL OF 500

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

C D

TENSIONER / CUTTER FOR 12mm STRAPPING SEALER FOR 12mm STRAPPING SEALS COMBINATION TOOLS – TENSION, SEALS & CUT: LIGHT DUTY COMBI TOOL REGULAR COMBI TOOL HEAVY DUTY RATCHET ACTION COMBI TOOL

B

ORDER REF P12/150S P12/200S P12/270S

£32.00 £27.00 £36.00

PB12

£18.90

12/25/DISP P500/D

£9.20 £11.90

ORDER REF 3215/BT 3212/BS

PRICE £31.00 £20.00

30.10 3012C/P 30.45

£61.00 £95.00 £113.00

ORDER REF PSD PMD

PRICE

SPECIAL! 5-PIECE STRAPPING KIT

PRICE

• Mobile stand • Tensioner/cutter and sealer • White strapping reel A • 1000 metal seals REF PAKIT1 PRICE £130.00

Strapping Tools

E F G

D

Strapping Dispensers ITEM

DESCRIPTION

H J

PORTABLE STATIC DISPENSER (Strapping not included) MOBILE DISPENSER TROLLEY (Strapping not included)

H

PSD Portable Dispenser

C B

£29.00 £60.00

J

E

PMD Dispenser Trolley

F

30.10 Light Duty Combi Tool

3012C/P Regular Combi Tool

Pallet Probe Trolley • Mobile stand with probe • Eliminates difficulty of passing strapping under pallets • Saves time and effort • Security chain holds probe vertically to allow movement of trolley to new position • 1500mm usable probe length • Large tray for seals • Strapping & seals not included

G

30.45 H/Duty Ratchet Combi Tool

Strap & Buckle Starter Kit 12/SBK

12/SSK

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 200 grip fast buckles • So simple to use - no tools required! REF 12/SBK PRICE £24.00

Strap & Seal Starter Kit 3215/BT PB12 3212/BS

• 800m of 12mm polypropylene strapping • 300 12x25mm metal seals • Tools are required: select tensioner plus sealer, or combination tool from table above REF 12/SSK PRICE £23.00

Pre-Printed Strapping

REF MPP PRICE £158.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Polypropylene Strapping Equipment

White polypropylene 150kg B/S 12mm x 2000m reels, printed as below FRAGILE HANDLE WITH CARE SECURITY SEALED URGENT DO NOT DROP TEL: 01446 772614

REF 12/150S (+ text) PRICE £57.00 per reel info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk 2011

97


TC098

16/12/10

11:32

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Page 1

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

PACKAGING / SHRINK WRAPPING

Polyethylene Shrink Wrapping

Tarpaulins

✓Professional quality packaging ✓Easy and economical to use

• Uses standard industrial propane gas • Water and tamper proof • Safe and secure protection

✓Heavy duty weatherproof covers • 150gsm polyethylene, with metal eyelets every 1 metre around edges • UV stabilised colour – will not fade • Deep blue one side, green the other • 100% waterproof and washable • Mildew resistant • Reinforced edges

Supplied complete with hose, regulator, tools and carry case

RIP/2200

544

FROM

£

Ripack 2200 Cold Nozzle Shrink Gun Kit • The nozzle remains cool! • No risk of burns – no need for protections • Fast heating over a large area • Power adjustable to suit all types of film • Rotating nozzle for all applications • Automatic regulator for total gas safety • Guard and dead-man device • Power developed 55kW RIPACK 2200 Shrink Gun Kit REF RIP/2200 PRICE £544.00 USE FOR PALLETISED LOADS

PSS/1

GCT

£133

£62

Cylinder Trolley

• Adjustable up to 2 metres width • Wall or floor mounted • One spindle included, extras available

• Adjusts to suit 13/19/47kg industrial propane bottles • Gun holster included

REF PSS/1 PRICE £133.00

REF GCT PRICE £62.00

Polyethylene Shrink Film

98

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Centre-Folded Sheeting FILM WIDTH 2m 3m 4m

FOLDED ROLL ORDER PRICE WIDTH LENGTH REF 1m 108m 125/1/2M/25 £99.00 1.5m 74m 125/1.5/3M/25 £99.00 2m 55m 125/2/4M/25 £99.00 Each centre fold roll is approx 25kg weight

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

4102 4103 4104 4105 4106

£6.10 £18.30 £33.90 £51.00 £81.00

• Suits all manner of industrial items • Large or small components • Group items into a single pack

Mobile Dispenser Stand

LOAD ORDER PRICE SIZE REF PER 25 1000 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1210/25 £92.00 1200 x 1200 x 1200 GPC/1212/25 £104.00 Pallet covers are supplied in convenient tear-off rolls

Tarpaulins APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS (m) 2x3 4x5 5x8 6 x 10 8 x 12

USE FOR MERCHANDISE

• No more spill-overs! • Use easy pre-formed pallet covers, off the roll!

Pallet Covers

£6.10

info@storage-design.co.uk

Sanstrap Pallet Bands

✓Easy use dispenser box, just open band and stretch around products • Ideal for stabilising pallets • Secures stacks of boxes, • 100% recyclable PE film 600mm long 100mm wide, 200 pieces on perforated roll REF SPB/200/DISP PRICE £22.40 1200mm long 100mm wide, 100 pieces on perforated roll REF SPB/100/DISP PRICE £22.40 www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC099

16/12/10

11:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING / HEAT SEALERS

Impulse Heat Sealers

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

✓Time saving sealers and for all manner of industry and commerce ✓Tamper evident seals protect goods and enhance company image • Suit most heat sealable materials - polyethylene, polypropylene, PVC • Compact, reliable, easy to use

SPECIAL! 300mm Sealer/Cutter, with unroller device REF PAKIT6 PRICE £172.00

COMPLETE

PAKIT6

172

£

COMPLETE

PAKIT7

895

£

Unrollers ROLLER WIDTH (mm) 300 450 500 1000

ORDER REF

PRICE

AR/LD300 AR/LD450 AR500 AR1000

£25.70 £34.80 £77.00 £165.00

SPECIAL! 480mm Super Magnet Sealer with unroller & worktable REF PAKIT7 PRICE £895.00

Super Magnetic Impulse Sealers

✓Magnetic hold for easy operation and consistent results Food & Drug Approved Layflat Polythene Tubing • 60 micron thickness (250 gauge) • Supplied in 150m dispenser packs TUBE WIDTH (mm) 75 100 150 300 400

PACK QUANTITY 4 3 2 1 1

ORDER REF DP75/4 DP100/3 DP150/2 DP300/1 DP400/1

PACK PRICE £38.00 £36.00 £32.00 £31.00 £44.00

• For use with plastic bags or layflat tubing up to 2 x 1000 gauge (2 x 250 micron) • Super strong 4mm seal, in four width versions • Hand operated with automatic weld and cooling cycle, adjustable to suit material • Optional foot control available: REF PD1 PRICE £84 extra cost • Illustrated above with optional unroller and worktable Super Magnetic Impulse Sealers MODEL

MAX SEAL WIDTH (mm) 330 480 680 1000

350 500 700 1000

SUPER MAGNET SEALER ORDER REF PRICE SMS350 £673.00 SMS500 £788.00 SMS700 £888.00 SMS1000 £1372.00

OPTIONAL WORKTABLE ORDER REF PRICE WT350 £57.00 WT500 £60.00 WT700 £68.00 WT1000 £126.00

PBS/400

£120

FROM

£139

PCS/150F

£72

Bag Sealers

Manual Sealer / Cutters

Crimpers / Hand Sealers

• Simple low cost sealers • Three sealing widths • Timer adjusts to suit various materials • Makes air and water tight 2mm seal in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness

• Three sealing widths • Integral film cutter • Adjustable electronic timer adjusts to suit a wide variety of films • EU manufactured to CE approved standards

• Lightweight temperature controlled sealers • Seal width 150mm • Make air and water tight seals in films up to 2 x 200 micron thickness • 150F model suits foils, cellophanes etc.

SEALING WIDTH (mm) 200 300 400

ORDER REF

PRICE

PBS/200 PBS/300 PBS/400

£59.00 £85.00 £120.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SEALING WIDTH (mm) 200 300 400

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

P200/C P300/C P400/C

£139.00 £152.00 £162.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

SEAL DIMENSIONS 150 x 2mm 150 x 15mm

ORDER REF

PRICE

PCS/150 PCS/150F

£59.00 £72.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

99 2011


TC100

16/12/10

11:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Bell Chamber Shrink Machine

✓Packs individual items or collates several

• Digital display showing settings • Seals and shrinks simultaneously, with controllable solenoid to ensure perfect film finish every time • Mobile with lockable castors and easy to install, ready for immediate use with operator friendly controls • Dimensions 1180H x 650W x 1100Lmm • Weight 85kgs REF AC-550 PRICE £2050.00

AC-550

2050

£

Other models are available!

Centre Folded Shrinkwrap Film • 19 micron thickness • Supplied in 600m rolls FILM WIDTH (mm) 250 300 350 400 450 500

ORDER REF

PRICE

MEC250-19 MEC300-19 MEC350-19 MEC400-19 MEC450-19 MEC500-19

£32.00 £39.00 £45.00 £51.00 £58.00 £65.00

We can provide a free DVD demonstration of these products, please enquire for more details

Automatic Strapping Machines

✓Semi & automatic machines for high output repetitive strapping tasks • Fast and reliable strapping of single or multiple items • Easy operation for unskilled personnel • Automatic sealing and cutting of strap • Mobile on lockable castors • Full instruction manual and tool kit provided

TP-6000-CE

2200

£

TP-202-CE

618

£

Semi Automatic Strapping Machine

Fully Automatic Strapping Machine

• For 6mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping • Easily operated controls including manual tension adjustment • Overall 760H x 902W x 586Dmm • Weight 85kg • Adjustable table height from 760-930mm

• For 8mm to 15.5mm polypropylene strapping, set to 12mm - conversion kit may be required • Foot pedal operation • 27 cycles per minute • Maximum pack size with standard arch 850W x 600Hmm • Overall 1540H x 1430Wx 620Dmm • Weight 220kg

REF TP-202-CE PRICE £618.00

REF TP-6000-CE PRICE £2200.00

Machine Strapping Reels - White Polypropylene

100

Semi Auto 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S) REF 9/100/MC PRICE £49.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Automatic 9mm x 4000m (100kg B/S) REF 9/100/AUTO PRICE £51.00

TEL: 01446 772614

Semi Auto 12mm x 3000m (145kg B/S) REF 12/145/MC PRICE £44.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Automatic 12mm x 3000m (165kg B/S) REF 12/165/MC PRICE £48.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC101

16/12/10

11:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PACKAGING

Waste Management cardboard and corrugated board

• Make your own cushioning and void fill material • Dual action machines trim and converts in one operation • Single phase and three phase power options • Pay back in as little as one year

Quality products, with full service backup.

CP316S2

£2095

CP422S2

5985

£

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

If you require an onsite demo please call us

✓Cost effective solutions to utilise your waste

Optimum product protection We can provide a free DVD demonstration of these products, please enquire for more details

Model 422S2

Model 428

• Cardboard thickness up to 10mm • Max cut width 320mm • Cutting speed 10 metres/minute • Dimensions 980H x 660W x 660Dmm • Weight 92kg • 230V single phase

• Cardboard thickness up to 15mm • Max cut width 420mm • Cutting speed 12 metres/minute • Dust exhaust connection • Dimensions 1060H x 660W x 660Dmm • Weight 120kg • 230V single phase

• Cardboard thickness up to 17mm • Max cut width 420mm • Cutting speed 14 metres/minute • Dimensions 1100H x 750W x 800Dmm • Weight 260kg • 415V three phase • Dust exhaust connection

REF CP316S2 PRICE £2095.00

REF CP422S2 PRICE £5985.00

REF CP428 PRICE £7810.00

Model 316S2

Industrial Stretch Wrappers

✓12 month warranty ✓A range of machines is available, including builds to customer specification • Adjustable power pre-stretch 200 or 250% • Reliable build - inverter technology • On screen trouble shooting • 1650mm dia turntable, up to 12r/min • 180º rotating control box • Max wrapping height 2000mm, max load 1650kg • Selectable manual control of turntable and film carriage • Soft start and stop • Automatic and manual wrap modes and top sheet cycle Spring Brake Stretchwrap Machine REF PSW/E1 PRICE £3525.00 Core Brake Stretchwrap Machine REF PSW/E2 PRICE £4210.00

PSW/ER

£236

Clear & black* stretchwrap available

* Black stretchwrap is available only in full pallet loads approx 46 rolls

Power Pre-Stretch Wrapper REF PSW/EP2 PRICE £5550.00

FROM

3525

£

Loading Ramp For Wrappers REF PSW/ER PRICE £236.00

Clear & Black Pre-Stretch Films COLOUR CLEAR CLEAR CLEAR BLACK* (SECURITY)

FILM THICKNESS 20 microns 23 microns 28 microns 25 microns

ROLL WIDTH x LENGTH 500mm x 1800m 500mm x 1550m 500mm x 1200m 500mm x 1350m

ORDER REF DXS/20 DXS/23 DXS/28 DXS/25/B

£POA £POA £POA £POA

POA PRICE ON APPLICATION

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Price includes installation and training. UK mainland

PRICE

Standard Stretch Wrap 500mm x 1700m, 20 microns Clear 2053/20 £POA

info@storage-design.co.uk

500mm x 1350m, 25 microns Black* 2053/25/B £POA www.storage-design.co.uk

101 2011


TC102

16/12/10

11:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Bay Markers

✓High visibility bay markers for clear identification in the warehouse • Aluminium marker • Magnetic or self adhesive edge • Fixed within seconds - no drilling required • Supplied blank - add your own lettering from our F-8 range • Sizes for single and double digit signs DESCRIPTION MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN MAGNETIC EDGE SIGN SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN SELF ADHESIVE EDGE SIGN S/A VINYL LETTER OR NUMBER

SIZE H x W (mm) 260 x 167 260 x 310 260 x 167 260 x 310 230 x 140

MAX DIGITS 1 2 1 2 -

ORDER REF BM1 BM2 BA1 BA2 F-8

PRICE EACH £15.30 £21.90 £15.30 £21.90 £2.25

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Aisle Markers AM1

AM1F (state left or right)

AM1T

✓High visibility aisle markers provide instant identification for all areas, saving time and reducing costs

• High visibility white or yellow styrene • Flat types are corner drilled for easy fixing • Flange signs are designed for right angled display, and may be lettered both sides if required • We letter the signs for you, so quote your exact requirements!

AM3/3

Aisle Marker Signs Complete With Digits STYLE

AM2/2

AM-4

AM6/1

FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED MAGNETIC FLANGED SELF ADHESIVE FLANGED MAGNETIC FLANGED FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS* FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS FLAT, DRILLED CORNERS

MARKER SIZE DIGITS H x W (mm) PROVIDED 95 x 160 UP TO 3 (50mm) 95 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 95 x 130 x 130 UP TO 3 EACH SIDE 220 x 270 1 (180mm) 220 x 270 2 (180mm) 220 x 450 1 (180mm) 220 x 450 2 (180mm) 220 x 450 3 (180mm) 300 x 300 1 (180mm) 300 x 300 2 (180mm) 660 x 343 1 x 500mm 600 x 600 1 x 450mm 600 x 600 1 x 450mm *AM-4 is available in YELLOW only

ORDER REF AM1 AM1F AM1FM AM1T AM1TM AM2/1 AM2/2 AM3/1 AM3/2 AM3/3 AM3X/1 AM3X/2 AM-4 AM6/1 AM6/2

PRICE EACH £6.00 £6.00 £6.00 £10.50 £10.50 £8.70 £12.00 £9.30 £13.90 £16.20 £9.30 £13.90 £17.40 £44.10 £68.70

Document Pockets

✓Industrial quality products with folded edges ✓Ideal for when documentation needs to be kept clean • Industrial strength pockets • Pockets will fit A3, A4, A5 and A7 inserts and are available in portrait and landscape format • Magnetic: locates on any steel surface • Self-adhesive: aggressive tape along top and bottom edges (A7 has a tape along the top edge only) TO SUIT DOCUMENTS H x W (mm) 60 x 110 110 x 110 110 x 215 150 x 110 110 x 155 155 x 230 215 x 160 215 x 310 310 x 220

102 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

PACK QTY 100 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

info@storage-design.co.uk

MAGNETIC REF PRICE MP7H/100 £68.40 MP1111/10 £18.90 MP1122/10 £23.40 MP6V/10 £19.50 MP6H/10 £19.50 MP5H/10 £20.40 MP5V/10 £20.40 MP4H/10 £24.60 MP4V/10 £24.60

SELF ADHESIVE REF PRICE AP7H/100 £51.60 AP1111/10 £15.60 AP1122/10 £22.20 AP6V/10 £18.90 AP6H/10 £18.90 AP5H/10 £14.40 AP5V/10 £14.40 AP4H/10 £16.80 AP4V/10 £16.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC103

16/12/10

11:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

FM2

FM4

FM5

FM6

FM11

FM16

FM17

Floor Signal Colour Options

Floor Signals

FM18

• Highlight walkways, fork truck routes and pallet positions on the warehouse floor • Tough PVC with aggressive adhesive backing • Mark block stack pallet areas quickly and effectively with no mess • Designed to withstand everyday warehouse traffic • Suitable for clean, flat, sealed surfaces • Packs available in yellow, red, blue & green, please specify SIGNAL SHAPE CROSS T L CIRCLE ARROW

SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY/ PACK 10 10 10 100 100

300 x 300 200 x 300 200 x 200 90mm dia 90mm HIGH

ORDER REF FS/+ FS/T FS-L FS/O FS/A

PRICE £18.60 £12.90 £12.90 £29.70 £29.70

FM19

FM20

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

FM1

FM22

Floor Graphic Markers

✓High visibility floor graphics to highlight warnings and operational hazards

• 430mm diameter • Permanent adhesive • Graphics printed on the underside of a clear PVC film • Signs withstand everyday warehouse traffic REF FM 1-22 PRICE £16.90 each

Weight Load Notices

BLS5 - Shelf/Pallet Racking

• A range of Weight Loading Notices, detailing the procedures for the maintenance of racking structures • Each sign can be supplied blank or printed black to your design • Signs can be overprinted with your company logo, address and contact details

Floor Identification Markers

Shelf/Pallet Racking

Cantilever Racking

Drive Thru’ Racking

Mezzanine Floor

Weight Load Notices SIZE H x W (mm) 356 x 254 356 x 254 356 x 254 356 x 254 470 x 350

SUITABLE LOCATION SHELF / PALLET RACKING CANTILEVER RACKING DRIVE THRU’ RACKING MEZZANINE FLOOR SHELF / PALLET RACKING

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF BLS1 BLS2 BLS3 BLS4 BLS5

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £11.70 £11.70 £11.70 £11.70 £13.80

• Manufactured to the same high standard as our graphic markers these 190mm diameter floor markers are printed with bold black alpha or numeric digits on a yellow background • They are suitable for use on dry, clean, flat sealed surfaces • Available in A-Z letters, single digits 0-9 and double digits 10-25 • Hi-visibility floor markers • Each marker is 190mm diameter • Designed to identify aisle, bay or other warehouse floor areas SIZE (mm)

QUANTITY

190 dia EACH Please state letter or number required

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

FMC

£4.50

www.storage-design.co.uk

103 2011


TC104

16/12/10

11:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Self Adhesive Vinyl Labelling • Easily applied peel-off labels • Cleanly removed • Black characters on yellow background • For factories, warehouses and storerooms • Supplied on cards in identical characters

F1 9.5 x 6mm 168 per card

F2 12.5 x 8.5mm 90 per card

F3 19 x 14mm 36 per card F4 38 x 21mm 12 per card F5 56 x 21mm 12 per card

F6 90 x 38mm 6 per card

LARGER SIZES NOT ILLUSTRATED: F7 130 x 45mm 5 per card F8 230 x 140mm 1 per card

Cards of Individual Characters (Numbers 0-9 or Letters A-Z) LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

ORDER REF F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8

Complete Letter & Number Sets

PRICE PER CARD

LABEL SIZE H x W (mm) 9.5 x 6 12.5 x 8.5 19 x 14 38 x 21 56 x 21 90 x 38 130 x 45 230 x 140

£0.90 £0.90 £0.90 £0.90 £1.26 £1.73 £2.25 £2.25

CHARACTERS PER CARD 168 90 36 12 12 6 5 1

Self Adhesive Magnetic Strip

Warehouse Information Labels

• Locates on any steel surface • Makes anything magnetic • Eliminates the need for drilling • Strong permanent self-adhesive

• High visibility individual weight loading labels, suitable for both racking and shelving • Printed with the text of your choice • Available in magnetic or self adhesive • Printed in black on yellow or white background • 70/90mm high labels may be printed on two lines

13mm Wide x 30m REF MSSA/13 PRICE £61.50 20mm Wide x 10m REF MSSA/20 PRICE £32.70 50mm Wide x 10m REF MSSA/50 PRICE £51.00

104 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Minimum order value £25.00 SIZE H x W (mm) 25 x 200 50 x 300 70 x 300 90 x 300 25 x 200 50 x 300 70 x 300 90 x 300

TEL: 01446 772614

FIXING TYPE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE SELF ADHESIVE MAGNETIC MAGNETIC MAGNETIC MAGNETIC

ORDER REF BL23 BL53 BL73 BL93 BL23M BL53M BL73M BL93M

NUMBERS 0-9 SET OF 10 CARDS F1/0-9 £8.95 F2/0-9 £8.95 F3/0-9 £8.95 F4/0-9 £8.95 F5/0-9 £12.59 F6/0-9 £17.34 F7/0-9 £22.51 F8/0-9 £22.51

LETTERS A-Z SET OF 26 CARDS F1/A-Z £23.27 F2/A-Z £23.27 F3/A-Z £23.27 F4/A-Z £23.27 F5/A-Z £32.73 F6/A-Z £45.09 F7/A-Z £58.55 F8/A-Z £58.55

Floor Location Labels • High Visibility Floor Location Labels used where conventional labels cannot be applied to the racking structure • Aggressive adhesive backing • Printed to your design • Choice of black text on yellow or white background • Can be overprinted with company logo, address and contact details

PRICE

TO ORDER: £0.84 £1.38 £1.94 £2.41 £1.41 £2.64 £3.51 £4.38

info@storage-design.co.uk

Simply call our Sales Office with your requirements: Quantity, size, colour, text and barcode details

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC105

16/12/10

11:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Label Holders

Magnetic Label Holders, Brown 60

Label Holder Profiles

15

25

20

50 40

30

Height (mm)

Self Adhesive Label Holders, White SIZE HxW 15 x 80mm 30 x 80mm 50 x 80mm 15mm x 1m 30mm x 1m 50mm x 1m

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS 10 STRIPS

ORDER REF AL18 AL38 AL58 AL1/10 AL3/10 AL5/10

PACK PRICE £36.30 £49.50 £61.20 £28.50 £38.70 £45.00

SIZE HxW 15 x 80mm 20 x 80mm 25 x 80mm 30 x 80mm 40 x 80mm 50 x 80mm 15 x 500mm 20 x 500mm 25 x 500mm 30 x 500mm 40 x 500mm 50 x 500mm 60 x 100mm 60 x 200mm 30 x 1000mm 30mm x 50m 40mm x 5m 40mm x 10m 50mm x 50m

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100 20 20 20 20 20 20 100 50 10 1 ROLL 1 ROLL 1 ROLL 1 ROLL

ORDER REF ML18 ML28X ML28 ML38 ML48 ML58 ML150 ML250X ML250 ML350 ML450 ML550 ML610 ML620 ML3-10 MLR3 MLR4-5 MLR4-10 MLR5

PACK PRICE £29.70 £33.90 £36.60 £40.80 £54.00 £66.30 £38.40 £42.90 £45.60 £50.10 £63.00 £81.30 £76.50 £75.00 £50.10 £156.00 £33.00 £65.70 £219.00

MAGNETIC

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

• Instant identification for steel racking and shelving • Individual 80mm wide labels, or cut your own size off the roll or strip • Magnetic or self-adhesive, protective transparent PVC strip included • Colour codeable - your choice of white, green, red, blue or yellow insert cards (white is supplied unless a colour is specified)

SELF-ADHESIVE

Self-Adhesive & Magnetic Ticket Holders • Clear plastic ticket holders • Front pulls forward for card to be inserted • Quick and easy to update • Magnetic or self adhesive backing

80

Ticket Holder Profiles

54

38 25

Self Adhesive Ticket Holders DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 25 x 100 25 x 200 25 x 1000 25 x 2000 38 x 100 38 x 200 38 x 1000 38 x 2000 54 x 100 54 x 200 54 x 1000 54 x 2000 80 x 100 80 x 200 80 x 1000 80 x 2000

WHITE CARD INC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -

PACK QTY 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10 100 50 10 10

ORDER REF TS210 TS220 TS25/10 TS25/20 TS310 TS320 TS38/10 TS38/20 TS510 TS520 TS54/10 TS54/20 TS810 TS820 TS80/10 TS80/20

PACK PRICE £37.50 £35.70 £29.40 £43.80 £40.80 £38.40 £33.90 £51.00 £56.40 £51.00 £48.60 £83.10 £61.20 £57.00 £53.40 £98.10

Height (mm)

Magnetic Ticket Holders DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 25 x 100 25 x 200 38 x 100 38 x 200 54 x 100 54 x 200 80 x 100 80 x 200 25 x 1000 38 x 1000 54 x 1000 80 x 1000

• Cost effective ticket pouches • Clear front enables barcodes to be scanned • Supplied complete with white card inserts

SELF-ADHESIVE

MAGNETIC

SIZE H x W (mm) 30 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 140 30 x 100 60 x 100 60 x 140

PACK QTY 100 50 100 50 100 50 100 50 10 10 10 10

ORDER REF TS210M TS220M TS310M TS320M TS510M TS520M TS810M TS820M TS25-10M TS38-10M TS54-10M TS80-10M

PACK PRICE £66.00 £52.50 £69.90 £56.10 £83.10 £74.70 £89.40 £81.60 £45.60 £51.60 £72.90 £76.20

An economical range of flexible p.v.c ticket pockets, which have a clear front and yellow back designed for use on racking and shelving. The clear front enables barcodes to be scanned without removing the ticket. The self-adhesive pocket enables it to be permanently fixed, whereas the magnetic pocket can be easily relocated without removing the ticket.

Magnetic & Self Adhesive Pouches

DESCRIPTION

WHITE CARD INC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 100 100

ORDER REF SAP310 SAP610 SAP614 MP310 MP610 MP614

PACK PRICE £51.90 £57.30 £64.20 £53.10 £79.80 £91.50

105 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC106

16/12/10

11:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING

Magnetic Easy-Wipe Racking Strip

Magnetic Location Markers

• Adheres to any steel surface • Cut to any length to suit • Write on, wipe off • 5 colours as shown, please specify with order

• White face magnetic markers • Locate on any steel surface • Write on with wet-wipe pen – Wipe off • Quick and easy relocation

ROLL SIZE 10mm x 10m 15mm x 10m 20mm x 10m 25mm x 10m 30mm x 10m 40mm x 10m

ORDER REF MSR1 MSR/15 MSR2 MSR25 MSR3 MSR4

PRICE

ROLL SIZE

£12.00 £16.80 £20.40 £24.30 £27.60 £35.10

50mm x 10m 60mm x 10m 70mm x 10m 80mm x 10m 90mm x 10m 100mm x 10m

ORDER REF MSR5 MSR6 MSR7 MSR8 MSR9 MSR10

PRICE £42.60 £42.90 £49.50 £53.40 £57.30 £62.10

DIMENSIONS (mm) 20 x 80 30 x 80 50 x 80 56 x 105 90 x 210 30 x 100

PACK QUANTITY 100 100 100 100 10 100

ORDER REF LM28 LM38 LM58 LM105 LM219 LM310

PACK PRICE £19.80 £25.50 £37.80 £51.90 £15.30 £27.60

Black Wet-Wipe Pens pack of 10 REF PB/10 PRICE £17.70

Magnetic Numbers & Letters • Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets of a combination of mixed alpha or numeric digits • Black digits, white or yellow background • Tile sizes 43mm with 39mm high digit or 23mm with a 17mm high digit

Sheets of identical characters can be supplied to special order

Magnetic Numbers & Letters COLOUR

TILE DIGITS HEIGHT mm PER SHEET 43 59 43 55 23 198 23 192 43 59 43 55 23 198 23 192 *L = Letters A-Z, N = Numbers 0-9

WHITE WHITE WHITE WHITE YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW YELLOW

RACK

BAY

09

LEVEL

C-04-E

09

ORDER REF*

PRICE

M43MIXW/N M43MIXW/L M23MIXW/N M23MIXW/L M43MIXY/N M43MIXY/L M23MIXY/N M23MIXY/L

£17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70 £17.70

08 07 06 05 04

Beam & Shelf Code Labelling

03

02 08 01 F 07 06 F E 05 04 E 03 09 D 0 08 2 0 07 1 D C 06 F C B 05 04 E A 03 D 02 01 B C F E D C B A

106 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

A

B A

✓Clear and precise identification for the modern warehouse • Maximise your warehouse traffic & minimise costly picking errors • Designed to your specific requirements • Self adhesive, or magnetic for easy relocation • Can include bar and colour coding • Single or double code sequences, barcodes and directional arrows • We can accept data as hard copy, or on disc in Excel files • Installation Services are available

WE PRODUCE LABELS TO YOUR OWN DESIGN TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC107

16/12/10

11:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

IDENTIFICATION & LABELLING WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Hanging Pockets

Wrap-Around Pockets

✓Suitable for industrial wooden cases, trolleys,

✓Unique magnetic looped header wraps around the mesh of the cage

stillages, pallet converters, and many more up to a maximum hanging rail of 25mm thick

• Designed for industrial roll cages or mesh containers • Three information pockets manufactured in tough plastic • Available in sizes A4, A5 and A6 • Suitable for all rollcages

• Two information pockets manufactured in tough plastic • Unique hooked header design SIZE H x W (mm) 210 x 297 210 x 297 155 x 220 155 x 220

QUANTITY/ PACK 10 100 10 100

ORDER REF WCP4H/10 WCP4H/100 WCP5H/10 WCP5H/100

PRICE £29.70 £255.00 £23.70 £192.00

SIZE H x W QUANTITY/ ORDER (mm) PACK REF 297 x 210 10 WRP4V/10 148 x 210 10 WRP5H/10 105 x 210 10 WRP6H/10

Custom Printed Labels

PRICE £159.00 £132.00 £117.00

MP

P

GW

E

GL

A

WT

M

BM

BK

✓Easy collection & segregation of warehouse waste

Supplied pre-cut on rolls, printed to your design. Please specify when ordering: • Quantity required (minimum 1000 labels) • Size of label - height and width in millimetres • Material required - paper, vinyl or polyester • Finish required - matt or gloss • Number of print colours • Description of text • Consecutive number sequence

TEL: 01446 772614

£37.20 £30.90 £27.60

QUANTITY/ ORDER PACK REF 50 WRP4V/50 50 WRP5H/50 50 WRP6H/50

Racksack

• Bespoke labels designed to your own specification: Company logos, sequential numbering, property of... • Part laminated (for addition of your own data)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE

• Simple fixing and trouble free handling, supplied with two strong ‘S’ hooks • Suitable for shelving 900mm to 1100mm deep • Made from tough waterproof polyester with carrying and emptying handles • Dimensions 1000H x 920Wmm • Available in 10 designs, please specify suffix QUANTITY/ PACK 1 5 10

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF RSB1 RSB5 RSB10

PRICE £19.80 £93.00 £174.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

107 2011


TC108

16/12/10

11:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

SCALES 315

EACH

EACH

£69.30

£148

£69

Postal Scale

Electronic Bench Scale

Weighing & Counting Scales

• Rate computing postal scale, PiP compatible • Simple operation, with auto switch-off • Metered and stamped mail • Displays price to pay • 5kg capacity • 200 x 135mm plate size • 120mm high letter rack

• A light industrial bench scale for kitchens, post rooms, store areas and warehouses • 245 x 215mm stainless steel platform, tough ABS case with adjustable feet • Rechargeable battery, approx 160 hours life. Mains adapter also included • Function keys for on/off/zero and tare/units • Displays 7 digits in kg & g, lb & oz • Overall dimensions 95H x 250W x 300Dmm

• Robust high impact ABS case • Battery powered, with 12V mains adaptor • 3 displays - weight, piece, count - 15mm high • Straightforward operation • Ideal for stocktaking and parts counting • Auto off feature with variable setting • Case 117H x 295W x 335Lmm • Top plate 290 x 220mm

REF 315 PRICE £69.30

MICRO

£59

CAPACITY

RESOLUTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

6kg 15kg

1g 2g

405/6 405/15

£69.00 £69.00

CAPACITY

RESOLUTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

6kg 15kg 30kg

1g 2g 5g

B120/6 B120/15 B120/30

£148.00 £148.00 £148.00

WS300-50

£220

Micromail 2 Postal Scale • Compact and lightweight • Weighs from 1g to 2200g • Large, flat weighing surface • Updatable rate chart and pen • Add and weigh facility • Dimensions 196 x 168 x 40mm REF MICRO PRICE £59.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Portable Bench Scales • A portable general purpose bench scale • Simple operation with four functions - on/off/zero and lb/kg • Batteries 4 x 1.5V (not included) • UK&EU power adapter supplied as standard • Bench or wall mount bracket supplied • LCD display 4 x 25mm high digits • Platform size 380 x 300 x 27mm high • Approvals CE & WEE directive • Auto - off feature

108

CAPACITY

RESOLUTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

15kg 60kg 120kg

5g 20g 50g

WS/15 WS60 WS/120

£157.00 £157.00 £157.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Light Capacity Platform Scales WS/15

£157

• Stainless steel platform suits hygienic or general purpose weighing • Incorporates four full load bridge loadcells with self levelling, anti-slip feet • Stainless steel indicator pod with 5m cable • Wall or bench mount bracket included. • Function keys for on/off; tare; units and hold/print • 5½ x 17mm high digit display in kg or lb

CAPACITY

PLATFORM WEIGHT ORDER PRICE HxWxD (mm) (kg) REF 300kg x 50g 60 x 550 x 550 15 WS300-50 £220.00 300kg x 50g 60 x 900 x 550 17 WS300-90 £245.00 500kg x 100g 60 x 915 x 915 42 WS500 £366.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC109

16/12/10

11:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SCALES / HEAVY DUTY

• Constructed from 6mm steel plate with a 6mm anti-slip chequer plate • Hard wearing powder coated finish • Deck height 90mm, fitted with 4 load cells • Optional drive-on ramps • Four top access holes for quick and easy levelling • Supplied with digital indicator DP90 • Ramp or pit frames available EU trade stamped versions are available at an additional cost REF DOT3 PRICE £150.00 per unit

FROM

831

£

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Platform Scales ✓Ideal for industrial weighing applications such as goods receiving, warehouse and despatch

DRIVE-ON RAMPS AVAILABLE

Scales CAPACITY 1500kg x 0.5g 3000kg x 1.0g

PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) 1250 x 1250 x 90 1500 x 1500 x 90

WEIGHT (kg) 111 153

ORDER REF

PRICE

R1250 R1500

£270.00 £315.00

ORDER REF

PRICE

6000BP/1500 6000BP/3000

£831.00 £851.00

DP90 Weigh Indicator

Ramps PLATFORM L x W x H (mm) 1000 x 1250 1000 x 1500

• Key functions gross, net weight, counting checkweighing, peak, totalising, print, zero, tare, units, on-off • Internal battery or mains operated • Stainless steel stand for desk, wall or pole mounting • 5 metre lead as standard

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Portable Beam Scales ✓Ideal whenever it is necessary to take the weighing equipment to the load • Mild steel beams 1200L x 100W x 60Hmm • Lightweight 15kg beams can withstand a 2.5 tonne load • Complete with ABS plastic enclosed weigh indicator • Capacity 0-2500kg x 0.5kg • 200% overload protection • Supplied with mains / rechargeable battery operated indicator • RS232 output allows for connection to a PC, printer and other serial devices

DP90-1200

586

£

REF DP90-1200 PRICE £586.00 (per set)

109 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC110

16/12/10

11:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

LOADING BAY DOCK BOARD WITH ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCK OPTION Other sizes can be provided to meet your requirements, call us for more information

Side curbs and castors

Standard lifting handle

Good option for easy movement!

Dock Plates

Dock Boards

• Safe vehicle access from a loading dock • High tensile aluminium • Anti-slip tread surfaces • Loop-type lifting handle • Lighter plates, suitable for manual positioning • Optional side curbs and castors for easy movement

• Optional adjustable spanlocks allow safe operation where it is necessary for vehicle to stand away from loading dock • Optional fork lift handles for easy movement • Chain fitting sets prevent movement of board in ground level container loading

DIMENSIONS MAX HEIGHT CAPACITY W x L (mm) DIFFERENCE (mm) (kg) 915 x 1220 178 770 915 x 1220 178 1360 1220 x 610 76 2040 1220 x 915 127 1360 1220 x 915 127 2450 1220 x 1220 178 1020 1220 x 1220 178 1810 1220 x 1525 228 810 1220 x 1525 228 1450 1525 x 915 127 1700 1525 x 915 127 3040 1525 x 1220 178 1270 1525 x 1220 178 2270 1525 x 1525 228 1020 OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) OPTIONAL SIDE CURBS WITH CASTORS OPTIONAL FIXED SPAN LOCKING LEGS

WEIGHT (kg) 32 44 22 32 43 42 56 52 70 39 52 51 69 64

ORDER REF 3648 H3648 4824 4836 H4836 4848 H4848 4860 H4860 6036 H6036 6048 H6048 6060 FTH-1 SCC-2 FSL-1

PRICE £466 £554 £368 £465 £554 £563 £676 £660 £801 £539 £645 £660 £800 £783 £104 £156 £42

DIMENSIONS USABLE MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT W x L (mm) WIDTH (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) 1520 x 910 1450 130 3640 52 1520 x 1220 1420 180 3640 73 1520 x 1520 1420 230 3640 90 1520 x 1830 1420 280 3640 115 1520 x 910 1450 130 5450 62 1520 x 1220 1420 180 5450 86 1520 x 1520 1420 230 5450 115 1520 x 1830 1420 280 5450 135 1830 x 910 1750 130 5450 72 1830 x 1220 1730 180 5450 100 1830 x 1520 1730 230 5450 130 1830 x 1830 1730 280 5450 155 1520 x 1520 1390 230 6360 115 1830 x 1830 1680 280 6360 160 OPTIONAL ADJUSTABLE SPANLOCKS (PAIR) OPTIONAL FORK TRUCK LIFTING HANDLES (PAIR) OPTIONAL GROUND LEVEL LOADING FITTINGS (SET)

ORDER REF 8-6036 8-6048 8-6060 8-6072 12-6036 12-6048 12-6060 12-6072 12-7236 12-7248 12-7260 12-7272 14-6060 14-7272 ASL/1 FTH1 GLF1

PRICE £738 £873 £1027 £1197 £836 £1002 £1198 £1390 £927 £1123 £1351 £1580 £1200 £1592 £308 £104 £144

Standard Dock Light • 100W tungsten halogen lamp in pivoting steel housing • Hinged steel bracket allows pivoting and 1m extension • Handle incorporated for safe and easy adjustment

Hinged Bridge Plates • A hinge rail will accommodate one or more bridge plates, which can be slid sideways into position as required • Locate into a hinge rail fixed to the loading dock • 75mm wide guidelines are painted along sides of plate • Plates can be stored either lowered against dock face, or vertically (locking clamp is provided)

110

DIMENSIONS SPAN MAX HEIGHT MAX LOAD WEIGHT W x L (mm) (mm) DIFF (mm) (kg) (kg) 1524 x 510 550 62 4000 32 1524 x 460 500 53 3250 22 1524 x 510 550 62 3000 26 1524 x 980 1020 145 2500 55 1220 x 980 1020 145 2250 44 1220 x 1280 1320 194 1000 48 1220 x 980 1020 145 1000 36 915 x 1420 1460 220 1000 50 1220 x 1280 1320 194 500 46 1220 x 1110 1150 164 500 30 HINGE RAIL WITH CLIPS & FIXINGS (in multiples of 2.5m lengths)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF BH6020 B-6018 B-6020 BH6038 BH4838 BX4850 B-4838 BH3656 B-4850 BL4843 HRCF-1

TEL: 01446 772614

Folds back for easy storage

Standard Plus Dock Light

PRICE £453 £400 £403 £684 £574 £624 £492 £632 £594 £434 £186

• Easily positioned to illuminate the inside area of a vehicle • 80W halogen bulb • Standard 1060mm arm offers full three dimensional movement

DESCRIPTION STANDARD STANDARD STANDARD PLUS STANDARD PLUS

SUPPLY VOLTAGE (V) 110 240 110 240

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 6.5 6.5 7.0 7.0

ORDER REF TWDL-1-240 TWDL-1-110 TWDL-3-240 TWDL-3-110

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £208.00 £208.00 £195.00 £195.00

2011


TC111

16/12/10

11:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOADING BAYS

Dock Bumpers ✓Reduce damage to loading docks, equipment and buildings caused by vehicle impact WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

FROM

FROM

£85

£10 TWB-E-100

£60

PER METRE

Nylon Dock Bumpers DIMENSIONS W x L x D (mm) 254 x 457 x 50 254 x 457 x 100 254 x 762 x 50 254 x 762 x 100 203 x 457 x 100

NO. HOLES 2 2 3 3 3

ORDER REF TWB-1018-2-N11Y TWB-1018-4-N11Y TWB-1030-2-N11Y TWB-1030-4-N11Y TWB-L-N11Y

Rubber Dock Bumpers PRICE £85.00 £128.00 £155.00 £172.00 £237.00

Rubber Packer extra absorption for bumpers TWB-1018-2-N11Y & TWB-1018-4-N11Y REF TWB-1018-2 PRICE £29.00 TWB-1030-4-N11Y & TWB-1030-2-N11Y REF TWB-1030-2 PRICE £37.00

DIMENSIONS W x L x D (mm) 120 x 127 x 76 120 x 254 x 76 120 x 381 x 76 120 x 508 x 76 120 x 762 x 76 254 x 335 x 101 254 x 457 x 101 254 x 762 x 101 254 x 457 x 150

NO. HOLES 1 2 3 4 6 2 2 3 2

ORDER REF TWB-5-HF TWB-10-HF TWB-15-HF TWB-20-HF TWB-30-HF TWB-1013-4 TWB-1018-4 TWB-1030-4 TWB-1018-6

D-Section Dock Bumper • Supplied to length required, up to 3 metres • Assemble end to end for longer runs

PRICE £10.00 £19.00 £26.00 £36.00 £55.00 £43.00 £55.00 £70.00 £66.00

DIMENSIONS H x D (mm) 100 x 100 150 x 150 200 x 200

ORDER REF TWB-E-100 TWB-E-150 TWB-E-200

PRICE PER METRE £60.00 £107.00 £190.00

Fixing holes 14mm to suit 12mm fixings REF TWB-EH PRICE £3.00 per hole Optional fixing strip (to pass through centre) REF TWB-EST PRICE £12.00 per metre

Bumper Fixings TWB-F1 (M12 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-5, 10, 15, 20 & 30 PRICE £2.50 TWB-F4 (M16 fixings for concrete) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-4 and all Nylon and Sliding Nylon Dock Bumpers PRICE £4.00 TWB-W (M16 zinc washer) to suit TWB-1013-4, 1018-4, 1030-4, 1018-6 PRICE £1.80 FROM

£24

TWC-4 + chain

Designed to allow four different orientations, and hence four times the lifespan of a ‘traditional’ fixed nylon bumper TWC-3 + chain

TWC-1 + chain

Sliding Nylon Bumpers

Wheel Chocks

✓Four times the lifespan of traditional nylon fixed bumpers

✓Prevent unexpected vehicle movement

• Housing allows bumper to move with the vehicle during un/loading operations, reducing wear on the bumpers front face • Bumper can be repositioned • Smooth face prevents snag • Thick rubber packer provides impact absorption to further protect the bumper, building and vehicle • Fixings will match most other dock bumpers and can be used in most situations

• Suit all vehicles up to heavy commercials • Moulded nitrile rubber or cast aluminium • Safety grip face for maximum adhesion between tyre and chock • Built-in lifting handles • Optional anti-theft chain

DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND BUMPER RIGHT HAND BUMPER

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 780 x 340 x 100 780 x 340 x 100

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WEIGHT (kg) 40 40

ORDER REF TWB1030-4N13YLH TWB1030-4N13YRH

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £297.00 £297.00

DESCRIPTION ECONOMY RUBBER CHOCK STANDARD RUBBER CHOCK CAST ALUMINIUM CHOCK ANTI-THEFT CHAIN

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 200 x 160 x 240 190 x 190 x 270 180 x 180 x 400 5M LONG

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 6.0 3.3 1.0

ORDER REF TWC-4 TWC-1 TWC-3 TWC-2

PRICE £24.00 £29.00 £85.00 £22.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

111 2011


TC112

16/12/10

11:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / SAFETY BARRIERS

Steel Barrier Systems

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

✓Designed to suit all applications and can be tailor made to your specification

• Standard lengths available on short lead time • Orange RAL2011 as standard, alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost • Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included

BARRIERS FROM

137

£

PRICE PER BARRIER Length up to 1250mm 1251 - 2500mm long ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE W100/1250 £176.00 W100/2500 £223.00 W101/1250 £192.00 W101/2500 £255.00 W102/1250 £164.00 W102/2500 £206.00 W103/1250 £137.00 W103/2500 £163.00 W104/1250 £143.00 W104/2500 £172.00

BARRIER SYSTEM TWIN CHANNEL HEAVY DUTY RAIL FOLDED RAIL LOW LEVEL TUBULAR LOW LEVEL CHANNEL

W100

Please call us with your requirements

W101

W102

W103

W104

Twin Channel

Heavy Duty Rail

Folded Rail

Low Level Tubular

Low Level Channel

750mm high Posts 100W x 100Dmm Channel rails 100 x 50mm

750mm high Posts 100W x 100Dmm Rail 310mm high

750mm high Posts 100W x 50Dmm Rail 200 x 8mm flat

Heavy duty 500mm high Posts and rail 89mm dia.

Medium duty 450mm high Posts 80W x 80Dmm Rail 76 x 38mm channel

FROM

86

Protection Posts

£

£ Quantity discount

✓3 variations to suit light to heavy duty applications • Alternative heights are available • Orange RAL2011 as standard, alternative colours and finishes available at extra cost • Standard items available on short lead time • Pre-drilled base plates with floor fixings included POST DIMENSIONS HEIGHT x DIA (mm) 760 x 89 915 x 114 1100 x 168

PER POST ORDER REF PRICE PP10 £102.00 PP20 £114.00 PP30 £179.00

PER QUANTITY 5 ORDER REF PRICE EACH PP10/5 £86.00 PP20/5 £97.00 PP30/5 £150.00

112 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC113

16/12/10

11:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / SAFETY BARRIERS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Spring Steel Warehouse Barriers

✓Designed specifically to protect from fork truck impact • Low, high or dual rail barriers • 610H buffer posts adopt both single and double height rails • Optional high visibility plastic end caps protect pedestrians • Fully galvanised components • Rail 160H x 40D x 3mm thick, supplied in 4m lengths • Buffer 10mm thick spring steel 610H or 235H on 200x150 baseplate • Post centres 1500mm single height, 1200mm double height • Load absorbing buffer saves on replacement costs A

DRAWING LETTER A B C D E

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION STANDARD DUTY BARRIER RAIL, 4m LENGTH QUARTER BEND TERMINAL 90º BEND BUFFER UPRIGHT* LOW LEVEL BUFFER UPRIGHT*

ORDER REF SDR4 SDQB SDBN SDB6BPB SDB2BPB

PRICE £63.00 £76.00 £103.00 £51.00 £44.00

* uprights are now supplied with baseplate and mounting bolt Joint Piece REF

B

SDJP PRICE £7.50 End Cap REF SDEC PRICE £3.10

C

D

E

Column Protection Units • Two designs suit all applications • Spring steel buffer supports and absorbs impact • Fully galvanised components Monostrut Rail A lighter weight system, ideal for minimal impact Warehouse Rail Suitable for protecting against fork truck and other vehicle impacts RAIL TYPE

FROM £

337

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

MONOSTRUT WAREHOUSE WAREHOUSE WAREHOUSE

TEL: 01446 772614

INTERNAL DIA (mm) 400 500 750 1000

ORDER REF MON400 WCP500 WCP750 WCP1000

PRICE £337.00 £653.00 £700.00 £746.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

113 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC114

16/12/10

11:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PVC STRIP CURTAINS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Energy Saving PVC Strip Curtains • Walk through / drive through curtains, for outside doors or internal barriers • Gives protection against wind and rain • Helps maintain temperature within building • Helps reduce noise between work areas • Restricts entry to birds and insect pests • Easy to install • Low maintenance • Special versions for coldrooms and freezers

EXTERNAL

FROM

50.40

£

PER SQ M

HOW TO ORDER • Select your door according to application and type of traffic • Measure the door aperture in metres, and calculate an all-inclusive price per square metre (1 metre minimum width) • Specify code, aperture width & height, and whether face or underside fixing

Please call us if you need

✓Sliding door tracks ✓On-site assistance ✓Installation service or have an unusual application

External Exposure Doorways USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.5 4.5 7.5

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 4 300 x 3 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

100% 100% 100%

200/4/100CL 300/3/100CL 400/4/100CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £55.00 £50.40 £52.50

Freezer Doorway Barriers USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.75 3.5 5.5

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 2 300 x 3 300 x 3

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 100%

200/2/50LT 300/3/50LT 300/3/100LT

PRICE* SQ METRE £40.30 £45.80 £58.00

Internal Doorways USAGE PEDESTRIAN VEHICLE VEHICLE

FREEZER

MAX HEIGHT (m) 2.75 5.5 7.6

PVC STRIP (mm) 200 x 2 300 x 3 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 50%

200/2/50CL 300/3/50CL 400/4/50CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £35.00 £39.80 £43.70

Internal Screens & Partitions USAGE PARTITION THERMAL NOISE

FROM

40.30

£

MAX HEIGHT (m) 3 10 10

PVC STRIP (mm) 300 x 2 400 x 2.5 400 x 4

OVERLAP

ORDER REF

50% 50% 100%

300/2/50CL 400/2.5/50CL 400/4/100-CL

PRICE* SQ METRE £34.60 £37.50 £52.50

PER SQ M

114 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

*Remember this is a complete price, including all fixtures and fittings TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC115

16/12/10

11:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PVC STRIP CURTAINS HOW ARE CURTAINS SUPPLIED?

• Red marker strips are provided at each end, to act as guides for traffic • Track is complete with necessary fixings, ready for face or under lintel fixing. • Hook-on track is supplied for curtains up to 3.5m high • Heavy duty aluminium track, suitable for fork trucks, is supplied for curtains over 3.5m high. • The above track types may be specified on any size door without affecting the price - please state on order.

Medium duty hook-on track (overlap is slightly reduced with this track)

Heavy duty aluminium track

• Stainless steel track is supplied with low temperature curtains for freezer / food environments

WHY DIFFERENT OVERLAPS?

50% OVERLAP

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

• PVC strips are supplied cut to length, with hangers pre-assembled.

• Allows easier passage for pedestrians • Provides a moderate thermal barrier • Is an excellent internal divider and is a lower cost option

100% OVERLAP • Suits exposed external doorways • Provides an excellent thermal barrier • Withstands heavy traffic use

WHERE CAN THE DOOR HANG?

Replacement PVC Strips • For repairs to existing doors • For making your own screens

FACE FIXING (add FF to order code)

UNDER LINTEL FIXING (add ULF to order code)

PVC SIZE & GRADE

ROLL LENGTH

ORDER REF

PRICE PER ROLL

200 x 2mm CLEAR 300 x 3mm CLEAR 400 x 4mm CLEAR 1000 x 2mm CLEAR 1200 x 2mm CLEAR

50 metres 50 metres 50 metres 20 metres 20 metres

R200/2/CL R300/3/CL R400/4/CL R1000/2/CL R1200/2/CL

£100.00 £222.00 £407.00 £348.00 £404.00

Mobile Welding Screens

INTERNAL

• Galvanised steel frame • Four castors for mobility • Self-extinguishing PVC • Green or bronze strips • Filters 99% of UV light • 1900H x 2000Wmm • Supplied in easy assembly KD form

FROM

34.60

£

PER SQ M

WELDING

MWSB

241

£

Opaque Green Welding Screen For routine manufacturing REF MWSG PRICE £241.00 Translucent Bronze Welding Screen Gives adequate visibility for supervision and safety REF MWSB PRICE £241.00 115 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC116

14/12/10

13:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

ACCESS STEPS

The Wave® Work Assist Vehicle

✓There’s no safer, faster or more cost effective way to help your workers

transport, lift or move products, equipment or supplies than with the Wave®

• Numerous safety features built in as standard • As used by many leading high street stores worldwide • Increased productivity through speed & safety of picking • Ideal for high level maintenance and cleaning • Can your facility really operate without Wave®?

WAV50-84

WAV50-118

4.0m Picking Height

5.0m Picking Height

*RENT FROM

*RENT FROM

£54.99

£59.99

PER WEEK

PER WEEK

*Rental is based on a 5 year contract. MODEL FEATURES

WAV50-84

WAV50-118

OVERALL WIDTH OVERALL LENGTH LOAD DECK CAPACITY LOAD TRAY CAPACITY OPERATOR COMPARTMENT CAPACITY OPERATOR PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX LOAD TRAY HEIGHT PICKING HEIGHT WEIGHT (with batteries) MAX SPEED TURNING RADIUS APPLICATIONS

750mm 750mm 1525mm 1525mm 115kg 115kg 90kg 90kg 135kg 135kg 2135mm 2995mm 1145mm 1325mm 4000mm 5000mm 512kg 590kg 6.0km/h 6.0km/h Within Footprint Endless

On site demonstrations can be arranged for the Wave®. Contact us to make an appointment

116 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC117

16/12/10

11:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS

✓Tubular steel trolleys with integral

BC51/S

432

£

spring loaded steps

✓The perfect answer for manual order picking

• Ideal for warehouses, stores and libraries • Steps act as a firm brake when stood upon • 760 x 460mm surfaces in choice of materials: White powder coated steel trays 40mm deep or ply decks with 15mm retaining lip • Non-slip safety treads • 125mm rubber castors • Height of top step 750mm • Overall dimensions 1520H x 480W x 1350Lmm

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Order Picking Trolleys

2-Shelf Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 970 BC51 £362.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 970 BC51/S £432.00

PLYWOOD DECKS

BC52

387

£

BC53/S

534

£

3-Shelf Low Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 640, 970 BC52 £387.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 640, 970 BC52/S £528.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

POWDER COATED STEEL SHELVES

3-Shelf High Model DESCRIPTION

TRAY HEIGHTS ORDER PRICE (mm) REF PLYWOOD DECKS 310, 860, 1420 BC53 £392.00 STEEL TRAYS 310, 860, 1420 BC53/S £534.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

117 2011


TC118

17/12/10

11:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Easy Action Safety Steps

✓Best selling industrial steps ✓Step on to immobilise, step off to mobilise

BC5961

383

£

Narrow Aisle Easy Action Steps

✓Compact steps for tight locations

BC5941

£310

Feet grip firmly to the ground when in use

BC5921

• All steel construction • Rubber covered non-slip treads • Single handrail on 2 step model • Double handrails on 3-6 step models • All swivel rubber tyred castors

£235

Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

381mm Wide

559mm Wide

118

TREADS inc PLATFORM 5 6

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1140 1370

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1950 x 685 x 1050 2180 x 685 x 1200

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5951 BC5961

£349.00 £383.00

TEL: 01446 772614

TREADS inc PLATFORM 2 3 4

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 460 680 915

info@storage-design.co.uk

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1370 x 520 x 800 1600 x 520 x 890 1825 x 520 x 920

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5921 BC5931 BC5941

£235.00 £265.00 £310.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC119

14/12/10

13:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

Lever Brake Safety Steps

✓Popular design to industrial standards ✓Wide range of sizes • All-welded steel construction • Rubber covered or non-slip punched metal treads • Kick plate on three sides of platform • Rubber covered feet • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Hand lever locking bar to mobilise unit • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castors • 559mm wide steps, 229mm rise • Platform dimensions 559W x 610Dmm Optional safety gates (factory fitted) are shown on page 120

BC5831/R

632

£

Hand lever locking bar raises front castors for stable floor contact when in use and lowers them for easy movement between positions

COLOUR OPTIONS Red

Punched metal treads give optimum grip, even with smooth-soled shoes

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

Blue

Orange

Green

Rubber Treads

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads No OF TREADS (INC PLATFORM) 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 1143 1372 1600 1829 2058 2286 2515 2743 2972 3200 3429

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2057 x 787 x 1360 2286 x 813 x 1510 2514 x 864 x 1660 2743 x 889 x 1810 2972 x 914 x 1960 3200 x 991 x 2110 3429 x 1067 x 2260 3657 x 1143 x 2410 3886 x 1219 x 2560 4114 x 1245 x 2710 4343 x 1270 x 2860

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC5801 BC5811 BC5821 BC5831 BC5841 BC5851 BC5861 BC5871 BC5881 BC5891 BC5899

£402.00 £430.00 £497.00 £574.00 £647.00 £714.00 £726.00 £782.00 £860.00 £939.00 £1085.00

BC5801/R BC5811/R BC5821/R BC5831/R BC5841/R BC5851/R BC5861/R BC5871/R BC5881/R BC5891/R BC5899/R

£425.00 £465.00 £565.00 £632.00 £702.00 £764.00 £850.00 £951.00 £1082.00 £1235.00 £1313.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

119 2011


TC120

16/12/10

11:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

SAFETY STEPS

Lever Brake Safety Steps

✓Platform heights to more than 4m ✓Extra wide option ✓Extra deep platform option

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads • Hand rails either side of steps to 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Tread widths 559mm or 762mm • Step rise 250mm • 381mm deep platform as standard, 610mm deep at extra cost • Rubber tyred wheels and nylon castors • Rubber covered feet • Hand lever locking bar to mobilise unit

BC35110

870

£

11 - TREAD SAFETY STEP 559mm WIDE

NON SLIP TREADS Punched steel gives optimum grip, even with smooth-soled shoes! The holes allow water and dirt to pass through to the floor.

SAFETY GATES Available for all models - see below.

Safety Step Options, factory fitted OPTIONAL FEATURES 610mm DEEP PLATFORM SAFETY GATE LIFT & LOCK RAIL CHAIN

ORDER REF XDP559 SG559 LLR C/H

W559mm PRICE £35.00 £78.00 £29.00 £30.00

ORDER REF XDP762 SG762 LLR C/H

W762mm PRICE £35.00 £82.00 £29.00 £30.00

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads

120

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 762 1016 1270 1524 1778 2032 2286 2540 2794 3048 3302 3556 3810 4064

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 762 x 850 1930 x 762 x 1000 2184 x 787 x 1180 2438 x 813 x 1300 2692 x 864 x 1500 2946 x 889 x 1650 3200 x 914 x 1850 3454 x 991 x 2050 3708 x 1067 x 2150 3962 x 1143 x 2350 4216 x 1219 x 2500 4470 x 1245 x 2650 4724 x 1270 x 2800 4978 x 1295 x 3000

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Extra Wide 762mm Treads

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3530 BC3540 BC3550 BC3560 BC3570 BC3580 BC3590 BC35100 BC35110 BC35120 BC35130 BC35140 BC35150 BC35160

£328.00 £353.00 £409.00 £502.00 £544.00 £624.00 £700.00 £756.00 £870.00 £929.00 £1033.00 £1203.00 £1376.00 £1472.00

TEL: 01446 772614

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 965 x 850 1930 x 965 x 1000 2184 x 965 x 1180 2438 x 965 x 1300 2692 x 965 x 1500 2946 x 965 x 1650 3200 x 1016 x 1850 3454 x 1092 x 2050 3708 x 1118 x 2150 3962 x 1168 x 2350 4216 x 1270 x 2500 4470 x 1295 x 2650 4724 x 1321 x 2800 4978 x 1346 x 3000

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3530/30 BC3540/40 BC3550/50 BC3560/60 BC3570/70 BC3580/80 BC3590/90 BC35100/100 BC35110/110 BC35120/120 BC35130/130 BC35140/140 BC35150/150 BC35160/160

£356.00 £389.00 £433.00 £525.00 £584.00 £646.00 £731.00 £795.00 £909.00 £954.00 £1091.00 £1241.00 £1421.00 £1527.00

Colour Options STANDARD Red Blue Orange Green

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC121

16/12/10

11:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY STEPS

Foot Lock Safety Steps

✓Hands-free lock and unlock ✓Easy to move, easy to mount

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

8-Tread Safety Step 559mm Wide

REF BC44A8 PRICE £550.00

• All welded steel construction • Non-slip punched metal treads and platform • Simple to operate foot lock immobilises and mobilises the steps • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Kick plate as standard on all models with 7 treads and over • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon castor, rubber covered metal feet • 559mm wide steps, 250mm rise • 381mm platform depth, extra deep platform available at extra cost

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

610mm Deep Platform REF XDP/559 PRICE £35.00 extra TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 762 1016 1270 1524 1778 2032

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 762 x 850 1930 x 762 x 1000 2184 x 787 x 1180 2438 x 813 x 1300 2692 x 864 x 1500 2946 x 889 x 1650

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC44A3 BC44A4 BC44A5 BC44A6 BC44A7 BC44A8

£279.00 £301.00 £349.00 £444.00 £503.00 £550.00

Optional Safety Gate (factory fitted) see below

FROM

279

£

Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

FROM

413

£

Centrally placed foot lock is easy to use

Easy Slope Safety Steps

✓Gentle 45 slope is easy to use o

✓559mm or extra wide 1000mm steps

Safety Gates Lifts & folds flat to the side of the steps. Factory fitted REF SG/559 PRICE £78.00 REF SG1000 PRICE £96.00

Extra Wide 1000mm Treads

559mm Wide Punched Metal Treads TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 648 864 1080 1295 1511 1727 1943 2159 2375 2591

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1562 x 762 x 1050 1778 x 762 x 1250 1994 x 787 x 1450 2209 x 813 x 1650 2425 x 864 x 1850 2641 x 889 x 2050 2857 x 914 x 2250 3073 x 991 x 2450 3289 x 1067 x 2650 3505 x 1143 x 2850

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC4530/559 BC4540/559 BC4550/559 BC4560/559 BC4570/559 BC4580/559 BC4590/559 BC45100/559 BC45110/559 BC45120/559

£413.00 £454.00 £518.00 £569.00 £642.00 £758.00 £832.00 £934.00 £1026.00 £1111.00

TEL: 01446 772614

• All welded steel construction • Fitted hand lever locking bar to mobilise and immobilise unit • Hand rails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Platform area 559W or 1000W x 500Dmm • Punched metal treads 250mm deep • Step overlap 30mm, 216mm rise • Rubber tyred wheels, nylon swivel castors, rubber covered feet

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1562 x 1200 x 1050 1778 x 1200 x 1250 1994 x 1200 x 1450 2209 x 1200 x 1650 2425 x 1200 x 1850 2641 x 1200 x 2050 2857 x 1250 x 2250 3073 x 1300 x 2450 3289 x 1350 x 2650 3505 x 1400 x 2850

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC4530 BC4540 BC4550 BC4560 BC4570 BC4580 BC4590 BC45100 BC45110 BC45120

£552.00 £632.00 £712.00 £785.00 £882.00 £1023.00 £1130.00 £1278.00 £1378.00 £1508.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

121 2011


TC122

16/12/10

11:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

ACCESS STEPS / PLATFORMS

Single Ended Access Platforms

✓Ideal for warehouse access or maintenance work ✓Design variations to individual requirements

BC2133/30/5

698

£

• Mounted on two fixed wheels and two swivel castors • Simple operation - hand lever immobilises and mobilises steps • Handrails on both sides of steps • Handrail at end and on one side of platform - please specify left (as shown) or right side opening Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

Please check all dimensions thoroughly as returns for steps above a 6-Tread will NOT be accepted

BC3333/30/6

938

£

Double Ended Access Platforms

✓For safe and secure high level maintenance ✓Generous platforms for efficient working • Steps at both ends of platform with punched metal treads • Handrails either side of steps and 914mm over platform • Models up to 6 treads have hand lever to lock/unlock all four castors • Models with 7-10 treads have adjustable screw jacks for stability Colour Options Red

Blue

Orange

Green

We can manufacture to customer specification - please enquire!

Single Ended Access Platforms

122

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLATFORM DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1524 1016 x 762 x 1524 1270 x 762 x 1524 1524 x 762 x 1524 1778 x 762 x 1524 2032 x 762 x 1524 2286 x 762 x 1524 2540 x 762 x 1524

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 965 x 1981 1930 x 965 x 2134 2184 x 965 x 2286 2438 x 965 x 2438 2692 x 965 x 2591 2946 x 991 x 2743 3200 x 1016 x 2896 3454 x 1092 x 3048

Double Ended Access Platforms

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC2133/30/3 BC2133/30/4 BC2133/30/5 BC2133/30/6 BC2133/30/7 BC2133/30/8 BC2133/30/9 BC2133/30/10

£636.00 £665.00 £698.00 £783.00 £829.00 £920.00 £1053.00 £1117.00

TEL: 01446 772614

TREADS inc PLATFORM 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLATFORM DIMS H x W x D (mm) 762 x 762 x 1524 1016 x 762 x 1524 1270 x 762 x 1524 1524 x 762 x 1524 1778 x 762 x 1524 2032 x 762 x 1524 2286 x 762 x 1524 2540 x 762 x 1524

info@storage-design.co.uk

OVERALL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 1676 x 813 x 2438 1930 x 813 x 2743 2184 x 813 x 3048 2438 x 813 x 3352 2692 x 1016 x 3658 2946 x 1016 x 3962 3200 x 1016 x 4267 3454 x 1016 x 4572

ORDER REF

PRICE

BC3333/30/3 BC3333/30/4 BC3333/30/5 BC3333/30/6 BC3333/30/7 BC3333/30/8 BC3333/30/9 BC3333/30/10

£766.00 £793.00 £899.00 £938.00 £1016.00 £1117.00 £1209.00 £1254.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC123

16/12/10

13:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SKIPS

Sheet Metal Dump Trucks

WAREHOUSE & DISTRIBUTION

✓Suitable for pushing and for stacking ✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 for safety of platform trolleys • Constructed from 2mm thick steel sheet, with double folded top rim • Welded oil-tight • Chassis made of 3mm thick canted steel, with integrated stacker pockets • 2 braked castor wheels & 2 fixed wheels • Solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm with roller bearings • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 • Kickplate and tilt lock • Tubular steel handle

4701

583

£

4703

738

£

dumping edge height

DRAINAGE TAP with filter to separate liquids from solids REF //A PRICE £32.00

Please note these models are manual tipping not self tipping

WHEEL LOCKS AS STANDARD

Sheet Metal Dump Trucks CAPACITY (LITRES) 250 450 600 800

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 800

BOX SIZE L x W x H (mm) 1202 x 655 x 390 1212 x 675 x 695 1320 x 800 x 715 1320 x 970 x 715

OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1332 x 713 x 766 1353 x 732 x 1065 1465 x 858 x 1088 1465 x 1108 x 1088

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 766 721 828 828

WITH WHEELS ORDER REF 4701 4702 4703 4704

WITHOUT WHEELS EDGE HEIGHT (mm) ORDER REF 534 4711 490 4712 598 4713 598 4714

PRICE £583.00 £675.00 £738.00 £979.00

PRICE £523.00 £616.00 £679.00 £827.00

Self-Tilting Boxes

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 ✓Self-tilting, fully-emptying boxes for tipping bulk goods - even extremely light goods automatically • Sturdy welded 3mm sheet steel design • Powder coated blue RAL5007 • Standard fitted forklift sleeves, anti-roll safety device and tilt lock • Link chain as anti-skidding and anti-tilting safety device • Optional set of polyamide 200 x 50mm wheels, 2 braked castors & 2 fixed fitted underneath the forklift sleeves (height +240mm)

6060/1567

1031

£ 6060TB

918

£

DRAINAGE TAP for separating liquids from solids REF 6006 PRICE £36.00

TRACTION CABLE to activate tilting mechanism operated from forklift truck driver’s seat REF 6008 PRICE £32.00 Self-Tilting Boxes

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1500 2000 2500

CONTENTS (LITRES) 350 600 900 1200

WEIGHT (kg) 103 131 156 188

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OUTER DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1300 x 730 x 830 1300 x 1120 x 830 1300 x 1620 x 830 1758 x 1182 x 1125

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 955 955 955 1250

TEL: 01446 772614

WITH WHEELS ORDER REF 6030/1567 6060/1567 6090/1568 6120/1568

PRICE £921.00 £1031.00 £1254.00 £1398.00

EDGE HEIGHT (mm) 720 720 720 1015

info@storage-design.co.uk

WITHOUT WHEELS ORDER REF 6030TB 6060TB 6090TB 6120TB

PRICE £807.00 £918.00 £1014.00 £1158.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

123 2011


TC124

16/12/10

13:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Modular Trolleys ✓Can be altered, interchanged and supplemented in many ways • Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety • Capacity up to 500kg • Tubular and angle welded steel • Finish resists impact and scratches • Decked in beech veneered heavy duty particle board • 2 castor and 2 fixed wheels • Cushion rubber tyres • 5 year quality guarantee

Multivario accessories see page 126

FROM

210

£

MultiVario System A newly designed technology to make your transport trolley program not only more powerful, effective and attractive - but magic. There are no more bulging or protruding “corner pillars” and no more rough welding seams. Furthermore, the frame profile height has been increased to provide even more stability. This does not simply lead to a functional improvement but at the same time it virtually creates a perfectly shaped new look for the MultiVario transport trolleys. German Patent 39 17 279

Panelled End Trolleys

124

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

TEL: 01446 772614

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 26 33 36 42

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 2510 2511 2512 2513

PRICE £210.00 £221.00 £224.00 £242.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC125

16/12/10

13:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

FROM

FROM

FROM

£158

£186

£313

Platform

One Open End

MATERIALS HANDLING

MultiVario System

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Box Cart

Overall length as table below -60mm Overall height as table below -720mm

Overall length as table below + 60mm Platform & Single End Trolleys

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

PLATFORM REF PRICE 2590 £158.00 2591 £167.00 2592 £170.00 2593 £185.00

OPEN END REF PRICE 2500 £186.00 2501 £197.00 2502 £199.00 2503 £221.00

BOX CART REF PRICE 2560 £313.00 2561 £340.00 2562 £344.00 2563 £367.00

FROM

FROM

FROM

£263

£297

£330

Double End Trolley

3 Sided Trolley

Box Cart

Multi-Sided Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 1030 x 500 990 x 1180 x 600 990 x 1180 x 700 990 x 1380 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

DOUBLE END REF PRICE 2520 £263.00 2521 £274.00 2522 £279.00 2523 £300.00

3 SIDED REF 2530 2531 2532 2533

PRICE £297.00 £311.00 £316.00 £338.00

BOX CART REF PRICE 2550 £330.00 2551 £344.00 2552 £353.00 2553 £378.00

FROM

FROM

FROM

£190

£327

£308

Stanchioned Trolley

Panelled Bale Trolley

Tubular Bale Trolley

Overall length as table below + 160mm Special Purpose Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 910 x 500 1025 x 1060 x 600 1025 x 1060 x 700 1025 x 1260 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

TEL: 01446 772614

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

STANCHIONED REF PRICE 2580 £190.00 2581 £199.00 2582 £202.00 2583 £217.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

PANELLED BALE REF PRICE 2541 £327.00 2542 £329.00 2543 £352.00

TUBULAR BALE REF PRICE 2571 £308.00 2572 £310.00 2573 £338.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

125 2011


TC126

16/12/10

13:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS Side Frame Trolley

MATERIALS HANDLING

One Mesh End MultiVario System

1582SF

1512

£262

£217

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Platform Trolleys with One Mesh End OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 970 x 500 990 x 1120 x 600 990 x 1120 x 700 990 x 1320 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 985 x 910 x 500 1025 x 1060 x 600 1025 x 1060 x 700 1025 x 1260 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 26 34 37 43

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

ORDER REF 1510 1511 1512 1513

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

ORDER REF 1580SF 1581SF 1582SF 1583SF

PRICE £202.00 £213.00 £217.00 £234.00

Side Frame Trolleys

Double End Mesh Trolley

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 29 35 40 44

3 Sided Mesh Trolley

PRICE £251.00 £260.00 £262.00 £278.00

Mesh Box Cart

1530

1550

£289

£329

1520

£246

Mesh Trolleys OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 950 x 1030 x 500 990 x 1180 x 600 990 x 1180 x 700 990 x 1380 x 800

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 500

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 200

DOUBLE END MESH REF PRICE 1520 £246.00 1521 £258.00 1522 £265.00 1523 £283.00

SIDED MESH REF PRICE 1530 £289.00 1531 £304.00 1532 £307.00 1533 £332.00

MESH BOX CART REF PRICE 1550 £329.00 1551 £348.00 1552 £351.00 1553 £378.00

Accessories & Optional Fittings for Modular Trolleys

126

Blue/Grey Solid Trackless Tyres (set of 4) Factory fitted

Pneumatic Tyres 400kg max capacity Factory fitted

Steel Platform (zinc plated sheet over standard deck)

160mm diameter REF 2186 PRICE £29.00 extra/set

220mm diameter REF 1100 PRICE £126.00 extra/set

850x500 or 1000x600 (please specify size) REF 1280 PRICE £61.00

200mm diameter REF 2187 PRICE £41.00 extra/set

(not suitable for 160mm diameter wheels)

1000x700 or 1200x800 (please specify size) REF 1281 PRICE £73.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Wire Basket

Clipboard A4

For smaller items, powder coated aluminium finish. 600L x 140W x 200Hmm

Wood, with paper clamp and pencil holder.

REF 1291 PRICE £42.00*

REF 12.90 PRICE £32.00*

*Carriage is extra if items are sent separately from trolley

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC127

16/12/10

13:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

✓Tubular welded steel construction with anti-slip waterproof platform and ends

MultiVario System

• Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • 2 fixed & 2 swivel roller bearing wheels • High quality 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyred wheels

12402 12512

MODEL DESCRIPTION

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1160 x 700 x 1000 1360 x 800 x 1000 1760 x 800 x 1000 2160 x 800 x 1000 1210 x 700 x 925 1410 x 800 x 925 1810 x 800 x 925 2210 x 800 x 925 1210 x 700 x 925 1410 x 800 x 925 1810 x 800 x 925 2210 x 800 x 925

PANEL END PLATFORM TROLLEYS

TWO SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS

THREE SHELF TABLE TOP CARTS

12422

£512

£387

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1600 x 800 2000 x 800

MATERIALS HANDLING

Heavy Duty 1200kg Modular Trolleys

£690

CAPACITY (kg) 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

WEIGHT (kg) 45 52 64 96 70 80 103 159 97 108 144 228

ORDER REF 12512 12513 12515 12516 12402 12403 12405 12406 12422 12423 12425 12426

PRICE £387.00 £427.00 £500.00 £628.00 £512.00 £595.00 £749.00 £978.00 £690.00 £829.00 £1043.00 £1386.00

ESD 500kg Trolleys

✓Electrostatic discharge construction for use in electronic and processing environments • Tubular steel and sectional welded steel • Conductive powder coating in dark grey • Screw and plug type construction • HPL composite shelves according to DIN 68765, light grey • 2 castors with wheel locks • 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres 200 x 50mm, hubs with roller bearings

ON SELECTED ITEMS

9402

£587

9512

£415

MODEL DESCRIPTION MESH END PLATFORM CARTS TWO SHELF TROLLEY THREE SHELF TROLLEY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

9422

£819

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1120 x 700 x 990 1320 x 800 x 990 1190 x 700 x 905 1390 x 800 x 905 1190 x 700 x 905 1390 x 800 x 905

TEL: 01446 772614

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500

WEIGHT (kg) 37 43 52 61 70 82

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 9512 9513 9402 9403 9422 9423

PRICE £415.00 £468.00 £587.00 £682.00 £819.00 £951.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

127 2011


TC128

16/12/10

13:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Series 100 Shelf Trolleys 24112522

• 150/200kg ergonomic maximum loads • 100kg top shelf capacity • Shiny zinc coated 22mm tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated or mesh grid shelves • Adjustable shelves and handles • Four 125 x 30mm swivel castors with grey rubber tyres • 10mm shelf lip on lateral edges • Lifetime warranty

£282

24119050

£210

150kg Shelf Trolleys (Solid Shelves) DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 900 x 460 x 890 1150 x 460 x 890

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 750 x 425 1000 x 425

ORDER REF

PRICE

24119030 24119050

£191.00 £210.00

24112532

£348

24112642

£464

24117532

£393

200kg Shelf trolleys DESCRIPTION SOLID SHELVES

GRID SHELVES

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 800 x 460 930 x 460 1180 x 460 1380 x 460 930 x 460 1180 x 460 1380 x 460

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425

TWO SHELVES (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24112222 £263.00 24112322 £267.00 24112522 £282.00 24112622 £295.00 24117322 £301.00 24117522 £312.00 24117622 £329.00

THREE SHELVES (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24112232 £320.00 24112332 £326.00 24112532 £348.00 24112632 £366.00 24117332 £377.00 24117532 £393.00 24117632 £417.00

FOUR SHELVES (1585Hmm) REF PRICE 24112242 £406.00 24112342 £413.00 24112542 £441.00 24112642 £464.00 24117342 £484.00 24117542 £500.00 24117642 £532.00

Series 300 Shelf Trolleys

25242643

£559

• 300kg maximum capacity, top shelves 100kg • Shiny zinc coated 22mm tubular framework • Shelves and handles height adjustable • 10mm shelf lip on lateral edges • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Lifetime warranty • Two swivel and two fixed castors, 160x40mm black rubber tyres

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

300kg Shelf Trolleys DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030/1690 1190 x 650 x 1030/1690 1390 x 650 x 1030/1690 1590 x 650 x 1030/1690 1790 x 650 x 1030/1690

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

TWO SHELVES REF PRICE 25220623 £333.00 25221623 £355.00 25222623 £381.00 25224623 £414.00 25226623 £448.00

FOUR SHELVES REF PRICE 25240643 £482.00 25241643 £519.00 25242643 £559.00 25244643 £609.00 25246643 £658.00

128 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC129

14/12/10

13:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS

Series 100 Platform Trolleys

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 670 x 465 x 960 800 x 465 x 960 1050 x 465 x 960

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 530 x 465 660 x 465 910 x 465

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE ARE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

MATERIALS HANDLING

• 200kg ergonomic maximum load • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Four swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty

FROM

£199

ORDER REF

PRICE

24112212 24112312 24112512

£199.00 £205.00 £211.00

FROM

Series 200 Platform Trolleys

£312

✓Centrally mounted wheels allow turning within trolley radius even under heavy loads

• 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • 2 centre mounted 200 x 50mm wheels, 125 x 32mm swivel castors • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled DESCRIPTION HORIZONTAL HANDLE FROM

£281

VERTICAL HANDLE

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 960 x 520 x 950 960 x 620 x 950 1350 x 620 x 950 1130 x 460 x 1110 1130 x 460 x 1110 1530 x 460 x 1110

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620

ORDER REF

PRICE

24125214 24125314 24125614 24121214 24121314 24121614

£281.00 £281.00 £365.00 £312.00 £312.00 £388.00

Series 300 Platform Trolleys • 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors for maximum stability over long distances • Wire grid on handle end, detachable tubular frame on front • 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Castors 160 x 40mm, black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases • Supplied unassembled OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030 1190 x 650 x 1030 1390 x 650 x 1030 1590 x 650 x 1030 1790 x 650 x 1030

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

ORDER REF

PRICE

25510613 25511613 25512613 25514613 25516613

£258.00 £274.00 £300.00 £321.00 £346.00

FROM

£258

Series 400 Platform Trolleys

✓Reinforced ends and platform for heavy loads FROM

£397 FROM

£331

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

• 500kg ergonomic maximum load • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • 200 x 50mm castors, black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated bases DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1000 x 570 x 1180 1200 x 570 x 1180 1400 x 570 x 1180 1000 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 650 x 1180 1400 x 650 x 1180 1600 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 750 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180 1200 x 850 x 1180 1400 x 850 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 520 1000 x 520 1200 x 520 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1400 x 700 1000 x 800 1200 x 800 1400 x 800

info@storage-design.co.uk

SINGLE HANDLE REF PRICE 25540515 £331.00 25541515 £352.00 25542515 £372.00 25540615 £317.00 25541615 £340.00 25542615 £359.00 25544615 £380.00 25541715 £363.00 25542715 £386.00 25544715 £407.00 25541815 £369.00 25542815 £391.00 25544815 £486.00

DOUBLE HANDLE REF PRICE 25550515 £397.00 25551515 £419.00 25552515 £439.00 25550615 £399.00 25551615 £415.00 25552615 £435.00 25554615 £456.00 25551715 £443.00 25552715 £467.00 25554715 £491.00 25551815 £442.00 25552815 £465.00 25554815 £486.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

129 2011


TC130

16/12/10

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PARCEL & BOX CARTS

Series 100 Parcel Trolleys • 200kg ergonomic maximum load • Two detachable side grids for easier access • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Four swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied unassembled • Lifetime warranty OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 800 x 460 x 1120 930 x 460 x 1120 1180 x 460 x 1120 1380 x 460 x 1120

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425 1200 x 425

FROM

398

£

ORDER REF

PRICE

24118212 24118312 24118512 24118612

£398.00 £392.00 £421.00 £438.00

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Series 300 Parcel Trolleys • 300kg ergonomic maximum load • Lifetime warranty • Detachable side grid, fitted with spring action fasteners • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Two swivel and two fixed castors with roller bearing hubs, 160 x 40mm black rubber tyres • Single height model has low ends and two side grids, double height model has high ends and four side grids • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied unassembled

FROM £

438

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 990 x 650 x 1030/1690 1190 x 650 x 1030/1690 1380 x 650 x 1030/1690 1590 x 650 x 1030/1690 1790 x 650 x 1030/1690

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 600 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600

SINGLE HEIGHT REF PRICE 25820613 £438.00 25821613 £480.00 25822613 £497.00 25824613 £572.00 25826613 £608.00

DOUBLE HEIGHT REF PRICE 25840613 £630.00 25841613 £691.00 25842613 £708.00 25844613 £836.00 25846613 £883.00

FROM £

746

Series 400 Parcel Trolleys • 500kg ergonomic maximum load, reinforced ends • Side gates on both sides for easier access • Handles in 22mm powder coated tube, height adjustable • Shiny zinc coated tubular framework • Two swivel and two fixed castors with roller bearing hubs, 200 x 50mm black rubber tyres • 12mm thick laminated base • Supplied ready assembled • Lifetime warranty

130

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1200 x 650 x 1180 1400 x 650 x 1180 1600 x 650 x 1180 1800 x 650 x 1180 1200 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 750 x 1180 1600 x 750 x 1180 1800 x 750 x 1180 1400 x 850 x 1180 1600 x 850 x 1180 1800 x 850 x 1180

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1000 x 600 1200 x 600 1400 x 600 1600 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1400 x 700 1600 x 700 1200 x 800 1400 x 800 1600 x 800

ORDER REF

PRICE

15861615 15862615 15864615 15866615 15861715 15862715 15864715 15866715 15862815 15864815 15866815

£746.00 £777.00 £810.00 £862.00 £772.00 £808.00 £842.00 £895.00 £817.00 £856.00 £910.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC131

16/12/10

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Light Duty Step Trolleys MATERIALS HANDLING

• 200kg overall capacity, 100kg top shelf • Bright zinc coated tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Light duty models have four 125 x 32mm swivel castors for maximum manoeuvrability • Height adjustable shelves • Top step height 600mm • Supplied in KD form for easy assembly • Lifetime warranty FROM • Clipboards included ALL ITEMS ON THIS £ PAGE ARE SUPPLIED

513

IN KD FORM

24113322 OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 890 x 460 1020 x 460 1270 x 460

24113532 SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 620 x 425 750 x 425 1000 x 425

24113342

TWO SHELF (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24113222 £513.00 24113322 £517.00 24113522 £532.00

THREE SHELF (1120Hmm) REF PRICE 24113232 £568.00 24113332 £573.00 24113532 £594.00

FOUR SHELF (1585Hmm) REF PRICE 24113242 £639.00 24113342 £646.00 24113542 £673.00

Heavy Duty Step Trolleys • 300kg overall capacity, 150kg top shelf • Bright zinc coated tubular framework • 12mm thick laminated shelves • Two 125 x 32mm swivel castors and two 200 x 50mm wheels for extra support • Removable top shelf for movement of bulky goods • Top step height 600mm • Supplied in KD form for easy assembly • Lifetime warranty • Clipboards included

CLIPBOARDS ARE INCLUDED WITH STEP TROLLEYS

FROM

649

£

24123334

24123324 OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1130 x 540 x 1110 1130 x 620 x 1110 1530 x 620 x 1110

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 520 850 x 620 1250 x 620

TEL: 01446 772614

TWO SHELF TROLLEY REF PRICE 24123224 £649.00 24123324 £779.00 24123624 £773.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

THREE SHELF TROLLEY REF PRICE 24123234 £779.00 24123334 £775.00 24123634 £954.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

131 2011


TC132

16/12/10

13:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Ecoline Trolleys ✓200kg / 400kg capacity ✓Comply with EuroNorm 1757-3 UE AL TOP V

A

TOP V

• Tubular welded steel construction • Beech faced particle board decks • 2 fixed castor wheels, 2 swivel with brake • Cushion rubber tyres on roller bearing wheels • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007

LUE

1602 1200

2100

£142

£173

£234

Table Top Cart Shelf heights 185 & 810mm

Storeroom Trolleys

Storeroom Trolleys CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 400 400

OUTER DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 900 x 1100 x 450 900 x 1250 x 600 945 x 1030 x 505 985 x 1180 x 705

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 450 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 700

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 125 160 200

A4 Clipboard Wood, with paperclamp and pencil holder. REF 1290 PRICE £32.00

WEIGHT (kg) 15 20 21 29

ORDER REF

PRICE

1200 1202 2100 2102

£142.00 £166.00 £173.00 £189.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Table Top Carts

2610

£316

1800

£250

2600

£257

Shelf heights 185, 500 & 810mm

Shelf heights 225 & 720mm

Shelf heights 225, 473 & 720mm

Table Top Carts

132

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 300 400 300 400

HANDLES 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OUTER DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 1010 x 1030 x 500 1010 x 1180 x 600 1010 x 1030 x 500 1010 x 1180 x 600 960 x 970 x 505 1000 x 1120 x 705 960 x 970 x 505 1000 x 1120 x 705

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700

TEL: 01446 772614

TOP SHELF LOAD (kg) 80 80 80 TOP & MIDDLE 80 TOP & MIDDLE 120 120 120 TOP & MIDDLE 120 TOP & MIDDLE

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 125 125 125 160 200 160 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 25 28 34 40 29 41 36 51

ORDER REF

PRICE

1600 1602 1800 1802 2600 2602 2610 2612

£198.00 £234.00 £250.00 £291.00 £257.00 £282.00 £316.00 £345.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC133

16/12/10

13:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Heavy Duty Shelf & Tray Trolleys

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 ✓500kg frame capacity ✓90kg max on each upper shelf • All steel welded construction • Powder coated RAL blue 5007 • Beech grain laminated surfaces • 2 fixed and 2 swivel / brake castor wheels

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

8301

£407

8101

8201

£333

£397

Shelf Trolleys DIMENSIONS* W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 1100 1000 x 700 x 1100 1200 x 800 x 1100 1000 x 600 x 1500 1000 x 700 x 1500 1200 x 800 x 1500 1000 x 600 x 1800 1000 x 700 x 1800 1200 x 800 x 1800 *WIDTH EXCLUDES HANDLE PROJECTION

SHELF LEVELS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm)

WHEEL DIA (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

8101 8102 8103 8201 8202 8203 8301 8302 8303

£333.00 £371.00 £429.00 £397.00 £428.00 £496.00 £407.00 £433.00 £499.00

8121

8221

8321

£510

£592

£595

Tray Trolleys DIMENSIONS* W x D x H (mm) 1000 x 600 x 1100 1000 x 700 x 1100 1200 x 800 x 1100 1000 x 600 x 1500 1000 x 700 x 1500 1200 x 800 x 1500 1000 x 600 x 1800 1000 x 700 x 1800 1200 x 800 x 1800 *WIDTH EXCLUDES HANDLE PROJECTION

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF LEVELS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm)

WHEEL DIA (mm)

ORDER REF

PRICE

3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4

270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 630 - 990 - 1350 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500 270 - 700 - 1100 - 1500

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

8121 8122 8123 8221 8222 8223 8321 8322 8323

£510.00 £529.00 £624.00 £592.00 £624.00 £729.00 £595.00 £626.00 £733.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

133 2011


TC134

16/12/10

13:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

Table Top Carts 250kg

✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 for enhanced operator safety ✓250kg capacity ✓80kg capacity on upper and middle shelves • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • 12mm top lip • Shelves made from derived timber board, on angle steel frame • Angled or horizontal push bar • Two swivel, two fixed wheels • 125mm diameter solid rubber tyres

2942

£238

2752

2622

£304

£568

With steel drawers: 25kg load capacity

Table Top Carts TROLLEY TYPE

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

TWO SHELVES TWO SHELVES THREE SHELVES THREE SHELVES TWO SHELVES + 2 DRAWERS TWO SHELVES TWO SHELVES THREE SHELVES THREE SHELVES TWO SHELVES + 2 DRAWERS

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 508 - 820 195 - 820

NUMBER & SIZE OF DRAWERS TWO: 105 x 415 x 490 TWO: 105 x 415 x 490

PUSHBAR TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED

ORDER REF 2940 2942 2950 2952 2922 2740 2742 2750 2752 2622

PRICE £214.00 £238.00 £279.00 £308.00 £571.00 £210.00 £234.00 £276.00 £304.00 £568.00

Table Top Carts - 250kg with Retention Rim

✓250kg capacity ✓80kg capacity on upper and middle shelves ✓Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • Shelves made from derived timber board, on angle steel frame • 50mm high load retention rims • Angled or horizontal push bar • Two swivel, two fixed wheels • 125mm diameter solid rubber tyres

3742

3622

3962

£271

£586

£301

With steel drawers: 25kg load capacity

Table Top Carts with Rim

134

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

TEL: 01446 772614

50mm RETENTION RIM TOP SHELF TOP SHELF TOP & BOTTOM TOP & BOTTOM BOTTOM SHELF TOP SHELF TOP SHELF TOP & BOTTOM TOP & BOTTOM BOTTOM SHELF

NUMBER & SIZE OF DRAWERS TWO: 105 x 415 x 490 TWO: 105 x 415 x 490

info@storage-design.co.uk

PUSHBAR TYPE HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL HORIZONTAL ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED ANGLED

ORDER REF 3940 3942 3960 3962 3922 3740 3742 3760 3762 3622

PRICE £246.00 £275.00 £264.00 £301.00 £589.00 £242.00 £271.00 £264.00 £297.00 £586.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC135

16/12/10

13:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / STAINLESS STEEL

4880

4882

£237

MODEL LIGHT GREY / PALE GREY SILVER METALLIC / BEECH GRAIN

• Bolted tubular steel construction powder coated light grey RAL 7035 or silver metallic • Shelves made of derived timber board pale grey or beech grain • 4 castor wheels, 2 with wheel locks according to the European Standard EN 1757-3 (safety of platform trolleys) • Trackless pneumatic tyres 125 x 32mm • 50kg capacity per shelf

£280

OVERALL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925 900 x 535 x 925

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 260, 530 260, 530, 800 260, 530 260, 530, 800

WEIGHT (kg) 19 24 19 24

ORDER REF 4880 4882 4980 4982

MATERIALS HANDLING

Office Trolleys

PRICE £237.00 £280.00 £251.00 £295.00

5038

£414

5001

£304 5036

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

£344

Modular Stainless Steel Trolleys 5005

£371 5009

£609

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 950 x 700 x 470 950 x 700 x 470 950 x 870 x 570 950 x 870 x 570 1260 x 870 x 570 950 x 1070 x 570 950 x 1070 x 570 1260 x 1070 x 570 950 x 1070 x 670 950 x 1070 x 670 1260 x 1070 x 670

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 630 x 400 630 x 400 800 x 500 800 x 500 800 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 600 1000 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

NO. OF SHELVES 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4

TEL: 01446 772614

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 265, 850 300, 575, 850 265, 850 300, 575, 850 335, 610, 885, 1160 265, 850 300, 575, 850 335, 610, 885, 1160 265, 850 300, 575, 850 335, 610, 885, 1160

✓2, 3 & 4 tray models ✓Versatile modular system

• Tubular CNS (chrome nickel steel) • Supplied in KD form for easy on-site assembly • Deep-drawn shelves with all-round rim • Corner protectors and shielded wheels safeguard furniture • 125mm castor wheels with non-marking tyres • 2 braked wheels comply with EuroNorm 1757-3 • 80kg load capacity per shelf WEIGHT (kg) 12 14.5 15 17 22 16 19 25 17 22 28

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

5036 5038 5001 5005 5009 5011 5013 5015 5017 5019 5021

£344.00 £414.00 £304.00 £371.00 £609.00 £412.00 £483.00 £658.00 £422.00 £497.00 £733.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

135 2011


TC136

14/12/10

13:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / SHELF & TRAY TROLLEYS

2011

All items on this page

All Steel Workshop Carts ✓Welded oil-tight trays suit engineering use

• 2 swivel castors with brake, 2 fixed wheels • Solid rubber tyres with roller bearings • Powder coated in RAL blue 5007 100mm high steel tray with removable grille 4830

4822

2722

416

£

4932

4920

TROLLEY TYPE 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) HORIZONTAL PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 2 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR 3 TRAYS (40mm RIM) ANGLED PUSH BAR LATTICE GRILLE, CATCH TRAY, DRAIN TAP

SHELF HEIGHT (mm) 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 245 - 865 290 - 910 245 - 555 - 865 290 - 600 - 910 195 - 890

TRUCK CAPACITY (kg) 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 250

WHEEL DIA (mm) 160 200 160 200 160 200 160 200 125

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 700 1000 x 600

ORDER REF 4820 4822 4830 4832 4920 4922 4930 4932 2722

PRICE £266.00 £316.00 £330.00 £402.00 £261.00 £311.00 £326.00 £397.00 £416.00

Heavy Duty Carts 500kg

✓500kg truck capacity ✓200kg capacity on shelves above base ✓Resistant to impact and scratches

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

• Durable all steel welded frames • Powder coated finish RAL blue 5007 • Beech grain laminated surfaces • Optional platforms with galvanized steel sheet plating

2442

571

• Two swivel and two fixed wheels

£

• Brakes fitted to swivel castors • 200 x 50mm solid rubber tyres

1278 & 1279 Galvanized Platforms 1000 x 700mm REF 1278 PRICE £60.00 (per shelf) 1200 x 800mm REF 1279 PRICE £73.00 (per shelf)

2402

136

TROLLEY TYPE 2 TIMBER SHELVES 2 TIMBER SHELVES 2 TIMBER SHELVES 3 TIMBER SHELVES 3 TIMBER SHELVES 4 TIMBER SHELVES 4 TIMBER SHELVES

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELF HEIGHT (mm) 275 - 905 275 - 905 275 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 275 - 590 - 905 - 1220 275 - 590 - 905 - 1220

TEL: 01446 772614

TRUCK CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

WHEEL DIA (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

2422

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

ORDER REF 2401 2402 2403 2422 2423 2442 2443

PRICE £292.00 £297.00 £317.00 £450.00 £485.00 £571.00 £614.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC137

17/12/10

11:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Plastic Base Trolleys

✓Manoeuvrable, strong and light ✓120kg - 300kg capacities • Reinforced plastic platforms

• High quality chromium plated metalwork

PLA-150

• Two fixed, two swivel ball bearing castors

£

50

• Polyurethane tyred wheels

150kg CAPACITY

NPLA-T2

79

£

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

SUPERIOR PLASTIC BASED TROLLEYS FOR USE WHERE APPEARANCE OR HYGIENE MATTERS!

NPLA-T3

121

£

TROLLEY TYPE FOLDING SINGLE END TROLLEY TWO SHELF TROLLEY TWO SHELF TROLLEY WITH WIRE RIM THREE SHELF TROLLEY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 150 300 200 150 200

WHEEL DIA (mm) 100 125 125 100 125

TEL: 01446 772614

OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 730 x 490 x 900 910 x 600 x 880 810 x 500 x 920 790 x 490 x 850 810 x 500 x 920

HANDLE HEIGHT (mm) 900 880 920 850 920

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 10 16 21 14 26

ORDER REF

PRICE

PLA-150 PLA-300 NPLA-T2 NPLA-150-T2-HL* NPLA-T3

£50.00 £65.00 £79.00 £104.00 £121.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

137 2011


TC138

16/12/10

14:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Folding Optiliner

✓400kg capacity

• Tubular steel frame, powder coated finish • Ergonomic hinged grip • Easy pedal operated unlock facility • Derived timber material boards with coloured plastic surface • Overall dimensions 975H x 620W x 975L • Platform size 900L x 600Wmm • Loading height 235mm • 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm diameter castors

3601

£273

Folding Optiliner Blue/red Grey/yellow

REF 3301 REF 3302

PRICE £214.00 PRICE £253.00

Optiliner Table Top Cart

✓400kg capacity, 200kg maximum on upper shelf • Tubular steel frame, powder coat finish • Derived timber material boards with coloured plastic surface • Overall dimensions 975H x 600W x 1050L mm • Platform size 900L x 600Wmm • Shelf heights 235mm and 800mm • 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm diameter castors

3302

253

£

Safe vertical stacking

Optiliner Table Top Cart Blue/red REF 3601 PRICE £273.00 Grey/yellow REF 3602 PRICE £309.00

Safe horizontal stacking

400kg CAPACITY

ON SELECTED ITEMS

KW1

£166 KW2

£273

Steel Folding Trolleys

Aluminium Folding Trolleys

• Tubular steel frame, powder coat finish • Derived timber platform with beech grain finish

• Tubular aluminium cart with aluminium platform • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3

✓Robust trolleys for loads 150/250kg

TYPE

138

MINI MAXI

CAPACITY (kg) 150 250

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 720 x 450 900 x 600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CASTORS DIA (MM) 125 160

WEIGHT (KG) 16 25

ORDER REF KW1 KW11

TEL: 01446 772614

✓Lightweight trolleys for 150kg loads

PRICE

TYPE

£166.00 £202.00

MINI MAXI

CAPACITY (kg) 150 150

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 720 x 450 900 x 600

info@storage-design.co.uk

CASTORS DIA (MM) 125 160

WEIGHT (KG) 11 18

ORDER REF KW2 KW12

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £273.00 £357.00

2011


TC139

16/12/10

14:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PLATFORM TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

FROM

62

£

HANDLE FOLDS FOR EASY STORAGE

Folding Mover Trolleys

✓A sturdy range of steel trolleys suitable to manoeuvre smaller goods, ideal for indoor and outdoor use

• Folds flat for compact storage • Fitted with non-slip rubber platforms and scuff resistant corners • Powder coated steel handles AFT/1

67

CAPACITY (kg) 150 300

£

DIMENSIONS CASTORS H x W x D (mm) DIA (MM) 810 x 470 x 730 100 870 x 608 x 907 125

FOLDED ORDER HEIGHT (mm) REF 230 PFBT150 285 PFBT300

PRICE £62.00 £107.00

Fold / Extend Trolley

✓The real space saver! Folds and extends

• Super lightweight aluminium • Weighs only 8kg • 150kg capacity • 100mm rubber castors • Extends to give a platform 630L x 420Wmm • Folds away to only 500L x 420Wmm REF AFT/1 PRICE £67.00

Tray & Container Trolleys

MTS-T3

MTS-T2

£89

£75

✓150kg capacity

• Generous 740 x 480mm non-slip PVC covered steel platforms • Easy steering on 100mm castors • Chromium plated metalwork • PVC buffers all round

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

TROLLEY TYPE 2-TRAY 3-TRAY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 880 880

TRAY HEIGHT (mm) 150 - 700 150 - 425 - 700

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 22 27

ORDER REF

PRICE

MTS-T2 MTS-T3

£75.00 £89.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

139 2011


TC140

11/1/11

10:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

ROLL CONTAINERS MATERIALS HANDLING

Regular Demountables

17.968.3

TWO LOAD RETENTION STRAPS ARE SUPPLIED WITH ALL REGULAR MODELS

£128

17.968HG

£164

COMPLETE 17.968.2 + 17.768

112

£

OPTIONAL SHELF Demountable Roll Containers 500kg Capacity • The standard industrial roll container, widely used throughout Europe • Fully demountable for return loads and storage • Assembles quickly when required • Bright zinc electroplated finish • Smooth running nylon castors - 2 fixed & 2 swivel • Wire base cannot harbour dust • Shelves can be added as required • 100mm wide rod mesh sides • Two straps supplied Demountable Roll Containers 500kg Capacity DESCRIPTION AND INTERNAL CASTORS ORDER PRICE OVERALL H x W x D (mm) HT (mm) (mm) REF 2 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.2 £103.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968.3 £128.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1520 x 715 x 800 1360 100 17.968HG £164.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978.3 £129.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1700 x 715 x 800 1530 100 17.978HG £168.00 2 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.2 £105.00 3 SIDED UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988.3 £132.00 4 SIDED* UNIT 1800 x 715 x 800 1630 100 17.988HG £175.00 SHELF 715 x 800 17.768 £9.00 *4 sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one short side

Cage labelling wrap-around pockets, page 107

Jumbo Demountables • Extra large capacity • Euro standard base 1200 x 800mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish • 500kg capacity • 100mm wide rod mesh sides • Use 3-sided with sleeves for mobile storage applications

COMPLETE 17.200.03 +17.39503

183

£

JUMBO SHELF

17.200HG

£186

3 Sided Jumbo • Overall 1800H x 1200W x 800Dmm • Internal height 1630mm • 125mm castors REF 17.200.03 PRICE £158.00 4 Sided Jumbo* REF 17.200HG PRICE £186.00 Jumbo Shelf REF 17.39503 PRICE £25.00

140 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

*4 sided models have easy loading half drop removable gate on one long side

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC141

16/12/10

14:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

ROLL CONTAINERS MATERIALS HANDLING

19.A118

£149

18.978.2

COMPLETE 18.978.3+19-768

£105

£135

OPTIONAL SHELF

Plastic Base Roll Containers

Split Gate Roll Pallet

• Hygienic and quiet • 500kg load • 2 or 3 sided variants • Red plastic base with steel reinforcement • Steel sides are epoxy coated yellow • Side infill 140 x 340mm • 3rd side & shelf are wire formed, zinc plated finish • Shelves are an optional accessory

• Security “A” frame nestable roll pallet • Re-inforced, robust nestable design • Four sided with 50mm mesh infill to sides • Two piece hinged front gate • 2 fixed and 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors • Bright zinc plated finish

MODEL 2-SIDED 3-SIDED SHELF

INTERNAL H x W x D (mm) 1450 x 720 x 815 1450 x 720 x 815 715 x 800

OVERALL WEIGHT CASTOR ORDER REF PRICE HEIGHT (mm) (kg) DIA (mm) 1630 21.5 100 18.978.2 £105.00 1630 24 100 18.978.3 £126.00 2 17-768 £9.00

CAPACITY (kg) 600

BASE SIZE (mm) 735 x 850

OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) 1690

INTERNAL HEIGHT (mm) 1425

ORDER REF 19.A118

PRICE £149.00

COMPLETE 19.A110+19.768

£168 17.470

19.A116

£286

£120

Nestable for compact storage

Nestable Roll Containers

Security Demountables

• 600kg capacity • Space saving A-frame base design • Large 125mm nylon castors • Folds quickly to rest in compact blocks • Internal height 1460mm • Bright zinc electroplated finish Optional Hinged Shelf REF 19.768 PRICE £9.00

• For ‘high risk’ loads • Can be padlocked or security tagged • 500kg capacity • 50 x 50mm mesh walls and top • Demounts for storage, can be stowed ‘4 in 1’

DESCRIPTION 3 SIDED, NESTABLE 4 SIDED, NESTABLE SECURITY ENCLOSED

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1690 x 735 x 850 1690 x 735 x 850 1690 x 735 x 850

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

MESH (mm) 130 x 405 130 x 405 50 x 50

WEIGHT (kg) 50 54 58

ORDER REF 19.A116 19.A116/4 19.A110

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£120.00 £131.00 £159.00

REGULAR SECURITY JUMBO SECURITY

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1840 x 720 x 805 1850 x 1200 x 800

info@storage-design.co.uk

CASTOR DIA (mm) 100 125

ORDER REF

PRICE

17.470 17.480

£286.00 £390.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

141 2011


TC142

16/12/10

14:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / PARCEL & BOX CARTS MATERIALS HANDLING

Parcel Carts

8482-1

• Made of tubular and sectional steel, welded and bolted construction • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 • Ends and sides made of wire lattice 100 x 100 x 5mm • Platform made of special wood material boards, beech grain surface • 2 fixed wheels and 2 brake castors, solid rubber tyres, hubs with roller bearings • Integrated bolt lock for doors can be padlocked

8482-3

£343

£457

8582-3

£513

8582-1

£385

DESCRIPTION

PARCEL CARTS WITHOUT DOORS

PARCEL CARTS WITH DOORS

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

WHEEL DIA (mm) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800 1000 x 700 1200 x 800

TOTAL HEIGHT (mm) 1500 1500 1800 1800 1500 1500 1800 1800

ORDER REF

PRICE

8482-1 8483-1 8582-1 8583-1 8482-3 8483-3 8582-3 8583-3

£343.00 £377.00 £385.00 £399.00 £457.00 £503.00 £513.00 £560.00

EXTRA SHELVES REF PRICE E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00 E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00 E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00 E8102ETAW £107.00 E8103ETAW £117.00

Heavy Duty Box Carts 750kg

FROM £

SHELF HEIGHTS (mm) 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270

✓Rugged angle steel frames

810

• Open front or with padlockable rod system doors • Complies with EuroNorm 1757-3 • 1790mm high overall • 200 x 50mm rubber tyred castors • Platform height 285mm • 4 adjustable wood material shelves • Shelves at 575, 875, 1175, 1475mm SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED • Powder coated RAL blue 5007 IN KD FORM

DESCRIPTION OPEN FRONT LOCKABLE DOORS

142 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 1000 x 680 1200 x 780 1000 x 680 1200 x 780

ORDER REF

PRICE

3392 3393 4392 4393

£810.00 £962.00 £1100.00 £1351.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC143

16/12/10

14:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Boxwell Mobile Shelving

✓Flexible mobile storage ✓Suits work in progress and finished goods ✓Can be sited underneath racking to provide an integrated storage system

• 900mm wide x 600mm deep units for easy gangway access • 1200/1500/1800mm height options • Supplied fully assembled with steel top & base and 75x25mm steel mesh back & sides • 500kg capacity per unit and 100kg per shelf (UDL) • Supplied with two adjustable shelves (steel or ply) – extra shelves available • Two fixed & two swivel castors for easy steer • Units available with or without security doors • Durable powder coated finish – blue (other colours available)

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm)

SHELF MATERIAL

1355 x 900 x 600 1355 x 900 x 600 1655 x 900 x 600 1655 x 900 x 600 1955 x 900 x 600 1955 x 900 x 600

STEEL PLY STEEL PLY STEEL PLY

OPEN FRONT UNIT ORDER REF XW139060MBXX XW139060PBXX XW169060MBXX XW169060PBXX XW199060MBXX XW199060PBXX

PRICE £380.00 £401.00 £402.00 £422.00 £420.00 £440.00

UNIT WITH SECURITY DOORS (FACTORY FITTED) ORDER REF PRICE XD139060MBXX £480.00 XD139060PBXX £500.00 XD169060MBXX £506.00 XD169060PBXX £526.00 XD199060MBXX £532.00 XD199060PBXX £553.00

EXTRA SHELF (STEEL OR PLY TO SUIT UNIT) ORDER REF PRICE XWES9060MBXX £34.70 XWES9060PBXX £42.00 XWES9060MBXX £34.70 XWES9060PBXX £42.00 XWES9060MBXX £34.70 XWES9060PBXX £42.00

Wire Mesh Box Trucks

✓Load is visible at all times ✓Corner mounted wheels offer best

T30

308

£

stability for heavier loads

• Choice of body styles • Light duty 150kg or heavy duty 500kg • 50 x 50mm wire mesh grid • All steel welded frames • Easy steer wheels pivot about centre axis • 200 x 50mm cushion rubber tyres

ON SELECTED ITEMS

LIGHT DUTY 150kg

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

A

LIGHT DUTY 150kg

HEAVY DUTY 500kg

B PIC

CAPACITY

A B C

LIGHT DUTY 150kg LIGHT DUTY 150kg HEAVY DUTY 500kg

D

HEAVY DUTY 500kg

OVERALL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 1251 x 711 x 940 1251 x 711 x 940 1060 x 715 x 1075 1260 x 815 x 1075 1130 x 725 x 1120 1330 x 825 x 1120

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

C INTERNAL SIZE L x W x H (mm) 914 x 660 x 660 914 x 660 x 660 1000 x 700 x 700 1200 x 800 x 700 1000 x 700 x 800 1200 x 800 x 800

TEL: 01446 772614

D

BODY TYPE / FEATURES

WHEEL STYLE

ORDER REF

PRICE

ANGLE FRAME, HALF OPEN SIDE ANGLE FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE TUBULAR FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE

EASY STEER EASY STEER 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL 2 FIXED, 2 SWIVEL

T30 T31 2772 2773 2762 2763

£308.00 £338.00 £475.00 £509.00 £662.00 £705.00

ANGLE FRAME, HALF HINGED SIDE, DOUBLE HINGED LID WITH LOCKABLE EYELETS

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

143 2011


TC144

16/12/10

14:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Double Container Trolleys

✓Light and easily manoeuvred in tight areas

• Universal distribution trolleys, used in most high street stores and many industrial warehouses • Zinc plated frame with smooth running 125mm castors • With grey/light grey open containers or green containers with captive folding lids • Spare containers are always available - please call for prices

Grey Container Model Trolley supplied with 2 containers: 1070H x 510W x 915Dmm Containers 315H x 350W x 570L internal REF T151G PRICE £216.00

Green Container Model COMPLETE

227

£

Trolley supplied with 2 containers: 1000H x 440W x 970Dmm Containers 285H x 335W x 510L internal REF T5101 PRICE £227.00

COMPLETE

216

£

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

Cargo Truck

UE AL TOP V

• Tubular steel construction, powder coated red • Dimensions as sack truck 1200H x 620W x 550Dmm • Dimensions as platform trolley 930H x 1200W x 550Dmm • 2 x 250mm pneumatic wheels • 2 x 100mm rubber tyred swivel castors

TOP V

✓Load capacity 250kg

2 IN 1 CARGO PLATFORM & SACK TRUCK

LUE

a four wheeled platform trolley

A

✓Easily transforms between a sack truck and

REF CSTPCT PRICE £147.00 CSTPCT

147

£

144 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC145

16/12/10

14:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

250kg Multi Tier Workshop Trolleys ✓Budget priced self assembly trolleys

CS202

£180

MATERIALS HANDLING

• Load capacity 250kg • Easy to manoeuvre • Two & three shelf models • Grey enamel finish • Fitted with push/pull handle for total control • Dimensions 805H x 635W x 1015Lmm • Shelf depth 85mm • 2 swivel and 2 fixed 125mm rubber castors

CS203

£221

Three Tier Workshop Trolley

Two Tier Workshop Trolley

• Shelf heights 150 - 435 - 720mm • Weight 25kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

• Shelf heights 150 - 720mm • Weight 19kg • Supplied in KD form for rapid on-site assembly

REF CS203 PRICE £221.00

REF CS202 PRICE £180.00 CSTT4S

Mesh Sided Platform Truck

196

£

• Four sided platform truck with drop down sides for carrying items over flat or rough terrain • 250kg capacity • 960H x 625W x 1140Dmm • 150mm high sides • 300mm platform height • Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread • Powder coated green REF CSTT4S PRICE £196.00

CS203B

247

£

CSTTFB

263

£

150kg Two Tier Tool Cart

Mesh Flatbed Platform Truck

• Load capacity 150kg • 2 shelf platform truck ideal for transporting boxes and tools • Mesh shelves will not harbour workshop dirt • Epoxy coated blue finish • 250mm pneumatic tyred steel centre wheels • Dimensions: 825H x 510W x 980Lmm • Lower platform height: 335Hmm • Weight: 30kg • Supplied in KD form

• Designed for transporting heavy loads over even or uneven surfaces • Reinforced mesh steel platform/base • 350kg capacity • 40mm raised edge on platform to prevent goods sliding off • Large pneumatic wheels with extra rubber tread • 990H x 608W x 1365Dmm • 380mm platform height

REF CS203B PRICE £247.00

REF CSTTFB PRICE £263.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

145

2011


TC146

16/12/10

14:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / RETAIL TROLLEYS

Warehouse Trolleys ✓Nesting trolleys, thereby reducing storage space by 75% • Handy and manoeuvrable for quick transports and picking • Tublar steel construction • Platforms conical and slightly inclined, made of wire lattice • Finished in blue RAL 5007 • 4 castor wheels, 2 with wheel locks • Soft, trackless tyres 125 x 32mm, bush bearing hubs

2977

2966

£236

£177

SQUARE UPPER PLATFORM CAN BE FOLDED AWAY, 80KG CAPACITY

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

DESCRIPTION SINGLE PLATFORM DOUBLE PLATFORM

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 970 x 575 x 980 970 x 575 x 980

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500/320 715 x 455

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 227 227/755

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300

Cash & Carry Trolleys

WEIGHT (kg) 14 21

ORDER REF

PRICE

2966 2977

£177.00 £236.00

FROM

✓Nesting trolleys, thereby reducing storage space by 75%

£272

• Tublar steel construction, powder coated finish • Anti-slip waterproof plywood board platform • 2 castor wheels and 2 fixed wheels, solid rubber tyres • Castors with wheel locks (EN 1757-3) • Upper shelf capacity for double deck trolley 80kg • Long load trolley with 4 lateral frames, 500/680mm high

Clipboard and basket accessories - see page 126

FROM

£315

FROM

£390

MODEL DESCRIPTION SINGLE DECK TROLLEYS

DOUBLE DECK TROLLEYS

146

LONG LOAD TROLLEYS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700 850 x 500 1000 x 600 1000 x 700

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 265/310 265/310 265/310 265/775 310/820 310/820 265/310 265/310 265/310

TEL: 01446 772614

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 160 200 200 160 200 200 160 200 200

CAPACITY (kg) 400 500 500 400 500 500 400 500 500

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 2960 2961 2962 2970 2971 2972 2980 2981 2982

PRICE £272.00 £292.00 £302.00 £390.00 £446.00 £463.00 £315.00 £336.00 £341.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC147

16/12/10

14:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS / RETAIL TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Shopping Trolleys

✓Unbeatable value • • • • •

Robust nestable design 4 swivel 125mm non marking castors Baby seat and corner bumpers as standard Bright zinc plate lacquered finish In a range of sizes CAPACITY (litre) 100 125 150 180 210

OVERALL L x W x H (mm) 740 x 500 x 1000 790 x 550 x 1000 900 x 550 x 1000 1020 x 550 x 1000 1090 x 580 x 1060

ORDER REF ST100 ST125 ST150 ST180 ST210

FROM

PRICE

£90

£90.00 £97.00 £95.00 £112.00 £117.00

T290

£218

BC181

BC500CC

£152

£254

Nesting Cash & Carry Trolley

Panel Trolley

Narrow Aisle Easy Steer Trolley

• Rugged sprung base trolley • Nests for compact multiple storage • Two fixed and two swivel wheels

• Welded tubular, plate and angle steel, blue hammer finish • Easy steering on two cushion tyred roller bearing wheels

• Welded tubular & angle steel, plywood deck • Easy steering on two oversize centre wheels, plus four supporting castors

BC182

BC2004

BC180

£198

£210

£309

Board Trolley & Basket

Board Trolley

Adjustable Board Trolley

• Welded tubular steel, blue hammer finish • 4 swivel rubber tyred plain bearing wheels

• Welded tubular steel • Plywood deck • 4 swivel rubber tyred plain bearing wheels

• Welded steel chassis with two drop-in frames, adjustable to suit a variety of loads • 2 fixed & 2 swivel wheels

DESCRIPTION CASH & CARRY TROLLEY PANEL TROLLEY NARROW AISLE TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY BOARD TROLLEY

CAPACITY (kg) 400 100 250 200 200 250

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1346 x 762 x 1067 2134 x 455 x 1022 1724 x 381 x 1067 865 x 485 x 965 865 x 485 x 965 1260 x 706 x 970

TEL: 01446 772614

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 1195 x 585 610 x 220 1525 x 380 1210 x 700

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 280 115 290 156 156 280

WHEEL DIA (mm) 125 200 200 / 125 125 125 200

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 21 21 29 15 15 39

ORDER REF T290 BC181 BC500CC BC182 BC2004 BC180

PRICE £218.00 £152.00 £254.00 £198.00 £210.00 £309.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

147 2011


TC148

16/12/10

14:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Faircart Trolleys • Complies with Euronorm 1757-3 (safety of platform trolleys) • Capacities up to 300kg • Tubular and profile welded steel • Powder coated blue RAL 5007 resistant to impact and scratches • Platform made of derived timber material boards, surface beech grain • 2 braked swivel castors and 2 fixed wheels • Cushion rubber tyres • 2 year quality guarantee Specification WHEEL DIA (kg) 125 x 38 150 x 40

17010 17000

£170

£149

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 200 230

CAPACITY (kg) 200 300

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

MODEL OPEN CART MESH END CART

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 987 x 511 x 1033 1137 x 611 x 1033 987 x 511 x 1033 1137 x 611 x 1033

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17000 17001 17010 17011

PRICE £149.00 £165.00 £170.00 £177.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17000/17900 17001/17900 17010/17900 17011/17900

PRICE £169.00 £185.00 £190.00 £197.00

17040

£277 17030

17020

£246

£207

MODEL DOUBLE END CART THREE SIDED CART BOX CART

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1060 x 511 x 1033 1210 x 611 x 1033 1060 x 512 x 1033 1210 x 612 x 1033 1060 x 513 x 1033 1210 x 613 x 1033

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17020 17021 17030 17031 17040 17041

PRICE £207.00 £216.00 £246.00 £256.00 £277.00 £293.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17020/17900 17021/17900 17030/17900 17031/17900 17040/17900 17041/17900

PRICE £227.00 £236.00 £266.00 £276.00 £297.00 £313.00

17070

£311

17060

17050

£256

£192

MODEL TWO SHELF TROLLEY THREE SHELF TROLLEY

148

FOUR SHELF TROLLEY

OVERALL DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 1060 x 511 x 1033 1210 x 611 x 1033 916 x 511 x 1000 1066 x 611 x 1000 916 x 511 x 1500 1066 x 611 x 1500

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600 850 x 500 1000 x 600

TEL: 01446 772614

CAPACITY (kg) 200 200 200 200 200 200

WHEEL DIA 125mm ORDER REF 17050 17051 17060 17061 17070 17071

PRICE £192.00 £224.00 £256.00 £277.00 £311.00 £348.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300

WHEEL DIA 150mm ORDER REF 17050/17900 17051/17900 17060/17900 17061/17900 17070/17900 17071/17900

PRICE £212.00 £244.00 £276.00 £297.00 £331.00 £368.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC149

16/12/10

14:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING MATERIALS HANDLING

Micro Personnel Lifters

✓Meets working at height legislation obligations ✓Compact and manoeuvrable access platforms

✓Designed for internal applications in public access areas such as shops, hospitals, education or leisure facilities

• Fast and accurate elevation • Fits easily through a standard door • Clear sight line when transporting • Volkallan non-marking wheels • Auto-closing entry gates • Inertia belt descent • Non-slip platform surface • Spirit level • Key switched controls and power pack • Overload protection • CE marked • IP65 deadman operated controls • Safety cage with top rail, mid bar & kick plates • Emergency lowering • Auto-cut-off charger unit • EN1757.1 loading compliance • EN280 compliant where applicable Familiarisation Training REF TZIPFT PRICE £128.00 Internal applications - for use with zero wind speed and zero incline / decline

T-ZIP MICRO

T-ZIP MICROLITE, DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR CEILING PANEL ACCESS

TZIPM

6878

£

TZIPML

7834

£

T-Zip Micro SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

T-Zip MicroXL

1320mm 3320mm 20 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 118kg 600 x 600mm 980 x 600mm 1100mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPM £6878.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

TEL: 01446 772614

1620mm 3620mm 24 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 132kg 600 x 600mm 980 x 740mm 1100mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPMXL £7588.00

T-Zip MicroLite SPECIFICATION MAX PLATFORM HEIGHT MAX WORKING HEIGHT LIFT TIME LIFTING CAPACITY SELF WEIGHT PLATFORM SIZE OVERALL SIZE HANDRAIL HEIGHT POWER WHEELS ORDER REF PRICE

info@storage-design.co.uk

2000mm 4000mm 24 seconds 120kg (man + tools) 132kg 480 x 480mm 980 x 740mm 1000mm 2 x sealed 12vDC batteries 2 x fixed, 2 x swivel / braked TZIPML £7834.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

149

2011


TC150

16/12/10

14:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS / POWERED

Powered Stairclimbers & Mobile Tail Lift

✓PowerMate moves heavy and awkward loads on and off vehicles and up and down steps and stairs with maximum speed, safety and professionalism

FROM £

2275

Models Pogo, L, M, & LE • Capacities up to 680kg • 7 flights of 12 tread stairs per battery • Safety braking system as standard • Certificated training included • Operates on tight landings • One-man operation reduced manpower • Minimises physical effort, premises & product damage • In transit charging kit • Delivers to installation point

150

Full range of accessories available for stairclimbers Call us now for details

SPECIFICATIONS

POGOP-2

MODEL L-1

MODEL M-1

MODEL M-2B

MODEL LE-1

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) MAXIMUM HEIGHT DECK/DOCK (mm) MAXIMUM ELEVATION (mm) OVERALL W x D x H (mm) WEIGHT (kg) TOE PLATE (mm) WHEELS 200MM DIA RUBBER FELTED STRAP BAR INCL 3M STRAP LOAD HOLD CLUTCH ONE WAY WHEEL BRAKES FOLD DOWN DOLLY GEL FILLED LEAK PROOF BATTERY ELECTRONIC CHARGER TRUCK CONSTRUCTION ORDER REF PRICE

100 1220 790 550 x 560 x 1220 31 375 x 175 PNEUMATIC 1 (2mm) ✓ SWING WHEEL BRAKES 12V - 20AMP SINGLE PHASE ALUMINIUM/STEEL POGOP-2 £2275.00

295 840 610 x 420 x 1520 45 610 x 100 SOLID 1 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA 12V - 20AMP 220/240V - 4AMP ALUMINIUM L-1 £2568.00

680 840 685 x 430 x 1520 75 610 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 4AMP STEEL M-1 £3042.00

680 840 685 x 430 x 1730 82 685 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ OPTIONAL EXTRA ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 4AMP STEEL M-2B £3216.00

318 1010/840 610 x 540 x 1520 92 610 x 150 SOLID 2 ✓ ✓ 12V - 30AMP 220/240V - 7AMP ALUMINIUM L-E1 £3856.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC151

16/12/10

14:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS / POWERED

Lightweight Powered Stairclimber & Mobile Tail Lift

A full range of accessories is available for our stairclimbers. Call us now!

MATERIALS HANDLING

✓Stanley SC and Sprinter lightweight stairclimbers - quick, quiet and compact ✓Ideal for office environments and highly portable - fits into an estate car

FROM

2902

£

FROM

3058

£

SPRINTER

✓Capacities up to 140kg ✓2 speed operation: 35-48 steps per minute ✓Weighs only 16kg ✓Certificated training included

SC SERIES ✓Capacities up to 310kg ✓8-18 steps per minute ✓Push button control ✓Certificated training included

• Hinged folding toe plate for easy storage • Push button control • Large pneumatic tyres for all surfaces

• Folded frame height 1100mm • Extendible handle for tall loads • Pneumatic tyres – smooth movement on all surfaces

SC SERIES

&

SPRINTER

STANLEY STAIRCLIMBER

SC/190

SC/310

SPRINTER

SPRINTER

MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) FOLDED FRAME HEIGHT (mm) OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) OVERALL WIDTH (mm) WEIGHT INC. BATTERY (kg) BATTERY CAPACITY - STEPS MAXIMUM STEP HEIGHT (mm) TOE SIZE (mm) STRAP WITH BUCKLE (mm) 3-WAY BRAKING SYSTEM TWO STEP CHARGER PNEUMATIC TYRES ORDER REF PRICE

190 1100 1500 520 37.5 300 210 415 x 196 3000 ✓ 260 x 85 SC/190 £2902.00

310 1100 1630 520 40.5 180 210 415 x 196 3000 ✓ ✓ 260 x 85 SC/310 £3562.00

110 1000 1580 485 16 270 210 275 x 236 2500 ✓ 260 x 85 110FOLD £3058.00

140 1000 1580 485 16 220 210 275 x 236 2500 ✓ 260 x 85 140FOLD £3198.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

151 2011


TC152

16/12/10

14:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Four Wheeled Trucks

✓150kg Capacity ✓Compact and manoeuvrable • Flat platform and box body designs • Platform 990L x 533Wmm optional 125mm high body • 200mm rubber tyred wheels

T88

150

£

Flat Platform Model REF T88 PRICE £150.00 Box Body Type REF T88/5 PRICE £152.00

T88/5

152

£

GT42D

181

£

Loading Trolley

✓Excellent general purpose warehouse trolley, strong enough for regular retail use

✓Capacity 250kg

• Tongued and grooved timber deck • Platform 1067L x 610Wmm • 200/125mm rubber tyred castors REF GT42D PRICE £181.00

T91

264

Heavy Duty Balanced Platform Trolleys

£

✓Ruggedly constructed for 400kg capacity ✓Run easily and safely on uneven terrain ✓Perfectly balanced on central axle to turn within their own length

• Selected 25mm tongued and grooved timber deck and end panels • 400mm 4-ply pneumatic tyred wheels on roller bearings • Optional removable sides 200mm high • Steerable from both ends • Welded steel frames Heavy Duty Balanced Platform Trolleys

152

PLATFORM L x W (mm)

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm)

O/A LENGTH (mm)

END PANEL HEIGHT (mm)

REF

1220 x 686 1524 x 762 1829 x 914

457 457 457

1676 1982 2286

203 203 203

T91 T91A T91B

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

PLATFORM + ENDS PRICE

£264.00 £303.00 £353.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

WITH REMOVABLE SIDES REF PRICE

T92 T92A T92B

£339.00 £387.00 £449.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


16/12/10

14:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS MATERIALS HANDLING

Special Value Platform Trucks

✓Immense 500, 750 & 1000kg capacities for intensive industrial use

LUE

• Steering by U-shaped drawbar

UE AL TOP V

• Available as a single platform, fixed ends with slide in sides or fixed ends with hinged sides

TOP V

• Two platform sizes

• All-steel welded construction, with selected tongued and grooved 25mm timber

A

TC153

• 400mm diameter pneumatic tyres fitted to roller bearing wheels cope with the roughest terrain • Optional parking brake REF PB PRICE £85.00 OPTIONAL T-HANDLE STEERING

FROM

£418

FLAT PLATFORM

QUALITY TONGUED AND GROOVED 25MM TIMBER

FROM

FROM

£531

£576

FIXED ENDS & SLIDE IN SIDES

FIXED ENDS & HINGED SIDES

HEAVY DUTY PNEUMATIC TYRES FOR ALL TERRAINS

Platform Trucks DESCRIPTION

FLAT PLATFORM

FIXED ENDS & SLIDE IN SIDES

FIXED ENDS & HINGED SIDES

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 750 750 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 750 750 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 750 750

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762 1525 x 711 1828 x 762

TEL: 01446 772614

TYRE TYPE PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID PNEUMATIC PNEUMATIC SOLID SOLID

HANDLE TYPE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE PRAM PRAM PRAM PRAM T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE T HANDLE

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF T109PQPR T110PQPR T109PQCR T110PQCR T111TQPR T112TQPR T111TQCR T112TQCR T109ESPQPR T110ESPQPR T109ESPQCR T110ESPQCR T111ESTQPR T112ESTQPR T111ESTQCR T112ESTQCR T109HSPQPR T110HSPQPR T109HSPQCR T110HSPQCR T111HSTQPR T112HSTQPR T111HSTQCR T112HSTQCR

PRICE £418.00 £449.00 £477.00 £510.00 £505.00 £620.00 £567.00 £626.00 £531.00 £562.00 £592.00 £623.00 £609.00 £677.00 £669.00 £738.00 £576.00 £608.00 £637.00 £669.00 £659.00 £727.00 £720.00 £788.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

153 2011


TC154

16/12/10

14:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

500kg Turntable Trucks

✓The ideal industrial work horse • 1600 x 710mm platform • 515mm platform height • Precision turntable steering • Roller bearing wheels

500kg CAPACITY

Pneumatic tyres 400 x 100mm REF T511P PRICE £346.00

T511P

Cushion rubber tyres 400 x 100mm REF T511C PRICE £423.00

346

£

Hand Carts • Tubular steel construction • Quality powder coating • 250mm high rail • Water resistant plywood platform • Wheels with pneumatic tyres • Automatic non-slip parking brake

41.03

£230 41.22

£535

41.07

£274

Hand Carts MODEL TYPE HAND CARTS 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 2 WHEELS, T-BAR HANDLE

154

HAND CARTS WITH 4 SIDES 4 WHEELS, SAFETY LOOP HANDLE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 795 x 445 845 x 545 1145 x 545 795 x 445 845 x 545 1145 x 545 945 x 545 1145 x 645

TEL: 01446 772614

TOTAL WIDTH (mm) 680 830 830 680 830 830 600 700

CAPACITY (kg) 200 400 400 200 400 400 400 400

WHEEL DIAMETER (mm) 260 400 400 260 400 400 260 260

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 41.03 41.04 41.05 41.07 41.08 41.09 41.22 41.24

PRICE £230.00 £308.00 £333.00 £274.00 £344.00 £396.00 £535.00 £568.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC155

16/12/10

14:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRUCKS & TROLLEYS

Heavy Duty Hand Trucks

700kg TO 1250kg

comply with Euro Norm 1757-3

✓Modular system allows addition of sides and ends as required

CAPACITIES

• Fully welded steel construction • Impact resistant powder coat finish in RAL blue 5007 • Tubular corner sleeves retain side and end panels • Anti-slip waterproof plywood platform • Crown gear steering • Safety loop handles with drop safety device • Cushion rubber or pneumatic tyred wheel options

BRAKING SYSTEM Automatic braking occurs whenever shaft sinks or rises, with an anti-slip mechanism

MATERIALS HANDLING

✓Professional quality trucks which

FROM

729

£

Quality powder coat finish on shotblasted steelwork

Platform Hand Trucks PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

CAPACITY (kg) 700 1000 1000 1250

SIZE 250 x 60 400 x 80 400 x 80 400 x 80

RUBBER CUSHIONED TYRES REF PRICE 1401 £729.00 1422 £870.00 1404 £980.00 1406 £1099.00

SIZE 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

PNEUMATIC TYRES REF PRICE 1402 £745.00 1403 £812.00 1405 £924.00 1407 £1043.00

FROM

1141

£ Traction Eye (fitted) REF 1441/E PRICE £32.00

Coupling (fitted) REF 1442/C PRICE £72.00

4-Sided Hand Trucks PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 800 1600 x 900 2000 x 1000

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 410 480 480 480

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 700 1000 1000 1250

TEL: 01446 772614

RUBBER CUSHIONED TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 250 x 60 1408 £1141.00 400 x 80 1423 £1282.00 400 x 80 1411 £1418.00 400 x 80 1413 £1598.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

SIZE 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

PNEUMATIC TYRES REF 1409 1410 1412 1414

PRICE £1157.00 £1159.00 £1363.00 £1542.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

155 2011


TC156

16/12/10

14:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

SACK TRUCKS / SPECIAL PURPOSE TRUCKS

Appliance Trucks

✓Rugged trucks for heavy or bulky loads ✓Stairclimbers and carrier spar options • Widely spaced handles for best control • Rubber padded frame will not scratch load • 450 x 150mm footplate with non-slip cover GK2

11042

246

272

£

Carrier Spar (for two-man use on stairs) REF 1053 PRICE £35.00

£

350kg capacity Overall 1150H x 650Wmm 260 x 85mm pneumatic tyres REF GK2 PRICE £246.00

350kg capacity Overall 1425H x 650Wmm 260 x 85mm pneumatic tyres REF 11042 PRICE £272.00

Heavy Duty Chair Carrier

✓Suits most types of stacking chairs ✓Robustly made for 300kg carrying capacity

BC142

• Variable lifting arm height, 70kg capacity • Powder coated tubular steel • Weight 16kg • 260 x 85mm all terrain pneumatic tyres on roller bearings • 1300H x 580Wmm, arms 500L x 250Wmm

£151

B1335L

185

£

REF B1335L PRICE £185.00

When not in use as a chair carrier, the arms fold down to allow use for other purposes, 300kg capacity

Economy Chair Carrier

✓Simple low-cost design

✓Suits chairs with protruding rear feet

156

• Capacity 200kg • Weight 12kg • 560W x 150Dmm foot well • 200 x 50mm cushion rubber roller bearing wheels • 1150H x 560Wmm overall REF BC142 PRICE £151.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC157

16/12/10

14:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STAIRCLIMBER TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

Folding Toe Stairclimber

✓The all purpose on-van delivery truck • Star wheels ‘walk’ from step to step • Folds compactly for transit • Capacity 180kg • Weight 19kg • 150 x 40mm rubber plain bearing wheels • Footplate 350W x 410Lmm • Overall 1143H x 555Wmm REF BC386 PRICE £199.00

BC386

BC152

199

170

£

£

Heavy Duty Stairclimber

✓For safe handling of goods up and down stairs or kerbs • 300kg capacity • Weight 21kg • Twin star-wheel assemblies "walk" from step to step • 475W x 170Dmm foot • 160 x 45mm star-wheels • Overall 1425H x 480W x 530Dmm REF BC152 PRICE £170.00

TK1325

£233

£328

£297

Steel Stairclimber

✓An ideal general purpose stairway truck • 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Sturdy welded construction • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm REF TK1325 PRICE £233.00

Aluminium Stairclimber

Combi Stairclimber & Sack Truck

✓2-in-1 design

Lightweight, strong and very easy to handle • 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Braced aluminum frame • 2 three-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with three 160x40mm solid rubber tyres • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm REF AK1325 PRICE £297.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TK1327

AK1325

TEL: 01446 772614

✓Large wheels allow use as regular sack truck

• 200kg capacity • Safety handles • Pneumatic tyres 260 x 85mm, roller bearings • 2 five-armed wheel spiders, each equipped with 5 solid rubber tyres 125mm dia. • Footplate 320W x 250Lmm • Overall 1300H x 590Wmm

info@storage-design.co.uk

REF TK1327 PRICE £328.00 www.storage-design.co.uk

157

2011


TC158

16/12/10

14:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SACK TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

Economy Sack Truck

✓Big on performance, low on price • 305W x 190Dmm foot • 165 x 50mm rubber plain bore wheels • 1000H x 450Wmm overall • Weight 11.5kg • 150kg capacity

Heavy Duty Sack Truck

✓Heavy duty angle iron frame ✓Extra large foot • Capacity 300kg • 380W x 320Dmm foot • 1140H x 550Wmm overall • 200 x 50mm rubber tyres • Weight 20kg

REF BC.129 PRICE £75.00

REF BC157 PRICE £107.00

BC157 BC.129

107

£

75

£

Kerb ramps available, see page 341 Quality British trucks, with superior powder coat finish

BC139 BC149

£94

BC149HET

BC149X

£125

£149

£120

IDEAL FOR NARROW DOORWAYS

200kg Warehouse Trucks ✓Centre strap design suits all types of load

158

Standard Truck

Extended Footplate

Pneumatic Tyres

Narrow Truck

• 420W x 200Dmm foot • 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels • 1120H x 530Wmm overall • Weight 15kg

• 420W x 280Dmm foot • 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels • 1120H x 530Wmm overall • Weight 15kg

• 420W x 200Dmm foot • 260 x 85mm 4-ply pneumatic roller bearing wheels • 1120H x 530Wmm overall • Weight 16kg

• 420W x 200Dmm foot • 200 x 50mm rubber roller bearing wheels • 1120H x 420Wmm overall • Weight 15kg

REF BC149 PRICE £94.00

REF BC149HET PRICE £125.00

REF BC149X PRICE £149.00

REF BC139 PRICE £120.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC159

16/12/10

14:30

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SACK TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

Folding Toe Trucks BC158

£123 BC299

£85 K1115L

£154 K1116L

£166

✓Space saving trucks, ideal for boot of car ✓Instantly unfold ready for use ✓Tough powder coat finish

✓Pneumatic tyred trucks for all terrain use ✓Powder coat finish • Both models have collapsible lifting blade and one with a second fixed footplate • Impact and scratch resistant finish • Trackless tyres with roller bearing hubs

• Lightweight model weighs just 6kg and carries 100kg • Heavy duty model weighs 15kg and carries 200kg CAPACITY (kg) 100 200

FOOTPLATE L x W (mm) 360 x 310 410 x 355

OVERALL H x W (mm) 990 x 485 1140 x 555

CUSHION TYRES 150 x 40 200 x 50

WEIGHT (kg) 6 15

ORDER REF BC299 BC158

PRICE £85.00 £123.00

CAPACITY FOOTPLATE (kg) L x W (mm) 250 500 x 330 250 150x500 / 400x330

OVERALL PNEUMATIC H x W (mm) TYRES 1150 x 620 260 x 85 1150 x 620 260 x 85

WEIGHT ORDER (kg) REF 14.5 K1115L 14.5 K1116L

PRICE £154.00 £166.00

Super 3-Way Truck

✓A truck designed to convert from a basic sack truck into either a four wheeled angled sack or platform truck

300kg CAPACITY

• Fitted with a 100mm diameter double rear castors that provide extra stability • Square tube frame construction • Powder coated in red • 300kg capacity • Overall dimensions 1290H x 470W x 450Dmm • Toe plate 470W x 190Dmm REF CS3PT PRICE £224.00

CS3PT

224

£

3 IT’S A BASIC SACK TRUCK! STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

1

Trucks in

IT’S A PLATFORM TRUCK! TEL: 01446 772614

IT’S A STABLE 4-WHEEL TRUCK!

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

159 2011


TC160

16/12/10

14:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

Stacker Truck

✓For high stacked carton loads ✓350kg capacity B1330L

£155

B1125L

£114 ▲

MATERIALS HANDLING

SACK TRUCKS

With replaceable plastic skids

B1115L

£118

Ecoline Steel Sack Trucks • Capacities to 300kg • Cushion rubber or pneumatic tyred wheel options • Roller bearing hubs • Scratch resistant epoxy powder coating in RAL blue 5007 FOOTPLATE SIZE L x W (mm) 150 x 400 250 x 320 250 x 320

OVERALL SIZE H x W (mm) 1150 x 620 1150 x 570 1300 x 580

CAPACITY (kg) 250 200 300

CUSHION RUBBER TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 250 x 60 B1115 £118.00 250 x 60 B1125 £114.00 250 x 60 B1330 £155.00

PNEUMATIC TYRES SIZE REF PRICE 260 x 85 B1115L £118.00 260 x 85 B1125L £114.00 260 x 85 B1330L £155.00

A1125L

£171 With replaceable plastic skids

A1325L

G102

£197

WEIGHS ONLY 7KG

A1330L

£202

245

£

• All welded tubular steel frame • Powder coated in RAL blue 5007 • Impact and scratch resistant • Cushion rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels • Hubs with roller bearings • Fixed lifting blade 250L x 300Wmm • Overall height 1600mm, width 570mm

Lightweight Aluminium Sack Trucks

Cushion Rubber Tyres, 250 x 60mm Weight 18kg REF G102 PRICE £245.00

160

Pneumatic Tyres, 260 x 85mm Weight 16kg REF G102L PRICE £245.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

• Constructed from prime tubular aluminium • Very light and easy to use • Pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearing hubs • Capacities to 200kg CAPACITY (kg) 150 200 200

TEL: 01446 772614

HEIGHT (mm) 1150 1300 1300

FOOTPLATE LENGTH (mm) 250 250 250

FOOTPLATE OVERALL PNEUMATIC WIDTH (mm) WIDTH (mm) TYRES 230 570 260 x 85 320 570 260 x 85 320 570 260 x 85

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 7 8 9

ORDER REF A1125L A1325L A1330L

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £171.00 £197.00 £202.00

2011


TC161

16/12/10

14:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SACK TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

CS258

£66

CS161

£80

CS662

£107

Economy Sack Truck

Universal Sack Truck

Folding Truck

• Durable powder coat finish • 100kg capacity • Weight 10kg • 200mm solid rubber tyres • 1000H x 470W x 410Dmm • 410W x 180Dmm footplate

• Welded all steel construction with braced frame for extra rigidity • 100kg capacity • Weight 8kg • 200mm solid rubber tyres • 1085H x 505W x 475Dmm • 350W x 260Dmm footplate

• Ideal for deliveries, easily carried in car/van • Fold away toe for compact storage • 100kg capacity • Weight 5kg • 150mm solid rubber tyres • 1020H x 360W x 170Dmm • 300W x 380Dmm footplate

REF CS662 PRICE £107.00

REF CS161 PRICE £80.00

REF CS258 PRICE £66.00

CSPHPTST

£99

CS360

CSTAST

£191

£72

Collapsible Truck

P Handle Truck

Stairclimber Truck

• 90kg capacity • Lightweight aluminium • Collapses in overall size for compact storage • Telescopic handle • Folding footplate • 150mm dia cushion rubber wheels • Extended 1105H x 400Wmm • Folded 740H x 400Wmm • Toeplate 355W x 240Dmm

• P handle design for one handed operation when moving lighter/taller loads • 200kg capacity • Steel concave frame • Pneumatic wheels • Powder coated in red • Overall 1310H x 540W x 475Dmm • Toeplate 350W x 220Dmm • 260mm dia wheels

• Safe working load on stairs - 50kg • 120kg maximum load as a sack truck • 3 star wheel arrangement • Weight 15kg • 200mm pneumatic tyred wheels • Overall 1160H x 605W x 795Dmm • Fixed toe plate 410W x 200Dmm • Folding toe 395W x 460Dmm

REF CSTAST PRICE £72.00

REF CSPHPTST PRICE £99.00

REF CS360 PRICE £191.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

161 2011


TC162

14/12/10

13:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

SACK TRUCKS

Budget Fold Flat Truck

✓Carries 90kg ✓Weighs just 9.8kg

• Simple push-button handle extension • Wheels extend automatically when platform is lowered • Elasticated load retainer straps • Folds away to 690 x 490 x 60mm • Footplate 485 x 260mm • Non-marking 185mm wheels REF BC2A PRICE £57.00

BC2A

£57

JUST 60mm THICK WHEN FOLDED

Premium Fold Flat Trucks

✓Capacities 50-250kg ✓So quick and simple to extend • Premium quality aluminium & steel tube construction • Non-slip cast aluminium footplate • Comfortable non-slip hand grips • Integral elasticated strap for safe load retention • Non-marking polymer wheels with roller bearings (50/125kg models) • Pneumatic tyres on roller bearing wheels (250kg model)

1730

1732

1735

£83

£114

£259

Ready to use within a few seconds!

Premium Fold Flat Trucks

162 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CAPACITY (kg) 50 125 250

TEL: 01446 772614

OVERALL H x W (mm) 1030 x 390 1090 x 488 1190 x 660

FOLDED H x W x D (mm) 595 x 390 x 50 765 x 488 x 64 855 x 660 x 135

FOOTPLATE L x W (mm) 300 x 385 320 x 480 450 x 595

info@storage-design.co.uk

WHEEL DIA (mm) 127 170 220

WEIGHT (kg) 3.2 5.2 12.6

ORDER REF

PRICE

1730 1732 1735

£83.00 £114.00 £259.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC163

16/12/10

14:32

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

GAS CYLINDER HANDLING / DRUM HANDLING MATERIALS HANDLING

Gas Cylinder Trucks ✓Ergonomic designs ✓Precision welded steelwork • Quality epoxy powder coated finish • Free draining punched toe plates • Galvanised chains retain cylinders in position • Quiet running rubber tyred wheels • Unique rear wheel support attachments may be fitted by the user at any time • Bolt-on frames with 100mm rubber tyred castor REMOVABLE WHEEL ATTACHMENT SOLD SEPARATELY EG: SCT/280 + RW/PT47/SCT280 FROM

£156

FROM

£95

UNIVERSAL 280 TRUCK

PROPANE TRUCK

OXY-ACETYLENE TRUCK

OXY-PROPANE TRUCK

• Cylinders up to 280mm dia • 1050H x 483W x 520Dmm • 200mm wheels • Weight 10kg

• For 47kg Propane cylinders • 1050H x 583W x 520Dmm • 200mm wheels • Weight 11kg

• 240/290mm max cylinder dia • 1050H x 760W x 520Dmm • 300mm wheels • Weight 17kg

• 240/410mm max cylinder dia • 1050H x 880W x 520Dmm • 300mm wheels • Weight 18kg

Single Cylinder Trucks

Double Cylinder Trucks

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

UNIVERSAL 280 TRUCK PROPANE TRUCK REAR WHEEL KIT (SINGLE CYLINDER)

SCT/280 PT/47 RW/PT47/SCT280

£95.00 £95.00 £68.00

OXY-ACETYLENE TRUCK OXY-PROPANE TRUCK REAR WHEEL KIT (DOUBLE CYLINDER)

OACT OPCT RW/OACT/OPCT

£156.00 £169.00 £90.00

Drum Trucks

✓A modern design of truck with optional load support wheels

Cylinder Holders

• Designed for 210 litre steel drums • Epoxy powder coated finish • Rear wheel attachment can be added at any time • Capacity 270kg • Weight 21kg • 1520L x 620W x 420Hmm • 250mm rubber tyred wheels 2-Wheel Drum Truck REF DT/1 PRICE £195.00 Drum Truck with Rear Wheels With 80mm rubber load castors REF DT/RW PRICE £265.00 Rear Wheel Attachment Kit for 2-wheel model REF RW/DT PRICE £77.00 DT/RW

265

£

Wall Brackets

Cylinder Stand

• Tubular design • Epoxy coated steelwork • Bright zinc plated chains • For cylinders up to 280 dia

• For all cylinders up to 280mm dia • Solid steel baseplate • Locking access bars • Epoxy coated steelwork

2-Cylinder Bracket 650mm long REF CWB/2W PRICE £45.00 3-Cylinder Bracket 965mm long REF CWB/3W PRICE £54.00

Rear wheel attachment STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Cylinder Stand 600H x 340W x 310Dmm REF CS/280 PRICE £98.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

163 2011


TC164

14/12/10

13:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

GAS CYLINDER HANDLING / DRUM HANDLING

Gas Cylinder Trolleys

✓Designed for the handling and

51005

£139

transportation of gas cylinders

• 50-150kg capacities • Fully welded tubular steel construction • Powder coated blue finish, RAL 5007 • Support chain for securing bottles • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred models • Models 51021 and 51022 fitted with supporting castor CAPACITY (kg) 50 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150

HEIGHT (mm) 1000 1100 1100 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300

£341

£229

TOTAL WIDTH (mm) 505 760 760 830 830 830 830 925 925 1020 1020

NO. BOTTLES SIZE (Litres / kg) 2 x 10 2 x 20 2 x 20 2 x 40-50 2 x 40-50 2 x 40-50 2 x 40-50 1 x 50, 1 x 33 1 x 50, 1 x 33 2 x 33 2 x 33

Cylinder Stand

SOLID RUBBER TYRES (mm) 200 x 50 250 x 60 400 x 80 400 x 80 400 x 80 400 x 80 -

PNEUMATIC TYRES (mm) 260 x 85 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100 400 x 100

WEIGHT (kg) 7 17.5 15 33 23 38 28 35 25 38 28

ORDER REF 51005 51006 51007 51011 51012 51021 51022 51031 51032 51041 51042

PRICE £139.00 £229.00 £229.00 £277.00 £263.00 £357.00 £341.00 £366.00 £351.00 £445.00 £429.00

Wall Brackets

• Stand for 2 bottles, each 40-50 litre contents, 204-229mm diameter • Steel section/sheet steel design • Powder coated blue finish (RAL 5007) • Pre-drilled for connecting or for wall fixing • Secured with chain

• Wall mounting for 1-3 steel bottles, bottle diameter 140, 230 and 320mm • Steel sheet construction, pre-drilled u-shaped rail for wall fixing • Secured with chain • Hot dip galvanised

51150

£149

NO. BOTTLES 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3

REF 51150 PRICE £149.00

ORDER REF 51114 51123 51132 51214 51223 51232 51314 51323 51332

PRICE £30.00 £37.00 £42.00 £47.00 £61.00 £75.00 £70.00 £84.00 £114.00

2081

£220

• 2080/2081 designed for 120-220 litre plastic drums, all other models designed for 200 litre rimmed drums • Welded tubular steel construction with durable powder coated finish • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres • Tension belt safely secures drums • Support wheels are fitted to some models for stability • Plastic drum trolley can be rested horizontally to allow easy drum dispensing. Supplied with tension belt to secure drums DESCRIPTION STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, NO SUPPORTING CASTOR WHEEL STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, 1 SUPPORTING CASTOR 200x50mm STEEL DRUM TROLLEY, 2 SUPPORTING CASTORS 160x40mm TROLLEY FOR 120-220 LITRE PLASTIC DRUMS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

BOTTLE DIA (mm) 140 230 320 140 230 320 140 230 320

SUITABLE FOR ALL RIMMED 200 LITRE DRUMS

Drum Trolleys

164

51022

51006

1072

£247

CAPACITY (kg) 300 300 300 300 300 300 250 250

TEL: 01446 772614

SIZE H x W (mm) 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1600 x 680 1300 x 640 1300 x 640

SOLID RUBBER TYRES (mm) 250 x 60 250 x 60 250 x 60 250 x 60 -

PNEUMATIC TYRES (mm) 260 x 85 260 x 85 260 x 85 260 x 85

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (kg) 17.5 15 23.5 21 24.5 22 20.5 18

ORDER REF

PRICE

1065 1066 1071 1072 2078 2079 2080 2081

£232.00 £232.00 £247.00 £247.00 £301.00 £301.00 £220.00 £220.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC165

16/12/10

14:33

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DRUM HANDLING MATERIALS HANDLING

Drum Caddy • Drum caddy will handle 140/210 litre steel & plastic drums • Removable handle is used to tilt drums for positioning and doubles up as a bung key • Capacity 500kg • Weight 17kg • Overall size 950H x 750W x 570Dmm

WRDC500

£179

Tilt handle also acts as drum key

REF WRDC500 PRICE £179.00

Drum Porter Plus • Will handle 210 litre drums on and off bund pallets as well as regular pallets • Capacity 450kg • Weight 165kg • Drum lift 500mm • Lift per stroke 12mm • Max drum size 915L x 572 dia • Dimensions 900L x 1020Wmm • Max height in lowered position 1250mm • Max height in raised position 1380mm

WRDTF450

£1127

REF WRDTF450 PRICE £1127.00

WRDTR250

£531 WRDT250

£416 WRDTW250

£434

Override Drum Porter

Drum Porter

Wide Straddle Drum Porter

• Easy to use it lifts the drum hydraulically off the floor for transportation and smoothly lowers it via a spring return knob • Capacity 250kg • Weight 40kg • Max drum size 915L x 572 dia • Drum lift 345mm • Lift per stroke 22mm • Dimensions 1000H x 780W x 810Lmm

• Enables lifting of 210 litre drums off 800mm wide Europallets • Fitted with parking brake • Capacity 250kg • Max drum dia 572mm • Drum lift 345mm • Lift per stroke 22mm • Inside straddle 850mm • Outside O/A straddle 1015mm

• Wide straddle & cantilever frame to pass over Europallets (800mm max width) • Also allows drums to be lifted from corners of spillage containment units • Capacity 250kg • Max drum dia 572mm • Max drum height 1180mm • Min drum height 910mm • Inside straddle 850mm • Outside O/A straddle 980mm

REF WRDT250 PRICE £416.00

REF WRDTW250 PRICE £434.00

REF WRDTR250 PRICE £531.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

165 2011


TC166

16/12/10

14:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

DRUM HANDLING

Drum Lifter

✓Provides a simple yet highly effective safe handling solution for rapid transfer of steel drums

• Secured to forks by zinc plated thumb screws • Minimum moving parts for low maintenance • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety • Fully automatic with no intervention from forklift driver CAPACITY (kg) 500 1000

No OF DRUMS 1 2

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 125 x 50 125 x 50

FORK CENTRES (mm) 408 408

ORDER REF IDL-1 IDL-2

FULLY AUTOMATIC

PRICE £428.00 £535.00

IDL-1

428

£ STEEL JAW GRIPS DRUM FIRMLY

Rim Grip Drum Handler

✓This versatile and efficient attachment allows automatic and safe handling of steel and plastic ring drums.

✓Can handle drums of varying diameters as well as damaged or open top drums.

• Forged and hardened steel jaw grip • Secured safely to forks with zinc plated thumb screws • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety • Fully automatic with no intervention from forklift driver

IRG-2

1010

CAPACITY (kg) 750 1500

£

No OF DRUMS 1 2

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 125 x 50 125 x 50

FORK CENTRES (mm) 412 412

ORDER REF IRG-1 IRG-2

PRICE £719.00 £1010.00

IDTL-1

ICTL-1

687

687

£

£

Drum Tilter

Crane Slung Drum Tilter

✓Designed for controlled and effortless pouring of

✓An Ideal alternative for the movement and controlled

✓Fitted with worm gear box which features full 360

✓Ideally used where a fork lift truck is inaccessible

contents of steel drums

pouring of contents of steel drums

degrees rotation and unique locking facility enabling drums to be held at an angle

and an overhead crane is available

• Robust gearbox complete with torque limiter • Lifting eye suitable for hook attachment • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety • Hand wheel and looped chain models available

• Robust gearbox complete with torque limiter • Safely secured to forks with zinc plated thumb screws • Polyester powder coated in bright orange for safety • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck

166

TILT MECHANISM HAND WHEEL LOOPED CHAIN

CAPACITY (kg) 360 360

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 150 x 50 150 x 50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

FORK CENTRES (mm) 869 869

ORDER REF IDTL-1 IDTL-2

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £687.00 £825.00

TILT MECHANISM HAND WHEEL LOOPED CHAIN

info@storage-design.co.uk

CAPACITY (kg) 360 360

ORDER REF ICTL-1 ICTL-2

PRICE £687.00 £825.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC167

16/12/10

14:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / PALLET ROTATORS MATERIALS HANDLING

Pallet Pal Level Loader

✓A unique power-free automatic level loader. Simple, robust and efficient.

P-PAL

1921

£

P-BELL

SUITS PALLET LOADS FROM 200kg - 2000kg

£467

• Integral turntable allows operator to turn the load and always work from the nearside • Eliminates bending and stretching associated with loading pallets at floor level • Heavy duty springs maintain the top of the pallet load at a comfortable working height • As the load increases the platform goes down, as the load decreases it goes up • Suitable for applications with fork truck access and pallet loads between 200-2000kg • Requires no floor fixings • Overall size - 1110W x 1220Lmm • Turntable 1100 dia • Maximum height 700mm • Lowered height 240mm • Unit weight - 160kg REF P-PAL PRICE £1921.00

Bellows Guard • Encloses mechanism and prevents dirt ingress • Simply fits over the Pallet Pal • Concertina design moves with the Pallet Pal REF P-BELL PRICE £467.00

Pal-Disc Pallet Turntable

Pal-Ring Pallet Turntable

P-DISC

£920

P-RING

£386

✓Ramped edge for easy pallet truck loading ✓Ultra low profile ideal in space confined areas

Tine Lug screws into centre boss for forktruck lifting

• Free turning - does not tighten or bind under load • 2000kg capacity • Virtually maintenance free • Lock prevents accidental rotation • Tine lug included

✓Simple and cost effective ✓Ideal for pallet loading and stripping • Robust, lightweight construction • Free turning - does not tighten or bind under load • Supplied either with handles or bolt down lugs for floor fixing

• Turntable diameter 1100mm • Unit weight 100kg

• Can be adapted to suit a variety of applications, including mounting onto a scissor lift • Height 60mm • Overall diameter 1110mm

REF P-DISC PRICE £920.00

• 2000kg capacity • Unit weight 25kg

• Height 22mm • Overall diameter 1240mm

REF P-RING PRICE £386.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

167 2011


TC168

16/12/10

14:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CONVEYORS MATERIALS HANDLING

System 25 Gravity Conveyor

✓Track supplied fully assembled, simply bolt stand to track for finished item.

✓Smooth, snag-free side frames

• Ideal for conveying cartons & tote bins • Spring loaded rollers, zinc plated • Epoxy coated powder blue finish, 18-E-53 • Standard track lengths 1.5m and 3m • Standard widths 300 / 450 / 600 / 750mm

Adjustable Stands

Designing Your Conveyor ROLLER PITCH The load must be in contact with at least 3 rollers at all times. Loads without a rigid base should be supported on a flat tray.

STANDS The maximum distance between stands should not exceed 1500mm. Stands should also be positioned where tracks are joined.

Stands must be ordered separately as they are not included as standard

GRADIENT Where gravity movement is required the gradient should not exceed 1:25.

HEIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF CONVEYOR (mm) 305-420 420-640 560-920 840-1040 1041-1240 1241-1440

✓1.5m conveyor sections only are listed. 3m sections are readily available, at exactly twice the 1.5m price.

300/450 WIDE 600 WIDE ORDER PRICE ORDER PRICE REF REF CSST345 £44.00 CSST390 £53.00 CSST445 £50.00 CSST490 £54.00 CSST545 £48.00 CSST590 £60.00 CSST845 £57.00 CSST890 £63.00 CSST1045 £58.00 CSST1090 £68.00 CSST1245 £63.00 CSST1290 £72.00

WIDTH + 80mm

WIDTH + 80mm

WIDTH + 80mm 90mm

60mm

60mm

98mm

50mm Dia Rollers Rated 100kg Per Roller

70.5mm

50mm Dia Rollers Rated 45kg Per Roller

63mm

35mm Dia Rollers Rated 25kg Per Roller

1.5m Long Roller Conveyors ROLLER PITCH 50mm 75mm 100mm 125mm 150mm

25kg RATED ROLLER 300mm 450mm 600mm CS5025/300 CS5025/450 CS5025/600 £275.00 £296.00 £320.00 CS7525/300 CS7525/450 CS7525/600 £204.00 £219.00 £235.00 CS10025/300 CS10025/450 CS10025/600 £169.00 £180.00 £193.00 CS12525/300 CS12525/450 CS12525/600 £148.00 £157.00 £168.00 CS15025/300 CS15025/450 CS15025/600 £134.00 £142.00 £151.00

300mm CS7545/300 £241.00 CS10045/300 £197.00 CS12545/300 £170.00 CS15045/300 £152.00

45kg RATED ROLLER 450mm CS7545/450 £264.00 CS10045/450 £211.00 CS12545/450 £184.00 CS15045/450 £165.00

600mm CS7545/600 £287.00 CS10045/600 £232.00 CS12545/600 £199.00 CS15045/600 £177.00

300mm CS75100/300 £212.00 CS100100/300 £173.00 CS150100/300 £134.00

100kg RATED ROLLER 450mm 600mm CS75100/450 CS75100/600 £232.00 £258.00 CS100100/450 CS100100/600 £189.00 £208.00 CS150100/450 CS150100/600 £150.00 £158.00

750mm CS75100/750 £281.00 CS100100/750 £243.00 CS150100/750 £182.00

Above prices are for track only, see above table for stand prices. Rollers can be purchased individually POA.

168

Please call us for a quotation on all these options:

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

✓Ball Tables ✓Hinged Gates ✓Side Guides ✓End Stops

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC169

16/12/10

14:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING

472

£

Folding Workshop Crane

✓Self standing and completely mobile when in the folded position

• 1000kg or 2000kg maximum capacities • 3 position telescopic jib 1000kg model: 700/800/1000kg positions 2000kg model: 1500/1700/2000kg positions • Double acting pump unit • Heavy duty swivel hook with safety catch • Pressure relief valve to prevent overloading MAXIMUM CAPACITY (kg) 1000 2000

OVERALL SIZE L x W (mm) 1630 x 1120 1900 x 1165

HOOK HEIGHT (mm) FLOOR - 2445 FLOOR - 2705

ORDER REF WRSC1000 WRSC2000

MATERIALS HANDLING

WRSC1000

PRICE £472.00 £584.00

Folds for compact storage!

2000kg CAPACITY

TRS/1

7891

£

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

Tow Tractors

✓Clean & quiet solution for load moving ✓Pedestrian operated powered tow tractors designed for use throughout warehouses, factories, hospitals, external sites etc. SAFETY FEATURES • Variable stepless speed control for precise handling • Brake automatically applied when handle is released • Anti-pinning safety button • Emergency reverse traction • Electric horn

✓Demonstration available ✓On-site service available

✓Certificated training available Please call us for details!

CAPACITY/LOAD (kg) 1500 / 3000 2000 / 4000 3000 / 6000 4000 / 8000

LOAD CENTRE DISTANCE (mm) 470 470 620 620

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HEIGHT OF TOW HITCH (mm) 115 115 115 115

OVERALL LENGTH (mm) 1504 1504 1759 1960

TEL: 01446 772614

OVERALL WIDTH (mm) 790 790 790 1050

SPEED (km/h) LADEN/UNLADEN 4/6 4/6 4/6 4/6

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRS TRS/1 TRS/2 TRS/3

£7708.00 £7891.00 £11077.00 £29218.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

169 2011


TC170

14/12/10

13:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

LIFTING / STACKERS

Battery Lift Stackers

✓Hand pushed, battery lift stackers - ideal for vehicle loading, pallet stacking and serving mezzanine floors • Capacity: 1000kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 1600 - 2500 - 3000mm • Fast lift, controlled lowering • Large capacity battery • Low noise levels • European manufacture • Wheel mounted parking brake • Vulkollan wheels & load rollers

B/1610

3374

£

• Rear wheel tiller steering • Built-in charger

Dimensions & Data INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

• Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1835mm o

• Overall truck width: 800mm • 90 aisle 1000mm load: 1980mm • Lift speed: 0.15m/sec

Optional Extras • Straddle legs gap: 850, 1050, 1250mm • Fixed I.T.A. carriage with adjustable forks LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 2500 3000

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT ORDER REF (mm) 1980 B/1610 1750 B/2510 2000 B/3010 Price includes Battery & Charger

PRICE £3374.00 £3775.00 £4098.00

✓Demonstration available ✓On-site service available ✓Certificated training available Please call us for details!

Compact Powered Stacker

✓Extremely economical and highly versatile ✓Value for money solution for frequent

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

handling of loads up to 1200kg

SBX/1612

5702

£

• Capacity: 1200kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift height 1600mm fixed mast • Powered lift & drive • Electronic speed control • Heavy duty 24V electrics • Fast lift and lowering • Electric horn • Battery & integral charger • European manufacture

Dimensions & Data • Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1882mm • Overall truck width: 850mm • 90º aisle 1200mm load: 2270mm • Lift speed 0.15m/sec • Maximum travel speed 6km/hr

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT ORDER REF (mm) 1990 SBX/1612 Price includes Battery & Charger

170 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £5702.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC171

16/12/10

14:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / STACKERS MATERIALS HANDLING

Fully Powered Stacker • Capacity 1000kg • Lift height 1600mm • Ergonomic design, smooth controls • CURTIS controller unit enables variable speed control • Complete with 24v / 100ah battery and 24v automatic charger

CME1016

3930

£

CAPACITY (kg) 1000

MAX LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600

FORKS L x W (mm) 1150 x 540

ORDER REF CME1016

PRICE £3930.00

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections. Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

Heavy Duty Fully Electric Stackers • Capacities 1200kg, 1500kg and 2000kg • 24 volt battery • 12 hours automatic charger • Heavy duty ZF drive • Ergonomically designed handle, excellent stability in operation • Full guarding • 1200kg model with 2900mm full free lift • Straddle leg version available • Options: Side protection bars and footplate, lift heights up to 5500mm

CAPACITY (kg) 1200 1500 1500 1500

MAX LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 2900 2800 3500 4500

FORKS L x W (mm) 1150 x 570 1150 x 570 1150 x 570 1150 x 570

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CLC1229

4595

£

CPC models with side protection bars and footplate

ORDER REF CLC1229 CPC1529 CPC1536 CPC1546

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £4595.00 £7289.00 £7312.00 £8461.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

171 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC172

11/1/11

10:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / STACKERS MATERIALS HANDLING

Powered Stackers

✓Highly practical powered lift and drive stackers for effortless handling of loads to 1000kg

✓Excellent manoeuvrability combined with fast lift & lowering provides a cost-effective solution for frequent handling

• Capacity: 1200kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 2500, 3000 or 3500mm duplex mast • Powered lift and drive • Electronic speed control • Heavy duty 24V electrics • Spring loaded drive wheel • Excellent manoeuvrability • Fast lift and lowering • Electric horn • Battery & built in charger • European manufacture

FROM £

6017

Dimensions & Data

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

• Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1960mm • Overall truck width: 850mm • 90º aisle 1200mm load: 2270mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.15m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 8km/hr LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 2500 3000 3500

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT ORDER REF (mm) 1740 SBX/2512 1990 SBX/3012 2255 SBX/S/3512 Price includes Battery & Charger

PRICE £6017.00 £6180.00 £6416.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Heavy Duty Powered Stackers

✓A complete range of heavy duty powerlift

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

and drive stackers for fast & frequent handling within a wide range of working environments

✓High capacities and many height options ensure maximum versatility

• Capacity: 1200, 1600 & 2000kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 2500, 3000, 3500mm • Powered lift and drive • Heavy duty 24V electrics • Electronic speed control • Electromagnetic braking • Electric horn • Battery discharge indicator • Operator’s safety button • Safety top speed limiter • Heavy duty battery & charger • European manufacture

Optional straddle legs

FROM

7326

Dimensions & Data

£

• Forks: 540 x 1180mm • Overall length: 1980mm • Overall truck width: 850mm • 90o aisle 1200mm load: 2210mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.20m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 6km/hr

Optional Extras • 3000kg capacity • Lift heights up to 5800mm • Full free lift mast • Triplex mast • Shorter forks • Straddle legs 850, 1050, 1250mm • ITA carriage • Adjustable forks • Hinged platform

172

CAPACITY (KG) 1200 1200 1200 1600 1600 2000

LIFT HEIGHT LOWERED MAST ORDER REF (mm) HEIGHT (mm) 2500 1740 SB/2512 3000 1995 SB/3012 3500 2250 SB/3512 2500 1750 SBMVT/2516 3500 2250 SBMVT/3516 3000 1990 SBP/3020 Price includes Battery & Charger

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £7326.00 £7721.00 £7913.00 £8851.00 £9138.00 £11735.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC173

16/12/10

14:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / STACKERS

11202

✓Ultra-compact counterbalanced stackers capable

£

of handling single and double sided pallets. Ideal for environments where space is at a premium • Capacity: 600kg • Chassis only 940mm • Lift heights: 1600, 2500, 3000mm • Non tilt mast • Dual lowering system • Electronic speed control • Load back rest • Electric horn • Battery discharge indicator • European manufacture

Dimensions & Data

MATERIALS HANDLING

Compact Counterbalanced Stackers

SBC/C1606

• Forks: 1000mm • Chassis length: 940mm • Truck width: 850mm • 90 aisle 1000mm load: 2150mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.25m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 6km/hr

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 2500 3000

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT (mm) 2100 1780 2020

ORDER REF

PRICE

SBC/C1606 SBC/C2506 SBC/C3006

£11202.00 £11574.00 £12351.00

We offer a comprehensive training programme including stackers and fork lift truck driver training (instructors are RTITB qualified) stairclimbers, manual handling and refresher courses. Call us for details!

INCLUDES BATTERY & CHARGER

Counterbalanced Stackers

✓Cost effective and flexible solutions for handling all pallet designs. Does the work of a forklift at much lower cost.

• Capacity: 600-1000-1200kg @ 600mm load centres • Lift heights: 1600mm fixed mast, 2500 or 3000mm duplex mast • Tilting mast • Powered lift and drive • European manufacture • Adjustable forks • Electronic speed control • Electromagnetic braking • Operator safety button • Suitable for most pallet designs • Battery discharge indicator

Dimensions & Data • Fork length: 1000mm • Chassis length: 1270 or 1470mm • Truck width: 850mm • Maximum lift speed: 0.2-0.25m/sec • Maximum travel speed: 6km/hr

SBC/1606

11674

£

INCLUDES BATTERY & CHARGER

Optional Extras • Compact 600kg chassis - 960mm • Side shift • Full free lift masts • Triplex mast - 4500mm lift • Explosion proof Simplex Mast • 1600mm lift height • 2050mm lowered mast height CAPACITY @ 600mm L.C. 600kg 1000kg 1200kg

MAXIMUM LIFT SPEED (meters/sec) 0.25 0.20 0.20

ORDER REF

PRICE

SBC/1606 SBC/1610 SBC/1612

£11674.00 £12256.00 £12494.00

Duplex Mast • 2500mm lift height • 1770mm lowered mast height • 3000mm lift height • 2020mm lowered mast height CAPACITY @ 600mm L.C. 600kg 600kg 1000kg 1000kg 1200kg 1200kg

LIFT HEIGHT MAX LIFT SPEED ORDER REF (mm) (meters/sec) 2500 0.25 SBC/2506 3000 0.20 SBC/3006 2500 0.20 SBC/2510 3000 0.20 SBC/3010 2500 0.20 SBC/2512 3000 0.20 SBC/3012 Price includes Battery & Built-in Charger

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £12026.00 £12351.00 £12685.00 £12981.00 £13066.00 £13257.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

173 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC174

16/12/10

14:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

LIFTING / STACKERS

Ultra Compact Counterbalanced Stackers

ITBC0616

• Capacity 600kg • Lift heights 1600mm or 3000mm • The 1600mm lift model has a slim line simplex mast, whilst the 3000mm model has a high visibility duplex mast • Manufactured in Europe • Adjustable fork spread to handle all pallets • Excellent aisle and turning radius • Uses AC control technology for superior control and battery life • Built in charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Ergonomic drive controls • Smooth stepless drive controls with microprocessor control • Trucks carry CE mark and comply with all current safety legislation • Larger capacity models available up to 1500kg • Tilting mast available CAPACITY (kg) 600 600

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600 3000

ORDER REF

PRICE

ITBC0616 ITBC0630

£9998.00 £10996.00

9998

£

TTBC0525

11552

£

Heavy Duty Counterbalanced Stackers • Capacities 500kg, 800kg, 1000kg, 1200kg and 1500kg • Lift heights up to 6500mm • Heavy duty battery and built in charger • Ergonomically designed handle • Power steering as standard • High quality mast with 6-8 carriage rollers for maximum stability • Tilting forks as standard • Adjustable fork Duplex / Triplex masts with full free lift available. Options; Side shift, boom, jib / hook and electric winch - please call for details

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500 1000 1000 1200 1200 1500 1500

174

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 2500 3000 2500 3000 2500 3000 2500 3000

ORDER REF

PRICE

TTBC0525 TTBC0530 TTBC1025 TTBC1030 TTBC1225 TTBC1230 TTBC1525 TTBC1530

£11552.00 £11772.00 £13108.00 £13092.00 £13376.00 £13597.00 £13881.00 £14354.00

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC175

16/12/10

14:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / POWERED PALLET TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

Fully Powered Pallet Truck

✓Quality designed powered pallet truck ideal for busy warehouse environments • • • • •

1300kg & 2000kg capacities • Powered lift and drive Electronic speed control, uses necessary power without wasting battery life Fork widths 540 and 680mm • Fork lengths 1000 or 1150mm Maximum speed 5.0km/h laden, 5.2km/h unladen Raised fork height 205mm • Lowered fork height 85mm

On-board charging option available, Please enquire

LEPT13

3195

£

CAPACITY (kg) 1300 1300 1300 1300 2000 2000

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 540 540 680 680 540 680

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1000 1150 1000 1150 1150 1000

BATTERY

ORDER REF

PRICE

2x 12V / 70Ah 2x 12V / 70Ah 2x 12V / 70Ah 2x 12V / 70Ah 24V / 210Ah 24V / 210Ah

LEPT135410 LEPT135411 LEPT136810 LEPT136811 LEPT205411 LEPT206810

£3195.00 £3195.00 £3195.00 £3195.00 £5495.00 £5495.00

Powered Pallet Trucks

K9TE15

4793

£

INCLUDES BATTERY & INTEGRAL CHARGER

✓Heavy duty high quality powered Rider platform option

Sit-on reel handler

pallet truck for busy environments and frequent pallet handling

• Capacities 1500, 2200, 3000, 4000kg • Powered lift and drive • Standard & heavy duty models • Spring loaded drive wheel • Electromagnetic braking • Electronic speed control • Tandem load rollers • European manufacture

Optional Extras

✓Demonstration available ✓On-site service available

✓Certificated training available Please call us for details!

CAPACITY (kg) 1500 2200 3000 4000

TYPE STANDARD HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

• Capacities 1500kg to 12000kg • Fork widths 550mm to 1000mm • Fork lengths to 1150mm to 2000mm • Options include hinged driver platform, stand-in/sit-down model, low profile explosion proof model, reel handler

FORK DIMENSIONS MAXIMUM BATTERY L x W (mm) SPEED km/h 1150 x 550 6 90Ah 12V 1150 x 550 6 160Ah 24V 1150 x 550 6 160Ah 24V 1150 x 550 6 160Ah 24V Models over 4000kg POA; Hinged driver platform for all models except K9TE15

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF K9TE15 K9/SBM/22 K9/SBM/30 K9/SBM/40

PRICE £4793.00 £7534.00 £7991.00 £10018.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

175 2011


TC176

16/12/10

14:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

LIFTING / STACKERS

500kg Manual Lift Stacker

Economy hand pushed, hand lift stacker. The ideal value-for-money handling solution.

M/500

1007

£

• Capacity: 500kg @ 400mm load centres • Lift height 1600mm • Lowered fork height 85mm • Maximum height 2000mm • Forks 800mm long - adjustable • Overall length (inc. forks) 1340mm • Overall width 890mm • Nylon front load rollers • Polyurethane rear castor wheels (inc. brake) • Foot & hand integral pump • Safety mast-mounted push handle • European manufacture 500kg Manual Lift Stacker LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1600

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT (mm) 2000

ORDER REF

PRICE

M/500

£1007.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

✓Demonstration available ✓On-site service available

✓Certificated training available Please call us for details!

1000kg Manual Lift Stacker M/1510

1314

£

Hand pushed, manual lift stacker - a cost effective handling solution for vehicle loading and production areas. • Capacity: 1000kg @ 585mm load centres • Lift height 1500mm • Lowered fork height 85mm • Maximum height 1964mm • Forks 1150 x 540mm - fixed • Overall length (inc. forks) 1604mm • Overall width 760mm • Vulkollan front load rollers • Vulkollan rear castor wheels (inc. brake) also with integral tiller handle pump • Twin lift safety chains • Safety mast-mounted push handle • European manufacture

1000kg Manual Lift Stacker LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1500

176 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

LOWERED MAST HEIGHT (mm) 1964

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

M/1510

£1314.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC177

16/12/10

14:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / STACKERS MATERIALS HANDLING

Manual Stackers

✓A solid construction manual stacker suitable

for many applications such as off loading lorries or vans, warehouse and production use

• Turning radius of 1088mm • Hard wearing polyurethane 150mm steer wheels and 80mm load rollers • High quality, ergonomically designed hand pump • Capacity 500kg or 1000kg • Lift heights, 1600mm or 3000mm • Wrap over fork design for euro pallets • Optional straddle leg type on 1000kg models to suit 800mm, 1000mm and 1200mm pallets CAP. (kg) 500 1000 1000 1000 1000

MAX LIFT H (mm) 1600 1600 3000 1600 3000

MODEL WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER STRADDLE STRADDLE

FROM

887

£

ORDER PRICE REF CTM0516 £887.00 CTM1016 £920.00 CTM1030 £1287.00 CTMS1016 £1267.00 CTMS1030 £1633.00

Straddle legs for closed board pallets

FROM

2240

£

Semi Electric Stackers • 1000kg capacity • 2500mm to 3300mm lift heights • Wrap over fork design for euro pallets • Strong robust and classical design • Durable and serviceable, easy to operate complete with 12v / 150ah battery and built-in charger • Hard wearing polyurethane 180mm steer wheels and 74mm load rollers • Available with adjustable forks for wrap over and straddle stackers • Optional straddle legs available for 2500/3000mm lift models CAP. (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

MAX LIFT H (mm) 2500 3000 3300 2500 3000

MODEL WRAPOVER WRAPOVER WRAPOVER STRADDLE STRADDLE

ORDER REF CTE1025 CTE1030 CTE1033 CTES1025 CTES1030

PRICE £2240.00 £2360.00 £2512.00 £2587.00 £2707.00

177 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC178

16/12/10

14:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

LIFTING / STACKERS

Electric Mini Lifters • Capacities 100kg and 200kg • Lift heights 1500mm, 2000mm or 2300mm • Simple controls all mounted within easy reach of the operator • Attachments are easily and quickly changed with simple tools • Fully floating castors allow for operation in very tight areas • The built in battery charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Option of front swivel wheels • ITE-Inox stainless steel version available CAPACITY (kg) 100 100 200 200 100

LIFT HEIGHT (mm) 1500 2000 1500 2000 1500

FROM

2785

£

ORDER REF

PRICE

ITE10015 ITE10020 ITE20015 ITE20020 ITE10015SS

£2785.00 £2996.00 £3600.00 £3811.00 £5160.00

Roll & Coil Holder ITES £109.00

Work Platform ITEP £227.00

Jib Crane Arm ITEG £680.00

Roller Bed Platform ITEC £888.00

Drum & Roller Turner ITER £1256.00

Bevelled Platform ITEB £193.00

Electric & Mechanical Mini Lifters • Capacities 100kg and 200kg (WPM) • Capacities 100kg and 150kg (WPE) • Lift heights 1500mm or 1700mm (WPE100) • Manual models: Operated via hand winch, with auto brake system • Electric models: Automatic electronic overload protection system • Attachments are easily and quickly changed with simple tools • Fully floating castors allow for operation in very tight areas • The built in battery charger allows the truck to be charged from any convenient 13 amp socket • Front swivel wheels CAP. (kg) 100 200 100 150

178

MAX LIFT H (mm) 1500 1500 1700 1500

WPE-100

LIFT

ORDER REF

PRICE

MANUAL MANUAL ELECTRIC ELECTRIC

WPM-100 WPM-200 WPE-100 WPE-150

£533.00 £645.00 £844.00 £1237.00

Single Boom WPSB £132.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WPM-100

844

533

£

Double Spindle WPDS £252.00 TEL: 01446 772614

£

Rotator WPR £599.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

V Block WPVB £299.00 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC179

16/12/10

14:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / STACKERS MATERIALS HANDLING

FREEDOM LiftM8

✓A revolutionary tool for light removal delivery work. Quick-change attachments make light work of a variety of tasks

• The ideal commercial delivery tool for loads to 100kg • Lightweight (under 20kg) steel and aluminium construction • Removable legs allow machine to be positioned where others can only come close! • Marine grade winch with "memory free" Kevlar rope • Folding adjustable forks fitted as standard • Suction cup and boom models also available

100kg CAPACITY

FROM MANUAL

673

£

SUCTION CUP MODELS SUIT MANY SMOOTH SURFACE ITEMS BOOM MODELS FOR REELS & ROLLS

Freedom LiftM8 MODEL

MIN HEIGHT (mm) 40 200* 40

FORKS SUCTION BOOM

MAX HEIGHT OVER FORKS (mm) MIN/MAX (mm) 1000 130/330 1150* 1000 * Lift height to the centres of suction cups

ORDER REF

PRICE

LM1001000FA LM1001000SA LM1001000BA

£673.00 £784.00 £673.00

FREEDOM Light Duty Electric Stacker ✓A 260kg capacity electric stacker which lifts to1600mm. Unrivalled for specification against price!

FROM

1142

£

POSITION 2 Lowered height 440mm Raised height 1950mm Maximum capacity 120kg

DUAL POSITION PLATFORM

260kg CAPACITY

ELECTRIC

POSITION 1 Lowered height 90mm Raised height 1600mm Maximum capacity 260kg

The stacker comes complete with fixed fork attachment as standard. This can be changed simply for any of the other "quick-change" attachments, including adjustable forks, tray, roller platform and boom

• Modular design makes the ideal multi-purpose stacker • Compact – fits through a normal doorway • Single narrow mast for high visibility • Dual position platform gives extra lift height • Steering castors have total stop brakes

Freedom Stacker with standard platform REF STVOYFR2616PLAT PRICE £1251.00 Freedom Stacker with fixed forks REF STVOYFR2616-E PRICE £1142.00

• Sealed gel battery and external charger • Option of four swivel castors

Freedom Stacker Attachments & Options OPTIONAL ITEM

DIMENSIONS W x L (mm) ADJUSTABLE FORKS 610 x 550 ROLLER PLATFORM 600 x 615 BOOM 4 x SWIVEL CASTORS IN LIEU OF FIXED & SWIVEL

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

ST-VOY-FR-FORK ST-VOY-FR-RP ST-VOY-FR-BOOM ST-VOY-FR-SWIV

£108.00 £256.00 £65.00 £108.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

179 2011


TC180

14/12/10

14:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

LIFTING / POWERED PALLET TRUCKS

Semi Electric Hydraulic Hand Pallet Truck • Capacity 1500kg • 202mm maximum lift height, 85mm closed fork height • Based on design of a normal hydraulic pallet truck • Motor drive - doesn’t require manpower for pulling and pushing of the truck • CURTIS controller unit enables variable speed control • Complete with 24v / 40ah battery and integral charger

SPT15

1992

£

REF SPT15 PRICE £1992.00

Fully Powered Pallet Trucks • Capacities 1500kg, 2200kg and 3000kg • Smooth travel and lift combined with excellent controls reduces risk of product damage and increases productivity • Electronic control is programmable for specific tasks or operator skill levels • Drive unit is equipped with electro-magnetic brake, which is activated by the control handle position • Ergonomically designed control handle with buttons for raising / lowering • Lift limit switch at maximum lift shuts off pump motor • WP-LPT22/30 can be equipped with driver platform and side protection bars making the operator feel more comfortable • Other lengths and widths available • Stainless steel and reel handling models available (price on application - please enquire)

WP-LPT15

3069

£

Reel handling version available, please enquire

Stainless steel version available, please enquire

Driver platform and side protection, please ask for more information Fully Powered Pallet Trucks CAPACITY (kg) 1500 2200 3000

180

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1150 1150 1150

FORK WIDTH (mm) 540 540 540

MIN / MAX FORK HEIGHT

ORDER REF

PRICE

82 / 205 82 / 205 82 / 205

WP-LPT15 WP-LPT22 WP-LPT30

£3069.00 £4919.00 £9860.00

Demonstrations available. Standard and certified training available. After sales maintenance, service and Loler inspections. Special applications on request. Contact sales for information

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC181

14/12/10

14:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Mini Hand Pallet Truck

MATERIALS HANDLING

✓500kg capacity, weight only 35kg. Light and compact design makes it an ideal companion for van or small lorry drivers

• Designed for light to medium use • Highly manoeuvrable, turning radius 700-800mm • Width over forks 380mm, length 800mm • Polyurethane steer wheel and single nylon load wheels • Lift height 60-170mm FORK LENGTH (mm) 800

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 380

ORDER REF

PRICE

LLT500

£199.00

LLT500

£199

Adjustable Hand Pallet Truck

✓2500kg capacity. Highly versatile, can be adjusted to suit different pallet sizes

• Heavy duty, robust design • Width over forks 400-520mm, and 530-680mm • Fork lengths 910, 1060, 1160mm • Raised height of forks 196mm • Lowered height 76mm for easy pallet entry • Hard wearing, easy rolling polyurethane wheels • High quality hydraulic pump with controlled lowering • Ergonomic comfortable steer handle FORK LENGTH (mm) 910 1060 1160 910 1060 1160

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 400-520 400-520 400-520 530-680 530-680 530-680

ORDER REF

PRICE

PTA25MS PTA25M PTA25ML PTA25LS PTA25LM PTA25L

£295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £295.00

ALL FORK SIZES

£295

FORK WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

Extra Long Hand Pallet Truck

✓Heavy duty 2000kg capacity. Top quality pallet truck ideal for warehouse, industrial and agricultural environments

• Manufactured in high grade steel with powder coated finish • Ergonomic comfortable steer handle • Lift height 85-210mm • Fork widths 520 or 680mm • Fork lengths 1500, 1800, 2000, 2300, 2500, 3000mm • Smooth running nylon load & steer wheels • Polyurethane, rubber and steel wheels available on request

2000kg CAPACITY

MA206818

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1500 1800 2000 2300 2500 3000 1500 1800 2000 2300 2500 3000

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 540 540 540 520 520 520 680 680 680 680 680 680

ORDER REF

PRICE

MA205415 MA205418 MA205420 LLT235223 LLT235250 LLT235230 MA206815 MA206818 MA206820 LLT236823 LLT236850 LLT236830

£355.00 £445.00 £565.00 £955.00 £1040.00 £1320.00 £355.00 £445.00 £565.00 £955.00 £1070.00 £1360.00

£445

Semi-Electric Pallet Trucks

✓1000kg/1500kg capacity. Compact pallet truck with electric drive for easy and economic pallet handling

FROM

£1595

• Economical upgrade from a hand pallet truck • Reduces risk of injuries caused by pulling heavy loads • Minimum maintenance • Manual Lift / Electric Drive • Built in charger • Very low noise levels • Highly manoeuvrable with 180º steering CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1500

FORK LENGTH (mm) 1000 1150 1150

WIDTH OVER FORKS (mm) 545 545 545

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF

PRICE

LEMP10-5410 LEMP10-5411 LEMP15-5411

£1595.00 £1595.00 £1895.00

TEL: 01446 772614

181 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC182

14/12/10

14:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Standard Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks • Heavy duty capacities 2000kg, 2500kg and 3000kg • Min fork height 85mm, max fork height 200mm • 85mm nylon load rollers and 200mm steer wheels in rubber • Pump unit fitted with a pressure relief valve to prevent overloading • Ergonomic pump handle, rubber grip • Reinforced A frame, strengthened legs, bushed pivot points • CE marked, comply with all current safety regulations FORKS L x W (mm) 600 x 450 1000 x 450 1000 x 540 1150 x 540 1000 x 685 1150 x 685

2000kg CAPACITY ORDER REF PRICE BF20450600 £293.00 BF204501000 £220.00 BF205401000 £195.00 BF205401150 £195.00 BF206851000 £202.00 BF206851150 £202.00

The robust pump unit features protection around the main spring. Rubber wheels provide a smoother ride.

2500kg CAPACITY 3000kg CAPACITY ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE BF254501000 £220.00 BF255401000 £202.00 BF255401150 £202.00 BF305401150 £259.00 BF256851000 £202.00 BF256851150 £202.00 BF306851150 £270.00

FROM

195

£

Optional fitment for 2000kg models only Quick Lift BFQL £40.00 Deadman Braking BF2000D £140.00 Progressive Braking BF2000P £140.00

A

TOP V

LUE

• Heavy duty capacity 2000kg • Min fork height 85mm, max fork height 200mm • Ideal for non-standard loads • Safety overload valve • Ergonomically designed comfortable rubber gripped handle • Trucks carry CE mark, comply with all current safety regulations FORK DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 1500 x 540 1800 x 540 2000 x 540 2500 x 540 3000 x 540 1500 x 685 1800 x 685 2000 x 685 2500 x 685 3000 x 685

UE AL TOP V

Long Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks

FROM £

ORDER REF

PRICE

BF2054150 BF2054180 BF2054200 BF2054250 BF2054300 BF2068150 BF2068180 BF2068200 BF2068250 BF2068300

£332.00 £384.00 £423.00 £1053.00 £1253.00 £358.00 £410.00 £468.00 £1118.00 £1281.00

332

Steer & load wheel options on all pallet trucks can be nylon, rubber polyurethane or steel (tandem or single)

Low level Hand Pallet Trucks • Low and super low profile hand pallet trucks with a low clearance have been developed for handling products like low line crates that only counterbalanced stackers can usually move • Extremely reliable pump fitted to robust chassis • 3-position trigger; Lift, lower and neutral • Ergonomically designed comfortable rubber gripped handle

182

CAPACITY (kg) 2000 2000 2000 2000 1000 1000

FORK L x W (mm) 1000 x 540 1150 x 540 1000 x 685 1150 x 685 1150 x 540 1150 x 685

MIN / MAX FORK HEIGHT (mm) 51 / 165 51 / 165 51 / 165 51 / 165 36 / 90 36 / 90

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF LP1000540 LP1150540 LP1000685 LP1500685 SLP540 SLP685

PRICE

FROM

£293.00 £293.00 £306.00 £306.00 £468.00 £494.00

TEL: 01446 772614

293

£

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC183

14/12/10

14:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS MATERIALS HANDLING

SPARTAN Hand Pallet Trucks

✓A highly practical budget pallet truck for everyday use – designed for Euro and standard size UK pallets

• Capacity 2500kg • 4 standard fork configurations • 3 position control; lift, lower & neutral • Durable construction • Nylon wheels, single rollers

FROM

245

£ FORK WIDTH FORK LENGTH ORDER REF (mm) (mm) 540 1000 ECO2500/5410 540 1150 ECO2500/5411 685* 1000 ECO2500/6810 685* 1150 ECO2500/6811 *Only suitable for UK sized pallets

PRICE £245.00 £245.00 £245.00 £245.00

ON SELECTED ITEMS

FROM

Hand Pallet Trucks

✓High quality, heavy duty pallet trucks ✓High strength to low weight ratio gives maximum manoeuvrability

• Capacity 2500kg • 3 position control, lift – lower – neutral • Nylon wheels, single rollers standard • Durable high tensile steel construction • Quick lift on all models • European manufacture FORK WIDTH FORK LENGTH ORDER REF (mm) (mm) 450 900 HPTQ2500/4509 540 1000 HPTQ2500/5410 540 1150 HPTQ2500/5411 685 1150 HPTQ2500/6811 540 1500 1500L 540 2000 2000L 540 2500 2500L 550 1000 57/LP* *Low profile fork option (53mm high)

£471

Galvanised or stainless steel pallet trucks available in all fork sizes

PRICE £295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £295.00 £446.00 £486.00 £659.00 £351.00

Galvanised Models All fork sizes - please advise size required REF HPTG2000 PRICE £471.00

FROM

295

£

Stainless Steel Models All fork sizes - please advise size required REF HPTSS2000 PRICE £1988.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

183 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC184

16/12/10

15:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

LIFTING / HAND PALLET TRUCKS

Weigh Scale Hand Pallet Trucks • Heavy duty capacity 2000kg • Min fork height 90mm, max fork height 200mm • High contrast display, can be read from any angle • Displayed weight in 1kg increments • High accuracy, ±0.1% of scale capacity • Totalising function, adds multiple pallet weights • High reliability, compact components and low power consumption

Galvanised / Stainless Steel Hand Pallet Trucks • Heavy duty capacity 2000kg • For use in meat and other food industries, dairy canning area and areas where corrosive acids and saline solutions are used • Fully sealed hydraulic coated pump • Pressure relief valve / overload valve • 3 position handle; Lift, lower and neutral • INOX Grade 316 • Tandem nylon load rollers and steering wheels • Conforms to EN1757-2

FROM £

FROM

1047

FORK DIMENSIONS CAPACITY ORDER REF L x W (mm) (kg) 1150 x 550 2000 ESR55 1150 x 690 2000 ESR69 Printer version also available - please contact sales

£

PRICE £1047.00 £1172.00

FORKS L x W (mm) 1150 x 540 1150 x 685 1150 x 540 1150 x 685

357

MIN / MAX FORK H (mm) 85 / 200 85 / 200 85 / 200 85 / 200

MATERIAL STAINLESS STEEL STAINLESS STEEL GALVANISED GALVANISED

ORDER REF SS1150540 SS1150680 GL1150540 GL1150680

PRICE £1260.00 £1287.00 £357.00 £357.00

High Lift Pallet Trucks

ON SELECTED ITEMS

✓Combined conventional pallet truck for general handling and work positioner for production and loading areas

• Capacity 1000kg • Lift height 800mm • Hand or battery lift • Lateral safety brake • Fixed stabilisers at operational height • For use with non-bottom-boarded pallets • 685mm width available • European manufacture

HLH1000/5411

725

£

HLB1000/5411

£1707

WITH BATTERY AND BUILT-IN CHARGER

184

FORKS W x L (mm) 540 x 1150 540 x 1150

LIFT

ORDER REF

PRICE

MANUAL BATTERY

HLH1000/5411 HLB1000/5411

£725.00 £1707.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC185

16/12/10

15:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LIFTING / HIGH LIFT PALLET TRUCKS

High Lift Hand Pallet Trucks

MATERIALS HANDLING

✓High lift pallet trucks can be used as pallet trucks, with the added

benefit of also being an ideal work positioner, designed to reduce fatigue and increase operator safety HMX10/540

• When raised, the truck locks itself to the floor with extended outriggers, this along with a long wheel base makes it particularly stable • Maximum lift height 800mm, with 1000kg + 1500kg capacities • 200mm diameter nylon steel wheels and load rollers • Electric models also include easy to use automatic 12v / 10ah battery charger • Automatic brake when forks raised above 330mm • Quick lift as standard

454

£

HEX10/540

1211

£

FORK DIMENSIONS L X W (mm) 1170 x 540 1170 x 680 1200 x 540 1200 x 680 1170 x 540 1170 x 680 1200 x 540 1200 x 680

LIFT TYPE MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL ELECTRIC ELECTRIC ELECTRIC ELECTRIC

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1500 1500 1000 1000 1500 1500

ORDER REF

PRICE

HMX10/540 HMX10/680 HL15/540 HL15/680 HEX10/540 HEX10/680 HLE15/540 HLE15/680

£454.00 £467.00 £979.00 £1033.00 £1211.00 £1251.00 £2194.00 £2248.00

Stainless Steel High Lift Pallet Trucks

✓Perfect for use in environments with severe hygiene demands, e.g. food or pharmaceutical industries

• Acid resistant and corrosion resistant • Maximum lift height 800mm, with 1000kg capacity • HLS / EHLS - Stainless steel fork chassis, handle, axles, wheel holder and thrust shoes, all other parts are hot dip galvanised or chromite treated • HLSP / EHLSP - Stainless steel fork chassis, handle and forks partly stainless, lift cylinder and pump chromite treated

HLS10/540

2248

£

EHLS/540

3283

£

FORK DIMENSIONS L X W (mm) 1150 x 540 1150 x 540 1150 x 540 1150 x 540

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

LIFT TYPE MANUAL MANUAL ELECTRIC ELECTRIC

info@storage-design.co.uk

CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1000

ORDER REF

PRICE

HLS10/540 HLSP10/540 EHLS/540 EHLSP/540

£2248.00 £3235.00 £3283.00 £5366.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

185 2011


TC186

14/12/10

14:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SCISSOR LIFTS / MOBILE SCISSOR TABLES MATERIALS HANDLING

ELEVATION Mobile Scissor Lift Tables

✓High quality UK manufactured mobile scissor tables which conform to all relevant EU regulations. These tables can be fitted with various extras – roller tops, bellows skirts, ball tops etc.

• Manual hydraulic or battery electric models • Toe guards fitted as standard • Overload and slow lowering valves fitted as standard • Nylon bushes fitted at all hinge points • Special sizes available – call us with your requirements

SC-800-D-M

1741

£

DOUBLE SCISSOR

SINGLE SCISSOR

LIGHTWEIGHT ALUMINIUM SINGLE SCISSOR

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

TRIPLE SCISSOR

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Single Scissor Lift Tables CAPACITY (kg) 150 150 300 300 500 500 800 800 1000 1000 1250 1250

OPERATION MANUAL MANUAL MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC

CLOSED HEIGHT RAISED HEIGHT TABLE TOP SIZE (mm) (mm) (mm) 255 780 450 x 760 255 780 450 x 760 335 840 500 x 840 335 840 500 x 840 340 900 610 x 1030 340 900 610 x 1030 360 1050 840 x 1350 360 1050 840 x 1350 360 1050 1000 x 2000 360 1050 1000 x 2000 360 1050 840 x 1350 360 1050 840 x 1350 * This model is manufactured from ALUMINIUM and weighs just 24kg

ORDER REF

PRICE

SC-150-S-M SC-150-S-M-ALU* SC-300-S-M SC-300-S-E SC-500-S-M SC-500-S-E SC-800-S-M SC-800-S-E SC-1000-S-M SC-1000-S-E SC-1250-S-M SC-1250-S-E

£361.00 £561.00 £557.00 £1482.00 £710.00 £1635.00 £1300.00 £2224.00 £1671.00 £2596.00 £1578.00 £2503.00

ORDER REF

PRICE

SC-125-D-M SC-125-D-E SC-300-D-M SC-450-D-M SC-450-D-E SC-500-D-M SC-500-D-E SC-800-D-M SC-800-D-E

£710.00 £1635.00 £761.00 £854.00 £1779.00 £1458.00 £2382.00 £1741.00 £2666.00

ORDER REF

PRICE

SC-500-T-M SC-500-T-E

£2183.00 £3107.00

Double Scissor Lift Tables CAPACITY (kg) 125 125 300 450 450 500 500 800 800

OPERATION MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC

CLOSED HEIGHT (mm) 430 430 295 295 295 490 490 490 490

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 1420 1420 1350 1550 1550 1900 1900 1900 1900

TABLE TOP SIZE (mm) 500 x 840 500 x 840 590 x 840 610 x 1030 610 x 1030 840 x 1350 840 x 1350 840 x 1350 840 x 1350

Triple Scissor Lift Tables 186

CAPACITY (kg) 500 500

OPERATION MANUAL BATTERY ELECTRIC

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CLOSED HEIGHT (mm) 650 650

TEL: 01446 772614

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 2900 2900

TABLE TOP SIZE (mm) 840 x 1350 840 x 1350

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC187

14/12/10

14:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SCISSOR LIFTS

Mobile Scissor Lift Tables ✓Premium quality mobile scissor lift tables Twin braked castors Handle positioned precise lowering Maintenance lockout bar Polyurethane wheels 5 sizes available

SC350DMJCB

524

£

SC200SMJCB

292

350KG DOUBLE LIFT

£

MATERIALS HANDLING

• • • • •

200KG SINGLE LIFT

CAPACITY (kg) 200 300 500 800 350

PLATFORM L x W (mm) 700 x 450 850 x 520 920 x 610 920 x 610 920 x 610

MAX RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 750 850 950 930 1610

MIN RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 250 335 350 350 430

WEIGHT (kg) 41 81 107 117 134

ORDER REF SC200SMJCB SC300SMJCB SC500SMJCB SC800SMJCB SC350DMJCB

PRICE £292.00 £385.00 £478.00 £524.00 £524.00

Low Profile Scissor Lifts

Affordable solutions to the ever-present Health & Safety issues at the end of production lines • Economic low profile pallet positioners • Ex stock supply • Smooth, safe 415V 3-phase operation • Safety cut-out bar under table edge

BD-HY-1001

2074

£

BD-HU-1000

STANDARD LOW PROFILE TABLE, DRIVE-ON RAMP IS INCLUDED

2074

£

Operational Notes • These tables help to eliminate the bending caused where pallets are positioned on the floor until filled. • Position the pallet on the table, and elevate to the operators preferred working height. • As the load is added, the table is simply lowered with the pedestal mounted controller, maintaining the preferred working height

U-SHAPE TABLE FOR USE WITH EURO PALLETS CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000

TYPE U-SHAPE TABLE WITH RAMP

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CLOSED HEIGHT (mm) 85 85

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 860 860

TEL: 01446 772614

TOP SIZE (mm) 1450 x 1140 1450 x 1140

WEIGHT (kg) 295 280

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

BD-HU-1000 BD-HY-1001

£2074.00 £2074.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

187 2011


TC188

16/12/10

15:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

SCISSOR LIFTS

Specialised Scissor Lifts

✓We have a huge and diverse range of lifting platforms including lorry loaders and goods lifts as well as tilt and rotating units.

✓FREE site visits, demonstrations, trials and showcase visits.

Take advantage of our knowledge! Our specialists are on-hand to help you make the right choice.

✓Expert technical advice and on-going back-up ✓3 years parts and labour warranty ✓Lowest cost of ownership ✓Unrivalled customer support ✓Proven reliability Just call us!

Budget Scissor Lift Tables

✓Popular scissor lift models, competitively priced, and supplied from stock! CL1001

500kg - 2000kg Scissor Lifts

2157

£

• Premium quality products • Ex stock supply • 415V 3-phase or 230V single phase, at no extra charge • Tables comply with EN1570 European Standard • CE marked • Low voltage control circuits • Key switch prevents unauthorised use • Easy push-button controls with emergency stop • Safety trip bars lock table if descent is obstructed • Fail safe automatic pressure relief valve • Hose failure safety valve • Mechanical stays for safe maintenance access

ON SITE DEMO AVAILABLE ON SELECTED ITEMS

188

CAPACITY (kg) 500 1000 1000 1500 2000

CLOSED HEIGHT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

160 160 180 210 200

RAISED HEIGHT (mm) 760 760 1000 1500 1020

TEL: 01446 772614

TOP SIZE (mm) 900 x 600 900 x 700 1200 x 800 1500 x 1000 1300 x 800

RISE TIME (seconds) 12 23 15 17 17

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

CR500 CR1000 CL1001 CB1500B CL2000

£1958.00 £2234.00 £2157.00 £2931.00 £2697.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC189

16/12/10

15:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SCISSOR LIFTS MATERIALS HANDLING

Scissor Lifts

✓For machine feeding, stacking and loading,

TL2000

3556

palletising and loading bays

£

✓Safety is paramount, all models comply with EN1570 European Standard

• Low voltage control circuits • CE marked • Hose failure safety valve • Key switch prevents unauthorised use • Easy push-button controls with emergency stop • Safety trip bars lock table if descent is obstructed • Fail safe automatic pressure relief valve • Mechanical stays for safe maintenance access ON SELECTED ITEMS

Scissor Lifts are normally supplied for use on 380/420V 3-Phase supplies. Please enquire for 230V single phase

Single Scissor Models We specialise in specials. Call us for a quote to your specification!

• Often available from stock • Our most widely used design • May be used on the factory floor, or installed in a pit • Special platform sizes quoted upon request • Suitable for indoor or outdoor use Double Vertical Scissor Lifts

Single Scissor Lifts CAPACITY (kg) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1500 1500 2000 2000 2000 2000

FOLDED (mm) 180 180 180 200 230 230 200 220 250 250

STROKE (mm) 820 820 820 1300 1100 1100 820 1000 1500 1500

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 1300 x 700 1300 x 800 1300 x 1000 2000 x 800 1700 x 1000 1700 x 1200 1300 x 800 1500 x 1200 2200 x 1200 2200 x 1500

RISE TIME (secs) 15 15 15 16 17 17 17 26 27 27

ORDER REF

PRICE

TL1000 TL1000B TL1000XB TA1000 TM1500 TM1500B TL2000 TB2000B TS2000 TS2000B

£2811 £2842 £2994 £4370 £4113 £4309 £3556 £4502 £6391 £6705

CAPACITY (kg) 200 500 1000 1500 2000

FOLDED (mm) 280 275 320 450 360

CAPACITY (kg) 2000 2000

FOLDED (mm) 180 200

STROKE (mm) 1170 1100 1600 3000 1600

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 900 x 600 900 x 700 1300 x 800 2200 x 1200 1300 x 800

RISE TIME (secs) 12 42 29 55 34

ORDER REF

PRICE

CRD200 TRD500 TLD1000 TSD1500 TLD2000

£2280 £3120 £4084 £9242 £5204

Double Horizontal Scissor Lifts STROKE (mm) 820 1300

PLATFORM SIZE L x W (mm) 2600 x 800 4000 x 800

RISE TIME (secs) 30 32

ORDER REF

PRICE

TLH2000 TAH2000

£5122 £8406

Low Profile Scissor Lift Tables CAPACITY (kg) 500 600 600 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000

FOLDED STROKE PLATFORM SIZE RISE TIME ORDER REF (mm) (mm) L x W (mm) (secs) 80 630 900 x 600 9 TCR500 80 720 1500 x 900 13 TCB600 80 970 1500 x 900 19 TCB600H* 80 820 1350 x 800 13 TCL1000 80 820 1350 x 1000 13 TCL1000B 80 820 1350 x 1270 13 TCL1000GB 100 820 1350 x 800 24 TCL2000 100 820 1350 x 1000 24 TCL2000B 100 820 1350 x 1270 24 TCL2000GB *This model must be securely fixed to ground or floor

PRICE £3170 £4030 £4142 £4348 £4550 £5115 £5496 £5608 £5777

U- and E- Shaped Low Profile Scissor Lifts STYLE E-SHAPED E-SHAPED U-SHAPED U-SHAPED

CAP LOWEST STROKE PLATFORM EXT/INT RISE ORDER (kg) HT (mm) (mm) L x W (mm) TIME (secs) 600 80 720 1450/1200 x 900/580 13 TUB600 600 80 970 1450/1200 x 900/580 19 TUB600H* 1000 80 820 1350/1145 x 1060/585 13 TUL1000 2000 100 820 1350/1145 x 1145/585 24 TUL2000 *This model must be securely fixed to ground or floor

Low Profile Scissor Lifts

✓Patented lift mechanism allows a very low closed height, ✓

eliminating the need for a pit installation

U- and E- shaped models are specifically designed to lift 2-way entry pallets straight from the pallet truck • Easily relocatable within the workplace • Convenient remote enclosed power/controls pack • Special platform sizes quoted upon request • Demonstration units are available

PRICE REF £4207 £4320 £4452 £5608

Ramps RAMPS TO SUIT TCR500 TCB600 & TCB600H TCL1000 TCL1000B & TCL1000GB TCL2000 & TCL2000B TCL2000GB

DIMENSIONS LENGTH x WIDTH (mm) 600 x 600 600 x 750 650 x 800 650 x 1000 800 x 800 800 x 1000

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF TCRR TCBR TCL1R TCL1B/GBR TCL2/BR TCL2GBR

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £205.00 £190.00 £221.00 £285.00 £301.00 £301.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

189 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC190

16/12/10

15:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MATERIALS HANDLING

CASTORS • • • • •

All castors in a pressed steel zinc plated finish Double ball race swivel heads as standard All sizes and wheel diameters catered for Top plate and single bolt hole fixings on most models Swivel wheel brakes available on most models

Please call us for any type of castor you need!

Light Duty White Polypropylene Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 72

TOP PLATE 50x50

B/HOLE CENTRES 36x36

75

70

95

75x60

55x42

100

125

128

102x84

80x60

125

160

155

102x84

80x60

160

200

190

135x110

105x80

200

250

235

135x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZD50NY £2.20 BZD75NY £3.60 BZMM100PL £4.30 BZMM125PL £5.70 BZMM160NY £13.80 BZMM200NY £16.30

FIXED REF BZDF75NY £3.00 BZMMF100PL £3.40 BZMMF125PL £5.00 BZMMF160NY £10.90 BZMMF200NY £14.40

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50NYSWB £2.70 BZD75NYSWB £4.20 BZMM100PLSWB £8.10 BZMM125PLSWB £9.30 BZMM160NYSWB £17.60 BZMM200NYSWB £20.70

Please note sometimes nylon wheel will be black

Light Duty Grey Non Marking Rubber Tyred Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 72

TOP PLATE 50x50

B/HOLE CENTRES 36x36

75

50

95

75x60

55x42

100

70

128

102x84

80x60

125

100

155

102x84

80x60

160

160

190

135x110

105x80

200

250

235

135x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZD50GR £2.40 BZD75GR £3.60 BZMM100GR £5.40 BZMM125GR £7.20 BZMM160GR £14.40 BZMM200GR £15.70

FIXED REF BZDF75GR £4.30 BZMMF100GR £4.20 BZMMF125GR £6.60 BZMMF160GR £10.90 BZMMF200GR £15.70

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50GRSWB £3.00 BZD75GRSWB £4.20 BZMM100GRSWB £8.00 BZMM125GRSWB £10.20 BZMM160GRSWB £18.10 BZMM200GRSWB £21.10

Light Duty Black Rubber Tyred Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 75

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 95

TOP PLATE 75x60

B/HOLE CENTRES 55x42

100

70

128

102x84

80x60

125

100

155

102x84

80x60

160

160

190

135x110

105x80

200

250

235

135x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZMM75BSB £3.20 BZMM100BSB £4.80 BZMM125BSB £5.30 BZMM160BSB £13.30 BZMM200BSB £16.30

FIXED REF BZMMF75BSB £2.70 BZMMF100BSB £3.80 BZMMF125BSB £4.20 BZMMF160BSB £9.60 BZMMF200BSB £13.80

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZMM75BSBBR £5.00 BZMM100BSBSWB £7.00 BZMM125BSBSWB £7.70 BZMM160BSBSWB £16.80 BZMM200BSBSWB £19.30

LD White Polypropylene Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 55

O/A HEIGHT 72

BOLT DIA 10

75

75

100

10

100

80

135

12

125

125

155

12

SWIVEL REF BZD50NYBH10 £2.20 BZD75NYBH10 £3.60 BZD100NYBH10 £6.00 BZD125NYBH10 £6.70

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50NYBH10SWB £3.00 BZD75NYBH10SWB £4.80 BZD100NYBH10BR £6.60 BZD125NYBH10BR £7.50

Please note sometimes nylon wheel will be black

LD Grey Non Marking Rubber Tyred Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting

190 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WHEEL DIA 50

CAP (kg) 50

O/A HEIGHT 72

BOLT DIA 10

75

70

100

10

100

80

135

12

125

100

155

12

TEL: 01446 772614

SWIVEL REF BZD50GRBH10 £2.20 BZD75GRBH10 £3.60 BZD100GRBH10 £5.40 BZD125GRBH10 £6.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZD50GRBH10SWB £3.60 BZD75GRBH10SWB £4.80 BZD100GRBH10BR £6.60 BZD125GRBH10BR £7.20

Expanders • Add expanders to bolt hole castors to mount into steel tubing SQUARE TUBE TYPE 21.5-24mm EXPS21 £2.70 24-27mm EXPS24 £2.70 27-30mm EXPS27 £2.70 32-35mm EXPS31 £2.70 36-40mm EXPS36 £2.70 ROUND TUBE TYPE 19-21.5mm EXPR19 £2.70 21.5-24mm EXPR21 £2.70 24-27mm EXPR24 £2.70 27-30mm EXPR27 £2.70 31-35mm EXPR31 £2.70

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC191

16/12/10

15:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CASTORS Medium Duty White Nylon Castors, Top Plate Fitting CAP (kg) 130

O/A HEIGHT 95

TOP PLATE 105x80

B/HOLE CENTRES 80x60

100

250

132

105x85

80x60

125

250

157

108x85

80x60

150

500

197

140x110

105x80

200

500

237

140x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZH75NY £3.90 BZH100NYB £9.60 BZH125NYB £10.90 BZP150NYB £28.90 BZP200NYB £33.70

FIXED REF BZHF75NY £3.30 BZHF100NYB £6.00 BZHF125NYB £7.20 BZPF150NYB £21.10 BZPF200NYB £27.10

MATERIALS HANDLING

WHEEL DIA 75

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH75NYBR £5.40 BZH100NYBSWB £13.30 BZH125NYBSWB £15.70 BZP150NYBSWB £31.30 BZP200NYSWB £40.90

Medium Duty Polyurethane Tyred Castors with Nylon Centres, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 132

TOP PLATE 105x85

B/HOLE CENTRES 80x60

125

200

157

108x85

80x60

150

400

197

140x110

105x80

200

500

237

140x110

105x80

SWIVEL REF BZH100NPB £14.40 BZH125NPB £16.80 BZP150NPB £33.70 BZP200NPB £44.60

FIXED REF BZHF100NPB £10.90 BZHF125NPB £14.40 BZPF150NPB £24.70 BZPF200NPB £36.10

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100NPBSWB £19.30 BZH125NPBSWB £21.70 BZP150NPBSWB £37.30 BZP200NPBSWB £47.00

Medium Duty Polyurethane Tyred Cast Iron Castors, Top Plate Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 300

O/A HEIGHT 132

TOP PLATE 105x85

B/HOLE CENTRES 8

125

300

157

105x85

8

150

500

197

140x110

10

200

500

237

140x110

10

SWIVEL REF BZH100PTBJ £32.50 BZH125PTBJ £36.10 BZP150PTBJ £48.20 BZP200PTBJ £56.60

FIXED REF BZHF100PTBJ £30.10 BZHF125PTBJ £33.70 BZPF150PTBJ £42.20 BZPF200PTBJ £50.60

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100PTBJSWB £36.10 BZH125PTBJSWB £41.50 BZP150PTBJSWB £54.20 BZP200PTBJSWB £60.20

MD White Nylon Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 128

BOLT DIA 12

125

150

155

12

160

200

195

12

200

200

235

12

SWIVEL REF BZH100NYBH12 £9.60 BZH125NYBH12 £9.60 BZHH160NYBH16 £21.70 BZHH200NYBH16 £28.90

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100NYBH12BR £12.00 BZH125NYBH12BR £13.30 BZHH160NYBH16BR £26.50 BZHH200NYBH16BR £48.20

MD Rubber Tyred Nylon Castors, Bolt Hole Fitting WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 128

BOLT DIA 12

125

150

155

12

160

200

195

12

200

200

235

12

SWIVEL REF BZH100RNBH12 £12.00 BZH125RNBH12 £16.80 BZHH160RNBH16 £24.10 BZHH200RNBBH16 £28.30

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100RNBH12BR £15.70 BZH125RNBH12BR £18.10 BZHH160RNBH16BR £33.70 BZHH200RNBH16BR £36.10

MD Polyurethane Tyred Nylon Castors, Bolt Hole WHEEL DIA 100

CAP (kg) 150

O/A HEIGHT 128

BOLT DIA 12

125

150

155

12

160

200

195

12

200

200

235

12

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SWIVEL REF BZH100NPBH12 £13.30 BZH125NPBH12 £14.40 BZH160NPBH12 £37.60 BZHH200NPBBH16 £43.30

TEL: 01446 772614

SWIVEL BRAKED REF BZH100NPBH12BR £15.70 BZH125NPBH12BR £16.80 BZH160NPBH12BR £51.50 BZH200NPBBH16BR £48.20

info@storage-design.co.uk

191 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC192

16/12/10

15:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM

✓Infinite System ✓Strength & Flexibility ✓Convenience Start with a 2m or 3m starter workbench and simply use add-on workbenches and accessories as required

Framework is constructed from fabricated steel section with welded leg supports and bolt in multi-position cross rails which can be assembled in a variety of combinations to suit individual applications

2000 x 1400mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop & upper shelf unit KDB2048A + USS235 COMPLETE £550.00

Each bench is supplied in flat pack form, the larger units having sectional worktops for ease of handling. Available in 2 lengths, 3 depths and 3 worktop options

2000 x 700mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer & leg socket KDB2078BSA + C/1 + D3 + LS1 COMPLETE £711.00

Certain benches within the range are designed to accommodate two or more persons working together. With this in mind the upper shelf unit is accessible from both sides

SOME ITEMS ON THIS PAGE WILL BE SUPPLIED IN KD FORM EXTENSIONS FROM

266

£

2000 x 700mm Extension Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf KDA278BSA COMPLETE £324.00

2000 x 700mm Extension Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf, cabinet, triple drawer & leg socket KDA278BSA + C/1 + D3 + LS1 COMPLETE £665.00

EXTENSION Benches BENCH DESCRIPTION

192

STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE STARTER STARTER & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE ADD-ON ADD-ON & BASE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS L x D (mm) 2000 x 700 2000 x 700 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1400 2000 x 1400 3000 x 700 3000 x 700 3000 x 1200 3000 x 1200 3000 x 1400 3000 x 1400 2000 x 700 2000 x 700 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1200 2000 x 1400 2000 x 1400

TEL: 01446 772614

MDF 25mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078A £311.00 KDB2078BSA £370.00 KDB2028A £397.00 KDB2028BSA £484.00 KDB2048A £434.00 KDB2048BSA £573.00 KDB3078A £501.00 KDB3078BSA £574.00 KDB3028A £617.00 KDB3028BSA £700.00 KDB3048A £702.00 KDB3048BSA £891.00 KDA278A £266.00 KDA278BSA £324.00 KDA228A £336.00 KDA228BSA £422.00 KDA248A £372.00 KDA248BSA £510.00

VENEER 30mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078B £378.00 KDB2078BSB £436.00 KDB2028B £452.00 KDB2028BSB £540.00 KDB2048B £500.00 KDB2048BSB £639.00 KDB3078B £596.00 KDB3078BSB £668.00 KDB3028B £770.00 KDB3028BSB £852.00 KDB3048B £899.00 KDB3048BSB £1088.00 KDA278B £333.00 KDA278BSB £389.00 KDA228B £391.00 KDA228BSB £478.00 KDA248B £438.00 KDA248BSB £577.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

VINYL 30mm THICK ORDER REF PRICE KDB2078C £394.00 KDB2078BSC £453.00 KDB2028C £512.00 KDB2028BSC £599.00 KDB2048C £568.00 KDB2048BSC £707.00 KDB3078C £611.00 KDB3078BSC £684.00 KDB3028C £807.00 KDB3028BSC £890.00 KDB3048C £935.00 KDB3048BSC £1124.00 KDA278C £356.00 KDA278BSC £408.00 KDA228C £450.00 KDA228BSC £538.00 KDA248C £506.00 KDA248BSC £645.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC193

16/12/10

15:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM 3000 x 1200mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop KDB3028A PRICE £617.00

✓Height Adjustable

3000 x 1200mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop and MDF base shelf KDB3028BSA PRICE £700.00

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

3000 x 1200mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop, MDF base shelf and combined cabinet and drawer unit KDB3028BSA + CD/1 COMPLETE £920.00

• Heavy duty modular design • Easy to add accessories • Use starter & extension method to mix & match depths

from 840-940mm in 25mm increments

STARTERS FROM

311

£

Steel work powder coated dark grey (RAL 7031)

2000 x 1400mm Starter Workbench with MDF worktop & upper shelf unit KDB2048A + USS235 COMPLETE £550.00

STARTER EXTENSION

CREATE A RUN Using the starter & extension method you can mix and match depths We can modify a standard model or custom build to your own specification – please call us for details

Bench Accessories DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

CUPBOARD UNIT SINGLE DRAWER TWO DRAWER THREE DRAWER CUPBOARD / DRAWER 13 AMP SOCKET 2000mm TOOL RAIL 2000mm LIGHT & TOOL RAIL 2000mm UPPER SHELF 3000mm UPPER SHELF 2000mm SERVICE DUCT 3000mm SERVICE DUCT

C/1 D1 D2 D3 CD/1 LS1 TR20 LTR20 USS235 USS335 SD20 SD30

£112.00 £85.00 £150.00 £209.00 £220.00 £20.00 £108.00 £197.00 £116.00 £197.00 £137.00 £206.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Pre-punched to accommodate pipe work

13 Amp Socket ORDER REF LS1 PRICE £20.00 www.storage-design.co.uk

193 2011


TC194

16/12/10

15:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

BENCHES

General Purpose Workbenches

✓ Designed & manufactured in component form for total flexibility ✓ Welded tubular steel leg frames for strength and channel supports for rigidity

✓ Complete range of accessories available • • • • •

Complete with adjustable feet Choice of 6 standard sizes and 5 work surface types Durable powder coated finish Static control workbenches fitted with 2 x 4mm wrist strap sockets Weight loading - up to 250kg swl evenly distributed STATIC DISSIPATIVE ACCESSORIES ARE HIGHLIGHTED IN YELLOW

Grey MFC used for shelves Plastic Laminate Worktop

Linoleum Worktop

Norastat Worktop 105 - 107 ohms

BENCHES FROM

118

£

Lamstat Worktop 106 - 108 ohms

Static Electricity Control For areas of potential danger to static sensitive electronic devices

Static Dissipative Bench Accessories (for all other accessories see page 206)

194

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

UPPER SHELF NORASTAT FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF LAMSTAT FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF NORASTAT FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF LAMSTAT FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF NORASTAT FOR 1800mm BENCH UPPER SHELF LAMSTAT FOR 1800mm BENCH

BEUS1200NXXX BEUS1200LXXX BEUS1500NXXX BEUS1500LXXX BEUS1800NXXX BEUS1800LXXX

£91.00 £100.00 £113.00 £126.00 £126.00 £139.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

LOUVRED BACK PANEL (ZINC) 1200mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL (ZINC) 1500mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL (ZINC) 1800mm BENCH RCB CIRCUIT BREAKER WRIST STRAP WITH 10mm STUD OR 4mm BANANA EARTH/GROUND LEAD WITH 1m ohm RESISTOR EARTH/GROUND LEAD AND PLUG SERVICE DUCT INSULATING STRIP

BELO4812ZXXX BELO4815ZXXX BELO4818ZXXX BERCBCIBXXXX BEWRISTRXXXX BEEARGROXXXX BEEALEAD3PIN BESERINSXXXX

£102.00 £113.00 £126.00 £59.00 £17.60 £9.80 £16.60 £4.90

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC195

16/12/10

15:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BENCHES

435 x 420 x 420mm

PRICE £110.00

REF BEDR04043

435 x 420 x 420mm

PRICE £189.00

REF BECU04041

680 x 420 x 420mm

PRICE £110.00

REF BEDR04053M

BECU04041

REF BEDC04052M

Drawer/Cupboard Colour Options

Red (RXX)

PRICE £191.00

680 x 420 x 420mm

For required drawer/cupboard colours please add corresponding suffix to product code Dark Blue (BXX)

PRICE £226.00

680 x 420 x 420mm

110

£

Dark Grey (KXX)

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

220 x 420 x 420mm REF BEDR04021

REF BECU04051M

PRICE £128.00

Green (GXX)

General Purpose Workbenches (760mm & 920mm heights also available) BENCH SIZE H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900

MFC REF BQ849060GLXX BQ841260GLXX BQ841275GLXX BQ841575GLXX BQ841875GLXX BQ841890GLXX

PRICE £118.00 £154.00 £163.00 £179.00 £197.00 £200.00

LINOLEUM REF PRICE BQ8490608LXX £153.00 BQ8412608LXX £201.00 BQ8412758LXX £240.00 BQ8415758LXX £278.00 BQ8418758LXX £303.00 BQ8418908LXX £320.00

LAMINATE REF BQ849060PLXX BQ841260PLXX BQ841275PLXX BQ841575PLXX BQ841875PLXX BQ841890PLXX

PRICE £144.00 £192.00 £231.00 £269.00 £294.00 £311.00

NORASTAT REF BQ849060NLXX BQ841260NLXX BQ841275NLXX BQ841575NLXX BQ841875NLXX BQ841890NLXX

PRICE £176.00 £246.00 £268.00 £303.00 £341.00 £359.00

LAMSTAT REF BQ849060LLXX BQ841260LLXX BQ841275LLXX BQ841575LLXX BQ841875LLXX BQ841890LLXX

PRICE £195.00 £273.00 £298.00 £336.00 £379.00 £399.00

Extension Benches (will not accept accessories above the bench) BENCH SIZE H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 804 x 1200 x 750

MFC ORDER REF BQ849060GLET BQ841260GLET BQ841275GLET

LINOLEUM PRICE £100.00 £119.00 £149.00

ORDER REF BQ8490608LET BQ8412608LET BQ8412758LET

LAMINATE PRICE £140.00 £172.00 £214.00

ORDER REF BQ849060PLET BQ841260PLET BQ841275PLET

PRICE £84.00 £91.00 £98.00

ORDER REF BELS1145PXXX BELS1445PXXX BELS1745PXXX

PRICE £131.00 £163.00 £205.00

Lower Shelves SIZE W x D (mm) 1120 x 450 1420 x 450 1720 x 450

MFC ORDER REF BELS1145GXXX BELS1445GXXX BELS1745GXXX

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LINOLEUM PRICE £54.00 £61.00 £68.00

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF BELS11458XXX BELS14458XXX BELS17458XXX

LAMINATE

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £79.00 £86.00 £93.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

195 2011


TC196

16/12/10

15:18

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

WORKSTATIONS

Static Electricity Control For areas of potential danger to static sensitive electronic devices, see below for GENERAL PURPOSE CANTILEVER WORKBENCHES with static dissipative worktops.

BENCHES FROM

185

£

General Purpose Cantilever Workbenches

✓Ergonomic cantilever style for more leg room

Plastic Laminate Worktop

• Strong welded tubular frames and channel supports • Complete with adjustable feet • Choice of 6 standard sizes and 4 worksurface types • Standard height 840mm, 920mm also available • 20mm thick with 2mm thick plastic edging • Weight loading - up to 250kg swl evenly distributed • Durable powder coated finish • Static control workbenches are fitted with 2 x 4mm wrist strap sockets

Linoleum Worktop Norastat Worktop 105 - 107 ohms Lamstat Worktop 106 - 108 ohms

Full range of accessories available, see pages 206, 194 & 195

Basic Workbench Options (Standard height 840mm, 920mm also available) MODEL EXTENSION BENCH* BASIC WORKBENCH

196

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 600 840 x 1200 x 600 840 x 1200 x 750 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LINOLEUM REF BC8490608LXX BC8412608LXX BC8412758LXX BC8415758LXX BC8418758LXX BC8418908LXX

LAMINATE PRICE REF £185.00 BC849060PLXX £187.00 £258.00 BC841260PLXX £263.00 £321.00 BC841275PLXX £312.00 £371.00 BC841575PLXX £362.00 £409.00 BC841875PLXX £400.00 £430.00 BC841890PLXX £421.00 * Extension Benches, do not accept accessories

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE

NORASTAT REF BC849060NLXX BC841260NLXX BC841275NLXX BC841575NLXX BC841875NLXX BC841890NLXX

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £208.00 £289.00 £344.00 £376.00 £417.00 £441.00

LAMSTAT REF BC849060LLXX BC841260LLXX BC841275LLXX BC841575LLXX BC841875LLXX BC841890LLXX

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £231.00 £321.00 £382.00 £418.00 £464.00 £489.00

2011


TC197

11/1/11

10:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSTATIONS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Premier Height Adjustable Workbenches Purpose designed to meet the growing demand from industry to provide a safe and ergonomic environment. Operators can quickly adjust the bench height to suit their own needs, preferences and tasks in hand. Supplied ready assembled, with only above surface accessories to be positioned by the user. HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE

950mm

730mm

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE BENCH, FITTED WITH VARIOUS ACCESSORIES

Full range of accessories available, see page 194

✓Workbench easily adjusted for individual people and specific tasks ✓Helps to meet health and safety requirements • Millimetre accurate height adjustment between 730 – 950mm • Adjustment is via simple hand crank • Durable powder coated finish • Weight loading - up to 200kg swl evenly distributed

SIMPLE HAND CRANK HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 600 1500 x 750 1800 x 600 1800 x 750

LINOLEUM

LAMINATE

BA7912608LXX £554.00 BA7912758LXX £570.00 BA7915608LXX £580.00 BA7915758LXX £611.00 BA7918608LXX £627.00 BA7918758LXX £655.00

BA791260PLXX £545.00 BA791275PLXX £562.00 BA791560PLXX £571.00 BA791575PLXX £603.00 BA791860PLXX £618.00 BA791875PLXX £646.00

STATIC DISSIPATIVE NORASTAT LAMSTAT BA791260NLXX BA791260LLXX £586.00 £651.00 BA791275NLXX BA791275LLXX £620.00 £689.00 BA791560NLXX BA791560LLXX £625.00 £694.00 BA791575NLXX BA791575LLXX £642.00 £714.00 BA791860NLXX BA791860LLXX £653.00 £725.00 BA791875NLXX BA791875LLXX £684.00 £760.00

Worktop Options • 20mm thick with 2mm thick plastic edging • LINOLEUM Grey lino surface Composite core • PLASTIC LAMINATE Warerite or similar

STATIC DISSIPATIVE OPTIONS

Drawer/Cupboard Colour Options For required drawer/cupboard colours please add corresponding suffix to product code Dark Grey (KXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Red (RXX)

TEL: 01446 772614

Green (GXX)

info@storage-design.co.uk

• NORASTAT Grey synthetic rubber. Leakage resistance 105 – 107 ohms • LAMSTAT Grey plastic laminate. Leakage resistance 106 – 108 ohms www.storage-design.co.uk

197 2011


TC198

16/12/10

15:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

WORKSTATIONS E F S TATIC E LECTRICITY C ONTROL O PTIONS ARE R EADILY A VAILABLE

Workbench cabinets, see page 202

G

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

D

A

B

C

Picture shows Schuco European power trunking. See facing page for UK specification alternative.

TP/TPH Series Modular Benches

✓The definitive modular system ✓Designed for today’s production and assembly environments

✓Customise your own workstations • Height adjustable by Allen key within range 650 to 900mm • Basic, extension and mobile benches with comprehensive system accessories • Epoxy coated steel in dark grey RAL7045 • 25mm laminated particle board worktops and shelves • Working loads up to 300kg, dependant on bench size • Supplied flat-packed 198 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Basic Benches DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 700 x 500 1000 x 500 1500 x 500 1000 x 700 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF TP507 TP510 TP515 TP710 TP712 TP715 TP718 TP915 TP918

PRICE £186.00 £206.00 £245.00 £229.00 £235.00 £258.00 £287.00 £295.00 £320.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

A Benches with Shelf 310mm deep shelf adjusts 1080-1550H DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

ORDER REF TPH712 TPH715 TPH718 TPH915 TPH918

PRICE £379.00 £398.00 £439.00 £437.00 £478.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC199

16/12/10

15:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSTATIONS

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1119 x 145 1419 x 145 1719 x 145

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF TH120 TH150 TH180

Cable Tidy To allow power and data cables to be mounted securely under worktop. Made of perforated steel construction in mid grey RAL7045. Mounted under worktop on leg profiles. For TPH benches only

Louvred Panels Robust, louvred steel panel, in RAL7035 grey. For TPH benches only DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 1200 x 450 1500 x 450 1800 x 450

PRICE £42.00 £47.00 £51.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 205 x 1115 x 45 205 x 1415 x 45 205 x 1715 x 45

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF TPHCT120 TPHCT150 TPHCT180

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Tilting Metal Shelves Suits most stacking and picking bins. All steel construction in grey RAL7035. Has continuous height adjustment for height and angle. Load capacity 30kg. For TPH benches only

PRICE

ORDER REF LP1200 LP1500 LP1800

PRICE £49.00 £64.00 £75.00

£84.00 £91.00 £97.00

D Bin Rails For most types of plastic parts bins. For TPH benches only WIDTH (mm) 1115 1415 1715

B TYPE ANGLE ANGLE IN LINE IN LINE IN LINE IN LINE IN LINE

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF BP120 BP150 BP180

PRICE £42.00 £48.10 £51.00

E

Extension Benches DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1000 x 500 1200 x 700 1200 x 700 1500 x 700 1800 x 700 1500 x 900 1800 x 900

ORDER REF TP510K TP712K TP712L TP715L TP718L TP915L TP918L

PRICE £171.00 £198.00 £201.00 £228.00 £253.00 £260.00 £289.00

Tool & Lighting Support

Supplied with one crossbar (order another if both light and tool support is required). For TPH benches only.

Swivel Arm with Tray Swivel arm with lockable, angle adjustable steel tray in grey RAL7035. Swivel radius 360º, length of swivel arm 590mm. Load 15kg. Mount on C-profile. For TPH benches only REF CKV400 PRICE £138.00

WIDTH FOR ORDER PRICE (mm) BENCH REF 1200 TPH712 KT120 £109.00 1500 TPH715/915 KT150 £114.00 1800 TPH718/918 KT180 £117.00

CROSSBARS REF PRICE SPR120 £25.00 SPR150 £30.00 SPR180 £35.00

F Overhead Lighting Twin 54W fluorescent tubes with flicker-free electronic ignition. 1200mm long. Pre-wired with UK plug. For TPH benches only

REF OL254/E PRICE £248.00

Electrical Trunking C Mobile Benches

Height adjustable as TP benches. 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes. Lower shelf at extra cost. DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 700 x 500 1000 x 700 1500 x 700

MOBILE BENCH REF PRICE SAP507 £220.00 SAP710 £258.00 SAP715 £302.00

LOWER SHELF REF PRICE AT507 £49.10 AT710 £74.00 -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Compact aluminium power trunking unit, complete with 4 single switched sockets. Wired with 3 metre mains lead, tested and ready for use. WIDTH (mm) 1200 1500 1800

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF TJK1204 TJK1504 TJK1804

G Auxiliary Shelves Extra height adjustable shelf, 310mm deep. For TPH benches only

PRICE £175.00 £185.00 £195.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

WIDTH (mm) 1200 1500 1800

FOR BENCH TPH712 TPH715/915 TPH718/918

ORDER REF SH120 SH150 SH180

PRICE £102.00 £109.00 £113.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

199 2011


TC200

16/12/10

15:20

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSTATIONS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

F

WB BENCHES FROM

460

£ G

S TATIC E LECTRICITY C ONTROL O PTIONS ARE R EADILY A VAILABLE

A

C

E

Mobile Bench 700 x 500mm height adjustable (690-990 by Allen key) bench, with lower shelf. 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes. 75kg UDL. REF CTR705 PRICE £315.00

J

D B

H

Drawer & cupboard units, see page 202

WB Cantilever Workbenches • Stylish design with L-shaped frame for good leg room and stability • Height adjusts 700 to 1100mm to suit seated to standing positions • Electric motor option takes just 19 seconds, min to max height • Comprehensive system accessories • Mobile bench option • 25mm laminated particle board worktops • Epoxy coated steel in grey RAL 7035 • Working load 250kg (Allen key) or 200kg (electric motor drive & retractable handle) • A cable tidy is standard equipment on motor and retractable handle benches • Supplied flat-packed

ALLEN KEY ADJUSTMENT

RETRACTABLE HANDLE ADJUSTMENT

ELECTRIC MOTOR ADJUSTMENT

WB Height Adjustable Benches

200

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800 1073 x 800 1500 x 800 1800 x 800

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

BENCH ADJUSTMENT

ORDER REF

PRICE

ALLEN KEY ALLEN KEY ALLEN KEY RETRACTABLE HANDLE RETRACTABLE HANDLE RETRACTABLE HANDLE ELECTRIC MOTOR ELECTRIC MOTOR ELECTRIC MOTOR

WB811 WB815 WB818 WB811C WB815C WB818C WB811EL WB815EL WB818EL

£460.00 £470.00 £490.00 £950.00 £980.00 £1010.00 £1420.00 £1450.00 £1480.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

WB815

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC201

16/12/10

15:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSTATIONS

Full width over-bench accessories are mounted on upright profiles, and smaller modules on accessory frames. 1073mm wide benches accept size 100 module only; 1500mm wide benches can accept 2 x size 70 modules; 1800mm wide benches take one each size 70 and size 100.

Needed for mounting accessories. Two 900H vertical profiles plus horizontal linking profile. ORDER REF AL2X110W AL2X150W AL2X180W

£138.00 £140.00 £148.00

PRICE

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

£78.00 £91.00

C Upper Shelves Height adjustable full width shelves in 25mm laminated board. 50kg load capacity. Mounts on upright profiles. SHELF W x D (mm) 1073 x 310 1500 x 310 1800 x 310

ORDER REF ALH110 ALH150 ALH180

FOR BENCH 1500/1800 1073/1800

ORDER REF ASH70 ASH100

PRICE

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

£99.00 £137.00 £149.00

FOR BENCH 1500/1800 1073/1800

ORDER REF BP70 BP100

PRICE £50.00 £55.00 £60.00

ORDER REF TJK-904 TJK-1504 TJK-1804

PRICE £175.00 £185.00 £195.00

LCD Swivel Arm As above with double articulated arm. 180º turn and 95-425mm extension. Load 5kg REF MA PRICE £190.00

PRICE £102.00 £112.00

PC Stand An adjustable holder for either vertical or horizontal CPU, to mount underneath the bench. REF CPU PRICE £79.00

PRICE £38.00 £43.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF WBCT110 WBCT150 WBCT180

J LCD bracket To suit mounting holes at 75mm and 100mm centres. mounts on upright profiles. REF MH PRICE £120.00

E Bin Rails Aluminium profile which accepts bins with rear lip. Mounts on accessory frame. WIDTH (mm) 685 985

£102.00 £105.00 £112.00

Electrical Trunking Compact aluminium power trunking unit, complete with 4 single switched sockets. Wired with 3 metre mains lead, tested and ready for use.

D Tilting Shelves Adjust for height, depth and angle. 400mm laminated board with lipped front edge. 35kg load capacity. Mounts on accessory frame. WIDTH (mm) 660 960

PRICE

H Cable Tidy Perforated panel accepts cables held by nylon ties. Included as standard on electric and handle operated benches.

Divides the space between upright profiles into two modules. Usable height 500mm. ORDER REF AKK150 AKK180

ORDER REF HSB110 HSB150 HSB180

Sidelight Construction as overhead light assembly. 590mm long, mounts on upright profiles. REF SL224/E PRICE £183.00

PRICE

B Accessory Frames

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1500 1800

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

G Overhead Light Flicker free and anti-dazzle with 3m mains cable. Adjustable angle. Length 1200mm. See page 199

A Upright Profiles

FOR BENCH WIDTH (mm) 1073 1500 1800

Overhead Support Steel bracket for suspending lighting or power tools. Mounts on upright profiles.

F

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Modular Accessories

TEL: 01446 772614

Keyboard Shelf Pull out shelf with integral wrist support, mounts underneath the bench. 110H x 500L x 250Dmm REF NT-500ESD PRICE £124.00 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

201 2011


TC202

16/12/10

15:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSTATIONS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

LMC Series Light Duty Cabinets

Suitable for TP / TPH / WB / LB benches shown on preceding pages • Epoxy coated steel frames • Drawer fronts are composite board with aluminium handles • Drawer capacity 15kg • Drawers open to 75% of their depth • Drawer internal dimensions 70H x 302W x 425Dmm • Mounting brackets are included.

C

S TATI CITY RI E LECT OL C ONTR

FROM £

ESD option on all models

132

Single Drawer 1 x 100mm drawer 140H x 370W x 460Dmm

Double Drawer 2 x 100mm drawers 245H x 370W x 460Dmm

Four Drawer 4 x 100mm drawers 455H x 370W x 460Dmm

REF LMC01 PRICE £132.00

REF LMC02 PRICE £224.00

REF LMC04 PRICE £311.00

Drawer + Cupboard 1 x 100mm drawer 300H cupboard 455H x 370W x 460Dmm REF LMC04D PRICE £251.00

Cover Plate required for use on WB benches REF LMCK PRICE £22.00

ML Series Heavy Duty Cabinets • Heavy duty epoxy coated steel cabinets • Central locking with single key • Full width aluminium handles with integral label holders • Smooth and quiet telescopic ball race drawer runners • Drawer capacity 35kg • Drawers open to give 405mm clear access • Suitable for WB and TP / TPH benches of minimum 700mm depth shown on preceding pages B A

D

60

C 120 60

120

120 120

60

120 120

120 360

180 120

180

180

E F

Internal Drawer Sizes • 406W x 500Dmm • Internal height is external height minus 10mm

G

60

*4-Drawer Mobile 120

140

• 100mm castors • Fluted rubber top mat • Pull handle

120

H MODEL

Accessories

A B

G Fixed Plastic

202

H Adjustable Steel

H Adjustable Steel

Dividers, 50Hmm

Dividers, 38Hmm

Dividers, 68Hmm

D

REF MLX1 PRICE £22.00

REF MLX2/50 PRICE £58.00

REF MLX2/100 PRICE £73.00

F

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

C E

4 DRAWER MOBILE* 5 DRAWER 4 DRAWER 2 DRAWER 3 DRAWER SINGLE DRAWER

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 670 x 490 x 580 762 x 490 x 580 532 x 490 x 580 532 x 490 x 580 351 x 490 x 580 142 x 453 x 580

ORDER REF

PRICE

ML04 ML06 ML03 ML05 ML02 ML01

£462.00 £512.00 £372.00 £298.00 £298.00 £137.00

Cover Plate required for use on WB benches REF MLS PRICE £13.60

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC203

16/12/10

15:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP TROLLEYS

Adjustable Workshop Trolleys

• Two and four shelf models supplied as standard • Add extra shelves as required • Optional end mesh panels • Frames in epoxy coated steel in dark grey RAL 7045 • 12mm laminate shelves, with light grey steel edging • Four 125mm swivel castors, two with brakes • Supplied flat-packed

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

✓Quality trolleys with indexed shelf height adjustment

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL OPTIONS ARE READILY AVAILABLE

TRTA4104

£410

Mesh End Panels 604H x 364Wmm, epoxy coated dark grey. Use 1 pair on 2-shelf trolleys, 2 pairs on 4-shelf models. REF NET2 PRICE £42.00 per pair 2-Shelf Adjustable Trolleys Maximum load 50kg/shelf, 150kg/trolley. Shelves adjust 200-770Hmm. SHELF SIZE W x D (mm) 800 x 430 1000 x 430 800 x 530 1000 x 530

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1015 x 900 x 535 1015 x 1100 x 535 1015 x 900 x 635 1015 x 1100 x 635

TROLLEY ORDER REF PRICE TRTA4082 £246.00 TRTA4102 £254.00 TRTA5082 £262.00 TRTA5102 £270.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE TRHA408 £64.00 TRHA410 £69.00 TRHA508 £70.00 TRHA510 £75.00

4-Shelf Adjustable Trolleys Maximum load 50kg/shelf, 300kg/trolley. Shelves adjust 200-1340Hmm. SHELF SIZE W x D (mm) 1000 x 430 1000 x 530

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 1535 x 1100 x 535 1535 x 1100 x 635

TROLLEY ORDER REF PRICE TRTA4104 £410.00 TRTA5104 £435.00

TRTA4082

£246

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE TRHA410 £69.00 TRHA510 £75.00

Universal Trolley

WTR140

£540

✓Ideal as a PC station, measuring station or mobile storage ✓150kg load capacity ✓Integrated accessories • Modern industrial design is highly versatile • Fitted with 3 shelves 650L x 530Wmm • Height adjustable by allen-key • Aluminium verticals • Frames epoxy powder coated steel in light grey RAL 7035 • 25mm laminated particle board worktops • Four 100mm swivel castors, two with brakes • Overall dimensions 1415H x 650W x 650Dmm • Supplied flat-packed

NT500ESD

TJK404

REF WTR140 PRICE £540.00 LMC.02 BP50

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

TAS605

TS605

EXTRA SHELVES • 50kg load capacity REF TS605 PRICE £59.00

CABLE CHANNEL • 4 single switched UK sockets REF TJK404 PRICE £158.00

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES • Tilting action with lipped edge REF TAS605 PRICE £114.00

KEYBOARD SHELF • Pull-out shelf & wrist support REF NT500ESD PRICE £124.00

BIN PROFILE • 525mm aluminium profile REF BP50 PRICE £36.00

LIGHT METAL CABINET • 2 lockable drawers REF LMC.02 PRICE £224.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Please note accessories are sold separately STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

203 2011


TC204

16/12/10

15:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BENCHES / STORAGE BENCHES WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Storage Benches Compact workbench system with storage modules enclosed. Two different widths with a variety of in-built storage combinations. Shelving areas, drawer stacks or cupboard sections. Worktop is 40mm thick multiplex. The raised storage area allows access for cleaning underneath. Units are finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035/RAL5010 and are delivered fully assembled ready to use. • Width 1500mm or 2000mm x depth 750mm x 840mm high • Overall load capacity 1.5 tonne • Shelves & drawers adjustable on 25mm pitch • Shelf and drawer capacity of 100kg UDL FROM

1500mm Wide Benches

564

£

41002022 £564.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 2 SHELVES

41002025 £633.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 500 HIGH -

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 CUPBOARD 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

41002031 £701.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 500 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 4 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

2000mm Wide Benches

FROM

730

£

41002049 £730.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 1 CENTRAL SHELF

41002055 £859.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 500 HIGH -

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

41002064 £902.00

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 500 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 CUPBOARDS 4 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 840 x 2000 x 750 350 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

Frame Workstand • 600mm long x 600mm deep x 780mm high • 30mm thick mpx or wisa worktop • Robust steel section framework • Storage units are 500mm wide x 550mm deep with lockable 50kg UDL capacity drawers • RAL5010 blue / RAL7035 grey

16913401.11 16901001.16

£408

£152 16901100.11

£287

204

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF 16901000.16 16901001.16 16901030.16 16901031.16

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £142.00 £152.00 £173.00 £184.00

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF 16901100.11 16901102.11 16913400.11 16913420.11

PRICE £287.00 £298.00 £319.00 £329.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

TYPE / TOP STATIC MPX STATIC WISA MOBILE MPX MOBILE WISA

ORDER REF 16901101.11 16901103.11 16913401.11 16913421.11

PRICE £377.00 £387.00 £408.00 £419.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC205

16/12/10

15:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Fully Welded Benches – Design your own!

✓A range of high quality, fully welded workbenches where durability in use is a necessity

• All workbenches are fully welded with 50 x 50mm steel square tube leg frames • Worktop supports 40 x 40 x 3mm angle • Durable powder coated finish – dark grey frame with light grey (code LXX) drawers/doors as standard. Red drawers/doors (code RXX) are also available • All benches 840mm standard height (760 & 920mm also available) • All benches are capable of supporting loads up to 1200kg UDL

FROM £

180

LOCKABLE CUPBOARD BXCU04051

WORKBENCH 1800 X 900 BJ841890SKXX (WITH FACTORY FITTED ACCESSORIES)

BXDR04043

£189

BXDR04021

£110

HOW TO ORDER • Select bench size from table • Choose worktop • Add accessory options

Heavy Duty Welded Benches 840mm high as standard, 760 and 920mm also available. BENCH SIZE LENGTH x WIDTH (mm) 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

BENCH SIZE LENGTH x WIDTH (mm) 1200 x 600 1200 x 750 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1800 x 750 1800 x 900

STEEL (2mm steel plate) ORDER REF PRICE BJ841260SKXX £180.00 BJ841275SKXX £188.00 BJ841575SKXX £210.00 BJ841590SKXX £236.00 BJ841875SKXX £232.00 BJ841890SKXX £270.00

LOWER SHELF (pressed steel) ORDER REF BXLS1206XXXX BXLS1207XXXX BXLS1507XXXX BXLS1509XXXX BXLS1807XXXX BXLS1809XXXX

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £61.00 £73.00 £84.00 £84.00 £92.00 £92.00

BIRCH PLY HARDWOOD (25mm thick) ORDER REF PRICE BJ841260HKXX £260.00 BJ841275HKXX £279.00 BJ841575HKXX £329.00 BJ841590HKXX £358.00 BJ841875HKXX £357.00 BJ841890HKXX £402.00

RETAINING LIP (back and two sides) ORDER REF PRICE BXRL1206XXXX £20.00 BXRL1207XXXX £23.00 BXRL1507XXXX £26.00 BXRL1509XXXX £28.00 BXRL1807XXXX £28.00 BXRL1809XXXX £31.00

TEL: 01446 772614

LINOLEUM (20mm thick, PVC edge) ORDER REF PRICE BJ8412608KXX £277.00 BJ8412758KXX £319.00 BJ8415758KXX £363.00 BJ8415908KXX £391.00 BJ8418758KXX £402.00 BJ8418908KXX £428.00

GREY LAMINATE (20mm thick, PVC edge) ORDER REF PRICE BJ841260PKXX £268.00 BJ841275PKXX £310.00 BJ841575PKXX £354.00 BJ841590PKXX £382.00 BJ841875PKXX £393.00 BJ841890PKXX £419.00

Accessories • Factory fitted options, only available as part of a complete workbench order. DESCRIPTION VICE PLATE (NOT DRILLED) CUPBOARD SINGLE DRAWER TRIPLE DRAWER

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 560 x 420 x 420 220 x 420 x 420 435 x 420 x 420

ORDER REF BXVICEPLXXXX BXCU04051 BXDR04021 BXDR04043

PRICE £16.00 £120.00 £110.00 £189.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

205 2011


TC206

16/12/10

15:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM

Heavy Duty Storage Benches

✓High quality fully welded workbenches for strength and durability in use

Cabinet Colour Options

• A heavy duty bench available with heavy duty storage drawers

For required cabinet colours please add following suffix to product code

• Weight loading - up to 1200kg swl evenly distributed • Suitable for heavy duty applications such as engineering and manufacturing

Dark Grey (KXX)

• Drawers and cupboards take up to 70kg UDL

Dark Blue (BXX)

Green (GXX)

• Full range of accessories available including drawers, cupboards and shelves

BENCHES FROM

381

£

A D E B C H

F

G

Heavy Duty Storage Bench Accessories

206

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

B B C C C C C C C C C D D D E

760mm REAR SUPPORT POSTS 1180mm REAR SUPPORT POSTS (PAIR) UPPER SHELF 300mm MFC FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LINO FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LAM FOR 1200mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm MFC FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LINO FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LAM FOR 1500mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm MFC FOR 1800mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LINO FOR 1800mm BENCH UPPER SHELF 300mm LAM FOR 1800mm BENCH LIGHT/TOOL RAIL SUPPORT FOR 1200mm BENCH LIGHT/TOOL RAIL SUPPORT FOR 1500mm BENCH LIGHT/TOOL RAIL SUPPORT FOR 1800mm BENCH FLUORESCENT LIGHT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF

PRICE

BESP760SXXXX £42.00 BESP1180XXXX £52.00 BEUS1200GXXX £62.00 BEUS12008XXX £70.00 BEUS1200PXXX £66.00 BEUS15008XXX £76.00 BEUS1500VXXX £84.00 BEUS1500PXXX £79.00 BEUS1800GXXX £88.00 BEUS18008XXX £100.00 BEUS1800PXXX £96.00 BERS1200XLXX £53.00 BERS1500XLXX £57.00 BERS1800XLXX £59.00 BELF1200XLXX £30.00

TEL: 01446 772614

ITEM

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

F F F G G G H H H I J K L M N

LOUVRED BACK PANEL FOR 1200mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL FOR 1500mm BENCH LOUVRED BACK PANEL FOR 1800mm BENCH WORKTOP SERVICE DUCT FOR 1200mm BENCH WORKTOP SERVICE DUCT FOR 1500mm BENCH WORKTOP SERVICE DUCT FOR 1800mm BENCH POST FITTED SERVICE DUCT FOR 1200mm BENCH POST FITTED SERVICE DUCT FOR 1500mm BENCH POST FITTED SERVICE DUCT FOR 1800mm BENCH 4 DRAWER CABINET - 1 x 100, 3 x 150 5 DRAWER CABINET - 4 x 100, 1 x 150 2 DRAWER CABINET - 2 x 100, 1 x CUPBOARD 4 DRAWER CABINET - 2 x 100, 1 x 150, 1 x 200 CUPBOARD WITH SHELF 3 DRAWER CABINET - 2 x 100, 1 x 350

BELO4812IXXX BELO4815IXXX BELO4818IXXX BESDWT122XXX BESDWT15XXXX BESDWT18XXXX BESDSP12XXXX BESDSP15XXXX BESDSP18XXXX BZDRAW04XD BZDRAW05XB BZDCBDR02XC BZDRAW04XA BZCBDXSHXE BZDRAW03XF

£98.00 £107.00 £119.00 £82.00 £84.00 £88.00 £90.00 £93.00 £95.00 £548.00 £589.00 £291.00 £530.00 £193.00 £465.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC207

16/12/10

15:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BENCHES / HD WORKBENCH SYSTEM

K

L

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

J

M

N

I

Steel Plate Worktop

BZDRAW04XD

548

£

Birch Ply Hardwood Worktop Plastic Laminate Worktop

Linoleum Worktop

Grey MFC used for shelves

Heavy Duty Storage Benches (920mm height also available) ITEM A A A A

BENCH SIZE H x W x D(mm) 840 x 1500 x 750 840 x 1500 x 900 840 x 1800 x 750 840 x 1800 x 900

STEEL ORDER REF BS841575SLXX BS841590SLXX BS841875SLXX BS841890SLXX

PRICE £433.00 £467.00 £499.00 £536.00

HARDWOOD ORDER REF PRICE BS841575HLXX £381.00 BS841590HLXX £414.00 BS841875HLXX £428.00 BS841890HLXX £475.00

LINO ORDER REF BS8415758LXX BS8415908LXX BS8418758LXX BS8418908LXX

PRICE £410.00 £434.00 £448.00 £493.00

LAMINATE ORDER REF PRICE BS841575PLXX £402.00 BS841590PLXX £425.00 BS841875PLXX £439.00 BS841890PLXX £485.00

Lower Shelves 580mm Deep TO FIT

LINO ORDER REF

1500mm BENCH WITHOUT CABINETS 1500mm BENCH WITH ONE CABINET 1800mm BENCH WITHOUT CABINETS 1800mm BENCH WITH ONE CABINET 1800mm BENCH WITH TWO CABINET

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

BZLSNC158XXX BZLS1C158XXX BZLSNC188XXX BZLS1C188XXX BZLS2C188XXX

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £112.00 £104.00 £126.00 £114.00 £102.00

MFC ORDER REF BZLSNC15GXXX BZLS1C15GXXX BZLSNC18GXXX BZLS1C18GXXX BZLS2C18GXXX

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £77.00 £71.00 £87.00 £78.00 £68.00

LAMINATE ORDER REF BZLSNC15PXXX BZLS1C15PXXX BZLSNC18PXXX BZLS1C18PXXX BZLS2C18PXXX

PRICE £108.00 £101.00 £121.00 £110.00 £99.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

207 2011


TC208

16/12/10

15:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

WORKSTATIONS

Just

Benches & Workstations

✓A range of simple and economic solutions to meet the needs of production, assembly, maintenance and despatch personnel

• Work surface maximum load capacity up to 300kg • Upper shelf can carry up to 150kg • Supplied as easy self-assembly kits • All models feature 18mm chipboard working surfaces at 914mm height • Only a rubber mallet is required to build up • Finished with a choice of upright colours and light grey beams • Upper shelves are 370mm deep

300kg

FROM

£205

CAPACITY

Workstations Style A Workstations with 2 upper shelves, operator can be seated, four generous sizes DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAWA7518 JAWA7524 JAWA9018 JAWA9024

£205.00 £227.00 £215.00 £252.00

FROM

£236

JAWC7518

228

£

Workstations Style B 2 upper shelves, full size undershelf for extra storage. Larger sizes make excellent packaging and despatch benches DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

FRAME COLOUR OPTIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAWB7518 JAWB7524 JAWB9018 JAWB9024

£236.00 £280.00 £251.00 £296.00

JAT6045

Red uprights (RD), light grey beams

208

Blue uprights (GB), light grey beams

Dark grey uprights (GX), light grey beams

Light grey uprights (GU), and beams

Workstations Style C

Add-On Benches

• Large work surface with louvred panels at rear, panels accept plastic containers and spigots - neither are included. Ideal for storage of small components and tools • Useful top shelf at 1980mm height • 1500W x 750Dmm

Useful extra working area, easily moved around as required, undershelf is ideal for tools, 914mm high

REF JAWC7518 PRICE £228.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 600 x 450 900 x 450 600 x 600 900 x 600

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF

PRICE

JAT6045 JAT9045 JAT6060 JAT6090

£56.00 £73.00 £68.00 £78.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

£56

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC209

16/12/10

15:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BENCHES WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

300kg CAPACITY JABC7518M

£119

JABC7518

£93

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JABC7518M JABC7524M JABC9018M JABC9024M

£119.00 £145.00 £128.00 £156.00

Benches Style C Bench with T-bar construction allows user to be seated or standing on either side of the bench. Wipe clean melamine worktop

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

Benches Style C

ORDER REF

PRICE

JABC7518 JABC7524 JABC9018 JABC9024

£93.00 £108.00 £99.00 £119.00

Bench with T-bar construction allows user to be seated or standing on either side of the bench. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop

JABE7518

£148

JABD7518

£111

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF JABD7518 JABD7524 JABD9018 JABD9024

PRICE £111.00 £131.00 £119.00 £138.00

Benches Style D Half depth lower shelf allows user to be seated and gives additional storage. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

PRICE

JABE7518 JABE7524 JABE9018 JABE9024

£148.00 £174.00 £160.00 £187.00

JABB7518

ORDER REF JABB7518 JABB7524 JABB9018 JABB9024

PRICE £135.00 £157.00 £150.00 £173.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Two half depth lower shelves allow user to be seated whilst maximising storage. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf

JABB7518M

£135

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

Benches Style E

ORDER REF

£175

Benches Style B Full size undershelf for extra storage, undershelf height adjustable. 18mm FSC chipboard worktop and shelf TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1800 x 750 2400 x 750 1800 x 900 2400 x 900

ORDER REF

PRICE

JABB7518M JABB7524M JABB9018M JABB9024M

£175.00 £221.00 £188.00 £239.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Benches Style B Full size undershelf for extra storage, undershelf height adjustable. Wipe clean melamine worktop and shelf

www.storage-design.co.uk

209

2011


TC210

16/12/10

15:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BENCHES / TIMBER WORKBENCHES

Timber workbenches

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

✓Quality timber benches suitable for a wide range of industrial and commercial applications • Hard wearing construction from 25mm plywood, 30mm vinyl or beech hardwood top • Adjustable foot for stability • All exposed surfaces are double varnished • Excellent base for customisation • Supplied pre-assembled ready for use

FROM

319

£ D

J

E

F G

B A

K

Accessories

Replacement worktops to suit most brands of workbenches, please call for further details

Supplied factory fitted and ready for use, this wide range of accessories enables the bench you choose to be tailored for your specific applications.

C

PIC

DESCRIPTION

A B C D E F G

CUPBOARD UNIT DRAWER UNIT SECURITY CUPBOARD TOOL RACK SAW RACK PLANE STOP RECORD VICE

ORDER REF EAT010 EAT011 EAT012 EAT013 EAT014 EAT015 EAT016

PRICE £146.00 £172.00 £121.00 £17.30 £9.80 £27.00 £180.00

Back Lip / Panel PIC

H

H H H J J J

Standard Timber Workbenches

210

SIZES L x D (mm) 1200 x 750 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 750 1500 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 750 1800 x 900 1800 x 1200

PLYWOOD SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT001 £319.00 EAT002 £351.00 EAT003 £386.00 EAT004 £351.00 EAT005 £386.00 EAT006 £425.00 EAT007 £386.00 EAT008 £425.00 EAT009 £468.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

VINYL SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT067 £372.00 EAT068 £409.00 EAT069 £450.00 EAT070 £409.00 EAT071 £450.00 EAT072 £495.00 EAT073 £450.00 EAT074 £495.00 EAT075 £544.00

TEL: 01446 772614

HARDWOOD SURFACE ORDER REF PRICE EAT076 £435.00 EAT077 £477.00 EAT078 £525.00 EAT079 £477.00 EAT080 £525.00 EAT081 £578.00 EAT082 £525.00 EAT083 £578.00 EAT084 £636.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS LENGTH x HEIGHT 1200 x 75mm 1500 x 75mm 1800 x 75mm 1200 x 305mm 1500 x 305mm 1800 x 305mm

ORDER REF EAT017 EAT018 EAT019 EAT020 EAT021 EAT022

PRICE £24.20 £31.60 £39.00 £39.40 £47.50 £55.60

Bottom Shelf PIC K K K K K K K K K

DIMENSIONS LENGTH x DEPTH 1200 x 750mm 1200 x 900mm 1200 x 1200mm 1500 x 750mm 1500 x 900mm 1500 x 1200mm 1800 x 750mm 1800 x 900mm 1800 x 1200mm

ORDER REF EAT023 EAT024 EAT025 EAT026 EAT027 EAT028 EAT029 EAT030 EAT031

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £44.50 £46.70 £49.00 £53.90 £55.70 £57.50 £59.30 £61.10 £62.90

2011


TC211

16/12/10

15:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

• Designed for use in technical workshops where tools and fixings need to be kept tidy and secure at the end of the day • Dimensions 2000H x 980W x 530Dmm • Lockable tambour door • Constructed from 18mm MFC • A range of accessories available for users to create their own unit specific to their requirements

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Tools & Fixings Storage Unit

EAT254

541

£

MFC Options For all products - please specify when ordering SIX PIECE TOOL RACK Beech Effect LOUVRED PANEL Oak Effect DRAWER UNITS

Grey Finish

TOOL SHELF Tools & Fixings Storage Unit DESCRIPTION TAMBOUR CUPBOARD LOUVRED PANEL SIX PIECE TOOL RACK 24 SMALL PARTS DRAWER UNIT TOOL SHELF

ORDER REF

PRICE

EAT254 EAT255 EAT256 EAT257 EAT258

£541.00 £98.00 £20.40 £60.00 £84.00

PIGEON HOLES (included with basic unit)

REMOVABLE BINS (included with basic unit)

211 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC212

14/12/10

14:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CABINETS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Workshop Cupboards 2000mm high • Available fitted with containers, tool hook sets and shelved models (tools not included) • Perfo panel system for optimum storage capacity • Polypropylene parts bins (page 59)

FROM

FROM

FAA1403S101

£640

£649

£897

A

B

FROM

FROM

FAA1303S108

£771

£770

£1069

D

E

F

FAA13000104

FAA14000204

FROM

£506

£696

£533

G PIC A

B C D E F G

H I

212

C

H

I

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS BIN SELECTION H x W x D (mm) SLIDING DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 450 SLIDING DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 450 SLIDING DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 450 12 GREY + 16 BLUE (SIZE 3) PERFO PANEL TOOL STORAGE CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 400 PERFO PANEL TOOL STORAGE CABINET + 156 TOOL HOOK KIT 2000 x 1023 x 400 COMPLETE MINI WORKSHOP WITH WOODEN WORKTOP 2000 x 1023 x 555 12 (SIZE 1) + 48 (SIZE 2) BLUE VIEW CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 555 VIEW CABINET + 32 TOOL HOOK KIT 2000 x 1023 x 555 6 (SIZE 4A2) BLUE + 6 (SIZE 4) GREY VIEW CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 400 VIEW CABINET + 142 TOOL HOOK KIT 2000 x 1023 x 400 TOOLS & PARTS STORAGE CENTRE + 92 TOOL HOOK KIT 2000 x 1023 x 400 8 (SIZES 1, 3A2, 3) + 20 (SIZE 2) WORKSHOP CUPBOARD 2000 x 1023 x 400 WORKSHOP CUPBOARD 2000 x 1023 x 555 WORKSHOP CUPBOARD 2000 x 1023 x 555 WORKSHOP CUPBOARD 2000 x 1023 x 555 WORKSHOP CUPBOARD 2000 x 1023 x 555 HINGED DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 400 HINGED DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 400 28 (SIZE 3) GREY HINGED DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 400 HINGED DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 400 12 (SIZE 3A2) BLUE + 20 (SIZE 3) GREY HINGED DOOR CABINET 2000 x 1023 x 400 -

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

SHELVES

DRAWERS

ORDER REF

PRICE

4 6 6 1 1 5 4 4 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 7 7 8

3 1 2 3 -

FAB33000104 FAB33000404 FAB33000S151 FAA13030204 FAA13035204 FAA1403S101 FAA14020404 FAA14025404 FAA13020204 FAA13025204 FAA1303S108 FAA13000104 FAA14000104 FAA14000704 FAA14000804 FAA14000204 FAA13000204 FAA13005204 FAA13000304 FAA13005304 FAA13000404

£640.00 £669.00 £684.00 £649.00 £1220.00 £897.00 £771.00 £934.00 £770.00 £1253.00 £1069.00 £506.00 £532.00 £587.00 £641.00 £696.00 £533.00 £601.00 £547.00 £660.00 £561.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC213

16/12/10

15:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

✓65kg shelf loading

✓Attractive, robust design made to withstand the wear and tear of industrial use

LP1

• All steel carcass construction • Phosphated and powder coated prior to assembly • High rigidity welded door frames • Doors have full height stiffeners • Six-lever locks operate espagnolette bolts

262

£

LP6

£293

LP8

£368

AC+IVECOAT

®

anti-bacterial technology

✓99.9% reduction of E-Coli & MRSA Super Bug

LC403618IN

LP4A

£200

£201

PTC351818IND

£101

Probe Cupboards DIMENSIONS ADJUSTABLE H x W x D (mm) SHELVES 1780 x 915 x 460 3 1780 x 915 x 460 1 1780 x 610 x 460

1

1780 x 610 x 460 1780 x 915 x 460

3 3

1780 x 915 x 460

6

1780 x 915 x 460

9

1015 x 915 x 460 890 x 460 x 460

1 2

DESCRIPTION DOUBLE DOOR STORAGE CUPBOARD DOUBLE DOOR WARDROBE CUPBOARD: FULL WIDTH SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL SINGLE DOOR WARDROBE CUPBOARD: FULL WIDTH SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL SINGLE DOOR STORAGE CUPBOARD COMBINATION CUPBOARD & WARDROBE: CENTRAL PARTITION, HALF SHELF WITH HANGING RAIL BENEATH + 3 HALF SHELVES 8-COMPARTMENT CUPBOARD: CENTRAL PARTITION WITH 6 ADJ SHELVES 12-COMPARTMENT CUPBOARD: 2 PARTITIONS WITH 9 ADJUSTABLE SHELVES LOW CUPBOARD TWIN DOORS LOW CUPBOARD WITH SINGLE DOOR

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF LP1

PRICE £262.00

LP1A

£346.00

LP4 LP4A

£188.00 £201.00

LP6

£293.00

LP7

£322.00

DOOR COLOURS:

LP8 £368.00 LC403618IN £200.00 PTC351818IND £101.00

Red

Blue

Green

Smoke White

Yellow

Silver Grey

CARCASS COLOURS: Black

info@storage-design.co.uk

Smoke White

Silver Grey

www.storage-design.co.uk

213 2011


TC214

16/12/10

15:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

Heavy Duty Workshop Cupboards

✓Heavy duty industrial cupboards with double locking doors

• Finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035 with doors in blue RAL5010 • Perforated door liners will accept tool holders • Security is ensured by a 3 point locking system • Shelves and drawers are adjustable on a 25mm pitch

SPECIFICATION OVERALL H x W x D SHELF H x W x D DRAWER H x W x D CAPACITY PER SHELF CAPACITY PER DRAWER OVERALL CAPACITY

2000 x 1050 x 650mm 25 x 970 x 593mm 122.5 x 968 x 549mm 100kg 100kg 1500kg

Drawer dividers are available, please contact us for information

40021160

£972

40021101

£685

40021160 £972.00 CONFIGURATION 4 x 125mm HIGH DRAWERS 1 x SHELF 1 x WOOD TOP 1 x PERFO BACKPANEL 1 x LOUVRE BACKPANEL

40021101 £685.00 CONFIGURATION 4 x SHELVES

TOOLS / BINS NOT INCLUDED

40021108

£894

40021114

£1273

40021108 £894.00

40021114 £1273.00

CONFIGURATION 4 x DRAWERS 2 x SHELVES

CONFIGURATION 9 x DRAWERS 3 x SHELVES

214 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC215

16/12/10

15:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Freestanding Cupboards • For high volume storage • Tough, welded steel construction • Three point locking, with reinforced doors • Galvanised steel shelves adjustable on 25mm pitch • 50kg UDL capacity per shelf • RAL5010 blue / RAL7035 grey powdercoat finish

750mm Wide Models

1000mm Wide Models 16911534.11

£309

16911600.11

£330

16911604.11

£441

16911808.11

£234

Cupboards, 750mm Wide DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 750 x 750 x 550 900 x 750 x 550 1000 x 750 x 350 1000 x 750 x 550 2000 x 750 x 350 2000 x 750 x 550

SHELVES

ORDER REF

PRICE

2 2 2 2 4 4

16911217.11 16911223.11 16911808.11 16911476.11 16911600.11 16911601.11

£217.00 £237.00 £234.00 £248.00 £330.00 £374.00

Cupboards, 1000mm Wide DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 750 x 1000 x 550 900 x 1000 x 550 1000 x 1000 x 350 1000 x 1000 x 550 2000 x 1000 x 350 2000 x 1000 x 550

Extra Shelves DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 750 x 350 750 x 550

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SHELVES

ORDER REF

PRICE

2 2 2 2 4 4

16911229.11 16911235.11 16911812.11 16911534.11 16911602.11 16911604.11

£276.00 £292.00 £285.00 £309.00 £395.00 £441.00

Extra Shelves

ORDER REF

PRICE

16911905.51 16911901.51

£15.50 £19.20

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 1000 x 350 1000 x 550

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

16911906.51 16911902.51

£21.60 £28.40

www.storage-design.co.uk

215 2011


TC216

16/12/10

15:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

DRAWER CABINETS

High Capacity Drawer Cabinets

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

• Create a clean, safe & well organised storage space with drawer cabinets • High capacity units in two different plan sizes • All cabinets are fully lockable and finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035 grey with RAL5010 blue fronts • All drawers have 93% extension and 100kg capacity • Overall load capacity of 1.5 tonne • Drawer dividers are available - steel slotted or plastic box kits - see facing page

FROM

358

£

525mm Wide Cabinets

40010023 £358.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER CUPBOARD

40010029 £472.00

H x W x D (mm) 800 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 175 HIGH 400 HIGH

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 4 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 800 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

40010033 £411.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER CUPBOARD

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 125 HIGH 150 HIGH 400 HIGH

40010041 £525.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 5 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

FROM

478

800mm Wide Cabinets

£

40012013 £478.00

40012019 £619.00

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER CUPBOARD

H x W x D (mm) 800 x 800 x 525 100 HIGH 175 HIGH 400 HIGH

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 4 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 800 x 800 x 525 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

216 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

40012023 £544.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER CUPBOARD

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 800 x 525 100 HIGH 125 HIGH 150 HIGH 400 HIGH

info@storage-design.co.uk

40012029 £685.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 5 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

H x W x D (mm) 900 x 800 x 525 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC217

16/12/10

15:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DRAWER CABINETS

Drawer Divider Kits WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

• Customise your storage system with a high quality range of drawer division accessories • Steel variable divider kits manufactured from galvanised sheet steel or plastic box kits in RAL7011 impact resistant polystyrol

525mm Wide Drawers

5 Compartment DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100/125mm 150mm +

REF 43020229.51V 43020232.51V 43020235.51V

7 Compartment PRICE £21.00 £22.00 £25.00

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100/125mm 150mm +

PRICE £25.20 £29.40

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100mm +

PRICE £28.00 £30.00 £34.00

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100/125mm 150mm +

PRICE £32.60 £38.90

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100mm +

24 Compartment DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100mm +

REF 43020106 43020157

REF 43020230.51V 43020233.51V 43020236.51V

9 Compartment PRICE £26.00 £28.00 £32.00

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100/125mm 150mm +

PRICE £28.40 £35.70

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100mm +

PRICE £35.00 £37.00 £43.00

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100/125mm 150mm +

PRICE £43.10 £50.50

DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100mm +

32 Compartment REF 43020107 43020158

REF 43020231.51V 43020234.51V 43020237.51V

PRICE £29.00 £30.00 £36.00

42 Compartment REF 43020108 43020159

PRICE £34.70 £42.00

800mm Wide Drawers

7 Compartment DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100/125mm 150mm +

REF 43020289.51V 43020292.51V 43020295.51V

10 Compartment

30 Compartment DRAWER HEIGHT 75mm 100mm +

REF 43020124 43020175

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

REF 43020290.51V 43020293.51V 43020296.51V

13 Compartment

44 Compartment

TEL: 01446 772614

REF 43020125 43020176

REF 43020291.51V 43020294.51V 43020297.51V

PRICE £41.00 £43.00 £54.10

54 Compartment

info@storage-design.co.uk

REF 43020126 43020177

PRICE £49.40 £57.80

www.storage-design.co.uk

217 2011


TC218

16/12/10

15:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

DRAWER CABINETS

500mm Wide Mobile Drawer Cabinets • Mobile cabinets for on-site storage • Centrally lockable and finished in epoxy powder coat RAL7035/RAL5010 • Push/pull handle • Drawer blocking mechanism to prevent tipping • 100kg capacity per drawer • 125mm castor set (two with brake) • Safety trigger on each drawer to prevent accidental opening • Available in 2 plan sizes

See our range of drawer dividers on page 217 525mm Wide Cabinets

40402007 £487.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 780 x 525 x 525 100 HIGH 300 HIGH

40402011 £572.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER

H x W x D (mm) 780 x 525 x 525 75 HIGH 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

650mm Wide Cabinets

40402031 £668.00

218

CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 3 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

H x W x D (mm) 880 x 650 x 650 100 HIGH 150 HIGH

TEL: 01446 772614

40402035 £737.00 CONFIGURATION OVERALL SIZE 2 DRAWERS 2 DRAWERS 1 DRAWER 1 DRAWER

info@storage-design.co.uk

H x W x D (mm) 980 x 650 x 650 75 HIGH 100 HIGH 150 HIGH 200 HIGH

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC219

14/12/10

14:24

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DRAWER CABINETS

Heavy Duty Drawer Cabinets

Drawer Cabinet Options

• Manufactured using the latest automated systems to ISO9001 standards • Fully Drawers lockable, 2 keys supplied • Drawer configurations can be altered • Single drawer locking mechanism prevents more than one drawer opening at once • Drawers can be sub divided • All cabinets can be made mobile • Plinths, transpallet bases and fork lift truck plinths available • Available in RAL5012 Blue, RAL7000 Grey, RAL6011 Green, RAL7035 Light Grey • Normal extension drawers are extendable by 87% and run on 4 ball bearings. 60-100kg UDL • Full extension drawers are extendableby 100% and run on rollers with telescopic guides for a guaranteed smooth operation. 150kg UDL

A

A B C D

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 850 x 717 x 726 1000 x 717 x 726 1325 x 717 x 726 850 x 1023 x 726

DEPTHS (mm) 600 600 726 573 600 726 726 573 600 726 726 726

Available as standard in 7 widths, 3 depths and 12 height options

832

£

B MODEL

300, 400, 600, 700, 800, 850, 1000 300, 400, 600, 700, 800, 850, 1000 283, 383, 600, 700, 800, 825, 850, 1000 850, 1000, 1450 400, 600, 700, 800, 850, 1000 400, 700, 800, 850, 1000, 1150, 1325, 1450, 1625, 850, 1000, 1450 850, 1000, 1450 400, 700, 800, 1000 850, 1000, 1325, 1450 850, 1000, 1325, 1450 850, 1000, 1325, 1450

870 1023 1023 1023 1193 1431

FROM Please contact us to assist you with the design of the drawer layouts

HEIGHTS AVAILABLE (mm)

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

✓High quality drawer cabinets made from cold pressed quality sheet steel ✓Load capacity per cabinet 3100kg

WIDTH (mm) 428 564 564 717 717 717

C CONFIGURATION DRAWER HEIGHT (mm) 2 x 75, 2 x 100, 2 x 125, 1 x 150 9 x 100 4 x 75, 4 x 100, 1 x 125, 2 x 200 3 x 100, 1 x 150, 1 x 300

D NORMAL EXTENSION ORDER REF PRICE FAG20340204 £832.00 FAG20401004 £960.00 FAG20530904 £1169.00 FAG50340704 £967.00

FULL EXTENSION ORDER REF PRICE FAG20345204 £1033.00 FAG20406004 £1225.00 FAG20535904 £1485.00 FAG50345704 £1059.00

Mobile Cabinets & Workstations

✓Versatile, modular system with interchangeable drawers

• Robust all sheet metal construction • 100% full extension drawers with 70kg capacity each • Individual drawer safety lock • Edged top with oil resistant rubber • 2 braked swivel wheels, 2 fixed wheels • Many other models of cabinets and mobile workstations available • Available in RAL5012 Blue, RAL7000 Grey, RAL7035 Light Grey, RAL6011 Green DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 792 x 600 x 790 792 x 600 x 920 937 x 600 x 910

CONFIGURATION DRAWER HEIGHT (mm) 1 x 75, 1 x 100, 1 x 125, 1 x 200 2 x 75, 1 x 150, 1 x 300 door 2 x 100, 2 x 200, 1 x 600 door

Fitted with curved handles for easy handling and a wooden worktop

ORDER REF FDFD5500104 FDFB5600504 FCBH3200104

FDFD5500104

623

£

PRICE £623.00 £660.00 £936.00

FDFB5600504 FCBH3200104

660

£

936

£

219 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC220

16/12/10

15:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DRAWER CABINETS

Storage Cabinets - 840mm High

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

✓High quality cabinets for workshops, tool rooms, laboratories and all commercial areas A full range of drawer dividers & accessories is available on the facing page FROM

£597

• Heavy gauge fully welded construction • Central locking system & anti-tilt safety mechanism • Drawers mounted on telescopic ball race slides • All drawers have slotted side walls to accept dividers • All cabinets are 610mm deep • Choice of 2 width options: 615 or 915mm • Drawer depths – 100/150/200mm nominal depth • 70kg or 140kg drawer capacity • Polyester powder coated finish for durability

615

840

915

840

Cabinet Colour Options DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7846161C £597.00 E4846161C £691.00

915mm WIDE E7849161C £750.00 E4849161C £804.00

For required cabinet colour please add corresponding suffix to product code 2 x 100mm drawers

Dark Grey (KXX)

2 x 150mm drawer

Green (GXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

1 x 200mm drawer FROM

£748

615

615

840

840

FROM

£674

915

915

840

840

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7846161D £674.00 E4846161D £755.00

915mm WIDE E7849161D £842.00 E4849161D £911.00

3 x 100mm drawers 3 x 150mm drawers

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7846161F £748.00 E4846161F £816.00

915mm WIDE E7849161F £939.00 E4849161F £1012.00

7 x 100mm drawers

615

615

840

840

915

915

FROM

FROM

£342

£184

DRAWER LOADING 70kg

220

140kg

615mm WIDE E78461612 £342.00 E48461612 £420.00

840

915mm WIDE E78491612 £402.00 E48491612 £526.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

LOADING

2 x 100mm drawers plus cupboard

TEL: 01446 772614

70kg

615mm WIDE E78461611 £184.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

840

915mm WIDE E78491611 £204.00

Full cupboard

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC221

14/12/10

14:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DRAWER CABINETS WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Storage Cabinets - 1200mm High 615

615

1200

1200

FROM

£739 915

915

FROM

£792

1200

1200

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7126161V £739.00 E4126161V £807.00

915mm WIDE E7129161V £889.00 E4129161V £969.00

DRAWER LOADING 70kg

6 x 150mm drawers 1 x 200mm drawers

FROM

£980

615mm WIDE E7126161W £792.00 E4126161W £883.00

140kg

615

915mm WIDE E7129161W £1006.00 E4129161W £1097.00

2 x 100mm drawers 6 x 150mm drawers

Cabinet Accessories 1200

• Suit 1200mm high cabinets on this page • Suit 840mm high cabinets on facing page • Also suit Heavy Duty Storage Bench cabinets on pages 206 & 207

Moulded Drawer Inserts Moulded plastic inserts - 55mm deep. Ideal for small parts storage

915

DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 610 x 615 910 x 457

ORDER REF ET610615XXXX ET910457XXXX

PRICE (EACH) £34.00 £31.00

1200

Slotted dividers Moulded Drawer Inserts

DRAWER LOADING 70kg 140kg

615mm WIDE E7126161Y £980.00 E4126161Y £1094.00

915mm WIDE E7129161Y £1265.00 E4129161Y £1379.00

6 x 100mm drawers 2 x 150mm drawers 1 x 200mm drawer

Plain sub-dividers

Slotted Dividers - Packs of 6 LENGTH 100mm HIGH DRAWER 150mm HIGH DRAWER 200mm HIGH DRAWER (mm) ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE 500 FRONT TO BACK ED100FTB2XXX £30.00 ED150FTB2XXX £47.00 ED200FTB2XXX £54.00

Plain Sub-Dividers - Packs of 12 LENGTH (mm) 125 200 275

100mm HIGH DRAWER 150mm HIGH DRAWER ORDER REF PRICE ORDER REF PRICE ES1001252XXX £11.00 ES1501252XXX £11.00 ES1002002XXX £12.00 ES1502002XXX £17.00 ES1002752XXX £13.00 ES1502752XXX £19.00

200mm HIGH DRAWER ORDER REF PRICE ES2001252XXX £12.00 ES2002002XXX £20.00 ES2002752XXX £22.00

Non Conductive Foam Drawer Base Liners Black non-conductive foam drawer liners. To protect goods stored. DIMENSIONS L x W (mm) 610 x 615 910 x 457

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF EL615610XXX EL915610XXX

PRICE (EACH) £17.00 £26.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

221 2011


TC222

16/12/10

15:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

INDUSTRIAL SEATING WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

Upholstered Operator Seating

✓Economical, fabric and vinyl covered multi-purpose chairs • Ideal for industry, offices and shops • 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors • Fully padded seat and back in hard wearing fabric or vinyl upholstery • Gas lift height adjustment • Adjustable backrest • High lift models with footring B-2

£69

B-2C

Regular Low Lift

B-3

REF B-2 PRICE £69.00

REF B-3 PRICE £85.00

Low Lift with Castors 450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base.

Optional Arms Available for these chairs - see below

REF B-2C PRICE £69.00

FABRIC COLOURS Charcoal

High Lift 550-800mm seat height, with 220H footring and glides.

430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base.

VINYL COLOURS Red

Brown

Royal

Black

Port Red

Blue

Optional Arms - REF /A PRICE £20.00 (available for all the above chairs)

Cushioned Polyurethane Operator Seating PU-3

£113

✓ Wipe-clean seating for industrial environments

• Tough black cushioned polyurethane seat and back • Gas lift height adjustment • Height adjustable backrest • 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors • High lift models with footring

PU-2

PU Operator High Lift

PU-2C

550-800mm seat height, with 220H footring & glides.

PU Low Operator with Castors 450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base.

REF PU-3 PRICE £113.00

REF PU-2C PRICE £106.00

PU Operator Low Lift 430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base. REF PU-2 PRICE £106.00

Polypropylene Seating

PP-2C

£64

✓ Hard wearing seats which can be washed or steam cleaned • • • • •

Suitable for the food industry and the factory floor Strong grey, blue or red polypropylene moulded one piece shell Gas lift height adjustment 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors High lift models with footring PP-2

Polypropylene Low Lift 430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base. REF PP-2 PRICE £64.00 Polypropylene Low Lift with Castors

PP-3

POLYPROPYLENE COLOURS Grey

Blue

Red Polypropylene High Lift Gas lift height adjustment 550-800mm seat height, with 170H footring and glides. REF PP-3 PRICE £81.00

450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base. REF PP-2C PRICE £64.00

222 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC223

16/12/10

15:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

INDUSTRIAL SEATING ESD Upholstered Operator Seating • • • • • •

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL

Fully compliant with UK and EU Regulations Padded seat and back in conductive fabric upholstery or vinyl Gas lift height adjustment Height adjustable backrest 5-star base with glides, or with optional castors High lift models with footring AS-3

AS-2

Charcoal

£ Blue

Black Vinyl

AS-2C

ESD High Lift

92

ESD FABRICS

550-800mm seat height, with 220H footring and glides.

ESD Low Lift 430-570mm seat height, with 5-star glide base.

WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT

✓Purpose designed for the electronics industry

REF AS-2 PRICE £92.00

REF AS-3 PRICE £102.00

ESD Low Lift with Castors 450-590mm seat height, with 5-star castor base. REF AS-2C PRICE £111.00

T-3 T-4

T-2

£78

£94

£106

Polyurethane Industry Chairs & Stools

✓High comfort seating for continuous duties

Industry Stool

Industry Regular Chair

Industry High Chair

550-800mm seat height, with height adjustable chromed footring and 5-star black glide base

470-600mm seat height, 5-star black castor base.

550-800mm seat height, with height adjustable chromed footring and 5-star black glide base.

REF T-4 PRICE £78.00

With optional arms REF T-2/A PRICE £113.00

REF T-2 PRICE £94.00

• Designed for industrial & workshop applications • Sculptured black polyurethane foam • Gas lift height adjustment • High stability swivel stool suits many production tasks • Seat and back design promotes air-flow around body • Independent back height & rake adjustments • Seat tilt adjustment • Also available with side arms

REF T-3 PRICE £106.00 With optional arms REF T-3/A PRICE £126.00

Polyurethane Posture Stools

✓Wipe clean stools, designed to eliminate operator fatigue • Ideal for assembly work, checkouts, food processing, sales counters • Cushioned black polyurethane seat can be washed clean • Manual and gas lift height adjustments S-1

Angled Support Stool

Gas Lift Posture Stool

580-800mm seat height, Fixed base with manual height adjustment.

580-800mm seat height, 5-star black glide base.

REF S-1 PRICE £93.00

£93

PS-2

£95

REF PS-2 PRICE £95.00 With Castors REF PS-2C PRICE £95.00 223

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC224

14/12/10

14:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE STORAGE

Hazardous Substance Cupboards

✓This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate storage of hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH regulations • “No snag” handles with 2-point locking • Adjustable spill retaining galvanised shelves for superior spill management* • Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of spills through the use of absorbents* • Wall cupboards are pre drilled for mounting (fixings not included) • Stands raise cupboards by 500mm with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces *All cupboards except wall mounted unit Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

CZ181246ZYXX

307

£

CZ189046ZYXX

231

£

CZ909046ZYXX

£175

CZ709046ZYXX

£161

CZ129046ZYXX CZ904646ZYXX

£224

£137 CZ703530ZYXX

£110

Hazardous Substance Cupboards DESCRIPTION FLOOR CUPBOARDS

WALL CUPBOARD

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 700 x 350 x 300 700 x 900 x 460 900 x 460 x 460 900 x 900 x 460 1200 x 900 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460 570 x 850 x 255

INTERNAL SHELVES 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 1

ORDER REF CZ703530ZYXX CZ709046ZYXX CZ904646ZYXX CZ909046ZYXX CZ129046ZYXX CZ189046ZYXX CZ181246ZYXX CZ855725ZYXX

PRICE £110.00 £161.00 £137.00 £175.00 £224.00 £231.00 £307.00 £153.00

EXTRA SHELVES ORDER REF PRICE CZES3530ZYXX £16.80 CZES9046ZYXX £27.30 CZES4646ZYXX £21.00 CZES9046ZYXX £27.30 CZES9046ZYXX £27.30 CZES9046ZYXX £27.30 CZES1246ZYXX £31.50 -

STANDS ORDER REF CZST3530ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX CZST4646ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX CZST9046ZYXX -

PRICE £63.00 £70.00 £63.00 £70.00 £70.00 £70.00 -

CONTROL OF SUBSTANCES HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH

224

Storage of potentially hazardous substances and materials should conform to guidelines covered by the Control of Substances to Health Regulations issued by the Health and Safety Executive. Following assessment under CoSHH of the use and storage of hazardous substances and materials, our cupboards and cabinets can be used to satisfy the regulations’ requirements for appropriate methods of storage in the workplace.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC225

16/12/10

15:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE STORAGE

Petroleum and Flammable Liquids Cabinets • Manufactured from heavy duty steel with welded seams • Supplied with 500mm high stand • Reinforced doors • 2 perforated shelves • Integral 150mm high sump with drain plug DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1200 x 900 x 610 1200 x 1200 x 610

SHELVES INCLUDED 2 2

CABINET REF CT129061ZHXX CT121261ZHXX

PRICE £755.00 £849.00

EXTRA SHELF REF CTES9060ZHXX CTES1260ZHXX

PRICE £43.00 £57.00

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

CONTROL OF SUBSTANCES HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH Storage of potentially hazardous substances & materials should conform to guidelines covered by the Control of Substances to Health Regulations issued by the Health & Safety Executive. Following assessment under CoSHH of the use & storage of hazardous substances & materials, our cupboards & cabinets can be used to satisfy the regulations’ requirements for appropriate methods of storage in the workplace.

CT121261ZHXX

849

£

PSC-3

£292

Floor Chests • Heavy duty steel construction • Angled lid and lockable hasp • Tough powder coated finish • Bright red safety colouring • Padlock is not included

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 510 x 610 x 340 610 x 1170 x 460

ORDER REF CT516134ZHXX CT611146ZHXX

PRICE £210.00 £330.00

Hazardous Storage Bins

Mobile Cabinets

• Fitted with hasp & staple to enable secure locking • Sloping lid prevents article placement

• Base has four lockable swivel castors • Large diameter rubber tyred wheels for easy handling

✓Floor standing

storage with manoeuvrability

CZ109046MYXX

CZ516134ZYXX

£281

£191

Bin Size 1 510H x 610W x 340Dmm REF CZ516134ZYXX PRICE £191.00 Bin Size 2 610H x 1170W x 460Dmm REF CZ611146ZYXX PRICE £299.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

✓Mobile cabinets combine safe

TEL: 01446 772614

Hazardous Mobile Cabinets DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 840 x 900 x 460 1040 x 900 x 460

SHELVES 1 1

CABINET ORDER REF CZ849046MYXX CZ109046MYXX

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £252.00 £281.00

EXTRA SHELF REF CZES-9046ZYXX CZES-9046ZYXX

PRICE £27.30 £27.30

www.storage-design.co.uk

225 2011


TC226

16/12/10

15:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

Acid & Alkali Cabinets TOP V

UE AL

A

• Fitted with spill-containing shelves and integral sump for superior spill-management • Powder coated white • Fitted with warning labels • Fully die-cast flush fitting handle

TOP V

LUE

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE STORAGE

CA189046ZWXX

£254

Mobile Cabinets CA709046ZWXX with Mobile Base REF CA849046MWXX PRICE £272.00

CA904646ZWXX*

£150

CA909046ZWXX with Mobile Base REF CA109046MWXX PRICE £288.00 *Stand is extra

REF CAST4646ZWXX PRICE £66.00

CA909046ZWXX

£193

DIMENSIONS DOORS SHELVES CABINET PRICE OPTIONAL STAND H x W x D (mm) INC 700 x 350 x 300 1 1 CA703530ZWXX £122.00 CAST3530ZWXX 900 x 460 x 460 1 1 CA904646ZWXX £150.00 CAST4646ZWXX 700 x 900 x 460 2 1 CA709046ZWXX £177.00 CAST9046ZWXX 900 x 900 x 460 2 1 CA909046ZWXX £193.00 CAST9046ZWXX 1800 x 900 x 460 2 3 CA189046ZWXX £254.00 1800 x 1200 x 460 2 3 CA181246ZWXX £338.00 -

CP189046ZRXX

£254

PRICE £66.00 £66.00 £72.00 £72.00 -

CP709046MRXX

£273

CP709046ZRXX

£177

Mobile Cabinets CP709046ZRXX with Mobile Base REF CP709046MRXX PRICE £273.00

Pesticide & Agrochemical Cabinets

226

• Fitted with spill-containing shelves and integral sump for superior spill-management • Louvred doors for ventilation • Powder coated red • Fitted with warning labels • Fully die-cast flush fitting handle

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

CP909046ZRXX with Mobile Base REF CP909046MRXX PRICE £281.00 DIMENSIONS DOORS SHELVES CABINET PRICE OPTIONAL STAND H x W x D (mm) INC 700 x 350 x 300 1 1 CP703530ZRXX £122.00 CPST3530ZRXX 900 x 460 x 460 1 1 CP904646ZRXX £150.00 CPST4646ZRXX 700 x 900 x 460 2 1 CP709046ZRXX £177.00 CPST9046ZRXX 900 x 900 x 460 2 1 CP909046ZRXX £193.00 CPST9046ZRXX 1800 x 900 x 460 2 3 CP189046ZRXX £254.00 1800 x 1200 x 460 2 3 CP181246ZRXX £338.00 -

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £64.00 £64.00 £72.00 £72.00 -

2011


TC227

16/12/10

15:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / GAS CYLINDER CAGES SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

Gas Cylinder Cages

✓Gas cylinder cages, completely hot-dip

galvanised, with lockable double doors

113-516

£1191 115-863

£1630

A

B

• Designed for external use • Solid frame construction • 350mm protruding roof for added weather protection • Available with or without raised base • Can be anchored to the ground for additional security • Folded doors can either be hung to the left or to the right • Single cylinder storage possible with the rail and chain system • Suitable for storing of gas cylinder pallets • Delivered flat-pack for self-assembly (minimal tools required) By fitting shelving units, gas cylinder cages can have other uses, for example they can be used to store 11kg cylinders. This puts the height of the cages to the best possible use.

115-861

STORAGE OF 1 gas bottle pallet and 4 gas bottles or 2 x 3 rows of 4 gas bottles

£1661

DIMENSIONS (Without protruding roof) 2250H x 1500W x 1300Dmm MODEL

DESCRIPTION

A B

WITHOUT BASE WITH BASE

ORDER REF 113-516 115-863

PRICE £1191.00 £1630.00

STORAGE OF 2 gas bottle pallets and 8 gas bottles or 4 x 3 rows of 4 gas bottles DIMENSIONS (Without protruding roof) 2250H x 3050W x 1300Dmm

C

MODEL

DESCRIPTION

C D

WITHOUT BASE WITH BASE

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

ORDER REF 115-861 115-864

PRICE £1661.00 £2300.00

115-864

£2300

SHELVING UNITS • Up to 2 shelving units can be stacked on top of each other to give three storage levels: ground, middle, and top • Dimensions 750H x 1440W x 1040Dmm • 500kg maximum Load D

Shelves not included

REF 115-876 PRICE £193.00 227

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC228

16/12/10

15:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE

IBC Bunds • Fork truck lifting points • Baffle plates in bund • Polyester powder coated grey finish • Galvanised grille included IBC STAND REF GA/0021/010 PRICE £429.00

DISPENSING TRAY REF GA/0016/008 PRICE £43.00 MODEL

IBC BUND CAP. CAPACITY (litres) POLYETHYLENE 1 x 1000 litre 1100 STEEL 1 x 1000 litre 1100 STEEL 1 x 1000 litre 1100 STEEL 2 x 1000 litre 1100

ON SELECTED ITEMS

FOR USE WITH GA/0014/007 GA/0015/007 DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE H x W x L (mm) REF 690 x 1450 x 1575 GA/0014/007PLA £766.00 710 x 1100 x 1450 GA/0032/007 £693.00 610 x 1238 x 1687 GA/0014/007 £839.00 447 x 1687 x 2680 GA/0015/007 £1098.00

Dispensing tray sold separately

GA/0032/007

693

£

GA/0006/003

GA/0002/001

709

429

£

£

DRUM FRAME is optional extra GA/0031/002 £120.00

Standard Drum Bunds • 4-way fork truck lifting points • PPC grey finish • Baffle plates DRUM CAPACITY 1 x 205 litre 2 x 205 litre 4 x 205 litre (square) 4 x 205 litre (inline) 8 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225 225 225 225 410

GALVANISED GRILLE INCLUDED INCLUDED INCLUDED INCLUDED INCLUDED

ORDER REF GA/0020/001 GA/0001/001 GA/0002/001 GA/0003/001 GA/0008/001

PRICE £297.00 £333.00 £429.00 £635.00 £938.00

Stackable Drum Bunds • Fork truck lifting points • Galvanised grille included • Baffle plates in bund • Polyester powder coated grey finish DRUM CAPACITY 4 x 205 litre 4 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225 225

STYLE ENCLOSED OPEN

ORDER REF GA/0006/003 GA/0007/003

PRICE £709.00 £690.00

GA/0034/001

932

£

GA/0011/005

1766

£

Heavy duty tarpaulin with quick clip fasteners

Economy Drum Store

✓Heavy duty tarpaulin provides tough resistance to precipitation Drum Store Lockable • Fully lockable • Baffle plates in bund • Gas strut assisted lids • Polyester powder coated grey finish 228

DRUM CAPACITY 2 x 205 litre 4 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225 225

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

GALVANISED GRILLE INCLUDED INCLUDED

ORDER REF GA/0010/005 GA/0011/005

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £1243.00 £1766.00

• Fastech clips retain front roller door • Velcro seal for the cover base • Sloping roof enables water run off • Removable frame and cover • Removable galvanised grid sections for easy dispensing of waste oil • Air ventilation access • Forklift pockets in base of bund DRUM CAPACITY 4 x 205 litre

BUND CAP. (litres) 225

info@storage-design.co.uk

GALVANISED GRILLE INCLUDED

ORDER REF GA/0034/001

PRICE £932.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC229

16/12/10

15:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SPILLAGE CONTROL / BUNDS

Decanting Stand

GA/0033/002

117

• Safe and secure horizontal drum storage • Fully welded and galvanised steel construction • Suitable for use with both steel and plastic vessels • Easy kit form, assembly instructions included • Stores 3 x 25 litre containers • 1370H x 300W x 390Dmm REF GA/0033/002 PRICE £117.00

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

✓An accessible storage unit for decanting mixed grade lubricants

£

INCLUDES DETACHABLE SPILL PALLET

Drum Bund Trolley

✓Spillage controlled drum movement

• Lightweight manoeuvrable dual use trolley • 4 swivel castors • Ratchet strap inluded • Polyethylene spill pallet, 2 x 205 litre drums • 430H x 696W x 1510Lmm REF GA/0039/004 PRICE £302.00

GA/0039/004

302

£

Plastic Drum Bunds

Dispensing Station

• Heavy duty non-corrosive polyethylene pallets • Removable galvanised support sections • Models to carry 2, 3 or 4 drums vertically • Dark Grey RAL 7016 moulding • Fork lift entry points provided • Optional drum support frames for horizontal storage

• Optional drum support frames for horizontal storage • Stack and rack system with stackable feet to double up configurations • Lightweight • Zinc plated finish • Supplied in KD form • Polyethylene sump tray without grid, has integral fork pockets

GA/0035/002/205

REMOVABLE GALVANISED SECTION PROVIDING AN EASY PUMPING OUT FACILITY GA/0035/002/60 COMPLETE

463

£

GA/0027/011

186

£

XGP/0087/011 DESCRIPTION 2 x 205 Litre 4 x 205 Litre

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 300 x 1470 x 310 200 x 1470 x 1330

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

BUND CAP (litres) 225 225

ORDER REF GA/0027/011 GA/0025/011

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£186.00 £253.00

DRUM RACK 2 x 205 Litre DRUM RACK 3 x 60 Litre POLY SUMP 225 Litres

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 840 x 1510 x 590 840 x 1510 x 590 200 x 1470 x 1330

ORDER REF GA/0035/002/205 GA/0035/002/60 XGP/0087/011

PRICE £159.00 £159.00 £145.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

229

2011


TC230

16/12/10

15:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE

Stackable Racks with Sump Trays

114-698

376

£

✓A modular stackable racking system for the storage of 60/205 litre drums, plastic canisters and other smaller containers

• Rigid galvanised steel construction, can be utilised with drum supports or grid bases for smaller items • Safe dispensing over the protruding PolySafe sump tray • Easily transported by forklift truck • Easy to order kits, or buy individual components as required

B

C

210 LITRE DRUM STORAGE KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + two racks 114-535 (Note dispensing tray and can are not included)

REF 114-698 PRICE £376.00 A

Accessories Polyethylene Dispensing Tray REF 114-902 PRICE £39.00

MIXED DRUM STORAGE KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + racks 114-535 and 114-538 REF 114-694 PRICE £391.00

Polyethylene Canister, 2 litres REF 117-409 PRICE £14.00

D E

E

E

A

A

SMALL CONTAINER KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + two racks 114-540

CANISTER / SMALL ITEM KIT Contains PolySafe sump tray + racks 114-540 and 114-560

REF 114-693 PRICE £438.00

REF 114-696 PRICE £573.00

Stackable Racking – Individual Components

230

PIC

ITEM DESCRIPTION

STORAGE CAPACITY

A B C D E

POLYSAFE SUMP DRUM RACK DRUM RACK CANISTER RACK SMALL ITEM RACK

235 LITRES 2 x 205 LITRE DRUMS 3 x 60 LITRE DRUMS 4 x 30 LITRE / 3 x 60 LITRE CANS SMALL ITEMS AS REQUIRED

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1200 x 1200 x 210 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 600 x 790 1335 x 1120 x 790

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

114-810 114-535 114-538 114-560 114-540

£131.00 £172.00 £189.00 £254.00 £264.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC231

16/12/10

15:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SPILLAGE CONTROL / BUNDS

• Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene they are ideal for corrosive acids and alkalis • High resistance to acids and alkalis • Manufactured from environmentally friendly polyethylene • Pallets are designed to be transported by forklift • Removable grid for easy cleaning

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

Polysafe Sumps & Pallets ✓These sumps and pallets combine durability and versatile storage possibilities

110-164 Euro K pallet style sump

EURO K: Pallet with bottom runners (may be used on storage racking)

EURO F: Pallet with four feet

110-164 114-853

£201

£231

Euro Pallet Style Polysafe Sumps

114-853 Euro F pallet style sump, with PE grid

EURO TYPE K K K F F F

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830 415 x 1230 x 830

DESCRIPTION NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (2x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (2x205ltr) NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (2x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (2x205ltr)

ORDER REF 110-164 114-871 114-874 110-165 114-851 114-853

PRICE £201.00 £206.00 £239.00 £200.00 £197.00 £231.00

114-801

£243

114-812

£140

114-812 Pallet style sump, takes up to 9 x 60ltr or 4 x 205ltr drums

114-801 Pallet style sump, with PE grid. Takes up to 6 x 60ltr or 2 x 205ltr drums

Pallet Style Polysafe Sumps DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 330 x 1200 x 800 330 x 1200 x 800 330 x 1200 x 800 265 x 1200 x 1200 265 x 1200 x 1200 265 x 1200 x 1200

114-904

£77

DESCRIPTION NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (2x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (2x205ltr) NO GRID GALVANISED GRID (4x205ltr) POLYETHYLENE GRID (4x205ltr)

Polyethylene Drum Mount

114-883

SUMP CAP. (litres) 225 225 225 225 225 225

ORDER REF 114-796 114-798 114-801 114-812 123-671 114-817

PRICE £134.00 £196.00 £243.00 £140.00 £253.00 £283.00

Euro W Pallet

• Reversible mounting, suits both 60 and 205 litre drums

• 320H x 1230W x 830Dmm • With polyethylene grid and drum mount

REF 114-904 PRICE £77.00

REF 114-883 PRICE £284.00

£284

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

231 TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC232

16/12/10

15:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE / IBC Environmental Regulations demand that potential water pollutants are stored and dispensed safely. Designed to meet the regulations these stations and pallets are ideal for use with 1000 litre IBC containers.

IBC Stations & Pallets • Polyethylene sumps have a high resistance to acids and alkalis • Welded steel sumps suit oil-based products • Designed for transport by forklift • Removable polyethylene or galvanised grids for easy cleaning • Dispensing platform option provides gentle slope for safe emptying of containers

114-596

1075

£

114-596 Twin IBC pallet, painted steel. For the storage of two IBCs or up to 8 x 205 litre drums on pallets.

114-595 Single IBC extra depth pallet, painted steel. Complete with galvanised dispensing platform and splash guard.

114-595

114-711

1388

1140

£

Extra depth models provide a front shelf, ideal for dispensing

£

114-711 Single IBC station, polyethylene sump. Complete with polyethylene grid and sloping dispenser platform, also with polyethylene grid.

114-591 Single IBC pallet, painted steel, without dispensing accessories Also available galvanised, model 114-465

114-706 is as above, but with galvanised grids.

Steel Sump IBC Pallets, 1100 litres capacity DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1350 x 1300 x 920 1350 x 1300 x 920 1350 x 1650 x 700 1350 x 1650 x 700 1350 x 1650 x 700

IBC CAPACITY 1 1 1 1 1

2680 x 1300 x 485 2680 x 1300 x 485

2 2

SUMP TYPE & FEATURES PAINTED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRID GALVANISED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRID EXTRA DEPTH PAINTED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS EXTRA DEPTH GALVANISED STEEL SUMPS + GALVANISED GRID AS 114-591, PLUS GALVANISED DISPENSING PLATFORM AND SPLASH GUARD PAINTED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS GALVANISED STEEL SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS

ORDER REF 114-587 114-461 114-591 114-465

PRICE £894.00 £994.00 £815.00 £913.00

114-595 114-596 114-468

£1388.00 £1075.00 £1108.00

Polyethylene Sump IBC Pallets, 1100 litres capacity

232

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1410 x 1760 x 660 1410 x 1760 x 660 1410 x 1760 x 1050

IBC CAPACITY 1 1 1

1410 x 1760 x 1050

1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

SUMP TYPE & FEATURES POLYETHYLENE SUMP + GALVANISED GRIDS POLYETHYLENE SUMP + POLYETHYLENE GRIDS AS 114-702, PLUS POLYETHYLENE DISPENSING PLATFORM WITH GALVANISED GRID AS 114-709, PLUS POLYETHYLENE DISPENSING PLATFORM WITH POLYETHYLENE GRID

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF 114-702 114-709

PRICE £809.00 £890.00

114-706

£1019.00

114-711

£1140.00

Galvanised Dispensing Tray With slope for fluid return REF 114-566 PRICE £78.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC233

16/12/10

15:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DRUM SAFETY & STORAGE / IBC

✓Weather proof external storage ✓Complete with safety sump ✓Ventilated top and bottom • Compatible with Euro and chemical pallets • All storage cabinets are fitted with integral locks • Sump inserts, manufactured from stainless steel or Polyethylene are available as an optional extra • Optimum dimensions for direct storage of 205Ltr drums

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

External Storage Cabinets

Call us for a FREE site survey and quotation

A carriage surcharge will apply if Hiab unloading is required

External Storage Cabinets DRUM CAPACITY - direct on grids

20 x 205Ltr

30 x 205Ltr

40 x 205Ltr

60 x 205Ltr

36 x 205Ltr

48 x 205Ltr

72 x 205Ltr

- on 1200 x 1200 pallets

16 x 205Ltr

24 x 205Ltr

32 x 205Ltr

48 x 205Ltr

36 x 205Ltr

48 x 205Ltr

72 x 205Ltr

EXTERIOR H x W x D (mm)

3000 x 3120 x 1480 4400 x 3120 x 1480 3000 x 6240 x 1580 4500 x 6240 x 1580 4400 x 4020 x 1480 3000 x 8040 x 1580 4400 x 8040 x 1580

DOOR TYPE

WING

WING

SLIDING

SLIDING

WING

SLIDING

SUMP CAPACITY, LITRES

1060

1550

2165

3100

1845

2800

SLIDING 4000

ORDER REF

157-805

157-807

157-818

157-820

157-831

157-833

157-836

PRICE

£4922.00

£7877.00

£8107.00

£11703.00

£8082.00

£10049.00

£14799.00

Galvanised Levelling Plates REF 157-901 PRICE £372.00 (Set of 50)

SAFETY FIRST When large volume flammable liquids are stored externally, a minimum separation distance is required from buildings and boundaries etc.

IBC Storage Units

✓Secure outdoor storage for IBCs ✓Complete with safety sumps ✓Capacity up to 12 IBCs (1000Ltr) • Sump inserts, manufactured from stainless steel or Polyethylene are available as an optional extra

IBC Storage Units

EXTERIOR H x W x D (mm) Sumps with a 100% collection capacity are also available as a design option for ecologically sensitive areas Please call us for details.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

2600 x 3500 x 1480

3500 x 3500 x 1480

2600 x 5000 x 1580

3500 x 7000 x 1580

3 x 1000Ltr

6 x 1000Ltr

8 x 1000Ltr

12 x 1000Ltr

SUMP CAPACITY

1180

1500

2000

3000

DOOR TYPE

WING

WING

SLIDING

SLIDING

IBC CAPACITY

ORDER REF

157-870

157-872

157-876

157-878

PRICE

£4692.00

£5519.00

£7999.00

£10020.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

233 2011


TC234

16/12/10

15:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

SAFETY CANS

FROM £

42

POLYETHYLENE FUNNEL 117-148 £17.90

Steel Safety Containers

Stainless Steel Containers

• Galvanised sheet steel according to ISO-Norm. Painted yellow or red • Fire-proof screen in spout • Self-closing lid and pressure valve • Straightforward handle arrangement • Optional funnel for easy pouring

flammable liquids

✓For distributing flammable liquids

CAPACITY (Litre) 1 2 4 7.5 19

SIZE (mm) Dia x H 160 x 210 172 x 230 230 x 270 286 x 240 310 x 350

YELLOW REF 117-140 117-142 117-144 117-146 117-147

RED REF 117-141 117-143 117-145 -

PRICE £42.00 £46.00 £47.00 £49.00 £55.00

Polyethylene Safety Cans

✓For storing and distributing

✓For distributing corrosive solvents, acids and alkalis

• Rigid design • Fire-proof screen, self-closing high grade steel lid • Straightforward handle arrangement • Optional funnel for easy pouring CAPACITY (Litre) 9.5 19

SIZE (mm) Dia x H 286 x 275 290 x 430

ORDER REF 117-127 117-188

• 4mm strong yellow Polyethylene (HDPE) • Shock resistant and explosion proof • Earthed (connection between liquid and lid) • Fire-proof screen and self-closing high grade steel lid • Straightforward handle operation

PRICE CAPACITY (Litre) 4

£201.00 £213.00

SIZE (mm) HxWxD 220 x 140 x 320

ORDER REF 117-150

PRICE £71.00

Use wide opening models for collection of old and superfluous flammable liquids

Steel & Stainless Steel Safety Containers

Steel Plunger Cans

✓For safe moistening of cleaning cloths

Polyethylene Safety Containers

✓For the collection of old and

✓For storing, collecting and distributing

• Large opening, approximately 100mm dia • Fire-proof screen and self-closing lid

• 4mm, strong, yellow polyethylene (HDPE) • Shock resistant • Earthed (connection between liquid and lid) • Fire proof, self-closing high grade steel lid with flame trap

superfluous flammable liquids

CAP SIZE (mm) YELLOW PRICE S/STEEL PRICE (Litre) Dia x H REF REF 9.5 286 x 300 117-123 £113.00 117-125 £274.00 19 286 x 460 117-124 £121.00 117-126 £300.00

234 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

corrosive solvents, acids and alkalis

CAPACITY (Litre) 11.5 19 11.5 wide opening 19 wide opening

TEL: 01446 772614

SIZE (mm) Dia x H 320 x 330 320 x 430 320 x 370 320 x 470

ORDER REF 117-155 117-156 117-152 117-153

PRICE £105.00 £122.00 £143.00 £148.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

• Galvanised sheet steel according to ISO-Norm, painted yellow • A brass pump carries the liquid to the top plate • Plate mounted on a spring. Includes flame barrier • Economical: unused liquid flows back into the container CAPACITY (Litre) 1 2 4

SIZE (mm) Dia x H 160 x 210 200 x 250 200 x 280

ORDER REF 117-175 117-177 117-179

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £53.00 £54.00 £62.00

2011


TC235

16/12/10

15:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SPILLAGE CONTROL SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

Emergency Kits In Trolleys Emergency Kits can be brought quickly to where a leak has occurred. They consist of snakes to contain leaks, with mats and cushions to absorb the leaking liquid. These are supplemented by personal protective goggles and gloves. You have a choice of 3 versions: Type DNO Type DNU Type DNC

- If you want to absorb oil or petrol only and not water - For universal use to absorb oil, water and other liquids - For universal use and is resistant to acids, alkalis and other chemicals

FROM

426

£

Contents 10 cushions 28 x 20 x 4cm 4 snakes 120 x 7.5cm 4 snakes 180 x 7.5cm 20 mats 40 x 50cm 3 pair of protection gloves 5 waste bags

Emergency Kits TW90 • Contains material with an absorption capacity of approximately 90 litres MODEL DNO-TW90 DNU-TW90 DNC-TW90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1050 x 480 x 510 1050 x 480 x 510 1050 x 480 x 510

VERSION OIL UNIVERSAL SPECIAL

ABSORPTION CAPACITY (ea/ltr) 90 85 85

KIT REF 116-656 116-652 116-654

KIT PRICE £426.00 £473.00 £520.00

REFILL REF 116-657 116-653 116-655

REFILL PRICE £119.00 £116.00 £134.00

Emergency Kits TW50 • Contains material with an absorption capacity of approximately 50 litres • With detachable sumps to catch liquids or to hold wet absorbent materials

FROM

218

£

Contents MODEL DNO-TW50 DNU-TW50 DNC-TW50

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 950 x 410 x 590 950 x 410 x 590 950 x 410 x 590

VERSION OIL UNIVERSAL SPECIAL

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ABSORPTION CAPACITY (ea/ltr) 50 45 45

KIT REF 116-747 116-749 116-751

TEL: 01446 772614

KIT PRICE £218.00 £222.00 £229.00

REFILL REF 116-748 116-750 116-752

REFILL PRICE £82.00 £88.00 £93.00

7 cushions 28 x 20 x 4cm 3 snakes 120 x 7.5cm 10 mats 40 x 50cm 3 pair of protection gloves 5 waste bags

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

235 2011


TC236

16/12/10

15:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

FIRST AID / CABINETS

First Aid Cabinets & Workstation

✓An attractive & highly visible range of cabinets for safe storage of first aid supplies ✓Active coat protected for the highest hygiene standards • Strong robust construction • All cabinets feature adjustable shelves • Two point locking on all two door cabinets • Reinforced doors for extra strength • High visibility 270 degree labelling complies to BS5499-1

MED-T

MEX-U

£298

£165

AC+IVECOAT

®

anti-bacterial technology

✓99.9% reduction of E-Coli & MRSA Super Bug

FULLY LOCKABLE

MED-WS/2D

£353

Model MEX-U small medical cabinet has a dished top including rubber mat DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 890 x 460 x 460 890 x 460 x 460 1015 x 915 x 460 1060 x 915 x 460

SINGLE LOCKABLE DOOR DISHED TOP MODEL DOUBLE LOCKABLE DOOR LOCKABLE WORKSTATION

SHELVES 2 2 1 1

ORDER REF MEX-UD MEX-U MED-T MED-WS/2D

PRICE £143.00 £165.00 £298.00 £353.00

First Aid Cupboards • Reinforced steel construction • Clean white powder coated finish • Adjustable shelves • Identification labelling • Mobile model ideal for factory use

CF855725MWXX

£169 CF109046ZWXX

CF189046ZWXX

CF855725MWXX is a wall cupboard, with pre-drilled mounting holes

£281

244

£

Mobile model fitted with castors

CF904646ZWXX

£142

236

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 850 x 570 x 255 900 x 460 x 460 900 x 900 x 460 1040 x 900 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460

SHELVES 1 1 1 1 3

CUPBOARD REF CF855725MWXX CF904646ZWXX CF909046ZWXX CF109046ZWXX CF189046ZWXX

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £169.00 £142.00 £187.00 £281.00 £244.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE CFES4646ZWXX £31.50 CFES9046ZWXX £41.00 CFES9046ZWXX £41.00 CFES9046ZWXX £41.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

✓Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug.

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC237

16/12/10

15:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FIRST AID

HSE First Aid Kits Standard

• Supplied in moulded plastic cases with hinged lids • Suitable for low risk environments

Catering FROM

• Blue gloves and plasters for kitchen use (refills not suitable)

£11 CONTENTS GUIDANCE LEAFLET WASHPROOF PLASTERS EYE PAD WITH BANDAGE TRIANGULAR BANDAGE SAFETY PINS STERILE DRESSINGS MOIST WIPES DISPOSABLE GLOVES (PAIR)

Deluxe 1-10 1 20 2 4 6 8 6 1

11-20 1 40 4 6 12 12 10 2

• Supplied in strong ABS plastic cases for extra durability • Supplied complete with wall fixing brackets • Clear perspex dividers and rubber dust and moisture seal

21-50 1 60 6 8 12 16 20 3

SIZE

STANDARD KIT CATERING KIT DELUXE KIT REFILL KIT REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE REF PRICE 1-10 PERSONS HSEK01 £11.00 HSKE8 £16.00 DLXK10 £30.90 HSEK4R £8.30 11-20 PERSONS HSEK02 £18.00 HSKE9 £23.00 DLXK20 £40.20 HSEK5R £13.60 21-50 PERSONS HSEK03 £25.40 HSKE10 £32.00 DLXK50 £55.00 HSEK6R £17.00

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

✓Compliant with HSE First Aid guidelines

HSESP4

£45.50

KF

£33.90

First Aid Starter Pack

Team First Aid Kit

• 1-20 person HSE compliant first aid kit ensures HSE compliance for most small businesses • Eyewash station with 2 x 500ml bottles satisfies the minimum HSE requirement for eyewash provision • Additional plasters to ensure refill stocks are readily available • Signage ensures supplies can be easily located in an emergency

• A comprehensive sports first aid kit for teams at all levels • Contains essential items for treating injuries on or off the pitch • Supplied in a high quality, waterproof touchline bag

REF HSESP4 PRICE £45.50 Contents: 1-20 person HSE compliant first aid kit, eyewash station with 2 x 500ml bottles, 100 x assorted washproof plasters, 1 x eyewash location sign (300 x 250mm), 1 x first aid sign (300 x 250mm), 1 x first aider sign (300 x 250mm)

EZK01

REF KF PRICE £33.90 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 10 x antiseptic wipes, 1 x conforming bandage (75 x 4000mm), 2 x crepe bandage (50 x 4500mm), 1 x crepe bandage (75 x 4500mm), 1 x foil blanket, 1 x freeze spray (150ml), 5 x guaze swabs, 2 x pair disposable gloves, 1 x low adherent dressing (100 x 100mm), 1 x low adherent dressing (50 x 50mm), 1 x micropore tape (12.5 x 5000mm), 1 x resus face shield, 6 x safety pins, 1 x scissors, 2 x self seal waste bags, 1 x instant ice pack, 1 x spray bottle, 1 x large sterile dressing, 1 x medium sterile dressing, 1 x sterile eye pad, 2 x triangular bandage, 20 x washproof plasters, 1 x zinc oxide tape (25 x 5000mm), 1 x zinc oxide tape (50 x 5000mm)

£10

MK01

£18.10

Lone Worker First Aid Kit

Vehicle First Aid

• Contains the minimum recommended first aid provisions for employees working off site • Fully compliant with HSE first aid guidelines • Supplied in a durable nylon carry case

• Fully compliant with HSE first aid guideline • Contains all essential items for dealing with minor emergencies whilst on the road • Supplied in a durable nylon carry case

REF EZK01 PRICE £10.00 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 6 x washproof plasters, 2 x triangular bandages, 1 x sterile dressings, 4 x moist wipes, 1 pair disposable gloves, 6 x safety pins STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

REF MK01 PRICE £18.10 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 20 x washproof plasters, 2 x triangular bandages, 2 x sterile dressings, 2 x non adherent dressings, 6 x safety pins, 10 x moist wipes, 2 x eyewash pods, 1 pair disposable gloves, 237 1 x plaster tape, 2 x waste bags, 1 x vehicle sticker info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC238

16/12/10

15:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

FIRST AID

Assorted Sterile Plasters

Triangular Badges

Foil Blankets

• High quality plasters available in Fabric, Washproof and Blue Detectable • Individually wrapped and sterile • Packs (100) include 5 assorted sizes

• Versatile non woven bandages are ideal for supporting limbs, securing dressings or as a cover bandage for hands, feet and scalp • Supplied in packs of 12

• Ideal for maintaining body heat and preventing the onset of hypothermia • Supplied in packs of 6 blankets • Measure 1850 x 1300mm opened

REF STR12 PRICE £8.00

REF FAS05 PRICE £17.00 (6 PK)

DESCRIPTION WASHPROOF PLASTERS FABRIC PLASTERS WASHPROOF BLUE PLASTERS

ORDER REF PLP4 PLP5 PLP6

PRICE (100 PK) £7.00 £7.00 £7.50

Cotton Blankets

Moist Wipes Sterile Dressings • Individually wrapped dressings for treating deeper cuts and wounds • An essential refill item for first aid kits DESCRIPTION MEDIUM STERILE DRESSING (12 PK) LARGE STERILE DRESSING (12 PK) EYE DRESSING (6 PK)

ORDER REF FS08-12 FS09-12 STR04

• An essential refill item for all first aid kits • Use to clean areas surrounding wounds • Individually wrapped for cleanliness REF STR13 PRICE £6.60

• Cellular construction maintains body heat • Measures 2100 x 1600mm unfolded REF FAS06 PRICE £18.00

PRICE £11.40 £10.20 £5.60

Surgical Hand Gel • 2 x 50ml gel pump dispensers • Effective against a wide range of bacteria and micro organisms

Vent-Aid Resus Face Shield • Compact face shield with one way valve to reduce cross contamination REF VARD PRICE £2.40

DESCRIPTION SURGICAL HAND GEL (2 PK) HAND GEL WITH BELT REEL (2 PK) 250ml HAND GEL, FLIP TOP

ORDER REF BIOGL5 BIOGL4 BIOGL3

PRICE £8.00 £13.00 £9.00

Body Fluid Disposal Kits • Specially designed kits allow body fluid spills to be cleaned up and surrounding areas to be sanitised • All kits contain disinfectant spray, clean up powder and clean up packs • Clean-Up pack contains: instruction leaflet, vinyl gloves, polythene apron, plastic scoop and scraper, biohazard bag & 2 x non woven wipes CONTENTS 30ML DISINFECTANT SPRAY 10G SUPER ABORBENT POWDER 100G SUPER ABORBENT POWDER CLEAN UP PACK PLASTIC CARRY CASE

2 APPS 2 2 2 1

5 APPS 5 1 5 1

First Aider Badge Metal First Aid Badge 25x25mm REF FAS08 PRICE £2.40

Arm Bands

Allow clear identification of First Aid and Fire personnel, velcro closure with reflective strip for night time use DESCRIPTION ORDER PRICE First Aider Arm Band REF REF FAS09 PRICE £21.00 BODY FLUID DISPOSAL KIT (2 APPS) BFD2 £26.00 BODY FLUID DISPOSAL KIT (5 APPS) BFD5 £64.00 Fire Warden Arm Band 238 BODY FLUID DISPOSAL REFILL KIT BFDR £10.00 REF FAS10 PRICE £21.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk

Sharps Disposal Boxes • For the safe disposal of contaminated sharp objects, which are non-toxic when incinerated • Made of durable plastic in three sizes • Boxes have BSI kite mark and UN symbol DESCRIPTION 1 LITRE SHARPS DISPOSAL BIN 4 LITRE SHARPS DISPOSAL BIN 7 LITRE SHARPS DISPOSAL BIN

ORDER REF SDB1 SDB4 SDB7

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £3.30 £4.80 £6.80

2011


TC239

14/12/10

14:28

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FIRST AID SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

EWFA4

£21

EEC01

£15.50

Eyewash Refills

Economy Eyewash Station

Eyewash Cabinet

• Compliant with HSE eyewash recommendations • Durable wall mounted dispenser supplied complete with 2 x 500ml eyewash bottles

• Durable ABS case with transparent door for at a glance stock checking • Compliant with HSE eyewash recommendations • Supplied complete with 2 x 500ml eyewash bottles and 1 x eye dressing

REF EEC01 PRICE £15.50

• Ensure you have adequate eyewash facilities at your place of work • 0.9% sterile saline solution for irrigating eyes and general wound washing applications 25 x Eye Wash Pods 20ml REF EED03 PRICE £13.00 (pack of 25) 10 x 500ml Eye Wash Bottle Refills REF ER01RB-10 PRICE £22.50 (pack of 10)

REF EWFA4 PRICE £21.00

EEC02

£24.50 EEC04B

£17

EEC05

£64

Eyewash Pod Wall Dispenser Eyewash Station with Mirror

Eyewash Pod Station

• Highly visible wall mounted eyewash dispenser • Integrated mirror aids self application during emergencies • Supplied complete with 2 x 500ml eyewash bottles - compliant with HSE eyewash regulations

• Durable wall mounted dispenser supplied complete with 20ml eyewash pods • Integrated mirror aids self application during emergencies • Supplied complete with 10 x 20ml eyewash pods and 2 x sterile eye dressings

• A fully enclosed, convenient eyewash station • Integrated mirror aids self application during emergencies • Pods are dispensed individually at the bottom of the dispenser • Supplied complete with 50 x 20ml eyewash pods and 4 sterile eye dressings

REF EEC02 PRICE £24.50

REF EEC04B PRICE £17.00

REF EEC05 PRICE £64.00 (pack of 10)

BRNK1

£29

Burns Dressings Emergency Resuscitation First Aid- Eyes FAW09 / FAPG12 FAW11 / FAPG14

First Aid - Hands FAW12 / FAPG15

• Sterile wrapped dressings to provide immediate relief and treatment for burn injuries • Cooling gel content halts burn progression DIMENSIONS 50 x 50mm 50 x 150mm 100 x 100mm 200 x 200mm 300 x 300mm

First Aid - Burns FAW14 / FAPG17

First Aid - Shocks FAW15 / FAPG18

Wash Your Hands FAW17 / FAPG21

First Aid Posters & Wallcharts

ORDER REF BFRE01 BFRE02 BFRE03 BFRE04 BFRE05

Burns Kit

PRICE £3.00 £3.80 £3.80 £7.00 £14.00

• Compact kit in a durable case includes a range of items for treating burn injuries • Ideal for immediate treatment of burns until more specialist help arrives REF BRNK1 PRICE £29.00 Contents: 1 x guidance leaflet, 1 x large burns dressing (200 x 200mm), 2 x medium burns dressing (100 x 100mm), 15 x Burnblot gel sachets, 1 x scissors, 1 pair disposable gloves, 2 x large sterile dressings, 1 x micropore tape, 6 x safety pins

• A full range of posters to cover common first aid and hygiene procedures • Pocket guides are ideal for issuing to staff members • Encapsulated design for durability POSTER (594 x 420mm) FAW £19.40 POCKET GUIDE FAPG £5.60 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

239

2011


TC240

16/12/10

15:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

FIRST AID

COU60

£272

MEDICAL COUCH COLOURS Olive

Mulberry

Navy

Aqua

Barley

White

Black

Grey

Royal

Dunbar Medical Couch

Transit Chair

• High quality medical grade couch with tilting head section for patient comfort • Durable powder coated frame with integrated couch roll dispenser • Standard 762H x 635W x 1829Lmm • Low Level 350H x 635W x 1829Lmm • 50mm foam top • Please specify upholstery colour option

• High quality folding chair with powder coated frame and wipe clean upholstery • Folds flat for ease of storage • Front and rear carrying handles aid mobility in emergencies

STANDARD REF COU60 PRICE £272.00

LOW LEVEL REF COU61 PRICE £272.00

REF TRTCH3 PRICE £140.00

FLDS2

£164

Instant Cold Packs

Folding Stretcher

Surgical Gloves

• Allow instant treatment of soft tissue injuries and bruising • Simple squeeze and shake application, packs become cool in seconds • Pack size 315 x 305mm

• Reinforced nylon with rubber hand grips • Foldable by length & width for storage • Folded 115 x 230 x 1030mm • Unfolded 130 x 510 x 2060mm • Max load 120kg

• Powdered latex and powder free vinyl for those with related allergies • Close fitting • 100 gloves per dispenser box • Available in medium or large sizes

REF ICE60 PRICE £30.60 (PACK OF 60)

REF FLDS2 PRICE £164.00

DESCRIPTION POWDER FREE VINYL, LARGE POWDER FREE VINYL, MEDIUM POWDERED LATEX, LARGE POWDERED LATEX, MEDIUM

ORDER REF GLVL GLVM GLXPL GLXPM

PRICE £6.40 £6.40 £7.00 £7.00

LC02

£43.20 FAC50

£127

Medical Cabinets • Ideal for securing first aid contents in large organisations, medical rooms and manufacturing environments • Steel construction with wipe clean epoxy coated finish and rigid plastic shelves • Available with or without HSE compliant first aid kits DESCRIPTION

240

SINGLE DOOR CABINET (EMPTY) SINGLE DOOR CABINET SINGLE DOOR CABINET DOUBLE DOOR CABINET (EMPTY) DOUBLE DOOR CABINET

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS H xW x D (mm) 460 x 300 x 140 460 x 300 x 140 460 x 300 x 140 530 x 530 x 190 530 x 530 x 190

FIRST AID KIT 1-20 PERSONS 21-50 PERSONS 21-50 PERSONS

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF LC02 LC03 LC01 UK1C FAC50

PRICE £43.20 £54.00 £60.00 £93.00 £127.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Accident Book • Fully Data Protection Act compliant • Contains 50 perforated accident report forms • Guidance on workplace first aid requirements and accident reporting REF SAB01 PRICE £4.10 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC241

16/12/10

15:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SIGNS / WALLCHARTS

Wallcharts

✓Always available for quick reference,

✓Wallcharts are an ideal way to communicate

• Printed both sides of hard wearing semi-rigid PVC

• Display on a notice board or in a production area • Supplied in semi-rigid PVC to withstand grease and dirt

PRICE £3.50 each

PRICE £23.90 each

pocket guides are an invaluable source of up to date safety information

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

Pocket Guides

safety information or emergency procedures

New updated version legally required

Health And Safety Law FWC30 Wall Chart 595x415mm

PRICE £17.30 each

Risk Assessment WC121 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG-121 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

COSHH - Do you know all you need to know? PG29 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG35 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

Know your Fire Extinguisher Colour Code WC156 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG5 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

First Aid at Work WC61 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG61 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

Manual handling operations regulations 1992 WC-96 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG96 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

The personal protective equipment at work (PPE) regulations 1992 WC-97 Wall Chart 600x420mm PG97 Pocket Guide 120x80mm

Storage of hazardous substances WC-87 Wall Chart 600x420mm

Mandatory Safety Signs

M34A 200x150 M34B 400x300

M40A 400x300

M48A 600x450

MA20A 400x300 M37A 600x450

MC15B 200x150 MC09A 120x90 MC15C 400x300

M25C 200x150 M25D 400x300

M21B 400x300

MA09A 400x300 M32E 200x150 M32D 400x300

M80Z 400x300

M05F 100x75 M05A 200x150 M05B 400x300

M82A 600x450

M06A 200x150 M06B 400x300

M35A 600x450

M01A 200x150 M01B 400x300

M26C 100x75 M26A 200x150 M26B 400x300

MA02A 200x150

M39B 400x300 M39A 600x450

M81C 200x150

MA40A 400x300 M11B 400x300

M93A 200x150

M14A 100x100

✓To convey actions that must be carried out and to outline procedures in the event of a fire

✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996

• Signs consist of a blue background with white graphic symbol and text • Available in self adhesive and rigid PVC SIZE (mm) 100 x 75 100 x 100 120 x 90 200 x 150 230 x 172 300 x 400 400 x 300 450 x 600 600 x 450

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £2.10 £2.30 £2.30 £3.90 £5.20 £9.40 £9.40 £19.50 £19.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

1mm RIGID PVC £3.10 £2.90 £3.10 £6.80 £8.80 £17.30 £17.30 £31.90 £31.90

WC0A 300x400

TEL: 01446 772614

WE71A 300x400

M97A 300x400

info@storage-design.co.uk

M29A 230x172 M29B 400x300 M29C 600x450

M77A/R 450x600

M96A 300x400

M78A 450x600

www.storage-design.co.uk

241 2011


TC242

16/12/10

15:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

SIGNS / SAFETY SIGNS

W14B W14C

200x150 400x300

W19A W19B

200x150 400x300

WE08A

200x150

WE04A 75x50 W107A 200x150

W41A

W10F W10E

400x300

W61A

200x150 400x300

400x300

W12A/R

400x300

W43A/R

600x450

W17A W17B

200x150 400x300

Warning Safety Signs

✓To warn staff of potential dangers they face in and around the workplace

✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and W67A W67B

200x150 400x300

W85B

400x300

W07G/S W07H

200x150 400x300

W44A W44B

200x150 400x300

W45A

200x150

the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996

• Signs consist of a yellow background with black triangular band and black graphic symbol and text • Available in self adhesive and rigid PVC SIZE (mm)

W72A

200x150

W96A/R

450x600

W10C/R W10D/R

300x300 600x600

W83Z

WC6A

300x400

300x450

WB3A/S

WM32A

40 x 60 75 x 50 200 x 150 300 x 300 300 x 400 300 x 450 400 x 300 450 x 600 600 x 450 600 x 600

40x60

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £6.30 pack of 10 £0.70 £3.90 £9.40 £9.40 £9.40 -

1mm RIGID PVC £2.50 £6.80 £13.10 £17.30 £17.30 £17.30 £31.90 £31.90 £37.20

300x450

CCTV & Public Awareness Signs

CCTV Signs Help you comply with Data Protection legislation. If your business operates a CCTV system, the 1998 Data Protection Act requires that suitable advisory signs are placed around the area where cameras are located. 1mm rigid PVC 400 x 300mm PRICE £17.30 each 450 x 600mm PRICE £31.90 each

CTV3B/R

400x300

CTV4B/R

400x300

CTV9B/R

400x300

CTV13B/R

400x300

PH15Y/R

400x600

Public Awareness Sign 242

• Manufactured in tough & durable 3mm PVC CCTV23

450x600

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CTN16

450x600

TEL: 01446 772614

CTN2

450x600

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £30.60 each www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC243

16/12/10

15:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SIGNS / SAFETY SIGNS

P01H/S P01N P01G P01J

40x40 100x100 150x150 300x300

✓To convey prohibited actions, reduce the

P01M 200x150 P01T 400x300 P01W/R 600x450

P13B P13A

PA42A

400x300

PA38A/S

PA58A PA58B

200x150 400x300

P46A P46B

P60A/R

450x600

200x150 400x300

P107A P107B P107C

210x148 297x210 420x297

P81A

600x450

P109A P109B

210x148 297x210

PA48A

400x300

100x75

P110A P110B

210x148 297x210

P08B

200x150

P04C P04A

100x75 200x150

P07B

200x150

P10B P10A

200x150 400x300

P03A

400x300

P57B

400x300

P75A

400x300

risk of fire and prevent personal injury

✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs and Signals) regulations 1996

• Signs consist of a circular band with cross-bar, white text on red background and black graphic symbol • Available in self-adhesive or rigid PVC SIZE (mm) 40 x 40 100 x 75 100 x 100 100 x 200 150 x 150 200 x 150 200 x 200 200 x 400 210 x 148 240 x 330 280 x 90 297 x 210 300 x 300 300 x 400 300 x 450 330 x 450 400 x 300 420 x 297 450 x 600 600 x 450

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £0.60 Min order 10 £2.10 £2.30 £4.10 £2.90 £3.90 £5.30 £7.90 £4.30 £7.90 £3.30 £11.10 £8.40 £9.40 £9.40 £12.40 £9.40 £12.10 £19.50

1mm RIGID PVC £3.10 £2.90 £5.40 £5.40 £6.80 £7.90 £12.20 £6.70 £12.20 £5.70 £15.90 £13.10 £17.30 £17.30 £22.00 £17.30 £19.00 £31.90 £31.90

200x150 400x300

P25B

300x400

P63Z

Water

For use on CLASS

Fire Extinguisher Safety Signs

✓Guaranteed to comply with relevant UK

P62Z

For use on CLASS

CLASS

Flammable liquid Live electrical equipment

F106

240x330

F105

330x450

F200 280x90

F16D F16E

100x200 200x400

F87A

For use on CLASS

Wood, Paper, Textiles etc.

Flammable liquids

Flammable liquids

Live electrical equipment

CLASS

Flammable liquids

Do not use on

CO2

For use on CLASS

Wood, Paper, Textiles etc.

300x300

Foam

Dry powder

CLASS

✓Provides essential information about the contents of the extinguisher and is easily located in the event of a fire

Wood, Paper, Textiles etc.

300x450

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

Prohibition Safety Signs

CLASS

Gaseous fires

Do not use on Live electrical equipment

F201 280x90

Live electrical equipment

F202 280x90

Do not use in a confined space

F203 280x90

and EC legislation

• Signs consist of a red background with white graphic symbol and text • Available in self-adhesive or rigid PVC

F44A 100x100 F44B 200x200

100x200

F66A

200x400

Energy Saving Labels • Help to reduce your fuel bills in an easy and simple way by reinforcing energy saving messages • Available in self adhesive vinyl or rigid PVC

GSE01A GSE01B

100 x 75 200 x 150

GSE02A GSE02B

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

100 x 75 200 x 150

SIZE (mm) 100 x 75 200 x 150

GSE03A GSE03B

TEL: 01446 772614

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £2.10 £3.90

100 x 75 200 x 150

1mm RIGID PVC £3.10 £6.80

GSE05A GSE05B

info@storage-design.co.uk

100 x 75 200 x 150

GSE06A GSE06B

100 x 75 200 x 150

www.storage-design.co.uk

243 2011


TC244

16/12/10

15:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

SIGNS / HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCE LABELLING

Hazard Warning Diamonds • Internationally recognised symbols for packages, road tankers and freight containers

A primary hazard warning diamond has a hazard class number at the base of the diamond. This denotes the substances primary hazard.

• Labels are printed on self-adhesive vinyl • Conform to BS5609 British Standard which specifies both material and ink withstand 3 months continuous immersion in sea water

Hazard Warning Diamonds SIZE (mm) 100 x 100 200 x 200 250 x 250 300 x 300

QUANTITY 10-99 PRICE EACH £1.20 £3.50 £4.80 £5.40

QUANTITY 100+ PRICE EACH £1.00 £2.80 £3.90 £4.40

EXAMPLE: C41AR

C21BR

C20BR

Hazard Warning Diamonds in rolls • 100 x 100mm hazard warning diamonds are available in roll format • Printed on self-adhesive vinyl tape, overlaminated with polypropylene and perforated between labels • 310 labels per roll • Do not conform to BS5609 (3 months continuous immersion in sea water) 100 x 100mm Roll PRICE £38.80 To order select the 100 x 100mm code and suffix the letter R

244 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC245

16/12/10

15:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SIGNS / PHOTOLUMINESCENT SIGNS Nite-Glo Photoluminescent Safety Signs

NG24A

150x450

NG27A

150x450

NG29A 150x300 NG29B-R 300x600

N25Z N25Y-R

150x300 300x600

NG28A

150x450

NG26A

150x450

NG55A 150x300 NG55B-R 300x600

N22Z N22Y-R

150x300 300x600

NG10C

150x450

NG10S

150x450

N80A N80B-R

N79A N79B-R

150x300 300x600

DAYLIGHT

Nite-Glo Safety Signs

✓All warning safety sign designs

are guaranteed to comply with the relevant UK & EC legislation

• • • •

Highly resistant to UV breakdown Extremely resistant to shrinkage Suitable for both indoor & outdoor use White appearance during the day yet glows when lighting is no longer available

N24A 150x150

N12A 150x150

NGT3Z 150x150 NGT3W-R 300x300

N49A N49B-R

150x150 300x300

N90A

200x400

150x300 300x600

N06A

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

DARKNESS

75x600

Photoluminescent Safety Signs SIZE (mm) 75 x 600 100 x 200 150 x 37 150 x 150 150 x 300 150 x 450 200 x 200 200 x 400 230 x 172 300 x 300 300 x 400 300 x 600 330 x 172

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £12.50 £7.20 £4.80 £8.20 £12.20 £17.90 £10.00 £18.60 £10.70 £23.20

1mm RIGID PVC £19.30 £8.70 £7.00 £9.80 £15.70 £21.90 £14.00 £24.00 £16.50 £32.40 £34.50 £47.00 £30.10

N85A

200x400

N02B

100x200

N94A

100x200 N245A 150x37

N43A 200x200

N93A 200x200

NF29A 330x172

N246A 150x37

N66A 230x172

Nite-Glo Safety Tapes NGD01A/R 150x300

NGD04A

150x300

NGD05A

150x450

NGD02A

150x450

NGD06A

150x450

40mm x 10m REF NGT7 PRICE £100.00

40mm x 10m (right) REF NGT103 PRICE £110.00 40mm x 10m (left) REF NGT204 PRICE £110.00

NGD11A

300x400

Floor & Switch Markers

40mm x 10m REF NGT105 PRICE £100.00

• Heavy duty NITE-GLO self-adhesive vinyl • 75mm dots are supplied as a pack of 20 • 75mm arrows are supplied as a pack of 20

40mm x 10m REF NGT109 PRICE £100.00 NGD1/A 75mm dot

NGD2/A 75mm arrow

NGT3 100mm arrow (supplied 6 per A4 sheet)

40mm x 10m REF NGT107 PRICE £100.00

20mm x 10m REF NGT100 PRICE £42.00 40mm x 10m REF NGT101 PRICE £83.00 80mm x 10m REF NGT102 PRICE £107.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DESCRIPTION & SIZE 75mm DOT 75mm ARROW 100mm ARROW

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £48.50 / PACK 20 £49.30 / PACK 20 £40.20 / SHEET 6

info@storage-design.co.uk

245 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC246

16/12/10

15:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

SIGNS / SAFETY SIGNS

E09F E09M E09K

100x100 150x150 300x300

E99A

150x450

E97A

150x450

E08F E08E E08G

100x100 150x150 300x300

EB09A

150x450

E100A

150x450

E21A

150x150

E98A

150x300

EB10A EB10B/R

150x300 300x600

E59Z E59X/R

150x300 300x600

E60A

150x150

E96A

150x300

E101A E101B/R

150x300 300x600

E58Z E58X/R

150x300 300x600

Fire Exit Signs For excellent comprehension and legibility in the event of an emergency

✓Inform staff & visitors of fire exit locations ✓Guaranteed to comply with BS5499 and the Health & Safety (Safety Signs & Signals) regulations 1996

• Signs with an arrow should be used where the escape route from a building is not conspicuous or confusion could occur • Changes in direction in corridors, stairways and open spaces forming part of the escape route should be marked with additional signs • Signs consist of a green background with graphic symbol and text in white • Available in self adhesive or rigid PVC

EC08D

150x450

EC08E

300x900

Safe Condition Signs ✓The safe way - where to go in an emergency

E91A

600x450

E107/R

400x300

E106/R

400x300

E54A

400x600

EC25A EC25B

First aiders

E14C SIZE (mm)

F22A

200x150

E92A

246

E12Y E12Z

300x400

75x55 200x150

E04X E04Y E04Z

E64Z

150x110 200x150 300x225

300x400

E63Y

355x225

E42A E42B

E332A 150x37

E333A 150x37

150x200 300x400

FOR E107/R & E106/R YOU CAN COMPLETE THESE SIGNS WITH A PEN & PHOTOGRAPH

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

75 x 55 75 x 600 100 x 100 150 x 37 150 x 110 150 x 150 150 x 200 150 x 225 150 x 300 150 x 450 200 x 150 300 x 225 300 x 300 300 x 400 300 x 450 300 x 600 300 x 900 355 x 255 400 x 300 400 x 600 600 x 450

150x225 300x450

75x600

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £0.70 £6.60 £2.30 £2.50 £2.50 £2.90 £3.90 £4.40 £5.50 £7.20 £3.90 £8.40 £8.40 £9.40 £9.40 £23.80 £9.30 £17.60 £19.50

1mm RIGID PVC £2.50 £9.90 £2.90 £4.20 £4.60 £5.40 £6.80 £7.00 £8.20 £11.70 £6.80 £14.60 £13.10 £17.30 £17.30 £22.70 £31.90 £14.60 £17.30 £30.60 £31.90

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC247

16/12/10

15:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SIGNS / SCAFFOLD TAGS SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL

Scafftag - Status Management

✓An innovative scaffold tagging system

which allows complete safety management

• Fitted to all legal access points the unique holder and insert ensure that the latest scaffold status is instantly visible from the scaffold build stage to dismantle • The tagging system comprises of two components; a permanent holder which is attached to the equipment and a replaceable status insert • Allows the tracking, useage, maintenance and inspection status of equipment, helping safeguard the safety of employees and others • Ensures your company complies with key working legislation; Health and Safety at Work Act 1974, Management of Health and Safety at Work Regulations 1999, Construction (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1996 • The ‘DO NOT USE SCAFFOLD’ holder is used in conjunction with a choice of three inspection inserts; Prohibition, Standard Inspection and Load Classification • The Scafftag kit (SCF01) includes 10 holders, 20 standard inserts and 2 pens. Replacement inserts available in packs of 10 and 50

Wallchart

• Recommended for use with the Wallchart and Pocket Guide (semi rigid PVC) DESCRIPTION

PACK QTY SCAFFTAG KIT EACH PROHIBITION INSERTS 10 PROHIBITION INSERTS 50 STANDARD INSPECTION INSERTS 10 STANDARD INSPECTION INSERTS 50 LOAD CLASSIFICATION INSERTS 10 LOAD CLASSIFICATION INSERTS 50 POCKET GUIDE, 201 x 82mm 5 WALLCHART, 600 x 420mm EACH SCAFFTAG HOLDERS 10

ORDER REF SCF01 SCF02A SCF02B SCF03A SCF03B SCF04A SCF04B SCF05 WC209 SCF28

PRICE Load Classification Inserts - please specify colour when ordering

£62.30 £14.70 £56.60 £14.70 £56.60 £14.70 £56.60 £11.30 £24.60 £49.10

VERY LIGHT DUTY LIGHT DUTY GENERAL PURPOSE HEAVY DUTY SPECIAL PURPOSE

Recycling Signs ✓Reduce waste taxes by maximising recycling • Waste & Resources Action Programme compliant • Available in self adhesive vinyl or rigid flame resistant polypropylene

SIZE (mm) 210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY42A RECY42B

210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY50A RECY50B

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY53A RECY53B

TEL: 01446 772614

SELF-ADHESIVE VINYL £4.30 £11.10

0.8mm RIGID POLYPROPYLENE £10.70 £22.30

210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY59A RECY59B

info@storage-design.co.uk

210 x 148 297 x 210

RECY60A RECY60B

210 x 148 297 x 210

www.storage-design.co.uk

247 2011


TC248

14/12/10

14:29

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FURNITURE / DESKING

PRICES INCLUDE INSTALLATION!

Impact 18 Systems Desking ✓Impact Desking is an affordable office furniture solution ✓Designed to enable easy planning, maximum flexibility

CANTILEVER

PANEL END

and optimum use of available office space

• 18mm worktops with 2mm PVC edging • Integral cable ports • Choice of two frame styles • Comprehensive range of matching storage • Prices include installation

ORDERING INFORMATION: When placing your order please suffix the order ref with the relevent code for the colour you require e.g. add B/S for Beech & Silver to the selected bench order ref - please refer to the swatches shown

Basket Style Cable Tray • A sturdy mesh basket trunking which ensures cables are neat, safe and tidy

Wipe-in Cable Tray • Black plastic cable trunking with soft top • Allows cables to be “wiped-in” & easily removed without the need for tools • Can be cut to any length 248

REF 822.22.310 PRICE £15.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS LENGTH (mm) 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

ORDER REF V1CMB08 V1CMB10 V1CMB12 V1CMB14 V1CMB16 V1CMB18

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £21.80 £22.50 £24.60 £26.70 £29.50 £31.60

2011


TC249

16/12/10

15:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FURNITURE / DESKING O/G

Maple & Silver

B/S

Oak & Graphite

Core Workstations

OAK

MA

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech

Beech & Silver

Desk High Pedestals • Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers ain gr (OAK, MA, BCH)

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

Right hand model shown

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM16LCF ZIM18LCF ZIM16RCF ZIM18RCF

PRICE £244.00 £264.00 £244.00 £264.00

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 720

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

ORDER REF ZIM16LP ZIM18LP ZIM16RP ZIM18RP

grain

PRICE £244.00 £264.00 £244.00 £264.00

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 800 x 720

ORDER REF IMDHP83

PRICE £225.00

Low Mobile Pedestals

Rectangular Workstations Cantilever Leg

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH)

• A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 720 1200 x 800 x 720 1400 x 800 x 720 1600 x 800 x 720 1800 x 800 x 720

£194.00

• Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers (OAK, MA, BCH)

• Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 720 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 720

PRICE

Desk High Pedestals

Panel End

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF IMDHP63

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

M/S

ORDER REF ZIM0808CF ZIM1208CF ZIM1408CF ZIM1608CF ZIM1808CF

PRICE £132.00 £153.00 £172.00 £177.00 £188.00

DESCRIPTION 2 DRAWER 3 DRAWER

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 550 392 x 600 x 550

ORDER REF MP2 MP3

PRICE £185.00 £185.00

Panel End • Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 720 1200 x 800 x 720 1400 x 800 x 720 1600 x 800 x 720 1800 x 800 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM0808P ZIM1208P ZIM1408P ZIM1608P ZIM1808P

High Mobile Pedestal

PRICE

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH)

£132.00 £153.00 £172.00 £177.00 £188.00 DESCRIPTION 3 DRAWER

Wave Workstations

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 680

ORDER REF HMP3

PRICE £194.00

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM1410LWC ZIM1610LWC ZIM1410RWC ZIM1610RWC

Low Mobile Steel Pedestal

PRICE £192.00 £204.00 £192.00 £204.00

• Metal roller runners, locks. Silver only

Right hand model shown DESCRIPTION

Panel End • Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720 1400 x 800/1000 x 720 1600 x 800/1000 x 720

ORDER REF ZIM1410LWP ZIM1610LWP ZIM1410RWP ZIM1610RWP

PRICE

3 DRAWER

DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE W x D x H (mm) REF 400 x 575 x 580 JMRP01SIL £187.00

Pedestal standard features

£192.00 £204.00 £192.00 £204.00

Steel sided drawers

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Folding key fob

www.storage-design.co.uk

249 2011


TC250

16/12/10

16:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FURNITURE / DESKING

PRICES INCLUDE INSTALLATION

Workmode Systems Desking

✓Workmode offers both a cantilever frame and panel end option -

mobile, or desk high pedestals and tambour, double door and filing storage units

• 25mm MFC worktops with cable ports • Choice of cantilever or panel end styles • Comprehensive range of matching storage • Choice of three popular finishes • Heavy duty steel sided pedestal drawers • Solid 3mm PVC edging

Wipe-in Cable Tray • Black plastic cable trunking with soft top allows cables to be “wiped-in” & easily removed without the need for tools. Can be cut to any length REF 822.22-310 PRICE £15.50

Basket Style Cable Tray CANTILEVER

250

• A sturdy mesh basket trunking which ensures cables are neat and, safe & tidy

PANEL END

ORDERING INFORMATION: When placing your order please suffix the order ref with the relevent code for the colour you require e.g. add B/S for Beech & Silver to the selected bench order ref please refer to the swatches shown

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS LENGTH (mm) 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600

ORDER REF V1CMB-08 V1CMB-10 V1CMB-12 V1CMB-14 V1CMB-16 V1CMB-18

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £21.80 £22.50 £24.60 £26.70 £29.50 £31.60

2011


TC251

16/12/10

16:00

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FURNITURE / DESKING O/G

Maple & Silver

B/S

Oak & Graphite

Rectangular Workstations

Beech & Silver

OAK

MA

BCH

Oak

Maple

Beech ain gr

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 727 1200 x 800 x 727 1400 x 800 x 727 1600 x 800 x 727 1800 x 800 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM8080C ZWM1280C ZWM1480C ZWM1680C ZWM1880C

PRICE £172.00 £188.00 £202.00 £213.00 £220.00

Desk High Pedestals • Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers (OAK, MA, BCH) MODEL MFC

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 727

ORDER REF DHP3-6

PRICE £194.00

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

M/S

Panel End grain

• Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 800 x 800 x 727 1200 x 800 x 727 1400 x 800 x 727 1600 x 800 x 727 1800 x 800 x 727

Core Workstations

ORDER REF ZWM8080P ZWM1280P ZWM1480P ZWM1680P ZWM1880P

PRICE £142.00 £159.00 £173.00 £183.00 £191.00

Desk High Pedestals • Metal roller runners, locks, 3 drawers (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 800 x 727

Cantilever Leg

ORDER REF DHP3-8

PRICE £225.00

• A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

Left hand model shown with optional pedestal

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM16LC ZWM18LC ZWM16RC ZWM18RC

PRICE

MFC

Steel

£270.00 £279.00 £270.00 £279.00

Panel End • Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

Wave Workstations

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1600 x 1200/800/600 x 727 1800 x 1200/800/600 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM16LP ZWM18LP ZWM16RP ZWM18RP

PRICE £246.00 £254.00 £246.00 £254.00

Low Mobile Pedestals • Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH) DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS ORDER PRICE W x D x H (mm) REF 2 DRAWER, MFC 392 x 600 x 550 MP-2 £185.00 3 DRAWER, MFC 392 x 600 x 550 MP-3 £185.00 3 DRAWER, STEEL 400 x 575 x 580 JMRP01-SIL £187.00

Cantilever Leg • A modern style cantilever leg frame (O/G, M/S, B/S) DESCRIPTION LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

ORDER REF ZWM1410LWC ZWM1610LWC ZWM1410RWC ZWM1610RWC

PRICE £236.00 £252.00 £236.00 £252.00

Right hand model shown

• Matching panel ends give the workstation a more traditional look (OAK, MA, BCH)

LEFT HAND LEFT HAND RIGHT HAND RIGHT HAND

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727 1400 x 1000/800 x 727 1600 x 1000/800 x 727

TEL: 01446 772614

• Locking drawers, metal roller runners (OAK, MA, BCH) DIMENSIONS W x D x H (mm) 392 x 600 x 680

Panel End

DESCRIPTION

High Mobile Pedestal

ORDER REF ZWM1410LWP ZWM1610LWP ZWM1410RWP ZWM1610RWP

ORDER REF HMP-3

PRICE £194.00

Pedestal standard features

PRICE £206.00 £223.00 £206.00 £223.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Steel sided drawers

Folding key fob

www.storage-design.co.uk

251 2011


TC252

16/12/10

16:01

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FURNITURE / SEATING FROM

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE REQUIRE EASY SELF ASSEMBLY

FROM

£57

£97

FROM

£166

Price Blaster High

Officer

Syncrotek

• Floating or fixed permanent contact backrest • Durable 5 star base with twin wheel castors • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Generous seat size • Not suitable for heavy duty commercial use • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

• Large asynchronous ergonomic chair • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Inclining seat adjustment lockable to users comfort • Posture control back rake adjustment with floating or fixed option • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

• 24 hour use, BS5459 Level S rated (24 stone) • Antishock autosynchron mechanism to seat and back • Seat slide function • Tension control • Ratchet back height adjustment • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

DESCRIPTION WITHOUT ARMS WITH ARMS

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 460-590 460-590

ORDER REF 1000 1000-0287

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£57.00 £69.00

WITHOUT ARMS WITH ARMS

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 470-590 470-590

ORDER PRICE REF 6700 £97.00 6700-1608 £117.00

DESCRIPTION WITHOUT ARMS WITH ARMS

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 460-590 460-590

ORDER PRICE REF 6500 £166.00 6500-1608 £186.00

Quantity discounts available for 10+ units, please enquire 1100-1163

£78

1469-1163

£109

M0001

£60

Height adjustable footrest with Deluxe model

Blaster Draughter

Byron Draughter

Kneeling Chair

• Draughting or counter work chair incorporating ring kit conversation • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Height adjustable footrest (deluxe only) • (Hinged) tilt backrest • Durable five star base with glides for stability • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal • Not suitable for heavy duty commercial use

• Draughting or counter work chair incorporating ring kit conversation • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Foot ring for ‘off floor’ support • Height adjustable footrest (deluxe only) • Permanent contact backrest • Durable five star base with glides for stability • Available in blue, burgundy and charcoal

• Ideal for light office use, rated to 200lbs • Angle and height adjustment for maximum comfort • Classic European design with wooden frame • Polyacrylic fabric for durability • Available in blue, burgundy, charcoal and green fabric

DESCRIPTION

252

STANDARD DELUXE

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 720-850 600-860

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF 1100-1163 1100-1164

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£78.00 £88.00

STANDARD DELUXE

TEL: 01446 772614

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 770-880 650-910

ORDER PRICE REF 1469-1163 £109.00 1469-1164 £120.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

DESCRIPTION KNEELING CHAIR

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 540-630

ORDER REF M0001

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £60.00

2011


TC253

16/12/10

16:02

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FURNITURE / SEATING OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

1095

£60 B990

£171

UK780SLF

£172

Nova

Rapide

Titan

• Stylish mesh back chair • Durable fabric seat • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Reclining function with tilt tension • Includes durable armrests

• Extra large luxury executive operator chair with leather edged seat and back • Incorporates breathable mesh inserts • Gas lift seat height adjustment • Reclining function with tilt tension • Adjustable back angle and armrests

• Heavy duty operator chair • Rated to 27 stone (170kg) • Generous seat measurement • Reclining function with tilt tension • Available in blue, burgundy, and charcoal • Gas lift seat height adjustment

DESCRIPTION NOVA NOVA VISITOR

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 440-510 460

ORDER REF 1095 1102

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£60.00 £69.00

RAPIDE

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 470-570

Deco

ORDER REF UK780SLF

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£172.00

TITAN

DESCRIPTION

• Retro ‘Eames’ style chair • Supple faux leather in black or white • Bright chrome arms and base • Matching removable arm covers • Reclining function with tilt tension • Gas lift seat height adjustment

1097BL

SEAT HEIGHT (mm) 490-560

ORDER REF B990

SEAT ORDER HEIGHT (mm) REF DECO WHITE 470-540 1097WH DECO WHITE VISITOR 480 1101WH DECO BLACK 470-540 1097BL DECO BLACK VISITOR 480 1101BL

PRICE £171.00

PRICE £105.00 £100.00 £105.00 £100.00

1097WH

£105

£105

ALL ITEMS ON THIS PAGE REQUIRE EASY SELF ASSEMBLY

253 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC254

16/12/10

16:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FURNITURE / CAFÉ & RESTAURANT

Soft-Top Tables

✓Heavy duty cushioned top, folding tables for regular use ✓Ideal for dining rooms FROM

£129

PTY40011

£108

• Foam cushioned tabletop is covered with a non-slip white PVC wipeable soft top • Hardwearing plastic table edge • Table legs have adjustable feet • Heavy duty folding leg table frame • Choice of rectangular or circular

DESCRIPTION CIRCULAR TABLE CIRCULAR TABLE RECTANGULAR TABLE

DIMENSIONS (mm) 1530 DIA 1830 DIA 1830 x 760

ORDER REF

PRICE

PTY40012 PTY40013 PTY40011

£129.00 £145.00 £108.00

PTY40010

118

£

Combination Table • A combination circular and square soft-top table • 1220mm circular table converts into a 910mm square table by folding down the sprung loaded table edges • The square table then simply reverts to a circular table by flipping up the flaps • Round diameter 1220mm, 910mm square REF PTY40010 PRICE £118.00

PCU40051

55

£

Aluminium Stacking Chair • Manufactured from lightweight fluted aluminium with a high grade gold lacquer • Lightweight and easy to carry • Attractive fluted gold frame • Stacks up to 10 high • Fabric meets BS7176 Medium Hazard Ignition Source 5 • A convenient hand hold at the top of the chair for ease of handling • 3 year warranty DESCRIPTION

COLOUR

CLARET / GOLD NAVY BLUE / GOLD BOTTLE GREEN / GOLD CHAIR CONNECTOR BANQUET CHAIR

254

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF

PRICE

PCU40050 PCU40051 PCU40052 PCU40053

£55.00 £55.00 £55.00 £1.40

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


16/12/10

16:03

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FURNITURE / SEATING

2000 Series Chair PCF40010

£17.63 Each

chair. The ultimate design in low cost seating

• Contoured back enhances appearance and provides additional comfort and support • Double rivetted rear cross-brace provides added strength and stops the rear legs sinking in the ground in outdoor conditions • Seat ht 450mm. Overall 870H x 450W x 550D Blue REF PCF40011

✓5 Year Warranty

• Breathable fan shaped back-rest • Convenient hand-hold at the top of the chair for ease of handling • Grey frames as standard • Snap-together links to make rows • Tested to BS4875-1 level 4 (2000 series) • Tested to BS4875-1 level 5 (2600 series)

Burgundy REF PCF40010 Charcoal REF PCF40012

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

All Chairs Feature

✓A stylish lightweight polypropylene folding

PRICE £141.00 per carton of 8 CHAIR CONNECTORS

2600 Series Chair PCF40027

£23.75 Each

✓The fan shape design of the back-rest makes

this chair one of the most comfortable on the market today

Click-on clips for 2000 series REF PCF40013 PRICE £0.50

• The deep contoured back-rest provides good support and exceptional comfort • Wider seat for better comfort • Seat ht 450mm. Overall 870H x 470W x 540D.

Polyprop joiners for 2600 series REF PCA40013 PRICE £1.30

NOTE: We recommend the use of two clips to link chairs, one at the top and the other at the foot end.

Blue REF PCF40025 Burgundy REF PCF40026 Charcoal REF PCF40027 PRICE £95.00 per carton of 4 Chairs only

2600 Series Upholstered Chair £41

✓All the 2600 series benefits, with an upholstered seat to provide extra comfort and style

• 2600 series chairs feature double leg links for added strength and stability

UE AL TOP V

Each

TOP V

PCF50010

LUE

Blue REF PCF50010

A

TC255

We can show samples & visit your site. We also offer a quantity discount - Please call for details!

Burgundy REF PCF50011 Charcoal REF PCF50012 PRICE £164.00 per carton of 4

Chair Storage Trolleys

✓This comprehensive range of trolleys will help to eliminate the problem of storage in

premises that have space restrictions. Maximum chair capacity is shown below each trolley

PXH40000

£443

136 x 2000 Series or 72 x 2600 Series STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PXH40002

£340

68 x 2000 Series or 36 x 2600 Series TEL: 01446 772614

PCF40045

PXF400000

£112

£329

40 x 2000 Series only

24 x 2600 Series only

Storage Straps (not included with trolleys) REF PCF40015 PRICE £15.70 each info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

255 2011


TC256

16/12/10

16:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FURNITURE / CONFERENCE

Polyfold Lightweight Folding Tables

PTF41379

£58

✓The Polyfold table is perfect for canteens, offices and light industrial use.

• Available in a wide range of sizes, square, rectangular and circular • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded all weather polyethylene top for indoor/outdoor use • Lightweight, stronger and more durable than wooden tables • Folds flat for easy storage • Stores neatly on purpose made trolley

FOLD-IN-HALF DESIGN!

PTF41376

£51

PTF41380

£69

Square & Rectangular Tables DESCRIPTION

Folding Table • Compact folding • Carry handle • Ideal for taking in car • Weight 18kg • Dims (open) 1830L x 760W x 740Hmm Dims (closed) 940L x 760W x 100Hmm

1220mm TABLE 1530mm TABLE 1830mm TABLE 910mm TABLE

REF PTF41380 PRICE £69.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 750 x 600 x 1220 750 x 710 x 1530 750 x 760 x 1830 750 x 910 x 910

WEIGHT (kg) 12 15 17 11

ORDER REF PTF41376 PTF41379 PTF41378 PTF41375

PRICE £51.00 £58.00 £61.00 £52.00

PTF41370

PTF41371

£82

£102

✓All tables feature 3 year warranty We can show samples & visit your site. We also offer a quantity discount - Please call for details!

Circular Tables DESCRIPTION 1220mm TABLE 1530mm TABLE 1830mm TABLE

DIMENSIONS H x DIAMETER (mm) 740 x 1220 740 x 1530 740 x 1830

WEIGHT (kg) 16 21 27

ORDER REF PTF41370 PTF41371 PTF41369

PRICE £82.00 £102.00 £135.00

Polyfold Adjustable Height Folding Tables

✓Lightweight and simple to use • Height adjustable Model 02STE007: 640, 690, 740mm Model 02STE008: 610, 650, 690, 730, 770, 810mm • Folds flat for easy storage • Hygienic, wipe-clean one piece moulded top • All weather construction for indoor/outdoor use

Universal Table Trolley

256

Height Adjustable Tables

Suitable for all polyfold tables. 1550H x 850W x 1850Lmm

DESCRIPTION

REF PXO40000 PRICE £393.00

1220mm TABLE 1830mm TABLE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 900 x 600 x 1220 Max 900 x 760 x 1830 Max

WEIGHT (kg) 12 17

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF PTF41385 PTF41386

PRICE £75.00 £82.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC257

16/12/10

16:05

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FURNITURE / CAFÉ & RESTAURANT OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Fast Food Units ✓Great value fast food seating ✓Durable easy clean modules • Steel frame in silver/black • Beech or white table tops • Polypropylene seat shells • 2, 4 and 6 seater configurations Polypropylene chair colours

Black

Orange

Burgundy

Peach

Lime

Grey

Blue

White

FROM

£137

FROM

£169 2S

4S

4D

6S

6D

Mixbury Fast Food Units DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 740 x 1500 x 600 740 x 1500 x 1000 740 x 1500 x 1000 740 x 1500 x 1600 740 x 1500 x 1600

2 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 4 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 4 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 6 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 6 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY

Stacking Chairs • Designed for commercial, leisure and educational eating environments • Stackable for easy storage • Stylish dining chairs with chrome frames • Jupiter bistro chair with polycane wicker seat • Bubble chair with polypropylene seat in choice of 8 colours DESCRIPTION

SEAT ORDER H (mm) REF BALLOON, BEECH & CHROME 445 VC11B TRI, BEECH & CHROME 450 VC10B SLOT, BEECH & CHROME 445 VC16B GAP, BEECH & CHROME 450 VC13B JUPITER, BEECH & CHROME 460 VC41B JUPITER, WICKER & BLACK 460 VC41A BUBBLE, POLY & CHROME 460 VC5

Bubble Fast Food Units

ORDER REF VMX2S VMX4S VMX4D VMX6S VMX6D

PRICE

DESCRIPTION

£137.00 £177.00 £177.00 £229.00 £229.00

2 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 4 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 4 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY 6 SEAT SINGLE ENTRY 6 SEAT DOUBLE ENTRY

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 740 x 1500 x 600 740 x 1500 x 1000 740 x 1500 x 1000 740 x 1500 x 1600 740 x 1500 x 1600

ORDER REF VB2S VB4S VB4D VB6S VB6D

VC11B

VC10B

VC16B

£31

£31

£46

PRICE £169.00 £223.00 £223.00 £285.00 £285.00

PRICE £31.00 £31.00 £46.00 £46.00 £35.00 £25.00 £40.00

Balloon

Tri

Slot

VC13B

VC41A

VC5

£46

£25

£40

Polypropylene chair colours Black Peach

Orange Lime

Blue

White

Burgundy Grey

Gap

Dining Tables

Jupiter

Bubble

• Designed for commercial, leisure and educational eating environments • High pressure laminate beech top, chrome frames MODEL CURVEY

SLOPE

DIMENSIONS HEIGHT x DIA (mm) 740 x 800 740 x 900 740 x 1000 740 x 800 x 800 740 x 800 740 x 900 740 x 1000 740 x 1200

ORDER REF VT900-8 VT900-9 VT900-10 VT900-88 VT50C-8 VT50C-9 VT50C-10 VT50C-12

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £115.00 £134.00 £147.00 £138.00 £139.00 £163.00 £185.00 £216.00

VT900-8

£115

TEL: 01446 772614

Curvey

VT50C-8

£139

Slope

257 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC258

16/12/10

16:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FURNITURE / CAFÈ & RESTAURANT OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Rio Café Furniture

✓Superior quality aluminium café and bistro furniture ✓Lightweight and resilient, suitable for heavy use all year round PCN40054

£34

PTM40041

£82

The Rio range encompasses all the elements required for relaxed dining both inside and out, casual meetings or alfresco coffee. ‘Innox’ chequered stainless steel table tops provide a contemporary air which is conducive to the ambience of any stylish eatery • Stackable armchairs and side chairs • Square table can be spirally stacked • Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces

ARM CHAIR

SIDE CHAIR

Rio Café Tables

Rio Café Chairs DESCRIPTION TABLES REQUIRE SELF ASSEMBLY

SIDE CHAIR ARM CHAIR

ORDER REF PCN40054 PCN40053

DESCRIPTION PRICE £34.00 £39.00

700mm CIRCULAR PEDESTAL 700mm SQUARE PEDESTAL 700mm SQUARE STACKING

ORDER REF PTM40041 PTM40044 PTM40045

PRICE £82.00 £82.00 £79.00

Paulo Café Furniture

✓Stunningly attractive and truly maintenance free ✓Made from a revolutionary new material which requires no maintenance PCN40056

£49

As it is synthetic “No-Wood” will never need oiling, polishing, painting or protecting; neither will it splinter or split. This delightful range therefore offers all the beauty of real teak but with none of the drudgery of maintenance, combined with attractive flat tube frames

PTM40051

£93

• No maintenance required • Easy to clean • Zinc plated, cast iron base on circular tables and adjustable feet for uneven surfaces • Stackable to ten high Paulo Café Furniture DESCRIPTION ARMCHAIR 700mm SQUARE PEDESTAL TABLE 800mm CIRCULAR TABLE

ORDER REF PCN40056 PTM40050 PTM40051

PRICE £49.00 £96.00 £93.00

Casa Café Furniture

✓Enhances the ambience of all smart cafés, restaurants and bistros ✓Chairs are easy to clean, hard wearing and UV resistant The chair seats are hand woven from 4mm plastic coated steel wire and available in a choice of two striking colours - honey & blue

PTM40057

£92

PCN40058

£42

• UV and weather resistant • Hygienic and easy to clean • Casa Café chairs stack up to 10 high • Tables available as square or circular, 740mm overall height Casa Café Furniture DESCRIPTION ARMCHAIR - HONEY ARMCHAIR - BLUE SQUARE PEDESTAL TABLE - 700mm CIRCULAR PEDESTAL TABLE - 700mm

ORDER PRICE REF PCN40057 £42.00 PCN40058 £42.00 PTM40056 £115.00 PTM40057 £92.00

258 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC259

16/12/10

16:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FURNITURE / OFFICE SCREENS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

CARA WALTON FABRIC

CARA PITLOCHRY FABRIC

FROM

147

£

Linked Screens • Perfect for dividing offices or creating informal meeting areas FROM

Freestanding Screens

• Flexible links allow any configuration to be made

163

£

• Provide an immediate solution to space allocation and room division problems

• Supplied with two feet which are adjustable for height and angle

• Great for ‘hiding away’ those less tidy areas • Two fully adjustable feet supplied as standard

• Screw down feet are available for more permanent installations

• Screw-down feet or castors also available

FROM

£107

CARA IVY FABRIC

Desktop Screens • Clamp to any desktop to provide a designated work area and a degree of privacy • Standard clamps open to 25mm max • Larger opening clamps are available on request

Please note that these fabric scans may not be an accurate representation of colour. Please ask for a sample swatch prior to ordering.

Please call us for any size not listed

Stock Cara Fabrics 100% polyolefin, bright and easy to clean, fully flame retardant to BS 476

Office Screens

✓Quality acoustic screens to suit every environment • Freestanding, linked and desktop models • 30mm thick, with CMHR acoustic foam facing • Plain or wave tops, fully edged in grey PVC • Full range of attractive Cara fabrics • Standard sizes are shown, please call us for any size or shape not listed

Freestanding Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1500 x 1200 1500 x 1600 1500 x 1800 1800 x 1200 1800 x 1600

STRAIGHT TOP REF GA1-12-8 GA1-12-12 GA1-12-16 GA1-12-18 GA1-15-12 GA1-15-16 GA1-15-18 GA1-18-12 GA1-18-16

PRICE £147 £157 £172 £193 £168 £200 £209 £193 £216

WAVE PRICE TOP REF GA1W-12-8 £166 GA1W-12-12 £177 GA1W-12-16 £191 GA1W-12-18 £213 GA1W-15-12 £188 GA1W-15-16 £220 GA1W-15-18 £229 GA1W-18-12 £209 GA1W-18-16 £236

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Dolphin

Charn

Sand

Ivy

Chaucer

Mull

Lothian

Inverness

Pitlochry

Galilee

Ask to see our colour samples for the full 40 colour Cara range!

Linked Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 1200 x 800 1200 x 1200 1200 x 1600 1200 x 1800 1500 x 1200 1500 x 1600 1500 x 1800 1800 x 1200 1800 x 1600

TEL: 01446 772614

STRAIGHT TOP REF GA2-12-8 GA2-12-12 GA2-12-16 GA2-12-18 GA2-15-12 GA2-15-16 GA2-15-18 GA2-18-12 GA2-18-16

PRICE £163 £180 £188 £211 £184 £216 £225 £207 £234

WAVE PRICE TOP REF GA2W-12-8 £182 GA2W-12-12 £200 GA2W-12-16 £207 GA2W-12-18 £230 GA2W-15-12 £204 GA2W-15-16 £236 GA2W-15-18 £245 GA2W-18-12 £227 GA2W-18-16 £254

Desktop Screens DIMENSIONS H x W (mm) 400 x 800 400 x 1200 400 x 1600 500 x 800 500 x 1200 500 x 1600

info@storage-design.co.uk

STRAIGHT TOP REF GAD1-4-8 GAD1-4-12 GAD1-4-16 GAD1-5-8 GAD1-5-12 GAD1-5-16

PRICE £107 £111 £121 £111 £116 £125

WAVE TOP REF GAD1W-4-8 GAD1W-4-12 GAD1W-4-16 GAD1W-5-8 GAD1W-5-12 GAD1W-5-16

PRICE £127 £130 £141 £130 £136 £145

259 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC260

16/12/10

16:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

DISPLAY / PRESENTATION BOARDS

Fibre Felt Pinboards

✓Versatile & aesthetically pleasing

• Framed in anodised aluminium or light oak timber • Economical unframed boards also available • Nylon / polyester fabric in five stock colours • Readily accept pins and "hook and loop" fasteners • Non-flammable • Anti-static • Mildew resistant • Concealed wall mounting kit included

PINBOARD COLOURS Blue Red Burgundy Green

FROM

Grey

£

47

Other colours are available, please enquire for more details

OVERALL DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

UNFRAMED ORDER REF VWFB0906 VWFB1209 VWFB1212 VWFB1512 VWFB1812 VWFB2412

PRICE £47.00 £57.00 £72.00 £82.00 £91.00 £105.00

LIGHT OAK FRAMED ORDER REF PRICE VPINTS0906 £65.00 VPINTS1209 £82.00 VPINTS1212 £98.00 VPINTS1512 £113.00 VPINTS1812 £135.00 VPINTS2412 £156.00

Insert Boards

ALUMINIUM FRAMED ORDER REF VPIN0906 VPIN1209 VPIN1212 VPIN1512 VPIN1812 VPIN2412

PRICE £52.00 £60.00 £71.00 £89.00 £98.00 £116.00

FROM

✓Perspex covered, to accept plans or

120

£

diagrams for temporary alteration

• Simply insert the plan, and mark up the perspex cover with notes or changes as required • Pinboard surface in choice of 5 colours • Concealed fixings • Aluminium case & frame • Lockable perspex cover

SUITABLE FOR NONPERMANENT PENS OR WATER SOLUBLE MARKERS

DESCRIPTION

260

SINGLE DOOR SINGLE DOOR SINGLE DOOR DOUBLE DOOR DOUBLE DOOR DOUBLE DOOR

DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF

PRICE

VVIB0906 VVIB1209 VVIB1212 VVIB1512 VVIB1812 VVIB2412

£120.00 £171.00 £186.00 £309.00 £338.00 £368.00

TEL: 01446 772614

PINBOARD COLOURS Blue

info@storage-design.co.uk

Red

Burgundy

Green

Grey

Other colours are available, please enquire for more details

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC261

16/12/10

16:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DISPLAY / PRESENTATION BOARDS

1.

Non Magnetic Boards

✓3 surfaces suit all applications and budgets ✓Guaranteed writing surfaces

• Write with dry markers • Easily erase with a dry cloth • Double sided to last twice as long DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

ORDER REF

PRICE

NON0906 NON1209 NON1212 NON1512 NON1812 NON2412

£52.00 £70.00 £80.00 £94.00 £100.00 £147.00

Commercial Coated Steel Boards

• Stain resistant • Easy to maintain • Accepts magnetic accessories

DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

DRY WIPE FROM

52

£

• For information, training and presentation • Anodised aluminium frame with moulded ABS corner pieces • Easy to write, easy to erase • Suitable for dry-wipe markers • Clip on pen tray • Landscape or portrait mounting • Supplied complete with concealed fixings

Special customised sizes are available, please contact us for more details

2.

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Wall Mounting Whiteboards

PORCELAIN BOARDS ACCEPT PROJECTED IMAGES!

3.

Vitreous Porcelain Boards

• The ultimate high performance heavy usage surface • Highly resistant to scratching and staining • Accepts magnetic accessories

ORDER REF

PRICE

VTC0906 VTC1209 VTC1212 VTC1512 VTC1812 VTC2412

£62.00 £84.00 £120.00 £135.00 £186.00 £228.00

Modular Display Partitions

✓A large panel divide / display system

with double sided panels supported by sturdy steel legs

DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 600 1200 x 900 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

PINBOARD COLOURS

Blue

Red

ORDER REF

PRICE

VWB0906 VWB1206 VWB1209 VWB1212 VWB1512 VWB1812 VWB2412

£82.00 £130.00 £137.00 £173.00 £228.00 £246.00 £306.00

Yellow

Green

Grey

Special customised sizes are available, please contact us for more details

✓Excellent for all areas requiring a practical divide or display wall

• Aluminium framed double sided display (pinboard panel only) • Supported by two sturdy powder coated steel legs (purchased separately) • The panels are covered in a woven fabric, which is colourfast to BS1006 • A simple hinge and a securing disc allows easy removal and angled screening of the panels

POSTS Grey, 1800mm high. 2 posts required for freestanding panels, 1 per extension REF AVMDSL PRICE £98.00 (each)

Whiteboard Partitions DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

ORDER REF

PRICE

AVMDS1212W AVMDS1512W AVMDS1812W

£105.00 £135.00 £149.00

Fabric Partitions DIMENSIONS W x H (mm) 1200 x 1200 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

ORDER REF

PRICE

AVMDS1212F AVMDS1512F AVMDS1812F

£98.00 £105.00 £149.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

261 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC262

16/12/10

16:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

DISPLAY / PRESENTATION BOARDS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Document Pockets

Sample Document Pocket available, please enquire

✓Strong, edged 3 sides plastic pockets and covers

• Protects & professionally displays documentation • Simply accessed and updated to form perfect colour coded information systems • Magnetic, adhesive and hook/loop backed document pockets for whiteboard, noticeboards and general usage • Why not transform your existing whiteboard and noticeboard displays • Colours: Blue-Grey, Light Grey, Transparent, White, Yellow, Red, Dark Blue, Green

Magnetic backed document pockets (whiteboard use) DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A3 PORTRAIT POCKETS A3 LANDSCAPE POCKET A3 TRANSPARENT COVER A4 PORTRAIT POCKETS A4 LANDSCAPE POCKET A4 TRANSPARENT COVER

M8250A3P M8250A3L 8250301 M8250A4P M8250A4L 8250300

PLASTIC POCKETS FROM

20.70

£

PACK OF 5

Hook & Loop backed document pockets (felt noticeboard use)

PRICE PACK OF 5 £36.50 £36.50 £10.20 £23.60 £23.60 £4.70

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A3 PORTRAIT POCKETS A3 LANDSCAPE POCKET A3 TRANSPARENT COVER A4 PORTRAIT POCKETS A4 LANDSCAPE POCKET A4 TRANSPARENT COVER

HL8250A3P HL8250A3L 8250301 HL8250A4P HL8250A4L 8250300

PRICE PACK OF 5 £34.40 £34.40 £10.20 £22.10 £22.10 £4.70

Adhesive backed document pockets (general use) DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

A3 PORTRAIT POCKETS A3 LANDSCAPE POCKET A3 TRANSPARENT COVER A4 PORTRAIT POCKETS A4 LANDSCAPE POCKET A4 TRANSPARENT COVER

AD8250A3P AD8250A3L 8250301 AD8250A4P AD8250A4L 8250300

PRICE PACK OF 5 £32.80 £32.80 £10.20 £20.70 £20.70 £4.70

Printed Whiteboards

Mobile Revolving Whiteboards

• Dry wipe surface whiteboards with aluminium trim and wall fixings

• Plain or printed whiteboards on robust metal stand with lockable castors and pen tray

✓Inexpensive printed whiteboards... no more tape and pen gridding! ✓Double sided, revolving, dry wipe whiteboard

Whiteboards can be printed in black or in multi colour designs

FROM

Printing price includes customer supplied camera ready artwork. Alternatively, artwork charged at £75.00 per design including proof

£123

FROM

£301

Non-Magnetic Whiteboards SIZE W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE ENM0906 £26.70 ENM1209 £41.00 ENM1512 £67.00 ENM1812 £75.00 ENM2412 £96.00

PRINTED BOARD REF PRICE ENM0906C £123.00 ENM1209C £163.00 ENM1512C £271.00 ENM1812C £319.00 ENM2412C £419.00

Magnetic Whiteboards

262

SIZE W x H (mm) 900 x 600 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200 2400 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE EMG0906 £43.00 EMG1209 £80.00 EMG1512 £150.00 EMG1812 £166.00 EMG2412 £180.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRINTED BOARD REF PRICE EMG0906C £137.00 EMG1209C £200.00 EMG1512C £352.00 EMG1812C £404.00 EMG2412C £500.00

TEL: 01446 772614

Stand & Non-Magnetic Double Sided Whiteboards SIZE W x H (mm) 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE EMNM1209 £187.00 EMNM1512 £260.00 EMNM1812 £292.00

PRINTED BOARD (1 SIDE ONLY) REF PRICE EMNM1209C £301.00 EMNM1512C £454.00 EMNM1812C £531.00

Stand & Magnetic Double Sided Whiteboards SIZE W x H (mm) 1200 x 900 1500 x 1200 1800 x 1200

PLAIN WHITEBOARD REF PRICE EMM1209 £209.00 EMM1512 £292.00 EMM1812 £359.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRINTED BOARD (1 SIDE ONLY) REF PRICE EMM1209C £327.00 EMM1512C £485.00 EMM1812C £592.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC263

16/12/10

16:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

STARTER BAYS FROM

134

£

EXTENSION BAYS FROM

112

£

For large quantities please call for a quotation

Konnect Shelving

✓A robust, simple and economical system for office and industrial applications

✓Very strong, up to 250kg per shelf UDL

Quick and easy to assemble

• 2000mm high bays in two widths • Quick and easy push fit assembly • Open access all round – no cross bracing • Tubular grid shelves in a range of sizes • Optional hardboard shelf covers • Shelves adjustable to 62.5mm pitch • Epoxy powder coated in blue and grey

✓Ideal for archive storage

1000mm Wide Bays with 5 Shelf Levels SHELF DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

EXTRA SHELF

K24105BCS £134.00 K25105BCS £146.00 K26105BCS £157.00 K28105BCS £170.00

K24105ACS £112.00 K25105ACS £124.00 K26105ACS £136.00 K28105ACS £149.00

K4010XSCS £24.00 K5010XSCS £25.00 K6010XSCS £27.00 K8010XSCS £28.00

1250mm Wide Bays with 5 Shelf Levels SHELF DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

STARTER BAY

EXTENSION BAY

EXTRA SHELF

K24125BCS £146.00 K25125BCS £159.00 K26125BCS £173.00 K28125BCS £189.00

K24125ACS £124.00 K25125ACS £138.00 K26125ACS £153.00 K28125ACS £167.00

K4012XSCS £25.00 K5012XSCS £28.00 K6012XSCS £30.00 K8012XSCS £31.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Hardboard Shelf Covers • Adapts shelving to take the smallest loads • Lightweight, low cost • Simple to replace if damaged • Sold in packs of 5

SHELF DEPTH (mm) 400 500 600 800

1000mm WIDE REF PRICE 270300CS-5 £31.00 270301CS-5 £36.00 270302CS-5 £39.00 270303CS-5 £44.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

1250mm WIDE REF PRICE 270304CS-5 £36.00 270305CS-5 £39.00 270306CS-5 £44.00 270307CS-5 £47.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

263 2011


TC264

16/12/10

16:11

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SHELVING

STORMOR Euro

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

✓Ideal for all commercial and archive storage ✓Heavy duty, fully adjustable steel shelving • Easy clip together assembly • Robust shelving system which can fulfill any requirement from single bays to multi-tiered structures • Full range of accessories available, ask for details BioCote Protected BioCote inhibits the growth of potentially lethal bacteria such as MRSA and E. Coli and reduces the risk of cross contamination making it ideal for hygiene sensitive areas EURO-Shelving Starter and Extension bays make ordering easy. Finished with Light Grey uprights, cladding and shelves the bays are 2100mm high, 1000mm wide with a choice of three shelf depths. Six shelves are supplied, but further shelves, including shelf clips, can be purchased if required. Bays can be either open all round or fully clad, depending on your requirements. Shelf Width

SHELVING FROM

215

Frame height

£

160kg PER SHELF

Frame & Shelf depth

Starter Bay

Extension Bay

OPEN ALL ROUND

FULLY CLAD

Starter & extension bays Each kit comprises of the correct number of uprights, shelves, shelf clips, footplates, upright caps, and when applicable bracing or cladding. Full assembly instructions are provided. 6-Shelf Euro Shelving Open Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 1000 x 300 2100 x 1000 x 400 2100 x 1000 x 450

LOAD PER SHELF (kg) 160 160 160

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE EU0258 £215.00 EU0259 £233.00 EU0260 £246.00

Call us for a free advisory service on STORMOR shelving

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE EU0264 £145.00 EU0265 £162.00 EU0266 £173.00

6-Shelf Euro Shelving Fully Clad Bays DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 1000 x 300 2100 x 1000 x 400 2100 x 1000 x 450

LOAD PER SHELF (kg) 160 160 160

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE EU0261 £251.00 EU0262 £276.00 EU0263 £294.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE EU0267 £163.00 EU0268 £183.00 EU0269 £197.00

Extra Shelves Packed complete with 4 shelf locking clips SHELF DEPTH 300mm ORDER REF PRICE EU0271 £15.00

264

SHELF DEPTH 400mm ORDER REF PRICE EU0272 £18.00

SHELF DEPTH 450mm ORDER REF PRICE EU0273 £20.00

It is essential that shelving exceeding a height to depth ratio of 4:1 to the top loaded shelf is adequately secured to the floor or wall: fixings available; please ask.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Extra Bracing Each brace assembly provides essential bracing for 12 bays of open shelving. Starter bays come complete with brace but extra braces are required if run exceeds 11 extension bays. REF DCXBS1000ZC PRICE £17.00 www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC265

16/12/10

16:37

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE / OFFICE SHELVING OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Capital Shelving ✓A high quality, flexible shelving system to suit all your office and storeroom storage requirements • The triangular front edge not only ensures safety but also presents a neat appearance • Shelves adjustable on a 25mm pitch • Standard bay units are complete with 6 shelves, including top & bottom • Epoxy powder coated, Ivory finish • Standard height 2025mm • Standard width 1000mm • Bay capacity 454kg • Shelf capacity 68kg uniformly distributed load

FROM

140

£

Accessories available include: • Duplex shelves for conventional storage and suspended filing • Pull out shelf space for a space saving writing surface • Telescopic filing cradles for low level accessibility • Tambour doors for added security and improved general appearance • For assistance with tailored systems or for more complex requirements a design, supply and installation service is available. Please contact us for more information

Clad Back Shelving Bays DEPTH (mm) 300 350 450

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/C/007 £172.00 CS/C/009 £185.00 CS/C/011 £198.00

Open Back Shelving Bays

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/C/008 £150.00 CS/C/010 £160.00 CS/C/012 £172.00

DEPTH (mm) 300 350 450

STARTER BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/C/001 £140.00 CS/C/003 £152.00 CS/C/005 £165.00

EXTENSION BAY ORDER REF PRICE CS/C/002 £118.00 CS/C/004 £127.00 CS/C/006 £139.00

Lateral Filing Cradle

Full Height Dividers

Telescopic Filing Cradle

• To suit most popular sizes of lateral files

• Secured with plastic plugs, each divider is adjustable on a 50mm pitch along the shelf • Rolled front and rear edges for strength and protection

• Maximise the bay depth and maintain 100% accessibility with a slide out filing cradle • Fitted into a 350mm deep bay

SIZES W x D (mm) 1000 x 350 1000 x 450

ORDER REF CS/C/031 CS/C/032

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £16.90 £17.10

SIZES H x W (mm) 350 x 300 350 x 350 350 x 450 400 x 300 400 x 350 400 x 450

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF CS/C/025 CS/C/026 CS/C/027 CS/C/028 CS/C/029 CS/C/030

PRICE £6.60 £7.50 £8.30 £6.90 £7.90 £8.70

info@storage-design.co.uk

SIZES W x D (mm) 1000 x 350

ORDER REF CS/C/033

PRICE £142.00

265 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC266

16/12/10

16:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

✓Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial

General Storage Cupboards

✓Robust steel construction with semi-concealed

paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug

hinges for added security

• Flush fitting ‘no snag’ door handles with espagnolette secure locking • Adjustable shelves on 50mm centres with 75kg capacity (UDL) • Resilient powder coated finish with light grey body & choice of door colour CG189046Z

£244

Wall Cupboard • Double doors and 1 shelf • Overall 570H x 850W x 255Dmm REF CG855725Z PRICE £144.00

Single Door Cupboard • 3 shelves included • Overall 1800H x 600W x 460Dmm REF CG186046Z PRICE £238.00 Extra shelf REF CGES6046ZLXX PRICE £15.80

CG109046M

£281

Mobile Cupboards CG909046Z

• Double door and 2 shelves • Fitted with 4 swivel castors

£187

1040H x 900W x 460Dmm REF CG109046M PRICE £281.00 1040H x 900W x 600Dmm REF CG109061M PRICE £395.00 460mm Deep Double Door Cupboards DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 900 x 900 x 460 1200 x 900 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460

SHELVES INC 2 2 3 3

CUPBOARD REF CG909046Z CG129046Z CG189046Z CG181246Z

PRICE £187.00 £240.00 £244.00 £328.00

600mm Deep Double Door Cupboards

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE CGES/9046ZLXX £17.90 CGES/9046ZLXX £17.90 CGES/9046ZLXX £17.90 CGES/1246ZLXX £25.20

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 900 x 900 x 600 1800 x 900 x 600 1800 x 1200 x 600

SHELVES INC 2 3 3

CUPBOARD REF CG909061Z CG189061Z CG181261Z

PRICE £242.00 £352.00 £420.00

EXTRA SHELF REF PRICE CGES9060ZLXX £25.20 CGES9060ZLXX £25.20 CGES1260ZLXX £36.80

Door Colour Options For required door colours please add corresponding suffix to product code Light Grey (LXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

Red (RXX)

Light Blue (UXX)

Yellow (YXX)

Green (GXX)

CC189046Z

£244

CU189046Z

£288

Clothing & Utility Cupboards

✓Ideal for the storage of coats, bags, workplace apparel and cleaning equipment

• Construction, locking, finish and colour specifications are as ‘General Storage Cupboards’ shown above

Clothing Cupboards

Utility Cupboards

• Fitted with fixed full width top shelf and hanging rail

266

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 600 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460

CUPBOARD TYPE SINGLE DOOR CLOTHING DOUBLE DOOR CLOTHING DOUBLE DOOR CLOTHING

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF CC186046Z CC189046Z CC181246Z

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £259.00 £244.00 £353.00

• A central divider with a hanging rail and top shelf on one side and 3 adjustable shelves on the other DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460

CUPBOARD TYPE DOUBLE DOOR UTILITY DOUBLE DOOR UTILITY

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF CU189046Z CU181246Z

PRICE £288.00 £379.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC267

16/12/10

16:38

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WORKSHOP STORAGE / CUPBOARDS

✓Provide high levels of security for the office and workplace

• All welded construction from heavy gauge steel • Reinforced doors with full length hinges • Heavy duty handle with 7-lever lock for high security CS181246Z

• Inset doors to prevent forced entry

1090

£

• Complete with adjustable shelves • Durable powder coated finish with grey body and choice of door colour

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Security Cupboards

Door Colour Options For required door colours please add corresponding suffix to product code

CS904646Z

Light Grey (LXX)

416

£

Dark Blue (BXX)

Red (RXX)

CS121246Z

885

£

✓Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug.

USE TO STORE: • Electronic devices • Audio and telephones • Videos or cameras • Computer equipment • Items for restricted distribution • Sensitive records • Valuable archives • Laboratory equipment • Medical items and equipment • Tools and gauges STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Security Cupboards DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 900 x 460 x 460 1200 x 900 x 460 1200 x 1200 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460

TEL: 01446 772614

NO. DOORS 1 1 2 1 2

SHELVES INCLUDED 1 2 2 3 3

ORDER REF

PRICE

CS904646Z CS129046Z CS121246Z CS189046Z CS181246Z

£416.00 £580.00 £885.00 £891.00 £1090.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE CSES4646ZLXX £25.20 CSES9046ZLXX £39.00 CSES1246ZLXX £55.00 CSES9046ZLXX £39.00 CSES1246ZLXX £55.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

267 2011


TC268

16/12/10

16:39

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

BARRIERS / PRESTIGE ROPE BARRIERS

DELUXE POSTS

Classic Posts

✓4-way rope connection

• Robust stainless steel construction • 970mm high x 64mm dia post, with connector ring • 320mm dia weighted base • Weight 7kg • Compatible with sprung hooks only

CLASSIC POSTS

Stainless Steel REF STCHC PRICE £57.00 Brass REF STBRC PRICE £64.00

Executive Posts

Deluxe Posts

• Two heavily plated finishes • 1m high x 50mm dia post with black cap • 350mm dia weighted base • Twin eyelets accept rope or rail hooks • Weight 5kg

• Traditional style for elegant locations • Turned brass & chrome decorative finial • 1m high x 38mm diameter post • Extra heavy 350mm dia base • Weight 9kg

Polished Chrome REF STCH PRICE £62.00

Polished Chrome REF DECH PRICE £106.00

Polished Brass REF STBR PRICE £69.00

Polished Brass REF DEBR PRICE £93.00

268 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC269

16/12/10

16:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / PRESTIGE ROPE BARRIERS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

CHOOSE FROM OUR RANGE OF GREAT POSTS FOR ANY APPLICATION

A4 Signholders • Landscape or portrait style • Suit rope or rail barriers • Suitable only for Executive posts • Two plated finishes PLATED FINISH CHROME BRASS

PORTRAIT REF PRICE 961CH £25.00 961BR £32.00

LANDSCAPE REF PRICE 960CH £28.00 960BR £37.00

Barrier Rails

✓For firmer pedestrian control • Rails are semi-captive when assembled • No nuisance tampering in the queue! • 1250mm long rails • Suit Executive or Deluxe posts REF 1250CH PRICE £33.00

Accessories • Wall fittings for all applications

Barrier Ropes • Luxury quality soft braided ropes in five colours • Open and spring closure hook ends • We can assemble any rope length to meet your requirements COLOURS

Wall ring REF CRING PRICE £9.00 Wall end piece REF CEND PRICE £27.00

Red Blue

(please advise chrome or brass finish when ordering)

Black White

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

BARRIER ROPES 25mm DIAMETER - ALL COLOURS, PER METRE OPEN HOOK END FITTING SPRING CLOSURE HOOK END FITTING 1m LONG READY ASSEMBLED ROPES, WITH OPEN HOOK ENDS 1m LONG READY ASSEMBLED ROPES, WITH SPRING CLOSURE ENDS

CSR30 CHO CHS CSHO1 CSHS1

£11.00 £8.00 £8.00 £27.00 £27.00

(please advise rope colour and brass or chrome hook finish when ordering) STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk

Wall Eyelet Chrome REF CEYECH PRICE £4.00 Brass REF CEYEBR PRICE £4.00 (wall screws are included) www.storage-design.co.uk

269 2011


TC270

16/12/10

16:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

BARRIERS / RETRACTABLE BELT BARRIERS

Slimline Belt Barriers BELT COLOURS FROM STOCK

• Available in stainless steel or black finish • 860mm high x 51mm diameter • 320mm diameter base • 1.8m belt extension • Weight 7.1kg FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

STAINLESS STEEL BLACK

CB21DCC CB21SBC

£79.00 £75.00

Black Red Blue

POSTS FROM

£75

Customize your belt barrier. We can print your safety message or corporate logo onto barrier belts (subject to quantity). Please contact us for more details

A4 Signholder For use with standard & deluxe belt barriers

• Aluminium and mild steel construction, with acrylic panels to hold the message • Matt black finish REF AMH PRICE £63.00

Standard Belt Barriers

CB21SB

CB21SCB

£90

£99

• Black matt finish base • 1000H x 63mm diameter • Low profile non-trip 345mm diameter base • 1.8m belt extension • Weight 10.5kg Belt Barrier FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CHROME/BLACK BASE

CB21SB CB21SCB

£90.00 £99.00

Receiving Post FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CHROME/BLACK BASE

RP/BB RP/CB

£60.00 £69.00

270 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


14/12/10

14:31

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / BELT BARRIERS & MULTI POSTS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Wall Mount Barriers • Always available for use • Tension return • Wall to wall or wall to post • Receptacle for free end included

WM45

WMBB

£79

£69

1.8m Belt Extension REF WMBB PRICE £69.00

4m Belt Extension REF WM45 PRICE £79.00

56

UE AL

Multi-Posts

TOP V

TOP V

Post Colour Options

• Unique octagonal channelled design • Seven post & pinstripe colours • 900mm high x 44mm diameter • 305mm dia low profile base, available in black or grey • Weight 3kg

A

LUE

TC271

Braided Nylon Ropes • 25mm soft braided nylon ropes • Ready assembled with black or grey nylon end fittings • Colour options Multi-Post Signholder • Replaces standard post top for semi-permanent signs • A4 vertical format • 2mm Foamex insert DESCRIPTION MULTIPOST 1.0M BRAIDED NYLON ROPE 1.5M BRAIDED NYLON ROPE A4 SIGN HOLDER

ORDER REF CSP1 CSR10 CSR15 CSSA4

PRICE £55.50 £22.50 £29.00 £15.00

Deluxe Belt Barriers • Black or chrome finish overall • 1000H x 63mm diameter • 345mm diameter non-trip baseplate • Heavily weighted base gives maximum stability • 1.8m belt extension • Weight 10.5kg

CB21DC

CB21DB

£150

£137

RECEIVING POST (Without belt)

Belt Barrier FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CLASSIC CHROME

CB21DB CB21DC

£137.00 £150.00

Receiving Post FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

MATT BLACK CLASSIC CHROME

RP/DBB RP/DCC

£110.00 £122.00

271 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC272

16/12/10

16:41

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

STORAGE / PLAN STORAGE 11009

£56

Hangers not included! CAN STORE UP TO 500 SHEETS!

This hanger features a handle for ease of carrying, this makes it suitable for use in the office as well as on site.

11104

£62

11061

£62

Accommodates both standard hanger & hanger with handle

Hanger Systems

✓A simple and effective system for filing large numbers of drawings • Strong, lightweight aluminium design • Powerful clamping hinges accommodate up to 100 sheets, depending on weight and thickness • Hangers can accommodate mixed sheets and materials • No planstrip required • With or without carry handle • Attractive textured grey epoxy powder coated finish • Supplied in packs of two MODEL A1 HANGER A1 HANGER WITH HANDLE A0 HANGER A0 HANGER WITH HANDLE

CLAMPING LENGTH (mm) 650 650 841 841

OVERALL LENGTH (mm) 720 720 910 910

ORDER REF 11009 11061 11019 11071

PRICE (2 Pack) £56.00 £62.00 £61.00 £66.00

Wall Carrier

✓A permanent filing system, ideal for when space is at a premium • Provides a permanent filing location • Each unit is provided with a choice of wall fixing centres making it suitable for both site and office use • Accommodates 10 hangers MODEL

DIMENSIONS W x D (mm) 730 x 285 920 x 285

A1 WALL CARRIER A0 WALL CARRIER

CAPACITY

ORDER REF 11104 11114

500 SHEETS 500 SHEETS

PRICE £62.00 £66.00

Trolley Carrier

✓Convenient mobile storage for your hangers • High capacity maximises the number of drawings stored per square metre of floor space • Accommodates 20 hangers with capacity of up to 2000 sheets • Easy access to hangers • Available in 2 sizes CAN STORE UP TO 2000 SHEETS!

Front Loading Trolley Carrier • Accommodates up to 20 hangers with handles of mixed A1/A0 sizes • Hangers can easily be removed or replaced • Capacity approx 1500 sheets 11250

£294

11204

155

£

A1 TROLLEY CARRIER A0 TROLLEY CARRIER FRONT LOADING CARRIER

272 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

MODEL

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 960 x 725 x 640 1260 x 915 x 640 1380 x 670 x 830

CAPACITY (sheets) 2000 2000 1500

ORDER REF 11204 11214 11250

PRICE £155.00 £182.00 £294.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC273

16/12/10

16:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE / PLAN STORAGE

✓High quality cabinets to hold up to 1000 drawings • For A1 or A0 plans

ON SELECTED ITEMS

• Robust steel construction with 2-tone grey finish • Holds up to 1000 sheets, depending on weight & thickness • Lockable lid with twin gas struts for safety and ease of use • Superior 4- prong design (suits planstrips listed below) E09451

• Anti-tilt model is fitted with retractable foot mechanism for extra stability and safety

MODEL

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1105 x 740 x 430 1380 x 920 x 430 1376 x 920 x 430

A1 CABINET A0 CABINET A0 ANTI-TILT CABINET

CAPACITY (sheets) 1000 1000 800

701

£

ORDER REF E09444 E09451 E09467

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Vertical Plan Cabinets

PRICE

Anti-Tilt Model

£675.00 £701.00 £780.00

Self Adhesive Planstrips • 4-hole filing tabs to hang plans in cabinets above

A1 4-hole

• Durable Presspahn or polyester material, in packs of 100 • Solvent-free adhesive – strips stay in position once applied A0 4-hole POLYESTER

Presspahn A1 size AO size E09514 E09518 £19.30 / 100 £25.70 / 100

PRESSPAHN

Polyester A1 size AO size E09544 E09548 £25.70 / 100 £37.00 / 100

Planchests ✓Flat plan storage in steel or wooden cabinets

P6A1

E08863

769

1838

£

£

Wooden Planchests Steel Planchests

• A1 and A0 versions • Light oak or grey melamine finish • Six or eight drawer options in both sizes

• A1 and A0 versions • White enamelled finish • Made in two lockable 5-drawer sections • Roller bearing drawer runners ensure smooth movement, even when heavily laden PLAN SIZE

DRAWERS

A1 A0

10 10

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 970 x 1130 x 795 970 x 1400 x 965

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF E08856 E08863

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £1750.00 £1838.00

PLAN SIZE

DRAWERS

A1 A1 A0 A0

6 8 6 8

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 785 x 960 x 767 785 x 960 x 767 785 x 1345 x 1000 785 x 1345 x 1000

ORDER REF P6A1 P8A1 P6A0 P8A0

PRICE £769.00 £928.00 £833.00 £1014.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

273 2011


TC274

16/12/10

16:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MAILROOM / SORTERS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Mail Sorting Units

915mm

✓Easy to build modular system may be extended at any time ✓Allows a clear view of its contents eliminating mislaid mail

CS3CS03

£262

• Improves the mailroom environment by allowing airflow through sort units • Grey plastic coated framework provides a resilient finish • Flat packed for easy self-assembly • Units come complete with white swing ring labels • Extra columns and shelves can be easily added to allow for company expansion • Compartment height easily adjusted in 25mm increments • 915mm or 1016mm high units

Wall Mounting Kits • For 18 or 24 compartment units REF C3WMFLEX PRICE £143.00* *Note: 3 x bottom shelves will also be required

18 COMPARTMENTS INCLUDING LABEL HOLDERS

18 Compartment Sort Units COMPARTMENT TYPE A4 EASI SORT A4 EXACT EXTRA WIDE EXTRA DEEP

SORT UNIT ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS03 £262.00 C3SCS02 £225.00 C3SCS09 £311.00 C3SCS07 £330.00

EXTRA COLUMN ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS03EC £82.00 C3SCS02EC £69.00 C3SCS09EC £93.00 C3SCS07EC £102.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE C3SCSV3 £7.90 C3SCSV4 £6.50 C3SCSV16 £9.90 C3SCSV3A £10.40

Compartments to suit all sizes

C3SCS06

1016mm

Choose from four different compartment sizes to suit the mail you handle.

A4 Exact Shelf size 241W x 343Dmm

A4 Easi Sort Shelf size 318W x 343Dmm

Extra Deep Shelf size 318W x 457Dmm

Extra Wide Shelf size 406W x 343Dmm

£324

24 Compartment Sort Unit 24 COMPARTMENTS INCLUDING LABEL HOLDERS

COMPARTMENT TYPE A4 EASI SORT A4 EXACT EXTRA WIDE EXTRA DEEP

SORT UNIT ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS06 £324.00 C3SCS05 £276.00 C3SCS10 £385.00 C3SCS08 £407.00

EXTRA COLUMN ORDER REF PRICE C3SCS06EC £101.00 C3SCS05EC £85.00 C3SCS10EC £122.00 C3SCS08EC £127.00

EXTRA SHELF ORDER REF PRICE C3SCSV3 £7.90 C3SCSV4 £6.50 C3SCSV16 £9.90 C3SCSV3A £10.40

Base Supports

✓ Creates extra worktop space under mail sorting units • Frees space to allow for storage of labels, franking machines and parcels • Can be made to suit any length or run of sort frames - Price on application 274 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC275

16/12/10

16:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MAILROOM / SORTERS

Clearview Sort Units

C3CVSUTAMBOUR

C3CVSU

£725

£398

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

✓Simple and efficient system for sorting mail and storing documents ✓Adjustable transparent shelves for easy identification of documents and unit configuration

NOTE: 16 SHELVES ARE INCLUDED WITH SORT UNITS ADDITIONAL SHELVES AT EXTRA COST

COMPLETE C3CVSUTAMBEC15

COMPLETE 3CVSUBEB120B

REF C3CVSU/SHELF/5 PRICE £50.00 (PACK OF 5)

1147

£

691

£

Freestanding Tambour Door Sort Unit

Freestanding Sort Unit

• Supplied with 16 Clearview shelves • Lockable tambour doors • Finished in titanium grey • Overall size 1048H x 1500W x 470Dmm

• Supplied with 16 transparent, removable shelves fitted with scalloped-edge slot to accommodate a paper or card label • Maximum capacity of 40 compartments each 100H x 277W x 335Dmm suitable for A4 • Frame made from 18mm melamine faced chipboard with solid back • Finished in titanium grey • Overall size 1048H x 1200W x 360Dmm

REF C3CVSUTAMBOUR PRICE £725.00

Tambour Door Sort Unit & Bench

REF C3CVSU PRICE £398.00

• Clearview tambour door sort unit & bench with sliding lockable doors • Bench dimensions 900H x 1500W x 750Dmm

Open Sort Unit & Bench • Clearview freestanding sort unit & open bench with bottom shelf • Bench dimensions 900H x 1200W x 750Dmm

REF C3CVSUTAMBEC15 PRICE £1147.00

REF 3CVSUBEB120B PRICE £691.00

ComPas Sort Units

✓Smart solution for mail and document management ✓Bench mounted and open base designs • Premium quality products • Shelves adjustable at 25mm pitch • Sturdy steel frame with powder coat finish • Sculptured shelves with integrated labels • Mounted plastic top and back panels

C3U900/18/WA

535

£

Wall Mounting Kits • For 3, 4 or 5 column bench mounted Sort Unit REF C3WMCOMP PRICE £179.00

Wall mount kit is an ideal space saver designed for ComPas sorting units

C3U1200/12/WC

C3WMCOMP

£481

£179

Bench Mounted Sort Units

Open Base Sort Units COMPARTMENTS & SHELF WIDTH 12 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 15 A4 SHELVES 235mm

COLUMNS 4 5

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

UNIT SIZE H x W x D (mm) 645 x 1200 x 400 645 x 1200 x 400

REF

PRICE

C3U1200/12/WC C3U1200/15/NC

£481.00 £519.00

TEL: 01446 772614

COMPARTMENTS & SHELF WIDTH 18 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 24 A4+ SHELVES 295mm 30 A4 SHELVES 235mm

COLUMNS 3 4 5

info@storage-design.co.uk

UNIT SIZE H x W x D (mm) 1005 x 900 x 400 1005 x 1200 x 400 1005 x 1200 x 400

REF

PRICE

C3U900/18/WA C3U1200/24/WA C3U1200/30/NA

£535.00 £616.00 £670.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

275

2011


TC276

16/12/10

16:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MAILROOM / EQUIPMENT OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Flexibuild Secure Unit ✓A 24 compartment flexible sort unit within a lockable cupboard with tambour doors • Designed to compliment a reception area, office or mailroom • Available in 2 configurations: Full height Flexibuild unit or half height unit with space for storage underneath • Includes a pull out shelf for additional workspace (half height option only) • Additional shelves can be added to create more compartments, available in packs of 5 • Shelf size 241W x 343Dmm, labels sold separately • Overall size 1980H x 1200W x 475Dmm

FROM

1291

£

C3SCSECURE2

C3SCSECURE1 DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

FULL HEIGHT FLEXIBUILD HALF HEIGHT FLEXIBUILD EXTRA SHELVES, PACK OF 5

C3SCSECURE1 C3SCSECURE2 C.3SCSV4

£1540.00 £1291.00 £6.50

Mobile Sack Holders ✓A range of mobile sack holders which improve handling and efficiency in the mailroom • • • •

Traditional heavy duty design Flexible range of configurations Highly manoeuvrable on four heavy duty castors Can accommodate Royal Mail sacks and most standard size sacks • Sacks should be purchased separately as required C3TRSH2

141

£

Mail Sacks

C3TRSH1

117

£

276

Flat Nylon Low cost option D-rings & rope neck Red / Green / Dark Blue 914H x 609W REF C1MNS1 PRICE £16.00

Circular Canvas Reinforced base 16 eyelets & 4 D-rings Label holder 896H x 609Wmm REF C1MCLS1W PRICE £31.50

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

TYPE CLASSIC SINGLE CLASSIC DOUBLE

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1045 x 356 x 400 1045 x 693 x 400

ORDER REF

PRICE

C3TRSH1 C3TRSH2

£117.00 £141.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC277

16/12/10

16:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MAILROOM / EQUIPMENT

Multi-User Post Boxes

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

✓Ideal for central mail and internal post systems in

✓Germ Guard is a special

offices, flats, hostels, schools, colleges and hospitals

anti-bacterial coating designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug.

• Each box has its own posting slot • Cam locks in mastered series with 2000 key variations • Semi-gloss epoxy powder coated finish • Light grey bodies, with choice of door colours

100 Series - Personal Use • 100mm high boxes, with 15mm slots • Takes post up to 150 x 230mm BOXES 7 10

HxWxD (mm) 1075 x 230 x 255 1325 x 230 x 255

ORDER REF LX1023258 LX132325N

PRICE 1 £145.00 £158.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £135.00 £151.00

140 Series - Commercial Use • 140mm high boxes, with 25mm slots • Takes letters and small packets up to 355 x 240mm in size • Doors have cardholder for name or number BOXES 7 10

HxWxD (mm) 1230 x 300 x 380 1725 x 300 x 380

ORDER REF LX1230387 LX173038N

PRICE 1 £152.00 £181.00

LX1230387 FROM

£145 LX173038N FROM

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £145.00 £177.00

£177

240 Series - High Capacity • 240mm high boxes, with 40mm slots • Takes larger volume of letters and small packets up to 355 x 240mm • Doors have cardholder for name or number BOXES 3 6

HxWxD (mm) 870 x 300 x 380 1665 x 300 x 380

ORDER REF LX8730383 LX1630386

Classic Trolleys

PRICE 1 £114.00 £152.00

Door Colour Options For required door colours please add corresponding suffix to the order ref shown

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £110.00 £144.00

Light grey (LXX)

Light blue (UXX)

Dark blue (BXX)

Yellow (YXX)

GT Trolleys

(Indoor use)

Red (RXX) Green (GXX)

(Indoor or outdoor use)

C3TRSEN

£293

Pannier and concertina files shown are optional extras

Pannier and concertina files shown are optional extras

Classic Minor - 40kg capacity

C3TRGT1/2

£197

GT1 Trolley - 80kg capacity

✓The ideal trolley for use where space is at a premium

✓Highly manoeuvrable short wheelbase general purpose trolley

• Two removable baskets • 200mm wheels & 76mm castors

• Buffered framework for protection • Two large nesting baskets

Classic Senior - 90kg capacity

GT2 Trolley - 100kg capacity

✓A popular general purpose trolley

✓Long wheelbase, large capacity general purpose trolley

• Two large removable baskets • Rear pannier basket sold separately • Buffered framework for protection of trolley, doors and furniture • Heavy duty 200mm wheels & 125mm castors

• Upper basket tilts for easier access to the lower basket • “Push or Pull” front bar enables bi-directional movement • Two large nesting baskets

TROLLEY TYPE CLASSIC MINOR CLASSIC SENIOR

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 1035 x 740 x 520 1020 x 855 x 590

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF C3TRMIN C3TRSEN

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE

TROLLEY TYPE

£146.00 £293.00

GT1 GT2

DIMENSIONS H x L x W (mm) 1000 x 915 x 610 1000 x 1030 x 610

info@storage-design.co.uk

CAPACITY (kg) 80 100

ORDER REF C3TRGT1/2 C3TRGT2/2

PRICE £197.00 £227.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

277 2011


TC278

16/12/10

16:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE / TROLLEYS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Office Trolleys • Powder coated tube with black textured finish • Mounted on four swivel wheels 100mm dia x 25mm • Fitted with adjustable height shelves laminated in beech or walnut finish • Maximum load for lower shelf 100kg, upper shelf 30kg • Overall dimensions 1135H x 410W x 755Dmm

FROM

296

£

A

B

C

SUPPLIED READY ASSEMBLED FOR IMMEDIATE USE

D

E

F

G

H

I

MODEL

278

A B C D E F G H I

DESCRIPTION 1 SHELF 2 SHELVES 2 FILE SHELVES 1 FLAT + 1 FILE SHELF 1 SHELF + 1 BASKET 1 BASKET 2 BASKETS 1 BASKET + 1 SUSPENSION FILE FRAME 2 SUSPENSION FILE FRAMES

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OVERALL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755 1135 x 410 x 755

TEL: 01446 772614

WALNUT FINISH REF PRICE 14190510 £296.00 14190512 £366.00 14190516 £475.00 14190518 £451.00 14190524 £373.00 14190520 £303.00 14190522 £380.00 14190528 £414.00 14190526 £447.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

BEECH FINISH REF 14190610 14190612 14190616 14190618 14190624 14190620 14190622 14190628 14190626

PRICE £296.00 £366.00 £475.00 £451.00 £373.00 £303.00 £380.00 £414.00 £447.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC279

16/12/10

16:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

STORAGE / TROLLEYS

24195423

• 22mm chrome tube frame • Four 100 x 25mm swivel castors • Shelves in cherry or light oak laminate • Ergonomic maximum load of 75kg, top 15kg, mid shelves 30kg • Shelves are 750 x 290mm • Delivered flat packed for easy on-site assembly

24195420

£292

£244

DESCRIPTION

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) CHERRY, 2 SHELVES 840 x 800 x 350 LIGHT OAK, 2 SHELVES 840 x 800 x 350 CHERRY, 3 SHELVES 1060 x 800 x 350 LIGHT OAK, 3 SHELVES 1060 x 800 x 350

ORDER REF 24195420 24195422 24195421 24195423

PRICE

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

File Trolleys

£244.00 £244.00 £292.00 £292.00

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Office Trolley • Ergonomic maximum load of 200kg • 22mm chrome tube frame, mesh ends & basket • Plastic coated handles • 4 swivel castors 125 x 32mm, grey rubber tyres • Ball bearing hubs • Height adjustable shelves in grey laminate 620 x 425mm • Overall 940H x 800W x 460Dmm • Delivered flat packed for easy on-site assembly

24119510

£343

REF 24119510 PRICE £343.00

Mini Trolleys 24190130 24190120

£155

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

£127

• 22mm zinc coated tube frame • Plastic coated handles • Four 100 x 25mm swivel castors with rubber tyres and slide bearing hub • Height adjustable shelves/baskets in grey laminate, 410 x 350mm • Overall 1065H x 360W x 650Dmm • Ergonomic maximum load of 50kg, shelves 10kg capacity • Delivered flat packed for easy on-site assembly

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

2 SHELVES 2 BASKETS 1 SHELF + 1 BASKET

24190120 24190130 24190140

£155.00 £127.00 £141.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

279 2011


TC280

16/12/10

16:47

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FLOORING / MOBILE STEPS & CABLE COVERS

✓Indispensable in the workplace or home ✓The ideal shelving access aid - kick along to the position required • • • •

Durable steel pressings • Sprung castors retract when used as a step Non-slip rubber treads on two levels • TUV 'GS' approved 395mm high x 418mm base diameter, 283mm top diameter 150kg weight capacity • 4.5kg unit weight

COLOUR OPTIONS Red Yellow

Grey

Black

Blue

• Silent castors retract when used as a step • Base ring grips the floor giving safe hands free access to high places • Made from high impact polypropylene • 274mm high • 283mm top dia • 382mm base diameter • 1.4kg unit weight REF KIK1PP PRICE £26.00

Green

COLOUR OPTIONS Light Grey

Pink

REF KIK38 PRICE £35.00

KIK38

£35

✓Ideal for accessing low shelves and filing units without backstrain

• Lightweight, mobile and strong • Made from high impact polypropylene • Kick and it rolls - step and it stays • Tough, durable and scratch resistant for a trouble free life • 385mm high • 283mm top diameter • 413mm base diameter • 2.1kg unit weight REF KIK2PP PRICE £30.50

COLOUR OPTIONS Red

Black

Light Grey

Flexible Vinyl Cable Covers

✓Effective solution to remove hazards where cabling is exposed • High grade fire retardant flexible PVC • No "rubbery" odour • Gently sloping edges allow passage of trucks and trolleys • Smooth easy-clean surface • Easily cut to length off the coil • Base may be slit for easy cable insertion

ONLY

7

£

PER METRE

Universal Cable Cover • Features large central chamber, 28 x 10mm suitable for multiple cables • 80mm wide x 14mm high x 9m length • Colour options black or grey 280

AVOID UNNECESSARY ACCIDENTS!

REF CC/UNIV PRICE £63.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC281

16/12/10

16:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / CABLE COVERS

Flexible Cable Protectors

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

✓Secure loose leads and cables in any environment ✓Prevent accidents caused by loose, trailing cables • Fire retardant to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 • Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5, 500V • Produced from FR rated polymer, UV stabilised for extended life FROM

Snap Fit®

£68

• No fixing needed • Ideal for all types of cables and leads found in offices, shops, laboratories, exhibitions etc. • Features a unique membrane located in the base for safe yet simple application • Snap open, push in the cables and lay the protector on the floor

PROFILE STANDARD TYPE TYPE B TYPE D BNC1 BNC2

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 68 x 11 83 x 14 83 x 16 83 x 14 88 x 14

APERTURES 1 1 2 2 2

APERTURE W x H (mm) 14 x 8 30 x 10 11 DIA 15 x 10 25/15 x 10

LENGTH

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

9m 9m 9m 9m 9m

BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK BLACK

26302300 26302302 26302340 26302380 26302383

£68.00 £92.00 £99.00 £102.00 £109.00

GREY GREY GREY GREY GREY

26302301 26302303 26302341 26302382 26302384

£68.00 £92.00 £99.00 £102.00 £109.00

Snap Fit® Hazard Control • No fixing needed • Features a unique membrane located in the base for safe yet simple application • Snap open, push in the cables and lay the protector on the floor • A highly visible, safe and tidy solution for a hazard free environment FROM

£93

PROFILE

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 68 x 15 83 x 16

APERTURES 1 1

APERTURE W x H (mm) 14 x 8 30 x 10

• Features warning stripes running along each side of the profile for maximum visibility

LENGTH

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

9m 9m

BLACK/YELLOW BLACK/YELLOW

26302400 26302401

£93.00 £99.00

GREY/RED GREY/RED

26302410 26302411

£93.00 £99.00

Crysclear® • Translucent floor laid cable protectors which blends into any floor covering • Suitable for covering telephone, communications, domestic and multiple cables • Ideal for covering and protecting LED strips

FROM

£89

PROFILE TYPE 1 TYPE 2

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 68 x 11 83 x 14

APERTURES 1 1

TEL: 01446 772614

APERTURE W x H (mm) 14 x 8 30 x 10

LENGTH

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

9m 9m

CLEAR CLEAR

26302450 26302451

£89.00 £93.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

281 2011


TC282

16/12/10

16:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / ENTRANCE MATS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Enviromat

Entraplush

✓Manufactured using 100% recycled materials

✓Economy mat that looks good ✓Traps dirt & debris

• Heavy recycled rubber backing minimises movement on carpet and hard floor surfaces • UV and fade resistant polyester carpet • Raised pattern removes dirt and debris whilst trapping it in the mat preventing dirt migration

• Protects interior floors • Slip resistant • Quick-drying, ‘crush resistant’ carpet surface • Made from 100% continuous filament olefin • Stain resistant PVC backing • Suitable for indoor areas - light to medium use

GUIDE PRICE

GUIDE PRICE

45

28

£

£

PER SQ. METRE

PER SQ. METRE

100% RECYCLED

COLOURS

COLOURS

BLUE

GREEN RED

BROWN

BLUE GREY

BROWN

CHARCOAL DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 1500 1200 x 1800

ORDER REF EM0001 EM0002 EM0003

GREY

PRICE

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 600 1500 x 900 1800 x 1200

Specify colour when ordering!

£24.10 £60.00 £96.00

First-Step Adhesive Mats

ORDER REF PP0001 PP0002 PP0003

PRICE £15.10 £38.10 £60.00

DIMENSIONS 460 x 1170mm (pack of four pads with 30 layers) Product height: 1.5mm

✓An economic solution to contamination control ✓Impregnated with an anti-microbial agent

• Lasting protection against bacteria, mould & mildew • Adhesive surface captures dirt and dust • Peel off disposable layers reveal clean surface each time • Adhesive backed pads stick directly to floor surface • Approved for direct food contact

REF WC0004 PRICE £197.00 Ideal for use indoors or dry environments, such as clean rooms, COLOURS paint shops, food production White/Grey/Blue environments and hospitals

Chair Mat

Tough Rib

✓Protects floors and carpets from wear and tear • Manufactured from PVC • Safety bevelled edges reduce trip hazard • Ergonomic design makes movement on the chair easier • Range of sizes and variations available to suit most desk areas

✓Traps moisture from shoes making smooth floors pedestrian safe ✓Protects carpet and floor from foot traffic damage • Heavy-duty ribbed carpet provides ‘channels’ to capture dirt & debris • 100% solution dyed polypropylene fibre carpet surface • Non-staining vinyl backing COLOURS BROWN

GUIDE PRICE

CHARCOAL

PER SQ. METRE

£36

GREEN

GUIDE PRICE

£20

RED

PER SQ. METRE

GREY DESCRIPTION

282

CHAIR MAT CARPET WITH LIP CHAIR MAT CARPET WITH LIP CHAIR MAT CARPET CHAIR MAT HARD FLOOR WITH LIP CHAIR MAT HARD FLOOR WITH LIP CHAIR MAT HARD FLOOR

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 1200 1200 x 1500 1200 x 2000 900 x 1200 1200 x 1500 1200 x 2000

ORDER REF CMC00001 CMC00002 CMC00003 CMH00001 CMH00002 CMH00003

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £31.00 £50.00 £67.00 £20.70 £34.60 £46.00

Specify colour when ordering!

DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 600 1500 x 900 1800 x 1200 1200 x 900

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF TR0001 TR0002 TR0003 TR0004

PRICE £19.40 £48.40 £78.00 £38.70

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC283

16/12/10

16:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / ENTRANCE MATS

Cobawash

Cobascrape

✓Hard-wearing raised surface scrapes dirt from shoes ✓Provides a sure footing in wet, greasy or oily conditions

• Holds up to 3.5 litres/m2 and 800g of dry dust • Bleach and fade resistant - 11 year warranty against colour loss • Non-skid nitrile rubber backing • Ideal for indoor environments - suitable for heavy duty use

• Holds up to 2.6 litres/m2 or 1.5kg of dry dust/m2 • Manufactured from 100% nitrile - suitable for outdoor or indoor use • Machine washable for additional convenience • Supplied with safety bevelled edges

COLOURS GUIDE PRICE

71 PER SQ. METRE

BLACK/BLUE

GUIDE PRICE

BLACK/RED

PER SQ. METRE

85

£

£

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

✓Traps up to 90% tracked-in dirt, also traps moisture, grit & grease ✓Smaller sizes can be washed in domestic washing machines

BLACK/BROWN BLACK/STEEL

Available in black only

Specify colour when ordering! ON SELECTED ITEMS

DIMENSIONS (mm) 850 x 600 1200 x 850 1500 x 850 1750 x 1150

ORDER REF LM0001 LM0004 LM0002 LM0003

PRICE

DIMENSIONS (mm) 850 x 750 1400 x 850 3000 x 850 1700 x 1100

£37.00 £75.00 £89.00 £141.00

ORDER REF CS010001 CS010002 CS010003 CS010004

PRICE £54.00 £100.00 £213.00 £163.00

GUIDE PRICE

87

£

PER SQ. METRE

Black/Charcoal PREMIER PLUS

£23.60 PER TILE

PREMIER PLUS

Black/Grey

Blue

PREMIER TRACK

£24.30 PER TILE

Brown

STANDARD DUTY

HEAVY DUTY

22mm x 22mm hole size

22mm x 10mm hole size

Entramat

✓Cross-ribbed surface scrapes dirt from shoes

PREMIER TRACK Anthracite

Premier Plus & Track

✓Manufactured using 80% recycled material • Flexible PVC tile with high quality carpet insert • Entrance system designed to scrape dirt and absorb moisture • Suitable for both indoor use and external covered areas • Ideal for insertion into foot wells • Easily cleaned, simply roll up and vacuum • Easy to cut and trim to any shape • Size: 300 x 450mm • Thickness: 15mm COLOURS: Black/Charcoal Black/Grey PREMIER PLUS REF DT0/0001 PRICE £23.60 COLOURS: Blue, Brown, Anthracite PREMIER TRACK REF PT/01 PRICE £24.30 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

✓Debris falls through open holes and can be swept away with ease • Easy to clean - simply hose down • Supplied with safety bevelled edge to protect against tripping • Ramped edging allows wheeled access • Ideal for indoor or outdoor use in busy pedestrian areas • Available in standard and heavy duty • Made from hard wearing interwoven flexible PVC extrusions COLOURS: BLACK / GREY / BROWN Specify colour when ordering! DESCRIPTION STANDARD DUTY STANDARD DUTY STANDARD DUTY HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY HEAVY DUTY

DIMENSIONS (mm) 1200 x 600 1500 x 1000 1800 x 1200 1200 x 600 1500 x 1000 1800 x 1200

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF ES0001 ES0002 ES0003 ED0001 ED0002 ED0003

PRICE £73.00 £137.00 £187.00 £109.00 £202.00 £277.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

283 2011


TC284

16/12/10

16:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / VACUUM CLEANERS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Henry & Hetty

✓The high performance,

JVP180

£99

low noise cleaner

• 9 litres capacity • Three-stage filter system • Complete with full set of tools • Weight 6.6kg REF HVR-200A PRICE £119.00 HVR-200A

REF HET-200A PRICE £119.00

£119

‘AUTO SAVE’ LOW ENERGY SYSTEM

James JVP180

WET

✓A clever simple design coupled with

WET

9

superb power and performance

9

LITRES

LITRES

DRY

DRY

15

• 8 litres capacity • Weight 5kg • Unique caddy top design • Quick & efficient to use, simple to empty • Complete with full set of tools

15

LITRES

LITRES

REF JVP180 PRICE £99.00 GVE370-2 CVC370-2

£218

£147

Vacuum Filters

Charles CVC370-2

George GVE370-2

✓The ideal cleaner for wet or

✓Cleans carpets, upholstery and hard floor

• Big filters and disposable dust bags • Lightweight aluminium tubes • Complete with full set of tools • Weight 6.4kg

• Big filters and disposable dust bags • Designed to work extensively for long hours • Complete with full set of tools • Weight 8.3kg

dry use without compromise

REF CVC370-2 PRICE £147.00

surfaces – also a great everyday vacuum!

To prolong the life of your product, replace your bags on a regular basis

VAC MODELS HENRY, HETTY, JAMES NQS250, RSV130 CHARLES, GEORGE NQS350B NVQ570, WV570 CTD570

ORDER REF

PRICE PACK 10

604015

£6.50

604016

£8.80

604017

£13.20

REF GVE370-2 PRICE £218.00

NQS350B-22

£247

ACCESSORY KIT INCLUDED

NQS250-22

£207

NQS250-22

NQS350B-22

NVQ570-22

✓A quiet machine ideal for office

✓Ideal for the mobile worker, unclips from

✓A must machine for cleaning larger areas

• Tough all steel construction • 9 litre capacity • Weight 7.5kg • Accessory kit included

• Tough all steel construction • 14 litre capacity • Weight 12kg • Accessory kit included

• Rugged Structofoam construction • 23 litre capacity • Weight 13kg • Accessory kit included

REF NQS250-22 PRICE £207.00

REF NQS350B-22 PRICE £247.00

cleaning during work hours

284

NVQ570-22

£265

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

wheeled chassis for indoor use

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

such as factories and workshops

REF NVQ570-22 PRICE £265.00 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC285

16/12/10

16:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / VACUUM CLEANERS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Specialised Vacuum Cleaners Unique amongst British vacuum manufacturers, NUMATIC welcomes enquiries for special purpose products.

ARE YOU SURE YOU HAVE THE RIGHT VACUUM CLEANER. DO YOU KNOW WHAT YOU ARE PICKING UP?

RSV130

£188

Health & safety is of upmost importance in any place of work. Therefore careful consideration must be made before selecting a Vacuum cleaner for industrial use. Some dusts and debris may need to be picked up using Hepa Filter or Balance Vac. For a free site survey and advice on the correct machine for your environment,

TWIN DRUM MACHINES FOR FINE DUST APPLICATIONS

Just call us!

In addition to the examples shown here, we have produced machines for Building Industry, Sports Centres - indoor tennis & bowls, Dental Industry

Rucksack Vac RSV130

✓Move and clean within confined areas - theatres, conference rooms, fixed seating areas

• Useful to clean high levels such as racking & overhead beams • Ergonomically designed harness system • High efficiency Tritex filter • 6 litres capacity • Weight 6.4kg REF RSV130 PRICE £188.00 WORKSHOP UTILITY

WET

WET

23

23

LITRES

LITRES

DRY

DRY

15

SWARF / COOLANT

WET

70

LITRES

15

LITRES

WVD1800DH-2

LITRES

£514

CTD570-2

WV570-2

£629

£277

Prime Line Wet / Dry

Cleantec Extraction Cleaner

The professional machine bigger, stronger but still portable

The most popular contractors’ machine providing exceptional power and performance

• Structofoam construction gives strength without height penalty • 38mm hose set, with two 400mm Structofoam nozzles, for wet & dry pickup • Weight 13kg REF WV570-2 PRICE £277.00

• Structofoam construction takes the knocks off hard commercial use • Integral cleaning solution tank for best portability • Dual hard / soft floor carpet kit • Weight 18kg REF CTD570-2 PRICE £629.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Pro-Line Wet Pickup

Twin motors provide exceptional performance to match the huge capacity • Rugged Structofoam construction • 70 litres liquid capacity • Dump hose for emptying into floor drains • Trash basket keeps larger debris out of pump & hose systems • Accessory kit with stainless steel tubeset • Weight 30.5kg

REF WVD1800DH-2 PRICE £514.00 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

285

2011


TC286

16/12/10

16:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / SCRUBBERS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Professional Floor Maintenance Machines NU-SPEED NRT-1530

✓A 2-speed machine that really

FROM

does provide the best of both worlds

582

£

NuPower Range

NRT-1530

✓3 models cover every application

• 150rpm for scrubbing, stripping & shampooing • 300rpm for polishing • Full safety controls • Machine folds for compact storage

829

£

Tried & tested over 20 years

150rpm Scrubs, strips, cleans carpets. With solution tank & scrub brush. REF NPR1515 PRICE £598.00

With solution tank, scrub brush and dry polishing board (buffing pad not included)

230rpm Scrubs, strips, light buff & polish. With solution tank & scrub brush. REF NPR1523 PRICE £598.00

REF NRT-1530 PRICE £829.00

300rpm High quality buff/polished finish. With drive board to take buffing pad. (tank and buffing pad not included) REF NPR1530 PRICE £582.00

MOTOR 1500W

DECK 400mm

BRUSH 450mm

Our product specialists are available for advice or product demonstration. Please call us if you need our help!

POWER

SPEED

RANGE

WEIGHT

SIZE

MOTOR

DECK

BRUSH

POWER

SPEED

RANGE

WEIGHT

SIZE

230W AC 50HZ

1515=150rpm 1523=230rpm 1530=300rpm

32m

30kg

1185 x 580 x 450mm

750W/ 1000W

450mm

450mm

230W AC 50HZ

150rpm 300rpm

22m

32kg

1150 x 580 x 460mm

Twintec Scrubber - Driers

TT-1535S

✓Simple to use ✓Simple to fill ✓Simple to empty ✓Simple to transport

TT-1535S

£970

Twintec combination machines give the operator the best of both worlds. The scrubbing head cleans the floor and the vacuum picks up the dirty water, simple! The only choice you have to make is what size machine - mains or battery.

286

• Ideal machine for smaller or more congested sites • Very compact and easy to manoeuvre REF TT-1535S PRICE £970.00

TT-345OS

TT-455OS

TT-665OS

£1240

£1446

£1651

TT-345OS

TT-455OS

TT-665OS

• Stainless steel chassis • Mains powered, or battery option • Battery option gives 2.25 hours run time

• Stainless steel chassis • Heavy duty gearbox • Battery option gives 2.25 hours run time

• Ruggedly built full specification machines • Battery option gives 2.25 hours run time

Mains Powered REF TT-345OS PRICE £1240.00

Mains Powered REF TT-455OS PRICE £1446.00

Mains Powered REF TT-665OS PRICE £1651.00

Battery Powered REF TTB-345OS PRICE £2188.00

Battery Powered REF TTB-450OS PRICE £2407.00

Battery Powered REF TTB-6652S PRICE £3896.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC287

16/12/10

16:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / JANITORIAL EQUIPMENT

TM-2815

HB-315

£85

£68

STC1/TM

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Janitorial Carts

£108

Carousel STC1/TM

Hi-Back 315

✓Compact waste & mopping unit

✓Rugged reliable mobile mop unit

• 70 litre lidded waste bin + 20 bags • 14 litre mopping pail, basket & mop • 2 compartment caddy • 545L x 500W x 870Hmm

• Tough Structofoam bucket & mop press • 30 litre bucket • Press takes Kentucky or flat pad mops (order mops separately, listed below) • 530L x 410W x 450Hmm

REF STC1/TM PRICE £108.00

TM-2815

✓Faster mopping for large areas • Clean & dirty water separation system • Storage caddy • Press takes Kentucky or flat pad mops (order mops separately, listed below) • 710L x 390W x 880Hmm

REF HB-315 PRICE £68.00

REF TM-2815 PRICE £85.00

NC-4

£63 VCN-1604

£134

XC-3

£99

VCN-1604 Mobile Workstation Carousel NC-4

Cart XC-3

✓Colour coded cleaning mobile

✓Compact service trolley

• Ideal for food industry & hotel environments • 2 large & 2 small twin compartment caddies • 540L x 480W x 870Hmm

• Structofoam chassis with protective buffers • Full size 120 litre waste unit + 20 bags • Two deep tray units • Two 10 litre pails • 820L x 570W x 1060Hmm

REF NC-4 PRICE £63.00

REF XC-3 PRICE £99.00

Kentucky Mops

Flat Microfibre Mops

High performance yarn, excellent absorbency and durability

Woven fabric retains dirt, effective without use of detergents

Mop Heads (pk of 10)

Mop Head & Pole REF 627575 REF DTK1 PRICE £20.70 PRICE £72.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Mop Head & Pole REF DTK3 PRICE £22.30

TEL: 01446 772614

• Rugged design with large storage area • Middle tray is subdivided • Converts to 120 or 140 litre waste collection • 4 x 5 litre buckets • 1040L x 580W x 1155Hmm REF VCN-1604 PRICE £134.00

Complete Mopping Trolley Mop Heads (pk of 10) REF 629088 PRICE £48.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

• Basic trolley as VCN-1604 (above) • Supplied with two 22 litre (clean & dirty) mopping pails, complete with Kentucky mop

287 REF VCN-1604/BK2 PRICE £228.00 www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC288

16/12/10

16:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FLOORING / SCRUBBERS

Twintec Vario - Scrubber Drier

✓This is about the most user friendly ride-on around, packed with sound common sense engineering yet bristling with technology

Adjust the width of machine anytime without tools • 3 brush configuration, outside brushes swing independently • 650, 750 or 850mm (26, 30, 34" in non metric) • Auto return brush • Deck covers • Operator can set appropriate width for job - no tools needed • 850mm setting: cleaning speed set 3.5km/h = 3000m2 per hour

TTV-678/300T £10772

OBS Octagonal brush system - push to fit, it's that easy • Front wheel drive & steer, very manoeuvrable, top speed of 7km/h Nuchem678 chemical dosing system • 4L Chemical dosing bottle 25/1, 50/1, 75/1, 100/1 computer controlled • 110 litres capacity just under 30 gallons (US) Master control system • Clean speed setting of 3.5km/h • Brush speeds 120aprox to 200rpm • Automatic scrub off when deck raised • Water flow 1, 2, 3 or 4 litres per minute • Automatic solution off with deck raised • Presets for 3 different situations. Manual override • Brush load on test 6% more than Tennant T7 Aluminium floor tool. Auto non-reverse with floortool lowered • Squeegee blade change, no tools needed • Built in on-board charger (safe to charge anywhere) • Six gel batteries sealed for life, 3.5hr run time (Optional 8 batteries-4.5hr) • Full recovery tank warning light and auto vacuum switch-off • Even a seat pressure switch for safety REF TTV-678/300T PRICE £10772.00 SPECIFICATION - TWINTEC VARIO SCRUBBER DRIER BRUSH MOTOR POWER 3 x 24V 400W VACUUM MOTOR POWER 24V 400W POWER 6 x 12V (24V) = 300A/H RUN TIME 3.5 Hrs TRACTION DRIVE 600W TRANSIT SPEED 7.0km/h CLEANING SPEED 3.5km/h CLIMBING GRADIENT 11º SCRUB WIDTH 650/750/850mm BRUSH SPEED 50/100/150/200rpm WATER CAPACITY 110L NUCHEM CAPACITY Optional 4L WATER FLOW RATE 1, 2, 3, 4 L/min NUCHEM MIX 25:1, 50:1, 75:1, 100:1 WEIGHT 500kg DIMENSIONS 1676 x 1425 x 1054mm

TTB6652ST

6017

£

FREE DEMONSTRATION AVAILABLE!

Please call us for more info!

Twintec Battery - Scrubber Drier • The new 6652 traction machine is truly a careful balance of existing design criteria and a wealth of new and improved technology, all designed to produce handling and operational standards second to none. • The low level, stainless steel chassis provides a sound foundation for a choice of 100Ahr or 200Ahr 24V power supply with their own fully integrated charging system. This is complimented throughout by a powerful series of drive and suction motors providing up to 3.5 hrs of robust operation from a single 8 hour charge. • With the user in full control of the operating speeds in both forward and reverse directions, the machine can be individually programmed to suit a whole range of environments to ensure optimum results. REF TTB6652ST PRICE £6017.00

288 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC289

14/12/10

14:34

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WASTE / BINS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

Steel Waste Bins

✓Bright, scratchproof epoxy powder coated high grade steel bins - to help contain accidental fires • 3 durable colour finishes • Rolled seams and edges for safe handling • Wide mouths for ease of emptying COLOURS

Black

Light Grey

Metallic Grey (shown)

TUFR1

TUFS1

14.50

29.50

£

£

TUFS2

49.50

£

15 Litre, Round Steel Bin CAPACITY (LITRES) 15

DIMENSIONS H x DIA (mm) 285 x 300

27 Litre, Square Steel Bin

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUFR1

£14.50

CAPACITY (LITRES) 27

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 350 x 325 x 325

48 Litre, Square Steel Bin

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUFS1

£29.50

CAPACITY (LITRES) 48

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 635 x 325 x 325

ORDER REF

PRICE

TUFS2

£49.50

14 Litre Colour Pedal Bins • Epoxy powder coated galvanised steel (inside & outside the bin) • Rod assembly galvanised or stainless steel • Galvanised steel or stainless steel carrying handle on all models • Inner black plastic bucket with metal handle • Tip proof plastic base EACH

34

£

COLOUR YELLOW

ORDER REF 92838

PRICE

COLOUR

£34.00

BLUE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF 92839

PRICE

COLOUR

£34.00

GREY

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF 92835

PRICE

COLOUR

£34.00

GREEN

ORDER REF 92840

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE

COLOUR

£34.0

RED

ORDER REF 92837

PRICE £34.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

289 2011


TC290

16/12/10

16:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WASTE / BINS OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

FROM

45L Bins

£

106.50

• Epoxy powder coated steel inside and outside the bin or stainless steel • Stainless steel hatch with automatic return 170 x 150mm • Top linked to the body by a strap • Bag held by clamps, easy fitting / removal of bag • Rubber seal around base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches COLOUR

SIZE H x Dia (mm) 775 x 310 775 x 310 775 x 310 775 x 310 775 x 310

BEIGE WHITE STAINLESS STEEL BLACK GREY

ORDER REF 57466 57467 57468 57469 59793

PRICE £106.50 £106.50 £150.50 £106.50 £106.50

52L Bins • High capacity bins with or without foot pedal • Epoxy powder coated steel (inside and outside the bin) or stainless steel • 52L inner galvanised steel bucket with handle • Stainless steel hatch with automatic return 190mm diameter MODEL

COLOUR

SIZE ORDER H x Dia (mm) REF WITH STAINLESS STEEL 930 x 440 57490 FOOT HAMMERED GREY 930 x 440 57591 PEDAL BLACK 930 x 440 57495 STAINLESS STEEL 930 x 380 57480 WITHOUT WHITE 930 x 380 57481 FOOT GREY 930 x 380 57483 PEDAL BLACK 930 x 380 57485 HAMMERED GREY 930 x 380 57526

Galvanised steel inner bucket

57526

£174.50

PRICE 57490

£290.00 £219.50 £219.50 £238.00 £174.50 £174.50 £174.50 £174.50

£290

Metal Pedal Bins • Epoxy powder coated galvanised steel (inside & outside the bin) or stainless steel • Rod assembly galvanised or stainless steel • Galvanised steel or stainless steel carrying handle on all models • Inner black plastic bucket (5L) with metal handle (3L & 14L) • Tip proof plastic base (3L, 5L, 14L & 20L) • Inner galvanised steel bucket with metal handle (20L & 28L) • Silent lid closure thanks to shock absorber (20L & 28L)

FROM

19.50

£

290

3

5

14

20

20

28

LITRES

LITRES

LITRES

LITRES

LITRES

LITRES

CAPACITY (Litres) 3 5 14 20 20 28

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS H x Dia (mm) 253 x 170 280 x 210 382 x 250 500 x 290 640 x 253 670 x 250

WHITE POWDER COAT ORDER REF 90110 90416 92800 93410 93350 94405

TEL: 01446 772614

STAINLESS STEEL PRICE £19.50 £28.00 £34.00 £54.00 £54.00 £73.50

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 90160 90417 92836 93503 93351 94399

PRICE £26.00 £35.00 £52.00 £89.00 £89.00 £118.50

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC291

16/12/10

16:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WASTE / BINS

90734

£109

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

59777

£146

59792

£87.50

Swing Lid Bins

Sensitive Bins

High Capacity Bin

• Stainless steel body & top • Plastic swing lid • Vandal proof, top linked to the body by strap • Inner black high density polyethylene plastic with chromed steel handle • Plastic pads underneath protect against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches

• Stainless steel or epoxy powder coated steel • 45 Litre capacity • Chromed ABS lid • Plastic inner bucket with metal handle • Automatic opening and closing by infrared • Possibility of manual opening • Needs 4 x LR 20 batteries (not supplied)

• Black high density polyethylene plastic bin • Stainless steel top linked to the bin by strap • Bag held by clamps, easy fitting and removal • 45 Litre capacity • 600H x 410mm diameter

CAPACITY (Litres) 40L Oval 50L Round 59L Oval

DIMENSIONS H x Dia (mm) 675 x 310 / 420 710 x 410 710 x 390 / 495

ORDER REF 59794 59777 59796

PRICE

COLOUR

£137.00 £146.00 £155.00

BLACK WHITE STAINLESS STEEL

DIMENSIONS H x Dia (mm) 740 x 300 740 x 300 740 x 300

ORDER REF 90728 90730 90734

REF 59792 PRICE £87.50

PRICE £93.00 £93.00 £109.00

Fireproof Waste Paper Bins

Colour Options

• Epoxy powder coated steel (inside and outside the bin) or stainless steel • 15L, 30L, 50L, 90L, 110L capacities • Stubber top prevents fire spreading • Rubber seal around base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches • Certified by CNPP as none fire spreading

White

Blue

Grey

Red

Black

Stainless Steel

FROM

32.50

£

15

30

50

90

110

LITRES

LITRES

LITRES

LITRES

LITRES

CAPACITY (Litres) 15 30 50 90 110

DIMENSIONS H x Diameter (mm) 310 x 270 390 x 340 600 x 340 630 x 430 760 x 430

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

OPENING Diameter (mm) 115 125 125 165 165

WHITE REF 52140 52141 52142 52143 52144

TEL: 01446 772614

GREY REF 52145 52146 52147 52148 52149

BLACK REF 52150 52151 52152 52153 52154

BLUE REF 52155 52156 52157 52158 52159

info@storage-design.co.uk

RED REF 52161 52162 52163 52164 52165

PRICE £32.50 £44.00 £54.00 £90.00 £102.00

STAINLESS STEEL 52160 £62.50 -

www.storage-design.co.uk

291 2011


TC292

16/12/10

16:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

WASTE / BINS & SACK HOLDERS

Lid Colour Options White Green

FROM

£91

Blue

Silent Closing Option All products except Plastic Sackholder range REF SC PRICE £35.50

Yellow Red Grey

57292

£194

Plastic Sackholder • Suitable for medical or hazardous waste • Removable base and lid • Large pedal • Easy to manoeuvre • Can be dismantled for cleaning • Bag holder 460 x 300mm epoxy powdered galvanised steel • Opening dimensions 435 x 270mm CAPACITY (Litres) 50 110 110 110 110 110 110

DIMENSIONS LID H x W x D(mm) COLOUR 690 x 560 x 550 GREY 920 x 560 x 550 WHITE 920 x 560 x 550 GREY 920 x 560 x 550 BLUE 920 x 560 x 550 RED 920 x 560 x 550 YELLOW 920 x 560 x 550 GREEN

ORDER REF 57299 57291 57292 57293 57294 57297 57298

PRICE £172.00 £194.00 £194.00 £194.00 £194.00 £194.00 £194.00

HFOM1037

£148

Non Fire Retardant Sackholders

Front Opening Sackholder

• For areas of minimal fire risk • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Pull out handle • Foot operation • Wheels for easy movement • Rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners

• Front opening allows forward lifting of sack • Fire retardant, corrosion resistant materials • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Pull out handle • Foot operation • Wheels for easy movement • Protective rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners • 810H x 410W x 440Dmm

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 70 90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 575 x 220 x 350 780 x 425 x 440 860 x 425 x 440

ORDER REF FSS1008 FSM1009 FSL1010

PRICE £91.00 £98.00 £105.00

70 Litre Capacity REF HFOM1037 PRICE £148.00

All products on this page!

FROM

£117.50

FROM

£100

FROM

£123

Removable Body Sackholders

Hands Free Lid Sackholders

✓Fire retardant, solid body, hands free lid • Ideal for domestic areas and clinical waste • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Hands free operation • Pull out handle • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Wheels for easy movement • Rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners

292

CAPACITY (Litres) 20 50 70 90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 575 x 220 x 350 640 x 410 x 440 810 x 410 x 440 870 x 410 x 440

ORDER REF HSBS1026 HSBMM1027 HSBM1030 HSBL1031

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

✓Fire retardant hands free sackholders,

Standard Lid Sackholders

operation using only the foot pedal

✓Fire retardant, solid body, standard lid • For use in all areas for all types of waste • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Hands free operation • Pull out handle • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Wheels for easy movement • Rubber feet • Bungee bag holder • Rounded corners

PRICE £100.00 £121.00 £124.50 £127.00

CAPACITY (Litres) 50 70 90

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 630 x 425 x 440 780 x 425 x 440 860 x 425 x 440

ORDER REF FR-SB1034 FR-SB1012 FR-SB1013

PRICE £117.50 £121.00 £122.50

info@storage-design.co.uk

• Minimises the risk of cross infection • Removable body to facilitate easy cleaning and sterilisation • Fully tested to hospital requirements • Made from corrosion resistant materials • Pull out handle • Wheels for easy movement • Protective rubber feet • Rounded corners CAPACITY (Litres) 20 50 70 90

DIMENSIONS H x W x D(mm) 575 x 220 x 350 640 x 410 x 440 810 x 410 x 440 870 x 410 x 440

ORDER REF HRBS1028 HRBMM1029 HRBM1032 HRBL1033

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £123.00 £139.00 £146.50 £147.00

2011


TC293

16/12/10

16:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WASTE / BINS

Mobile Pedal Bins ✓Suitable for medical or hazardous waste OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

• Polyethylene plastic • Bag held by tension • Large pedal on front • Colour lids for selective collection • Easy to clean thanks to smooth surface • 2 side handles • Easy to manoeuvre due to handles & smooth wheels

Lid Colour Options White Green Blue Yellow Red

59837

56410

56700

56419

£65.50

£79.50

£93

£89

Black Grey (90L)

60L Mobile Pedal Bins 700H x 490W x 380Dmm

80L Mobile Pedal Bins 735H x 490W x 415Dmm

90L Mobile Pedal Bins 895H x 510W x 510Dmm

120L Mobile Pedal Bins 875H x 510W x 425Dmm

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

WHITE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / BLUE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / RED WHITE / BLACK

59837 59875 59876 59877 59878 59879

£65.50 £65.50 £65.50 £65.50 £65.50 £65.50

WHITE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / BLUE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / RED WHITE / BLACK

56410 56411 56412 56413 56414 56415

£79.50 £79.50 £79.50 £79.50 £79.50 £79.50

WHITE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / BLUE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / GREY WHITE / RED

56700 56.701 56702 56703 56704 56705

£93.00 £93.00 £93.00 £93.00 £93.00 £93.00

WHITE WHITE / GREEN WHITE / BLUE WHITE / YELLOW WHITE / RED WHITE / BLACK

56416 56417 56418 56419 56420 56421

£89.00 £89.00 £89.00 £89.00 £89.00 £89.00

Plastic Swing Lid Bins • White polypropylene plastic • Robust and easy to clean CAPACITY (Litres) 8 15 25 40 50

FROM

WALL MOUNT PLATE Galvanised steel. 2 point wall fixing

£8

REF 58875 PRICE £2.00

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 330 x 252 x 200 405 x 300 x 235 480 x 352 x 275 558 x 403 x 315 685 x 405 x 310

ORDER REF

PRICE

91940 91941 91942 91943 91944

£8.00 £11.50 £15.00 £18.50 £23.00

Round Pedal Bins • Polypropylene plastic (white only) • Inner plastic bucket with handle • Robust and easy to clean CAPACITY (Litres) 3 6 12 20 40

DIMENSIONS H x Dia (mm) 210 x 180 260 x 230 340 x 270 415 x 310 530 x 380

ORDER REF

PRICE

91975 91976 91977 91978 91979

£9.00 £15.00 £21.50 £27.50 £47.00

FROM

£9

Rectangular Pedal Bins • Polypropylene plastic (white only) • Inner plastic bucket with handle • Robust and easy to clean FROM

£15

CAPACITY (Litres) 5 10 20

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 230 x 190 x 260 305 x 250 x 335 380 x 400 x 300

ORDER REF

PRICE

90701 90702 90703

£15.00 £21.50 £27.50

293 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC294

16/12/10

16:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WASTE / RECYCLING BINS

Waste Recycler Kits OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

✓Waste management made easy, ideal for offices and dining areas

✓Versatile and adaptable system with colour coded labels and bags for clear waste identification

• Light and durable moulded plastic top with metal stand, 935H x 380W x 345Dmm • Easy to clean, low maintenance • 112 litre bio-degradable bags fit easily onto “grab” system with no need for clips or elastic bands • Bags available in yellow, white, blue, grey, green, black, red and clear • Stands can be interlinked to create recycling stations • Additional bags available

KIT A 2 x stands + 200 bags

163

£

Bag grab system

KIT

DESCRIPTION

A B C D

*2 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 2 X 100 BAGS *3 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 3 X 100 BAGS *4 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 4 X 100 BAGS *5 RECYCLER STANDS WITH 5 X 100 BAGS *RECYCLER STAND BAGS 2 X 100 *Specify bag colour when ordering

NO CLIPS, NO ELASTIC BANDS NO METAL BANDS

KIT B

KIT C

3 x stands + 300 bags

4 x stands + 400 bags

245

ORDER REF

PRICE

2WRKIT/100 3WRKIT/100 4WRKIT/100 5WRKIT/100 CCB1/200

£163.00 £245.00 £326.00 £408.00 £49.00

326

£

£

Envirobin

100 Litres

✓Designed for singular application or for

use in series to form a collection centre for a variety of waste materials

E

F Envirocup

G

Confidential paper

Split Envirobin

FROM

170

£

D C B A

294 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

• Moulded from tough polyethylene material • Practical colour coded lid and label identifies type of product for collection and recycling • Sack retaining feature for secure and discreet fitting of a standard 18" refuse sack • Envirocup unit includes central dregs reservoir and capacity to hold 700 cups • Confidential paper unit includes key locking • Split Envirobin option enables different waste materials to be collected and recycled (Please specify which 2 streams when ordering) • 100 Litre capacity • Dimensions 807H x 448W x 448Dmm • Recycle point signage - see facing page

PIC

TYPE

A B C D E F G

BLUE - PAPER GREY - ALUMINIUM CANS RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES FLIP TOP - GENERAL WASTE RED - PLASTIC CUPS BLUE - CONFIDENTIAL PAPER SPLIT ENVIROBIN

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 81155/11 81155/62 81155/81 81155/1 81155/1042 81155/1022 81155/1034

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £170.00 £170.00 £170.00 £170.00 £207.00 £186.00 £207.00

2011


TC295

16/12/10

16:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

WASTE / RECYCLING BINS

Mini Envirobin

57 Litres

OFFICE & COMMERCIAL

✓At 57 litre capacity slimline unit designed for the

FROM

smaller office environment or end of desk

£115

• Sack retaining feature for secure and discreet fitting of a standard refuse sack • Confidential paper unit includes key locking • Dimensions 660H x 302W x 523Dmm • Standard ivory base unit A PIC

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

A B C D E

WHITE - GENERAL WASTE BLUE - PAPER PRODUCTS GREY - DRINKS CANS RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES BLUE - CONFIDENTIAL PAPER

1691/102 1691/11 1691/62 1691/81 1691/1022

£115.00 £115.00 £115.00 £115.00 £131.00

B

C

D

Recycle Signage

E

• Office recycling signage • 4 waste streams housed in steel frame

Confidential unit includes key locking

Discreet internal bag holder

REF 1461 PRICE £207.00

Midi Envirobin

82 Litres

✓Larger 82 litre capacity unit for office recycling • Slimline design fits easily against walls or in narrow spaces • Can be used singly or in groups • Sack retaining feature to hold bag securely • Can be used alongside Mini Envirobins • Linking system available • Dimensions 866H x 302W x 541Dmm

FROM

£140

A PIC

TYPE

ORDER REF 81720-81 81720-04 81720-62 81720-1-11 81720-2-11

A RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES B WHITE - GENERAL WASTE C GREY - CANS D BLUE - PAPER BLUE - CONFIDENTIAL PAPER* *Not illustrated

B

C

D

PRICE £143.00 £141.00 £141.00 £140.00 £154.00

✓ UK MANUFACTURED

Maxi Envirobin

140 Litres

✓High capacity - 140 litres, internal or external recycling units

FROM

£351

• Features a front door opening for easy ‘no-lift’ bagged load extraction • Double skin moulding and ribbed structure for exceptional strength • Sack retention hoop system • Optional ‘Flap Closure’ for general waste also ‘Lockable’ version for confidential paper • Dimensions 1220H x 500W x 615Dmm PIC

TYPE

A B C D E F

BLUE - PAPER GREY - ALUMINIUM CANS RED - PLASTIC BOTTLES WHITE - GENERAL WASTE WHITE - WITH FLAP CLOSURE BLUE - PAPER (LOCKABLE)

ORDER REF 81692/41/G2/11 81692/21/G2/62 81692/21/G2/81 81692/1/G2/04 81692/3/G2/04 81692/42/G2/11

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

A

B

D/E

C

F PRICE £351.00 £351.00 £351.00 £351.00 £381.00 £369.00

TEL: 01446 772614

Front Opening

Integral Ballast

info@storage-design.co.uk

Confidential Paper

www.storage-design.co.uk

295 2011


TC296

17/12/10

08:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

CYCLE STORAGE / BIKE RACKS

Modular Cycle Shelters

✓Low cost self assembly kits ✓Extendible by 2.2 metre extension units • Each unit holds up to 6 cycles • Also suits scooters & motorbikes • 50mm tubular steel frame,

MS800

galvanised for weather resistance • 4-point ground fixing • Translucent polycarbonate roof • Sides in clear 8mm acrylic or green polyester powder coated steel • Add extension bays as required • Order cycle racks separately

1636

£

MS800 starter unit with MS801 extension and B134V bike rack

B134V

£143

Modular Cycle Shelters DESCRIPTION STARTER UNIT EXTENSION UNIT STARTER UNIT EXTENSION UNIT 6 CYCLE FLOOR RACK

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2100 x 2200 x 2200 2100 x 2200 x 2200 2100 x 2200 x 2200 2100 x 2200 x 2200 MOUNTS TO SHELTER FRAME

COLOUR

ORDER REF

PRICE

GREEN GREEN CLEAR CLEAR STEEL

MS800 MS801 MS800C MS801C B134V

£1636.00 £935.00 £1695.00 £995.00 £143.00

Cycle Racks ✓Wall and floor mounting designs ✓Galvanised steel for long term external use ✓Excellent value

FROM UNDER

B129V

B140V4

£25

£95

£86

Adjustable Wall Rack

Universal Floor / Wall Racks

4-Cycle Wall Racks

• Individual wall-mount units • Adjustable angle of storage 0-180º • Suits all types of tyre up to 50mm • Easy installation with just two screws • 330H x 80W x 210Dmm

• Holds 2 or 5 cycles at staggered heights • Self supporting on floor or may be bolted to suitable wall • For city and mountain type bikes with tyres from 35mm to 50mm • Strong and rigid framework • Robust 16mm dia support bars (490H x 390Dmm) fixed at 90º angle

• 90º wall mounting or space saving 45º angled designs • Suits virtually all types of bike wheel • 50 x 25mm tubular support frame • Robust 16mm dia support bars (320H x 270Dmm) fixed at 45º or 90º angle

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

SINGLE ADJUSTABLE RACK PACK OF THREE RACKS

BO49Q BO49S3

£25.00 £68.00

DESCRIPTION

B127V

£46

296 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

4-CYCLE RACK, 90º 4-CYCLE RACK, 45º

SUITABLE FOR FLOOR OR WALL MOUNTING

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

2-BIKE RACK, 500mm LONG 5-BIKE RACK, 1600mm LONG

B127V B129V

£46.00 £95.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

LENGTH (mm) 1400 1830

ORDER REF

PRICE

B140V4 B141V4

£86.00 £86.00

90º www.storage-design.co.uk

45º 2011


TC297

17/12/10

08:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CYCLE STORAGE / SHELTERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SWC215530S2

5603

£

Quality products, British made with long life in mind.

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

CYCLE COMPOUND FOR 16 BIKES

SWC215530G2

5246

£

Cycle Compounds

✓Covered cycle storage for minimum of 16 bikes • Stylish curved roof, manufactured from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate • Side panels made from tough clear Perspex • Gate with padlockable hasp • Optional central security canopy • Comes complete with twin level bike racks • All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance • Delivered in knock down form for easy handling to site • Larger sizes available to accommodate almost any number of bikes in multiples of 16 • Framework available in choice of three colours DESIGN

Frame Colour Options For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Light Grey (LXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

Green (GXX)

COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND COMPOUND & CANOPY COMPOUND & CANOPY COMPOUND & CANOPY

NUMBER OF CYCLES 16 - 2 x 8 RACKS 32 - 4 x 8 RACKS 48 - 6 x 8 RACKS 16 - 2 x 8 RACKS 32 - 4 x 8 RACKS 48 - 6 x 8 RACKS

ORDER REF SWC215530G2 SWC215560G4 SWC215590G6 SWC215530S2 SWC215560S4 SWC215590S6

PRICE £5246.00 £8251.00 £11107.00 £5603.00 £8964.00 £12122.00

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend additional weather treatment for steel work, please enquire.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

297 2011


TC298

17/12/10

08:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

CYCLE STORAGE / BIKE RACKS

FROM

£275 FROM

£174

Pillar Bike Racks

Claw Bike Racks

✓Stand-alone twin level racks for up to 12 cycles

✓A sturdy, value for money racks that grip the cycle wheels

• Made from stylish curves of tubular steel, dark grey powder coated for weather protection • Simple mounting by bolting into concrete • Available in single sided versions for siting against walls • Also in double sided versions for access from both directions • Fully welded - no assembly required

• Bikes stored at twin levels with wheel ramps to upper level • Available as double sided and single sided racks • 4, 6, 8, or 12 bike options • Framework available in Dark Grey only • All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance • Mounted by bolting into concrete

DESIGN

NUMBER OF CYCLES 4 6 8 12

SINGLE SIDED SINGLE SIDED DOUBLE SIDED DOUBLE SIDED

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 670 x 1444 x 790 670 x 1664 x 790 670 x 2324 x 790 670 x 2544 x 790

ORDER REF SRCLAWSG4KXX SRCLAWSG6KXX SRCLAWDS8KXX SRCLAWDSTKXX

PRICE

DESIGN

£275.00 £325.00 £425.00 £596.00

SINGLE SIDED SINGLE SIDED DOUBLE SIDED DOUBLE SIDED

NUMBER OF CYCLES 4 6 8 12

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 685 x 1450 x 945 685 x 2320 x 945 685 x 1450 x 1775 685 x 2320 x 1775

ORDER REF SRPILLSG4KXX SRPILLSG6KXX SRPILLDS8KXX SRPILLDSTKXX

PRICE £174.00 £205.00 £237.00 £279.00

Premier Cycle Shelters

✓Provides tidy and secure cycle storage for industry and commerce ✓Designed to withstand whatever the British weather can throw at it

Colour Options For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Light Grey (LXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

• Constructed from powder coated steel frame • Shelters come with integral powder-coated cycle rack • Extension units available • Choice of transparent perspex sides or powder coated decorative side panels • Adjustable feet for on-site levelling • All shelters are 2250H x 3000W x 2100Dmm • Parabolt fixings supplied. Units must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete

Green (GXX)

Perforated Panel Cladding Blue frames are fitted with light blue panels Green & grey frames are fitted with light grey panels

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

SC223021P SC223021X

2177

£

2418

£

CYCLE COMPOUNDS FOR 8 BIKES

POLYCARBONATE ROOF & PERFORATED SIDES

298

DESIGN POLY ROOF & PERFORATED SIDE PANELS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2250 x 3000 x 2100

POLYCARBONATE ROOF & PERSPEX SIDES ORDER REF SC223021P

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE

DESIGN

£2177.00

POLY ROOF & PERSPEX SIDE PANELS

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 2250 x 3000 x 2100

ORDER REF SC223021X

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £2418.00

2011


TC299

17/12/10

08:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CYCLE STORAGE / SHELTERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

DECORATIVE PIERCED CLADDING

SHELTERS FROM

915

£

GALVANISED CORRUGATED PANELS

Traditional Cycle Shelters

✓Heavy duty steel structure with galvanised, corrugated roof ✓High capacity shelters can be created using runs of initial and extension shelters (see below for layout drawings)

• Choice of galvanised corrugated panels or powder coated decorative panels • Rainwater drains to rear of shelter roof • Option of closed back or open back shelters • Adjustable levelling feet, supplied pre-drilled for floor fixing • For cycle racks to suit these shelters, please contact us • Shelter height - 2100mm • All shelters must be bolted to a 250mm concrete surface 2450mm Wide Shelters SHELTER LAYOUTS Specify the deeper 2500mm shelters for motorcycle and scooter storage.

SHELTER DEPTH (mm) 1900

BACK

SIDES

COLOUR

CLOSED

1900

OPEN

2500

CLOSED

2500

OPEN

GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED

– BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN

SHELTER DEPTH (mm) 1900

BACK

SIDES

COLOUR

CLOSED

1900

OPEN

2500

CLOSED

2500

OPEN

GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED GALVANISED POWDER COATED POWDER COATED

– BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN – BLUE GREEN

Extension Unit Complete Shelter

ORDER REF SC211924KLXX SC211924CBXX SC211924CGXX SC211924GLXX SC211924BBXX SC211924BGXX SC212524KLXX SC212524CBXX SC212524CGXX SC212524GLXX SC212524BBXX SC212524BGXX

PRICE £1054 £1517 £1517 £915 £1305 £1305 £1117 £1634 £1634 £993 £1429 £1429

EXTENSION REF SC211924KLEA SC211924CBEA SC211924CGEA SC211924GLEA SC211924BBEA SC211924BGEA SC212524KLEA SC212524CBEA SC212524CGEA SC212524GLEA SC212524BBEA SC212524BGEA

PRICE £902 £1355 £1355 £792 £1173 £1173 £948 £1482 £1482 £838 £1271 £1271

3060mm Wide Shelters

Closed Back Shelters Open Back Shelters designed for positioning Free standing shelter with back and end sheets. near walls STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF SC211930KLXX SC211930CBXX SC211930CGXX SC211930GLXX SC211930BBXX SC211930BGXX SC212530KLXX SC212530CBXX SC212530CGXX SC212530GLXX SC212530BBXX SC212530BGXX

PRICE £1308 £1805 £1805 £1176 £1575 £1575 £1410 £1996 £1996 £1276 £1756 £1756

EXTENSION REF SC211930KLEA SC211930CBEA SC211930CGEA SC211930GLEA SC211930BBEA SC211930BGEA SC212530KLEA SC212530CBEA SC212530CGEA SC212530GLEA SC212530BBEA SC212530BGEA

PRICE £1170 £1674 £1674 £1098 £1468 £1468 £1213 £1834 £1834 £1189 £1612 £1612

www.storage-design.co.uk

299

2011


TC300

17/12/10

08:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SHELTERED WALKWAYS

Freestanding Walkways

✓A stylish free-standing walkway ideal for connecting two buildings

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Connecting two buildings with a walkway Keeps people dry as they move from building to building. Prevents goods and materials getting wet in transit. Provides up to 97% ultra-violet protection

• Constructed with a curved roof made from UV resistant polycarbonate panels mounted on a powder coated steel frame • Optional side panels made from tough clear perspex for improved weather protection, can be mounted on either side • Must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete (fixings included) • Delivered in knock-down format for easy handling to site • Available in 3m lengths in a choice of two colours • Ideal for use within schools, colleges, universities, hospitals and office buildings

Frame Colour Options For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Black(AX)

Silver(SX) Walkway Units

DESCRIPTION ROOF ONLY ROOF & ONE SIDE ROOF & TWO SIDES

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000

ORDER REF SWV3000MIR SWV3000MI1 SWV3000MI2

PRICE £1377.00 £1835.00 £2294.00

Extension Units DESCRIPTION ROOF ONLY ROOF & ONE SIDE ROOF & TWO SIDES

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000 2330 x 2000 x 3000

ORDER PRICE REF SWV3000MER £1009.00 SWV3000ME1 £1468.00 SWV3000ME2 £1927.00

Wall Mounted Walkways

✓Simple & effective modular walkway that fastens to the side of a building

• Modular design in 3m lengths • Stylish curved roof comes as standard, made from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate mounted on steel frame • Optional side panels made from tough clear Perspex for improved weather protection • Metal parts powder coated for weather resistance • Delivered in knock-down format for easy handling to site • Framework available in a choice of three colours

Frame Colour Options For required frame colours please add following suffix to product code Grey(LXX)

Blue(BXX)

Green(GXX)

Walkway Units DESCRIPTION ROOF ONLY ROOF & SIDE

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 2400 x 1900 x 3000 2400 x 1900 x 3000

ORDER REF SWM241930MR SWM241930MS

PRICE £757.00 £1630.00

Extension Units DESCRIPTION

300

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ROOF ONLY ROOF & SIDE

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 2400 x 1900 x 3000 2400 x 1900 x 3000

ORDER REF SWM241930ER SWM241930ES

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £707.00 £1478.00

2011


TC301

17/12/10

08:59

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SMOKING SHELTERS

UK legislation

✓Robust all-weather construction ✓Greater than 50% open to allow the

FROM

2011

£

rapid dispersal of cigarette fumes

• Powder coated steel frame with transparent perspex or perforated steel panels • Adjustable feet for on-site positioning • Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete included, must be bolted to 250mm thick concrete for stability • Installation service available - please call us

Perch Seats

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Traditional Smoking Shelters

✓ Meets all current

• Pictured opposite as optional extras • Sloping seats add comfort to your shelter • 900H x 1150W x 300Dmm • Must be bolted to the ground Stainless Steel Perch REF SSSSPSETZZXX PRICE £232.00 Powder Coated Mild Steel Perch REF SSPAPSETZLXX PRICE £143.00

Lighting Units Frame Colours For required shelter colours please add corresponding suffix to product code Dark Blue (BXX)

Green (GXX)

DIMENSIONS (mm) WIDTH 2450 2450 3060 3060

DEPTH 1900 2500 1900 2500

ORDER REF SS212419X SS212425X SS213019X SS213025X

Bulkhead Lighting Unit SSBHLGHTZZXX PRICE £107.00

Perfo Steel Back & Clear Perspex Sides

Clear Perspex Sides HEIGHT 2100 2100 2100 2100

Fluorescent Lighting Unit SSFLLGHTZZXX PRICE £100.00

If sited within 5 miles of the coast, we strongly recommend an additional weather treatment for the steel work, please enquire.

Light Grey (LXX)

PRICE £2163.00 £2545.00 £2448.00 £3220.00

HEIGHT 2100 2100 2100 2100

DIMENSIONS (mm) WIDTH 2450 2450 3060 3060

DEPTH 1900 2500 1900 2500

ORDER REF SS212419P SS212425P SS213019P SS213025P

PRICE £2011.00 £2369.00 £2274.00 £3028.00

Wall Mounted Smoking Shelters

SS241930CWM

£757 SS102011WM2

£454

SUPPLIED IN KD FORM

Small Shelter

Large Shelter

• Provides cover for 2-3 smokers • Size 1000H x 2000W x 1120Dmm • Frame made from powder coated mild steel • Roof and sides made from translucent polycarbonate panels to provide UV protection • Supplied flat-packed for easy on-site assembly. Simply bolts to a suitable wall

• Provides cover for 6-8 smokers • Size 2300H(max) x 3000W x 1900Dmm • Stylish curved roof, made from UV resistant opaque polycarbonate mounted on steel frame • All metal parts powder coated for weather resistance • Mounts by being bolted to the wall on one side, with supporting legs being bolted to the ground on the other

REF SS102011WM2 PRICE £454.00

REF SS241930CWM PRICE £757.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

301 2011


TC302

17/12/10

09:04

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

SMOKING SHELTERS / CIGARETTE BINS

58776

58887

235

80

£

£

3L Ashtray

6L Outdoor Ashtray

• Polyester powder coated electroplated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Quick & easy to empty (by just unhooking) • Wall mounted on 2 points • 3 litre capacity • Manganese Grey • Dimensions 550H x 120W x 50Dmm

• Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Lock with triangular key • 970H x 200W x 200Dmm • Empties via inner bucket • Manganese Grey finish

REF 58887 PRICE £80.00

REF 58776 PRICE £235.00

2L Ashtrays

17.5L Freestanding Ashtray & Bin

• Front panel in electroplated steel and body in polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Wall mounted • Weather protection • Lock with triangular key • Quick & easy to empty by just hooking • No smoking sticker included

• Black epoxy powder coated steel (inside & outside the ashtray) • Removable stubber top • Plastic base protects against cleaning products and avoids floor scratches • Litter bin opening 58945 170H x 185Wmm £ • 670H x 280mm Dia

57660

£87

67

REF 58945 PRICE £67.00 FINISH GREY BEIGE MAROON GREEN

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 282 x 230 x 60 282 x 230 x 60 282 x 230 x 60 282 x 230 x 60

VOLUME 2 LITRES 2 LITRES 2 LITRES 2 LITRES

ORDER REF 57660 57661 58765 58766

PRICE £87.00 £87.00 £87.00 £87.00

FROM

38.50

£

Wall Mount Ashtrays • Powder coated or brushed aluminium, inside and outside the ashtray • Simple and quick emptying by tipping • Discreet locking system without key • Wall protection panel with reversible smoking / no smoking symbols

Front

Back 0.5 Litre Ashtray FINISH

302

WHITE BEIGE GREY BRUSHED ALU GREY BRUSHED ALU

OVERALL H x W x D (mm) 189 x 152 x 68 189 x 152 x 68 189 x 152 x 68 189 x 152 x 68 250 x 192 x 101 250 x 192 x 101

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

VOLUME 0.5 LITRES 0.5 LITRES 0.5 LITRES 0.5 LITRES 1.5 LITRES 1.5 LITRES

ORDER REF 58690 58691 58696 58692 58702 58707

TEL: 01446 772614

1.5 Litre Ashtray

PRICE £38.50 £38.50 £38.50 £47.00 £47.00 £55.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC303

17/12/10

09:06

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LITTER BINS / WASTE BINS

49

£

Universal Post

• Polypropylene plastic UV resistant • Easy to empty by tipping with a concealed closure system • Opening dimension 100H x 195Wmm • Overall 610H x 300W x 480Dmm • Wall or post mounted • Supplied with 2 clamp straps for post mounting

Polyester powder coated steel or hot dipped galvanised. To be embedded. Height above ground 900mm, below ground 400mm. 50mm diameter

REF 59460 PRICE £49.00

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

59460

23L Plastic Litter Bin

BLACK POWDER COAT REF 57841 PRICE £24.00 GALVANISED STEEL REF 59465 PRICE £30.50

50L Plastic Litter Bins • High density polyethylene plastic • Easy emptying of bucket • Hidden locking system • Small opening to limit insertion of bulky or hazardous objects • Overall 780H x 430W x 340Dmm • 4 points wall mounted or post mounted FINISH GREEN LID / GREEN BODY GREEN LID / GREY BODY GREY LID / GREEN BODY GREY LID / GREY BODY

ORDER REF 59866 59864 59861 59868

Bin emptying by tilting and unhooking of the bucket

59866

72

£

PRICE £72.00 £72.00 £72.00 £72.00

80L Waste Collectors • Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside) • Perforated bottom for rain water escape • Wall mounted or post mounted (mounting kits supplied) • Bag held by clamps • Overall 770H x 420W x 470Dmm FINISH MANGANESE GREY YELLOW GREEN RED BEIGE BLUE

58132

174

£

ORDER REF 58036 58130 58131 58132 58133 58134

STEEL BINS IDEAL FOR OUTDOOR LOCATION

PRICE £174.00 £174.00 £174.00 £174.00 £174.00 £174.00

110L Sack Holders • Polyester powder coated steel (inside & outside the collector) • Bag held by rubber ring • Wall mounted or post mounted (Post adapter required) • Hinged lid models available • High resistance hot dip galvanised models

57115

£46

Sack Holders FINISH BLUE MANGANESE GREY GREEN BEIGE HOT GALVANISED

DIMENSIONS H x D x DIA(mm) 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370 110 x 460 x 370

ORDER REF 57075 57097 57115 57116 57118

PRICE £46.00 £46.00 £46.00 £46.00 £50.50

57190

£52.50

Sack Holders & Lid FINISH GREEN HOT GALVANISED

DIMENSIONS H x D x DIA(mm) 80 x 450 x 410 80 x 450 x 410

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF 57180 57190

PRICE £50.50 £52.50

Post Adapter Universal mounting for round post diameter over 50mm. Theft proof, hidden mechanism. Can be adapted to existing post REF 58011 PRICE £66.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

303 2011


TC304

17/12/10

09:07

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LITTER BINS

Colourful waste control!

TARDIS RN0006R

£151 SPACEBIN RN0004R-GAL

£119 SOLAR RN0009G

CIRRUS RN0011G

£163

PLASTIC LINER

£115 SONIC RN0008T

£121

Mainline & Service Bins

Mainline Bins

BIN DIMENSIONS (mm)

✓Designed for use in industrial and public areas • Manufactured from strong medium density polyethylene • Fully weather resistant • Hygienic and easy to clean

Tardis Solar Sonic Cirrus SpaceBin SpaceSava2 Nova SpaceSava1 Nimbus

• Fitted with galvanised steel liner (except Tardis which has plastic liner) • Easily removable lids • Screen printed "TidyMan" logo

1025H x 375W x 345D 960H x 570 Dia 730H x 555 Dia 960H x 570 Dia 1040H x 600 Dia 990H x 432W x 432D 1010H x 560W x 470D 990H x 432W x 432D 1000H x 480 Dia

Service Bins

✓Industry, pedestrian areas, fast food outlets and other high traffic areas

SPACESAVA2 RN0013Y

NOVA RN0007Y

SPACESAVA1 RN0012Y

NIMBUS RN0003Y

£83

£145

£103

£85

• Yellow medium density polyethylene • Removable lids • Supplied without liner, except Nova (see below) Slot Top Nova • features a tamper-proof lockable lid, and black plastic liner

Open Top Bins

304

Wall Mount Bins

Square

Circular

Apollo

Orbit

610H x 360W x 360Dia mm

580H x 330Dia mm

REF RN0002Y PRICE £50.00

REF RN0001Y PRICE £49.90

640H x 455W x 365Dia mm with plastic liner

540H x 375W x 280Dia mm (no liner)

REF RN0005K PRICE £135.00

REF RN0010T PRICE £74.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC305

17/12/10

09:08

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOCKERS

Wet Area Lockers FACILITY MANAGEMENT

• Manufactured from pre-coated galvanised steel for damp environments or where frequent washing down is required • Ideal for swimming pools, changing rooms, saunas, shower rooms, industrial wet areas or food preparation plants • Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers • Single tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active anti-bacterial paint • Fitted with moisture resistant camlock with 2000 differs as standard

FROM FROM

£80

£93

FROM

£119

FROM

£106

DOOR COLOURS Please add corresponding suffix to order ref Light Grey (LXX)

Light Blue (UXX)

Red (RXX)

Dark Blue (BXX)

Yellow (YXX)

Green (GXX)

Wet Area Locker 1800H x 300W x 300D TIERS 1 2 3 4

ORDER REF LW1830301 LW1830302 LW1830303 LW1830304

PRICE 1

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £80.00 £93.00 £106.00 £119.00

£87.00 £101.00 £113.00 £127.00

Wet Area Locker 1800H x 300W x 450D TIERS 1 2 3 4

ORDER REF LW1830451 LW1830452 LW1830453 LW1830454

PRICE 1

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £85.00 £98.00 £112.00 £127.00

£93.00 £106.00 £120.00 £134.00

Insight Lockers

✓Polyethylene panels maintain security

whilst allowing contents to be viewed

• Choice of 3 depths and 5 door designs • Rivetted / welded cold roll mild steel carcass • Double coat hooks in two compartment lockers • Recessed camlocks with plastic card holder • Light grey body with a choice of door colours DOOR COLOURS Light Grey

Traffic Red

Burgundy

Signal Yellow

Emerald Green

Ultramarine

FROM

£131

FROM

£148

FROM

FROM

£156

£253

Dark Grey TYPE OF LOCKER TWO DOOR

THREE DOOR

FOUR DOOR

SIX DOOR

EIGHT DOOR

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 500 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 500 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 500 1800 x 400 x 450 1800 x 400 x 500 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 500 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 500

ORDER REF I3030/2 I3045/2 I3050/2 I3030/3 I3045/3 I3050/3 I3030/4 I3045/4 I3050/4 I4045/4 I4050/4 I3030/6 I3045/6 I3050/6 I3030/8 I3045/8 I3050/8

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £131.00 £144.00 £150.00 £148.00 £161.00 £168.00 £156.00 £170.00 £176.00 £206.00 £219.00 £205.00 £220.00 £228.00 £253.00 £263.00 £275.00

TEL: 01446 772614

305 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC306

14/12/10

14:35

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LOCKERS

• Robust construction • Vent system within each door • Top shelf in single lockers • Double coat hooks in singles and two tier • Through the door cam locks • Probe lockers are 1780mm high • Sealed compartment with plinth • Three year guarantee

DOOR COLOURS

FROM

71

£

CARCASS COLOURS

Smoke white

Smoke white

Silver grey

Silver grey

Yellow

Black

AIR VENTS IN ALL DOORS

Green Red Blue 3000 VARIANT CAM LOCK

5-KNUCKLE SEMICONCEALED HINGE

EACH DOOR FITTED WITH STRENGTHENER

Cube Lockers • Multi-purpose storage in 3 sizes • Pre-drilled for bolting together DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

305 x 305 x 305 380 x 380 x 380 460 x 460 x 460

121212 151515 181818

£38.00 £45.00 £50.00

AC+IVECOAT

®

anti-bacterial technology

✓99.9% reduction of E-Coli & MRSA Super Bug

Probe Lockers 1780mm High LOCKER TYPE SINGLE DOOR

TWO COMPT

THREE COMPT

306

WxD (mm) 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380 460 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380 460 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460

SINGLE LOCKER P701212 £71 P701215 £76 P701218 £84 P701515 £84 P701818 £100 P701212/2 £92 P701215/2 £96 P701218/2 £103 P701515/2 £103 P701818/2 £121 P701212/3 £100 P701215/3 £106 P701218/3 £112

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS P701212N2 £133 P701215N2 £142 P701218N2 £156 P701515N2 £156 P701818N2 £188 P701212/2N2 £177 P701215/2N2 £182 P701218/2N2 £194 P701515/2N2 £194 P701818/2N2 £230 P701212/3N2 £192 P701215/3N2 £201 P701218/3N2 £212

NEST OF 3 LOCKERS P701212N3 £195 P701215N3 £207 P701218N3 £228 P701515N3 £245 P701212/2N3 £261 P701215/2N3 £268 P701218/2N3 £284 P701515/2N3 £284 P701212/3N3 £284 P701215/3N3 £297 P701218/3N3 £312

SLOPING TOP OPTION: prevents unauthorised materials from being stored on top REF LSTO PRICE £9.50 extra per locker

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

LOCKER TYPE FOUR COMPT

FIVE COMPT SIX COMPT

EIGHT COMPT SIXTEEN COMPT

WxD (mm) 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380 460 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 305 x 305 305 x 380 305 x 460 380 x 380

SINGLE LOCKER P701212/4 £107 P701215/4 £116 P701218/4 £121 P701515/4 £121 P701818/4 £140 P701212/5 £115 P701215/5 £119 P701218/5 £126 P701212/6 £132 P701215/6 £134 P701218/6 £144 P701515/6 £144

305 x 460

P701218/8 £195

-

-

-

305 x 460

P701218/16 £318

-

-

-

info@storage-design.co.uk

NEST OF 2 LOCKERS P701212/4N2 £206 P701215/4N2 £221 P701218/4N2 £228 P701515/4N2 £228 P701818/4N2 £268 P701212/5N2 £221 P701215/5N2 £229 P701218/5N2 £239 P701212/6N2 £256 P701215/6N2 £258 P701218/6N2 £275 P701515/6N2 £275

NEST OF 3 LOCKERS P701212/4N3 £305 P701215/4N3 £327 P701218/4N3 £336 P701515/4N3 £336 P701212/5N3 £328 P701215/5N3 £338 P701218/5N3 £352 P701212/6N3 £380 P701215/6N3 £383 P701218/6N3 £406 P701515/6N3 £406

www.storage-design.co.uk

-

2011


TC307

17/12/10

09:09

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOCKERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

DOOR COLOURS Smoke white Silver grey Yellow Green Red Blue

CARCASS COLOURS Smoke white Silver grey Black

Clean & Dirty Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm 2 x double coat hooks Single Locker P701818C/D £120.00 Nest of 2 Lockers P701818C/DN2 £227.00

Twin Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm 2 x double coat hooks Single Locker TW701818 £140.00 Nest of 2 Lockers TW701818N2 £275.00

Two Person Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm 2 x double coat hooks Single Locker 2P701818 £150.00 Nest of 2 Lockers 2P701818N2 £287.00

Low Level Lockers • 1220mm high • Full colour range • Single compartment models have top shelf and double coat hook Janitors’ Lockers 1780H x 460W x 460Dmm LOCKER WxD SINGLE NEST OF NEST OF double coat hook High capacity Lockers TYPE (mm) LOCKER 2 LOCKERS 3 LOCKERS Single Locker 1780H x 610W x 460Dmm SINGLE 305 x 305 P481212 £64 P481212N2 £122 P481212N3 £179 P701818JAN £135.00 2 x shelves & hanging rail DOOR 305 x 460 P481218 £78 P481218N2 £147 P481218N3 £216 TWO 305 x 305 P481212/2 £86 P481212/2N2 £165 P481212/2N3 £245 Nest of 2 Lockers Single Locker COMPT 305 x 460 P481218/2 £96 P481218/2N2 £184 P481218/2N3 £272 P701818JANN2 £258.00 HICAP2418 £201.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL: 01446 772614 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

307 2011


TC308

17/12/10

09:10

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LOCKERS

Standard Lockers • Quality compartment lockers suitable for a multitude of storage applications • Choice of 300mm and 380mm wide lockers • 2, 3, 4 and 6 door lockers fitted with security shelf to prevent unauthorised access to the compartment below • Nests save up to 10% over the price of individual lockers and quicker to intsall • Fitted with standard mastered cam locks with 2000 differs • Single tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment • Strengthened and ventilated doors with rubber buffers • Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology anti-bacterial paint

2 TIER NEST OF 1

FROM

FROM

£73

£86

2 TIER NEST OF 2 LOCKERS FROM £

54

Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug.

2 TIER NEST OF 3

Locker Size 1800H x 300W x 300Dmm NEST

TIERS

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300 300 x 300 600 x 300 900 x 300

ORDER REF LS1830301XX LN1860301X2 LN1890301X3 LS1830302XX LN1860302X2 LN1890302X3 LS1830303XX LN1860303X2 LN1890303X3 LS1830304XX LN1860304X2 LN1890304X3 LS1830306XX LN1860306X2 LN1890306X3

PRICE 1 £61.00 £119.00 £177.00 £67.00 £130.00 £192.00 £74.00 £142.00 £211.00 £81.00 £156.00 £232.00 £94.00 £183.00 £273.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £54.00 £104.00 £154.00 £60.00 £114.00 £169.00 £66.00 £127.00 £188.00 £73.00 £141.00 £209.00 £86.00 £168.00 £250.00

Door Colour Options Please add corresponding suffix to the order ref Light grey (L)

Light blue (U)

Red (R)

Dark blue (B)

Yellow (Y)

Green (G)

Locker Size 1800H x 300W x 450Dmm

308

NEST

TIERS

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) * 300 x 450 600 x 450 900 x 450 300 x 450 600 x 450 900 x 450 300 x 450 600 x 450 900 x 450 300 x 450 600 x 450 900 x 450 300 x 450 600 x 450 * 900 x 450

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF LS1830451XX LN1860451X2 LN1890451X3 LS1830452XX LN1860452X2 LN1890452X3 LS1830453XX LN1860453X2 LN1890453X3 LS1830454XX LN1860454X2 LN1890454X3 LS1830456XX LN1860456X2 LN1890456X3

PRICE 1 £67.00 £130.00 £191.00 £73.00 £140.00 £207.00 £80.00 £155.00 £228.00 £87.00 £169.00 £251.00 £102.00 £199.00 £295.00

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £60.00 £114.00 £168.00 £65.00 £125.00 £184.00 £72.00 £139.00 £205.00 £80.00 £154.00 £228.00 £94.00 £183.00 £272.00

* Printed catalogue shows incorrect sizes ! * This PDF is updated & correct 01-03-2011.

Locker Size 1800H x 380W x 380Dmm NEST

TIERS

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2

1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 6 6

NEST SIZE W x D (mm) * 380 x 380 760 x 380 380 x 380 760 x 380 380 x 380 760 x 380 380 x 380 760 x 380 380 x 380 * 760 x 380

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF LS1838381XX LN1876381X2 LS1838382XX LN1876382X2 LS1838383XX LN1876383X2 LS1838384XX LN1876384X2 LS1838386XX LN1876386X2

PRICE 1 £74.00 £142.00 £78.00 £150.00 £84.00 £164.00 £92.00 £180.00 £108.00 £209.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £66.00 £127.00 £70.00 £134.00 £77.00 £149.00 £84.00 £164.00 £100.00 £194.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC309

17/12/10

09:11

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOCKERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

FROM

51

£54

A

FROM

£66

UE AL TOP V

FROM

TOP V

£

LUE

FROM

£60

Express Lockers • A high quality locker available for rapid delivery, usually within 5 days • Constructed from robust 0.7mm high grade steel • All lockers are 300mm wide with a choice of 2 depths – 300 or 450mm • Ventilation slots in the locker doors • Pre-drilled ready for nesting • Grey carcass and grey doors SIZE (mm) HxWxD 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 300 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 450 1800 x 300 x 450

TIERS

ORDER REF LQ1830301LXX LQ1830302LXX LQ1830304LXX LQ1830306LXX LQ1830451LXX LQ1830452LXX LQ1830454LXX LQ1830456LXX

1 2 4 6 1 2 4 6

PRICE 1 £59.00 £64.00 £77.00 £90.00 £64.00 £70.00 £83.00 £97.00

PRICE 5+ SUFFIX /5 £51.00 £57.00 £70.00 £82.00 £57.00 £62.00 £76.00 £90.00

Multi Compartment Lockers FROM FROM

FROM

£103

£108

Please add corresponding suffix to the order ref

£112 FROM

Light grey (LXX)

£123

Light blue (UXX) Red (RXX) Dark blue (BXX) Yellow (YXX) Green (GXX)

Staff Locker

Clean & Dirty Locker

Duo Locker

Twin Locker

Provides clothes hanging storage on one side of the central divider and 3 shelves for smaller personal items on the other

Ideal for separating clean from dirty garments, indoor from outdoor clothes or wet from dry

Provides locker space for two people with a full width top compartment and a tall hanging space for each person

Storage space for two people using less floor space than standard lockers. Two slim full height compartments

1800H x 450W x 450D ORDER REF LG184545S

QTY 1 £112.00

QTY 5+ /5 £108.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

1800H x 450W x 450D ORDER REF LG184545G

QTY 1 £108.00

TEL: 01446 772614

QTY 5+ /5 £103.00

1800H x 450W x 450D ORDER REF LG184545D

QTY 1 £134.00

1800H x 450W x 450D

QTY 5+ /5 £123.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF LG184545T

QTY 1 £123.00

QTY 5+ /5 £112.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

309 2011


TC310

17/12/10

09:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LOCKERS / MESH LOCKERS

Full Height Mesh Lockers

✓Wire mesh lockers provide visible but secure storage

✓The most economical way to purchase lockers is in nests or multi compartments

✓May be hosed down for total cleaning • Single and two door lockers have 3 point locking and coat hooks as standard • Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5mm weld mesh on 8mm rod frame • Available in nest of 1, 2 or 3 • All lockers are fitted with 150mm high legs • Doors accept padlocks - not included • Electroplated zinc with clear coat of lacquer

Colour Coated Lockers

NEST OF 3

✓All mesh lockers are available

010BZP0006

304

with powder coated finish Red / Blue / Yellow / Green

£

Full Height Wire Mesh Lockers DESCRIPTION

310

SINGLE DOOR SINGLE DOOR TWO COMPARTMENT TWO COMPARTMENT FOUR COMPARTMENT FOUR COMPARTMENT SIX COMPARTMENT SIX COMPARTMENT

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457 1980 x 305 x 305 1980 x 305 x 457

TEL: 01446 772614

SINGLE ORDER REF 010BZP0002 010BZP0014 010BZP0020 010BZP0032 010BZP0056 010BZP0068 010BZP0074 010BZP0086

PRICE £117.00 £127.00 £122.00 £135.00 £138.00 £151.00 £158.00 £174.00

NEST OF TWO ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0004 £209.00 010BZP0016 £229.00 010BZP0022 £222.00 010BZP0034 £248.00 010BZP0058 £254.00 010BZP0070 £283.00 010BZP0076 £300.00 010BZP0088 £329.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

NEST OF THREE ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0006 £304.00 010BZP0018 £335.00 010BZP0024 £324.00 010BZP0036 £362.00 010BZP0060 £373.00 010BZP0072 £415.00 010BZP0078 £442.00 010BZP0090 £485.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC311

17/12/10

09:12

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LOCKERS / MESH LOCKERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

010BZP0150

519

£

20 COMPARTMENT LOCKER

Wire Mesh Multi Compartment Lockers • Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5mm weld mesh on 8mm rod frame • Open fronts, or with padlockable doors • All lockers are fitted with 150mm high legs • Electroplated zinc with clear coat of lacquer

010BZP0145

£191

40 COMPARTMENT LOCKERS • This design is available with open front or fitted with double doors which enclose all the compartments • 3 point locking with hasp and staple to take padlock (padlock is not included)

010BZP0158

£336

Wire Mesh Multi Compartment Lockers DESCRIPTION 12 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS (INDIVIDUAL DOORS) 16 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS (INDIVIDUAL DOORS) 20 COMPARTMENT PERSONAL LOCKERS (INDIVIDUAL DOORS) 40 COMPARTMENT LOCKERS (DOUBLE DOORS ENCLOSE ALL COMPARTMENTS)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1390 x 935 x 305 1390 x 935 x 457 1390 x 1240 x 305 1390 x 1240 x 457 1390 x 1545 x 305 1390 x 1545 x 457 1390 x 770 x 305 1390 x 770 x 457

TEL: 01446 772614

COMPARTMENT DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 305 x 305 x 305 305 x 305 x 457 305 x 305 x 305 305 x 305 x 457 305 x 305 x 305 305 x 305 x 457 150 x 150 x 305 150 x 150 x 457

WITH DOORS ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0146 £327.00 010BZP0152 £361.00 010BZP0148 £415.00 010BZP0154 £460.00 010BZP0150 £519.00 010BZP0156 £571.00 010BZP0158 £336.00 010BZP0160 £370.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

WITHOUT DOORS ORDER REF PRICE 010BZP0145 £191.00 010BZP0151 £226.00 010BZP0147 £233.00 010BZP0153 £278.00 010BZP0149 £295.00 010BZP0155 £346.00 010BZP0157 £268.00 010BZP0159 £295.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

311 2011


TC312

17/12/10

09:13

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT

Locker Stands & Benches • Rust and Corrosion free • Strong and yet lightweight • Available in cream, red or blue • Easy to assemble, dismantle and clean

Locker Stands with Bench Seats • Combined locker stand and bench units NO. OF LOCKERS 2 3 4

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 450 x 640 x 820 450 x 960 x 820 450 x 1280 x 820

ORDER REF

PRICE

STB2BS STB3BS STB4BS

£140.00 £171.00 £179.00

Locker Stands • Stand only to suit any locker • Other sizes available NO. OF LOCKERS 2 3 4

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 150 x 640 x 460 150 x 960 x 460 150 x 1280 x 460

ORDER REF

PRICE

ST2S ST3S ST4S

£78.00 £87.00 £93.00

SEATS INCLUDE UNDERBENCH SHELVING!

COLOUR OPTIONS Cream

Blue

Red

B1040S

112

£

WR1000

£54

Bench Seat

Wall Rack

312

DIMENSIONS L x D (mm) 1000 x 70 1200 x 70 1500 x 70 1800 x 70 2000 x 70

HOOKS

ORDER REF

PRICE

5 6 7 9 10

WR1000 WR1200 WR1500 WR1800 WR2000

£54.00 £57.00 £61.00 £68.00 £74.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS H x L x D (mm) 450 x 1000 x 400 450 x 1200 x 400 450 x 1500 x 400 450 x 1800 x 400 450 x 2000 x 400

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

B1040S B1240S B1540S B1840S B2040S

£112.00 £128.00 £152.00 £175.00 £191.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC313

17/12/10

09:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT

✓Generally used around the perimeter of a room

• Single sided hat and coat rail 1.6m high • 30mm square legs with 3 ash hardwood seat slats 50mm apart on steel support frame • Supplied part assembled with a complete fixing kit and instructions • Overall dimensions 1750H x 400Dmm • 450mm standard seat height, 325mm deep

SS10M

246

£

ALL ORDERS COMPLETE WITH INSTRUCTIONS AND TOOLS TO ASSEMBLE

BENCH STYLE (TOP SHELF)

WITHOUT SHELF

WITH MESH SHELF

WITH WOOD SHELF

WIDTH HOOKS (mm) 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14 1000 5 1500 7 2000 10 2500 12 3000 14

ORDER REF SS10X SS15X SS20X SS25X SS30X SS10M SS15M SS20M SS25M SS30M SS10 SS15 SS20 SS25 SS30

PRICE

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Single Sided Benches

£207.00 £232.00 £259.00 £365.00 £393.00 £246.00 £274.00 £304.00 £440.00 £470.00 £266.00 £303.00 £346.00 £485.00 £527.00

FRAME COLOUR OPTIONS Blue

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Red

Green

Silver

Black

Yellow

Extra Hooks DESCRIPTION ALUMINIUM POWDER COATED STEEL POWDER COATED ALUMINIUM

ORDER REF HK-1 HK-2 HK-3

PRICE (each) £0.80 £3.20 £1.75

Floor fixing bracket REF FFC PRICE £2.00 each DS15 & DSR15M

526

£

Double Sided Benches

Accessories, mesh shoe rack & backrests

✓Generally used in the middle of changing rooms to increase the seating capacity

• Double sided hat and coat rail 1.6m high • 30mm square legs with 6 ash hardwood seat slats 50m apart on steel support frames • Supplied part assembled with complete fixing kit and instructions • Overall dimensions 1750H x 800Dmm • 450mm standard seat height, 325mm deep each side BENCH STYLE (TOP SHELF)

WITHOUT SHELF

WITH MESH SHELF

WITH WOOD SHELF

WIDTH HOOKS (mm) 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28 1000 10 1500 14 2000 20 2500 24 3000 28

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF DS10X DS15X DS20X DS25X DS30X DS10M DS15M DS20M DS25M DS30M DS/10 DS15 DS20 DS25 DS30

PRICE £306.00 £350.00 £399.00 £531.00 £579.00 £359.00 £405.00 £459.00 £639.00 £689.00 £380.00 £440.00 £508.00 £681.00 £750.00

1500MM DOUBLE SIDED BENCH WITH HARDWOOD TOP SHELF & DOUBLE SIDED MESH SHOE RACK

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

313 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC314

11/1/11

10:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT

Wall / Floor Fix Mono Benches

M103

£130

• Useful where pipes or skirting boards prevent use of freestanding benches • Wall fixings not included • 350mm deep with 3 ash hardwood slats on a steel support frame SIZE (mm) WxD 1000 x 350 1500 x 350 2000 x 350 2500 x 350 3000 x 350

PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE M103 £130.00 M153 £145.00 M203 £166.00 M253 £238.00 M303 £259.00

OPTIONAL SHOE RACK REF PRICE MSR10M £50.00 MSR15M £54.00 MSR20M £58.00 MSR25M £107.00 MSR30M £110.00 B10

Freestanding Basic Cloakroom Benches

£128

• Ash hardwood slats mounted on reinforced seat frames • Optional mesh shoe racks BSR10M

Single Sided Benches WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE B10 £128.00 B15 £143.00 B20 £165.00 B25 £236.00 B-30 £255.00

£51

OPTIONAL SHOE RACK REF PRICE BSR10M £51.00 BSR15M £55.00 BSR20M £59.00 BSR25M £110.00 BSR30M £114.00

Single Sided, 450H x 325Dmm

Double Depth Benches WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

PLAIN BENCH REF PRICE BD10 £205.00 BD15 £232.00 BD20 £262.00 BD25 £373.00 BD30 £405.00

BD10

OPTIONAL SHOE RACK REF PRICE BDSR10M £78.00 BDSR15M £82.00 BDSR20M £87.00 BDSR25M £164.00 BDSR30M £168.00

£205

Double Sided, 450H x 595Dmm

Single & Double Sided Bench Accessories

ON SELECTED ITEMS

FROM

£19

FROM

£35 FROM

£55

314

Hat / Coat Hook Rails

Mesh Shoe Racks

Hardwood Backrests

• Enables easy cleaning of floors • Must be ordered with bench

• Provides back support on single and double sided benches • Must be ordered with bench

WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

SINGLE SIDED REF PRICE SSR10M £55.00 SSR15M £58.00 SSR20M £62.00 SSR25M £114.00 SSR30M £117.00

DOUBLE SIDED REF PRICE DSR10M £82.00 DSR15M £86.00 DSR20M £89.00 DSR25M £170.00 DSR30M £174.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WIDTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

TEL: 01446 772614

SINGLE SIDED REF PRICE SSB10 £19.00 SSB15 £24.00 SSB20 £30.00 SSB25 £36.00 SSB30 £42.00

DOUBLE SIDED REF PRICE DSB10 £19.00 DSB15 £24.00 DSB20 £30.00 DSB25 £36.00 DSB30 £42.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

• Aluminium hooks on ash hardwood rail • Supplied pre drilled, with hooks loose unless requested otherwise • Extra hooks available - see page 313 • Other hook types available - see opposite • Wall fixings not included RAIL LENGTH (mm) 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

NUMBER OF HOOKS 5 7 10 12 14

ORDER REF WH10 WH15 WH20 WH25 WH30

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £35.00 £41.00 £49.00 £54.00 £62.00

2011


TC315

14/12/10

14:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CLOAKROOM EQUIPMENT FACILITY MANAGEMENT

IDEAL ADDITION TO ANY BUSY CLOAKROOM AREA, INDUSTRIAL OR LEISURE USE

SWS10

£108

FGR15M

£244

Frame Colours

Captive Coat Hangers REF CAP PRICE £2.60 each

Blue

Red

Green

Silver

Black

Yellow ON SELECTED ITEMS

SWS10M

£87

Freestanding Garment Rails

Wall Mounted Shelves

• Single sided design • 1750H x 480Dmm, top shelf 300mm deep • Mesh top shelf and shoe rack • Captive chromed hanging rail

• Versatile and robust, suitable for intensive use • Ash hardwood slats or steel framed mesh shelf, 345mm deep • Wall fixings are not included

WIDTH (mm) 900 1400 1900 2500 3000

ORDER REF

PRICE

FGR10M FGR15M FGR20M FGR25M FGR30M

WIDTH 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000

£230.00 £244.00 £384.00 £395.00 £414.00

STEEL FRAMED MESH ORDER REF PRICE SWS10M £87.00 SWS15M £92.00 SWS20M £136.00 SWS25M £140.00 SWS30M £146.00

ASH HARDWOOD SLATS WIDTH ORDER REF PRICE 1000 SWS10 £108.00 1500 SWS15 £122.00 2000 SWS20 £163.00 2500 SWS25 £175.00 3000 SWS30 £189.00

Wall / Floor Fix Cloakroom Bench • Wall & floor fixed bench used around perimeters of changing rooms • 30mm square tube support legs with fixing cleats • 70 x 300mm long top plate predrilled with 6 holes • The seat is completed by a set of 3 ash heartwood slats 75 x 25mm screwed to the plate

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 450 x 1000 x 350 450 x 1500 x 350 450 x 2000 x 350 450 x 2500 x 350 450 x 3000 x 350

FROM

£99

FRAME COLOUR OPTIONS AS ABOVE

Floor Fix Cloakroom Bench FROM

• Floor fixed bench, commonly used in sports changing areas • 30mm square tube support legs with fixing cleats • 70 x 300mm long top plate predrilled with 6 holes • The seat is completed by a set of 3 ash heartwood slats 75 x 25mm screwed to the plate

£93

WEIGHT (kg)

ORDER REF

PRICE

9.2 12.4 14.2 18.6 20.4

BML10CH BML15CH BML20CH BML25CH BML30CH

£93.00 £134.00 £146.00 £188.00 £201.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 450 x 1000 x 325 450 x 1500 x 325 450 x 2000 x 325 450 x 2500 x 325 450 x 3000 x 325

WEIGHT (kg)

ORDER REF

PRICE

10.2 13.9 15.7 20.6 22.4

BBL10CH BBL15CH BBL20CH BBL25CH BBL30CH

£99.00 £143.00 £155.00 £200.00 £213.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

315 2011


TC316

17/12/10

09:14

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

FLOORING / PVC MATTING

OVERALL HEIGHT 16mm

WEIGHT 5.5kg/m2

✓Warm, comfortable & provides effective water drainage Made from strong, flexible PVC sections in a grid formation. HERONRIB provides effective drainage for large amounts of water. It has an embossed slip-resistant surface which is comfortable to stand on, even when barefooted. Ideal for changing rooms, around pools and in showers and all wet-side areas. • Efficient drainage matting, non-porous and easy to clean • With anti-bacterial additives • Simple to cut to length and to shape ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) 500mm x 10m 1000mm x 10m

• Effective inside and outdoors for barefoot use • Contours to uneven floor surfaces • Hardwearing, long lasting and maintenance free

FULL ROLL REF PRICE HR2050/10 £267.00 HR2100/10 £472.00

COLOURS

INDOOR USE ONLY! (Specify when ordering)

Oxford

GUIDE PRICE

48

£

SQ METRE

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE HR2050/M £45.80 HR2100/M £69.00

Ocean

Green

Grey

✓Helps prevent breakage and spillage problems

WEIGHT

3.7kg/m When you’re busy, the last thing you want to have to do is to stop to mop up a spillage or to replace a broken tool or component. FLOORLINE’S cushioned slip-resistant PVC grid not only reduces breakages, but it raises people slightly above floor level, so any spillage will drain through where it can be cleaned later. 2

• Robust, tubular cushioned flexible grid structure • Hygienic and hardwearing ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) 600mm x 10m 910mm x 10m

316

COLOURS

Blue

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

• One-piece, lightweight format makes it easy to roll up for cleaning

GUIDE PRICE

36

£ FULL ROLL REF PRICE FLN060/10 £224.00 FLN091/10 £326.00

Red

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE FLN060/M £40.80 FLN091/M £53.00

SQ METRE

Green (Specify when ordering)

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC317

17/12/10

09:15

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / PVC MATTING FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Woven PVC Matting ✓Colourful and hygienic ✓Debris falls through to give a safe walking surface • By the roll or cut to length • Cross-ribbed both ways for added grip • Insulates from a cold underfloor • Fights against operator fatigue • Totally reversible for maximum wear • Resists most oils and solvent • Easily cleaned with hot, soapy water or pressure washer • Fire tested to DIN 54332 (B2) part of DIN 4102 • Mats in BLUE / BLACK / GREEN / RED • Edging colours grey, yellow LIGHT Hole size 30x30mm

STANDARD Hole size 22x22mm

INTERMEDIATE Hole size 30x10mm

HEAVY Hole size 22x10mm

• Ideal for areas where swarf is present

• Regular grade for most industrial floors

• High user comfort, even when barefoot

• Close pitch allows use of trucks & trolleys

STANDARD: Engine Assembly Plant

INTERMEDIATE: Motor Manufacturing

HEAVY: Engineering Production

Samples of all these mats are available - please call us

Woven PVC Matting - Cut To Length, Priced Per Linear Metre ROLL WIDTH 600mm 900mm 1200mm BEVELLED EDGING (MUST BE FACTORY FITTED)

LIGHTWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CL60/M £34.40 / LIN M CL90/M £51.60 / LIN M CL120/M £68.80 / LIN M CLE

STANDARD WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CS60/M £41.20 / LIN M CS90/M £61.80 / LIN M CS120/M £82.00 / LIN M

£6.40 / LIN M

CSE

INTERMEDIATE WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CI60/M £50.80 / LIN M CI90/M £76.20 / LIN M CI120/M £102.00 / LIN M

£7.20 / LIN M

CIE

HEAVYWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CH60/M £58.70 / LIN M CH90/M £91.00 / LIN M CH120/M £117.00 / LIN M

£12.20 / LIN M

CHE

£12.20 / LIN M

Woven PVC Matting - Full Roll Prices ROLL SIZE (W x L) 600mm x 5 metres 600mm x 10 metres 900mm x 5 metres 900mm x 10 metres 1200mm x 5 metres 1200mm x 10 metres BEVELLED EDGING (MUST BE FACTORY FITTED)

LIGHTWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CL605 £156.00 CL6010 £313.00 CL905 £235.00 CL9010 £469.00 CL1205 £313.00 CL12010 £625.00 CLE

STANDARD WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CS605 £187.00 CS6010 £374.00 CS905 £281.00 CS9010 £561.00 CS1205 £374.00 CS12010 £748.00

£6.40 / LIN M

CSE

INTERMEDIATE WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CI605 £231.00 CI6010 £461.00 CI905 £346.00 CI9010 £692.00 CI1205 £461.00 CI12010 £923.00

£7.20 / LIN M

CIE

Workshop Mats GUIDE PRICE

91

£

PER SQ. METRE

• Manufactured from black flexible vinyl • Standard or heavy duty • Debris falls through to give safe operating surface • Coloured bevelled edges prevent tripping • Helps reduce fatigue • Resists grease and oils • Easy to clean with hot soapy water • EDGES: Yellow / Blue / Green / Red / Black

HEAVYWEIGHT WEAVE ORDER REF PRICE CH605 £267.00 CH6010 £533.00 CH905 £400.00 CH9010 £800.00 CH1205 £533.00 CH12010 £1066.00

£12.20 / LIN M

CHE

£12.20 / LIN M

Standard Workshop Mats MAT DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 1200 1000 x 1500 1200 x 1800

ORDER REF

PRICE

CWS612 CWS1015 CWS1218

£77.00 £143.00 £196.00

Heavy Duty Workshop Mats MAT DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 1200 1000 x 1500 1200 x 1800

ORDER REF

PRICE

CWH612 CWH1015 CWH1218

£114.00 £212.00 £290.00

Work Deck Tile

✓Heavy duty tile with a point loading of 40,000kg/m ✓Ideal for machine tool environments and

2

ON SELECTED ITEMS

GUIDE PRICE

many other industrial areas

• • • •

Interlocking polyethylene floor tile • Insulates feet from cold, hard concrete floors Grid design allows swarf and liquid to drain through tile Suitable for trucks and trolleys • Easy to fit and clean • Edges and corners available Available in blue, green and orange • Product height 25mm DESCRIPTION (mm) 600 x 1200 TILE 600 EDGE 112 CORNER PIECE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF

PRICE

WDT600 WDT600E WDT600C

£31.30 £5.00 £2.50

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

44

£

SQ METRE

317 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC318

17/12/10

09:16

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

FLOORING / PVC MATTING

✓Slip resistant and fatigue reducing, a boost to productivity

WEIGHT VYNAGRIP is comfortable to stand on and 7.6kg/m2 its deeply etched slip resistant surface reduces accidents, even when used over rough or problem floors. Manufactured from grid-welded PVC it is extremely hardwearing and it allows debris, dirt and liquid spillage to fall through or drain away.

• Reduces fatigue, which boosts productivity • Hardwearing and maintenance free

GUIDE PRICE

58

£

SQ METRE

• Hygienic, oil resistant and simple to clean • Simple to join or cut to shape

VYNAGRIP modules are also available in one standard size, 1.5 x 1m, with flexible PVC edging welded to three sides. This enables a flush fit against machinery, service counters or any work area. ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) ROLL 600mm x 10m ROLL 910mm x 10m ROLL 1220mm x 10m MODULE 1500mm x 1000mm MODULE 1500mm x 1000mm

FULL ROLL REF PRICE VYN060/10 £356.00 VYN091/10 £526.00 VYN122/10 £695.00 VYN100/1.5G £127.00 VYN100/1.5Y £127.00

COLOURS

Blue

Red

MODULE

Black & Grey Edge

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE VYN060/M £56.00 VYN091/M £75.00 VYN122/M £103.00 -

Black (Specify when ordering) Black & Yellow Edge

✓For aisles, walkways and

WEIGHT 4.8kg/m2

heavy traffic corridors

Flexitred is a smart and practical loose-lay flooring product which provides an instant solution to problem floors in heavy traffic areas within factories, offices and other commercial premises. Constructed from a continuous solid plasticised PVC sheet, it is smart, slip-resistant and comfortable to walk on. • Brings slip resistance to aisles, walkways and heavy traffic corridors • Tough, smart and hardwearing • Provides excellent electrical insulation ROLL DIMENSIONS W x L (m) 1m x 10m

318

COLOURS

23

£

SQ METRE

• Reduces noise on steel walkways and platforms • Ideal worktop covering and machinery surround • Loose-lay in most applications

FULL ROLL REF PRICE FLT100/10 £282.00

Blue

GUIDE PRICE

Grey

Black

PER LINEAR METRE REF PRICE FLT100/M £40.00

Brown

(Specify when ordering)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC319

17/12/10

09:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FLOORING / PVC MATTING FACILITY MANAGEMENT

GUIDE PRICE

60

£

SQ METRE

Studded surface GUIDE PRICE

32

£

PER SQ. METRE

Textured surface

Flexi Deck

Tough Lock

✓Ideal for heavy & light industrial usage ✓Simple interlocking system for easy installation

✓Lightly textured non-slip surface ✓Flexible PVC interlinking tile insulates cold surfaces and comfortable to walk on

• • • • • •

Suitability: Industrial and leisure applications such as shower areas Can easily be rolled up for cleaning purposes Bevelled edges and corner pieces are available Studs on underside assist drainage properties Colour: Black, grey, blue, red or green Thickness: 13mm DESCRIPTION

QUANTITY

ORDER REF

PRICE

300 x 300mm TILE 300mm FEMALE EDGE 300mm MALE EDGE CORNER PIECE

9 6 6 4

FD0/0001 FD0/0002FP6 FD0/0002P6 FD0/0004

£25.90 £11.00 £11.00 £2.80

• • • • • •

Manufactured from hard wearing PVC Available with 2 different surface finishes, studded or textured Effective for laying over damaged or dangerous floor surfaces Will withstand most forklift truck use Available in black, grey, blue, red, yellow and green Product height 7mm DESCRIPTION (mm) 500 x 500 TILE, STUDDED SURFACE 500 x 500 TILE, TEXTURED SURFACE 500 EDGE (PACK OF 4) 585 CORNER EDGE (PACK OF 4)

ORDER REF

PRICE

TL500S TL500T TL500E TL500C

£14.90 £14.90 £20.90 £20.90

HI010001 HI010004 HI010005 GUIDE PRICE

GUIDE PRICE

83

56

£

£

PER SQ. METRE

PER SQ. METRE

Comfortlok

✓Provides fatigue relief and comfort during prolonged standing ✓Can withstand high temperatures • • • • • •

Suitability: Heavy duty industrial environments Hard wearing rubber and Nitrile, giving resistance to oils and grease Diamond surface provides excellent slip resistance Interlocking modules offer any length of matting in 700mm widths Thickness: 12.5mm Colour: Black DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF

PRICE

700 x 800mm END 700 x 800mm MIDDLE 700 x 800mm EDGED ALL ROUND

CL010001 CL010002 CL010004

£31.00 £31.00 £31.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

HI010003

HI010002

High Duty Mats

✓A tough and comfortable anti-fatigue mat suitable for the most demanding applications

✓Ribbed surface and smooth drainage holes ensure a firm footing even in wet and slippery conditions

• Moulded rubber compound mats interlock to provide coverage of any desired length, in both 900 and 1500mm widths • Suitability: Wet, dry and high use areas where people stand at work • Thickness: 12.5mm • Colour: Black DIMENSIONS (mm) 900 x 1500 900 x 1500 900 x 1500 900 x 1500 900 x 1500

EDGING

ORDER REF

PRICE

EDGED ALL ROUND EDGED 2 LONG & 1 SHORT SIDE EDGED 2 LONG SIDES EDGED 1 LONG & 2 SHORT SIDE EDGED 2 SHORT SIDES

HI0100001 HI0100002 HI0100003 HI0100004 HI0100005

£112.00 £112.00 £112.00 £112.00 £112.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

319

2011


TC320

17/12/10

09:17

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

FLOORING / ANTI-FATIGUE MATTING

GUIDE PRICE

55

£

PER SQ. METRE

GUIDE PRICE

38

Fatigue Fighter 2

£

PER SQ. METRE

✓Dual layer anti-fatigue matting. Combines optimum

comfort with maximum durability, increases productivity and employee welfare, whilst standing up to heavy use in multi-shift areas

STATIC ELECTRICITY CONTROL

• Construction: High density 2mm wear surface/11mm air-cushioned base • Applications: High use areas where people stand for prolonged period • Wet/Dry: For mainly dry areas (withstands moderate liquid spillage) • Wear rating: Heavy • Thickness: 13mm • Guarantee: 2 years • Colours: charcoal, green or blue

COLOUR CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL GREEN BLUE CHARCOAL

ORDER REF FF23 FF35 FF312 FF260 FF360 FF360G FF360B FF460

PRICE £43.20 £87.00 £209.00 £609.00 £913.00 £913.00 £913.00 £1218.00

Ortho Mat Original

ON SELECTED ITEMS

Fatigue Fighter 2 DIMENSIONS WxL 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 3.66m 610mm x 18.29m 910mm x 18.29m 910mm x 18.29m 910mm x 18.29m 1220mm x 18.29m

options readily available

CUT LENGTH OFF ROLL MIN 1.22 LINEAR METRES FF2/C £40.20 / LINEAR METRE FF3/C £60.00 / LINEAR METRE FF3G/C £60.00 / LINEAR METRE FF3B/C £60.00 / LINEAR METRE FF4/C £80.00 / LINEAR METRE

GUIDE PRICE

64

£

✓Low on cost and high on comfort ✓'Original' improves the working environment, reduces absenteeism and increases productivity

• Construction: Air-cushioned vinyl with embossed wear layer • Applications: Wherever people stand for long periods • Wet/Dry: For mainly dry areas (withstands minor liquid spillage) • Wear rating: Moderate • Thickness: 9.5mm • Guarantee: 1 year • Colours: Charcoal or Charcoal with 100mm yellow safety border on long sides Ortho Mat Original DIMENSIONS WxL 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 18.29m 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 18.29m

COLOUR CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL CHARCOAL/YELLOW CHARCOAL/YELLOW CHARCOAL/YELLOW

ORDER REF OMO23 OMO35 OMO360 OMY23 OMY35 OMY360

PRICE £29.70 £60.00 £627.00 £31.80 £64.00 £673.00

PER SQ. METRE

Ortho Mat ESD Supplied in grey. Resistant measurements are 1 x 109 Ω to 1 x 1010 Ω when earthed via a floor grounding mat and earth plug. DIMENSIONS WxL 610 x 910mm 910 x 1520mm 910mm x 18.29m

Fluted Anti-Fatigue Fighter

GUIDE PRICE

✓Durable PVC fluted surface for demanding industrial conditions • Foam backing provides a good level of comfort • Reduces fatigue from long periods of standing • Bevelled edges reduce tripping and allow easy trolley access • Suitability: Heavy duty dry production areas • Colour: Black • Thickness: 10mm Fluted Fatigue Fighter

320

DIMENSIONS (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 1500 900 x 3000

ORDER REF

PRICE

FA010001 FA010002 FA010003

£42.70 £91.00 £171.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

£38 SQ METRE

COLOUR GREY E.S.D. GREY E.S.D. GREY E.S.D.

ORDER REF OMSD23 OMSD35 OMSD360

PRICE £40.10 £81.00 £849.00

Ortho Mat Diamond Ortho Mat Safety Diamond • Ideal for assembly areas/packing stations • Construction: 100% close cell PVC • Thickness 9mm • Colours: Black/Black with yellow safety border (Safety Diamond)

DIMENSIONS W x L (mm) 600 x 900 900 x 1500 900 x 18300 900 x PER LINEAR METRE 1200 x 18300 1200 x PER LINEAR METRE

info@storage-design.co.uk

REGULAR ORTHOMAT REF PRICE OD900 £29.50 OD1500 £59.00 OD18300 £621.00 OD900/M £46.00 OD1200 £829.00 OD1200/M £54.00

SAFETY ORTHOMAT REF PRICE OSD900 £31.60 OSD1500 £64.00 OSD18300 £668.00 OSD900/M £51.00 OSD1200 £890.00 OSD1200/M £58.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC321

17/12/10

09:18

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SKIPS

Tidy Bins

friendly bins will find applications in all manner of industries

✓Fully enclosed top mounted fork guides allows a completely

Blue

• Safe and secure in use • Protects against fire and pollution • Pedestrian operated drop bottom • Self closing latches • Castors for easy manoeuvrability • No forklift modification required

Green

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Colour Options

✓Robust, colour codeable and easy to use, these environmentally

Yellow

clear exit path for the waste load

Red Orange

MODEL

TIDY BIN 10

TIDY BIN 15

SPLIT BIN 10

SPLIT BIN 15

CAPACITY (cubic meters) MAXIMUM LOAD (kg) BASE DIMENSIONS (mm) HEIGHT (mm) UNLADEN WEIGHT (kg) ORDER REF PRICE

1.0 350 1650 x 1020 1120 150 ATB10 £767.00

1.5 350 1650 x 1020 1420 190 ATB15 £841.00

1.0 350 1650 x 1020 1120 150 ATB10-S £968.00

1.5 350 1650 x 1020 1420 190 ATB15-S £1042.00

Standard colour is safety yellow - please enquire for environmental green and other finishes

ATB15-S

1042

£

ATB10

767

£

Split bins with 2 internal sections for separating waste.

Handy Bins

✓Fast loading open top design ✓Drop bottom self closing base • Standard 750kg models plus extra heavy duty 2 tonne load • Castors on standard 750kg models • Stackable for easy storage

AHB15

799

£

MODEL

HANDY BIN 10

CAPACITY (cubic meters) MAXIMUM LOAD (kg) BASE DIMENSIONS (mm) HEIGHT (mm) UNLADEN WEIGHT (kg) ORDER REF PRICE

1.0 750 1650 x 1020 970 150 AHB10 £725.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTRA H/DUTY HANDY BIN 10 1.0 2000 1150 x 1130 1250 340 AXHB10 £1180.00

TEL: 01446 772614

HANDY BIN 15 1.5 750 1650 x 1020 1320 190 AHB15 £799.00

NOTE: Extra Heavy Duty model is not fitted with castors as standard

info@storage-design.co.uk

321 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC322

17/12/10

09:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FACILITY MANAGEMENT

LADDERS / ALUMINIUM LADDERS Telescopic Universal Ladder • Extends 0.9 - 3.8 metres • EN131 Trade Duty 150kg • Fully adjustable telescopic step, ladder and platform • All aluminium construction plus titanium anodised inner section for extra smooth sliding operation • Striking yellow and black fittings & feet • Patented 3Pin® auto locking hinge and BigFeet® • Rungs - 14 • Weight 14.2kg REF UNA43TF PRICE £148.00 UNA43TF

148

£

MULTIPURPOSE LADDER WITH REMOVABLE WORK PLATFORM

UNA12P

£113

REF TFL38 PRICE £113.00

TFL38

£113

Stepladder

Roof Ladder

Extension Ladder

Flexi-Plus Platform Ladder

Ideal for different working positions as single ladder, double sided ladder, trestle, work platform, stair ladder etc

✓Patented hinge guarantees smooth operation

Telescopic Ladder

• Lightweight aluminium with strong non-slip platform • Drop-in 2-section work platform • EN131 Trade Duty rating 150kg • Max length 334cm • 4 x 3 rung sections • Ladder weight 11kg • Platform weight 2.5kg • Height as scaffold 88cm • Height in A-position 163cm • Height in L-position 250cm

• Lightweight aluminium construction • Ladder weight 9kg • Multi-height adjustment - extends 0.9 - 3.8 metres • 2 separate operating catches on each rung for safe & easy working • Securing strap with Velcro pads fitted to make carrying and storage simple - supplied complete with black bag • Each ladder supplied with Quality Certificate and full operating instructions • Safety labels fitted and made in compliance with European Standard EN131- Tested by SGS. • Maximum loading 150kg

DESCRIPTION

322

PLATFORM LADDER 4 x 3 RUNG SECTIONS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF UNA12P

PRICE £113.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC323

17/12/10

09:19

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LADDERS / ALUMINIUM LADDERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

“Hop-up” Work Platforms

✓Aluminium folding work platforms designed for general use

• Lightweight, versatile and easy to fold and carry • Ideal for ceiling work and low level maintenance • Maximum load 150kg

DIMENSIONS L x W x H (mm) 690 x 300 x 500 900 x 355 x 500 1030 x 310 x 470

ORDER REF

PRICE

HOP202 HOP204 HOP470

£44.00 £48.00 £65.00

HOP202

£44

Aluminium Stepladders

APS05H

£74

Painters’ Steps: BS2037 Class 1 Industrial

Platform Steps: BS2037 Class 1 Industrial

and industrial use

and industrial use

✓Quality swingback steps for trade

• 120mm deep top tread • Locking stays • 80mm deep non-slip serrated treads • Tough rubber feet DESIGN & STANDARD

PAINTERS' STEPS BS2037 CLASS 1 INDUSTRIAL

PLATFORM STEPS BS2037 CLASS 1 INDUSTRIAL

PLATFORM STEPS EN131 TRADE USE

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ADH08

APL06H

£149

£111

Platform Steps: EN131 Trade Use

✓Strong folding steps for trade

✓Suitable for domestic and Professional use

• Large platform • Locking stays • 80mm deep non-slip serrated treads • Tough rubber feet

• Maximum permissible load 150kg • Twin safety handrail • Work tray • Large platform and wide treads • Wraparound rubber feet

PLATFORM HEIGHT (m) 0.98 1.22 1.46 1.95 2.44 2.93 0.98 1.22 1.46 1.95 2.44 2.93 0.58 0.80 1.03 1.25 1.48 1.79

TEL: 01446 772614

TREADS (INC. PLATFORM OR TOP STEP) 4 5 6 8 10 12 4 5 6 8 10 12 3 4 5 6 7 8

WEIGHT (kg) 4.5 5.0 5.9 8.2 10.0 11.8 5.2 6.5 7.7 10.9 12.7 15.0 5.0 5.7 6.5 7.5 9.0 9.7

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

APS04H APS05H APS06H APS08H APS10H APS12H APL04H APL05H APL06H APL08H APL10H APL12H ADH03 ADH04 ADH05 ADH06 ADH07 ADH08

£68.00 £74.00 £83.00 £96.00 £113.00 £146.00 £86.00 £102.00 £111.00 £132.00 £149.00 £170.00 £66.00 £71.00 £78.00 £92.00 £113.00 £149.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

323 2011


TC324

17/12/10

09:21

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LADDERS / ALUMINIUM LADDERS FACILITY MANAGEMENT

Reform Ladders

✓Top quality combination ladder suitable for Trade and DIY ✓The complete ladder offering the user versatility, stability and safety Can be used as: • Double-sided step ladder • Free-standing step ladder ideal for overhead work where no wall support available • Extension ladder - just like a conventional ladder • Max load 150kg

REF26T

158

£

Reform Ladders - Stabiliser Base DESCRIPTION 2 SECTION PUSH-UP 2 SECTION PUSH-UP 2 SECTION PUSH-UP

DESCRIPTION 3 SECTION PUSH-UP 3 SECTION PUSH-UP 3 SECTION PUSH-UP

RUNGS PER SECTION 8 10 12

RUNGS PER SECTION 7 9 11

HEIGHT (m) CLOSED EXTENDED 2.28 3.96 2.84 5.08 3.40 5.92

CLOSED 2.00 2.60 3.10

HEIGHT (m) STANDING EXTENDED 3.10 4.25 4.20 5.96 5.05 6.80

ORDER REF REF23D REF28D REF34D

ORDER REF REF20T REF26T REF31T

PRICE £98.00 £125.00 £140.00

PRICE £119.00 £158.00 £195.00

Interlocking Clips are now fitted to all extension ladders to comply with latest working at height regulations

Trojan Aluminium Ladders 1-2-3 Part Ladders

BS2037: CLASS 1 INDUSTRIAL

Designed and manufactured for heavy industrial use • Rectangular "box" section sides for extra strength and rigidity • Comfortable flat top twist proof rungs • All models supplied with rubber feet for non-slip contact

WALL RUNNING WHEELS

Single Section: Class 1 HEIGHT (m) 4.0 4.5 6.0

RUNGS

WEIGHT (kg) 10 11 14

15 17 23

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO40S TRO45S TRO60S

£116.00 £128.00 £162.00

Two Part Push-up: Class 1 CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 5.0 6.0 7.1 8.1 9.1 10.1

CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 5.5 7.1 8.6 10.1

RUNGS PER SECTION 11 13 15 17 19 21

WEIGHT (kg) 14 17 25 28 30 33

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO30D TRO35D TRO40D TRO45D TRO50D TRO55D

£170.00 £194.00 £230.00 £263.00 £297.00 £347.00

Three Part Push-up: Class 1 RUNGS PER SECTION 9 11 13 15

WEIGHT (kg) 28 33 35 44

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO25T TRO30T TRO35T TRO40T

£230.00 £297.00 £332.00 £351.00

ARTICULATED FEET

Two Section: Rope & Pulley Ladders CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 5.0 5.5 6.0

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 9.1 10.1 11.1

RUNGS PER SECTION 19 21 23

WEIGHT (kg) 33 40 49

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO50DR TRO55DR TRO60DR

£348.00 £399.00 £434.00

Three Section: Rope & Pulley Ladders

324

CLOSED HEIGHT (m) 4.5 5.0 5.5

EXTENDED HEIGHT (m) 11.6 13.2 14.7

RUNGS PER SECTION 17 19 21

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WEIGHT (kg) 55 60 65

ORDER REF

PRICE

TRO45TR TRO50TR TRO55TR

£570.00 £620.00 £657.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC325

17/12/10

09:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

LADDERS / GLASSFIBRE STEPLADDERS

Glassfibre Swingback Steps FACILITY MANAGEMENT

✓Ideal for maintenance & electrical work ✓Manufactured for industrial use ✓Very strong glassfibre construction

FROM

75

£ Fitted with moulded tool tray

• EN131 trade duty rating 150kg • Heavy duty channel sides • Wide serrated aluminium treads • Strong metal stays • Anti-slip rubber feet

Single Sided Stepladders NUMBER OF TREADS 4 5 6 8 10

OPEN HEIGHT (mm) 1100 1380 1650 2200 2740

WEIGHT (kg) 5 6 8 10 12

Double Sided Stepladders

ORDER REF

PRICE

F74004 F74005 F74006 F74008 F74010

£75.00 £83.00 £105.00 £120.00 £150.00

NUMBER OF TREADS 6 8 10 12

OPEN HEIGHT (mm) 1710 2310 2900 3450

WEIGHT (kg) 11 15 19 24

ORDER REF

PRICE

F58506 F58508 F58510 F58512

£143.00 £188.00 £240.00 £285.00

Glassfibre Platform Steps

✓Manufactured for trade & industrial use ✓Large stable aluminium platform

FROM £

90

Fitted with rigid tool tray

• EN131 trade duty rating 150kg • 80mm wide serrated aluminium treads • High safety rail above platform • Anti-slip rubber feet

NUMBER OF TREADS 3 4 5 6 7 8 10

PLATFORM HEIGHT (mm) 700 940 1180 1410 1640 1870 2330

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WEIGHT (kg) 6 7 8 9 10 11 13

ORDER REF

PRICE

F66803 F66804 F66805 F66806 F66807 F66808 F66810

£90.00 £105.00 £120.00 £135.00 £143.00 £158.00 £180.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

325 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC326

17/12/10

09:22

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES

Cylinder Storage Cages

SITE & SECURITY

✓Designed for gas cylinders, also suits tools or chemicals • Strong, all steel construction in 50 x 50mm 10 gauge welded mesh • Hot dip galvanised (ISO1461) after manufacture • For both internal and external use • Available in 3 sizes, delivered from stock • Fitted with padbolt suitable for use with padlock (padlock not supplied) • Pre-drilled for easy on-site assembly • Steel pallet base capacity 500kg DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1825 x 1215 x 1265 1825 x 1520 x 1265 1825 x 1825 x 1265

STANDARD CAGE (kg) REF PRICE 91 BC005 £739.00 99 BC006 £773.00 105 BC007 £797.00

WITH PALLET BASE (kg) REF PRICE 149 BC005P £1054.00 167 BC006P £1123.00 183 BC007P £1182.00

BC005P FROM

739

£

326 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC327

14/12/10

14:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES SITE & SECURITY

FROM ON SELECTED ITEMS

977

£

HOT DIP GALVANISED FINISH FOR OUTDOOR USE

Secure Storage Boxes • The storage box is a flexible mesh storage system that is quickly installed on any solid surface indoors or outdoors • The system is available in a variety of sizes ranging from the MINIBOX at 1200 x 1200mm with a single door to the MAXIBOXES (see table) • All boxes come with a mesh roof over and a padlockable single or double door (MAXIBOXES only) fitted as standard • Grey RAL7037 powder coated finish available for indoor use

DESCRIPTION MINIBOX

DIMENSIONS H* x W x D (mm) 2280 x 1200 x 1200

MAXIBOX NO.1

2280 x 2200 x 1200

MAXIBOX NO.2

2280 x 2200 x 2400

MAXIBOX NO.3

2280 x 2200 x 3600

MAXIBOX NO.4

2280 x 2200 x 4800

MAXIBOX NO.5

2280 x 2200 x 6000

FINISH HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037 HOT DIP GALVANISED GREY RAL 7037

ORDER REF F36300608 F36300601 F36300508 F36300501 F36300408 F36300401 F36300308 F36300301 F36300208 F36300201 F36300108 F36300101

GUIDE PRICE £1247.00 £977.00 £1654.00 £1293.00 £2314.00 £1787.00 £2972.00 £2280.00 £3630.00 £2774.00 £4289.00 £3269.00

*Nominal height shown

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

327 2011


TC328

17/12/10

09:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES

Expanded Mesh Security Enclosures SITE & SECURITY

✓A popular series of fully welded cages for storage of all manner of high value stock

• • • • • • •

Economically priced cages in 800mm and 1600mm high designs Contents visible - ideal for safety products and high value stock 40 x 40 x 3mm steel frames with mesh infill welded in position Flattened mesh shelves and base panels Hot dip galvanised to BS 729 or polyester powder coated Supplied complete with security padlock Optional castors for mobile applications

Quality powder coating on galvanised steelwork.

Expanded Metal - the Benefits • • • •

Low cost system High impact resistance Resists the most determined vandal attack Sharp V-shape apertures mean cages are difficult or impossible to climb upon • Full visibility through mesh • Totally durable when galvanised or colour coated

POLYESTER POWDER COAT COLOUR OPTIONS Red 3020

Yellow 1003

Blue 5010

Black 9005

White 9016

– all other RAL colours are available to order!

Shelves Mesh shelves are included with the two taller cages, sizes GC1 & GC2.

Castors GC3+CC

GC4PC

£626

£506

Enclosures may be made mobile by adding castors. These are fitted in sets of four or six as necessary, always with two braked wheels. REF CC PRICE £68.00 per set

GC2PC

GC1PC+CC

£920

£1165

SHELF INCLUDED

SHELF INCLUDED

Galvanised Security Enclosures

328

HEIGHT (mm) 800 800 1600 1600

WIDTH (mm) 700 1400 1400 2068 CASTORS (PER SET)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DEPTH (mm) 700 700 700 700

ORDER REF GC4 GC3 GC2 GC1 CC

TEL: 01446 772614

Powder Coated Security Enclosures PRICE £443.00 £558.00 £781.00 £907.00 £68.00

HEIGHT (mm) 800 800 1600 1600

WIDTH (mm) 700 1400 1400 2068 CASTORS (PER SET)

info@storage-design.co.uk

DEPTH (mm) 700 700 700 700

ORDER REF GC4PC GC3PC GC2PC GC1PC CC

PRICE £506.00 £646.00 £920.00 £1097.00 £68.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC329

17/12/10

09:23

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SECURITY ENCLOSURES SITE & SECURITY

CA5 GALVANISED SECURITY CAGE 2480 x 2520 x 6140mm

COMPLETE

CA5

2107

£

Expanded Mesh Modular Enclosures

Larger, walk-in cages which can be assembled to suit your specific requirements

✓COSHH compliant

✓Totally weatherproof cages ✓Designed to resist vandal and criminal attack • Delivered flat packed, for easy on-site assembly • 1220 x 2440mm modular panels • Existing cages may be extended simply by adding extra panels • Fully welded panels are hot dip galvanised to BS 729 after manufacture • Optional additional powder coating in red, yellow, blue, black or white • Anchor bolts are provided, to enable mounting to a prepared concrete base • Doors, single or double, can be placed on any side of the structure • Hasp, staple and padlock included • Optional shelves for smaller components

CA1

CA2

2480H x 2520W x 1260Dmm single door

CA3

2480H x 2520W x 2480Dmm double doors

CA4

2480H x 2520W x 3700Dmm double doors

CA5

2480H x 2520W x 4920Dmm double doors

2480H x 2520W x 6140Dmm double doors

Special sizes and designs? The modular construction system means that virtually any size of cage is possible. Shown left is a multi-bay cage, purpose built to segregate full and empty gas bottles.

No problem, just call us!

Two or three-sided cages can also be supplied

Galvanised Modular Enclosures HEIGHT (mm) 2480 2480 2480 2480 2480

WIDTH (mm) 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

DEPTH (mm) 1260 2480 3700 4920 6140

ORDER REF CA1 CA2 CA3 CA4 CA5

Powder Coated Modular Enclosures PRICE £939.00 £1242.00 £1532.00 £1818.00 £2107.00

TEL: 01446 772614

HEIGHT (mm) 2480 2480 2480 2480 2480

WIDTH (mm) 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520

info@storage-design.co.uk

DEPTH (mm) 1260 2480 3700 4920 6140

ORDER REF CA1PC CA2PC CA3PC CA4PC CA5PC

PRICE £1123.00 £1503.00 £1871.00 £2233.00 £2598.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

329 2011


TC330

17/12/10

09:25

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

LIFTING / FORK TRUCK ATTACHMENTS

Fork Extension Sleeves

✓A simple and effective handling solution for the occasional need to stabilise long and awkward loads without the risk of damage

FROM

• Manufactured from 8mm material • Fully formed & profiled toe section reinforced for additional strength • Supplied in pairs • Finished in matt black • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • When ordering please specify overall length of extension shoe, existing fork length, width and thickness, and whether slip-on or bolt type FORK WIDTH (mm) 100mm (PER PAIR 125mm (PER PAIR) 150mm (PER PAIR)

1525mm IFE-460 £193.00 IFE-560 £201.00 IFE-660 £219.00

FORK EXTENSION LENGTH 1830mm 2130mm IFE-472 IFE-484 £203.00 £219.00 IFE-572 IFE-584 £229.00 £253.00 IFE-672 IFE-684 £239.00 £259.00

£193

2440mm IFE-496 £243.00 IFE-596 £262.00 IFE-696 £283.00

We can offer a complete attachment range, please call us for more details

FROM

£540

FROM

£411

Low Profile Jibs

Fork Mounted Jibs

✓Forklift crane where a height restriction may apply

✓Designed to convert a forklift truck into a long reach mobile crane

• Multi-hook positioning up to 1750mm load centres • All models maximum 150 x 50 forks • Fork centres 281mm • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with safety swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use

• Multi-hook positioning from 1000-1750mm load centres • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with single swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use • Max fork 150 x 50mm • Fork centres 435mm

CAPACITY (kg) @ CENTRES ORDER PRICE 500mm 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm REF 1000 700 500 400 250 ILP-1.0 £411.00 1500 1100 8900 650 450 ILP-1.5 £431.00 2000 1600 1200 900 600 ILP-2.0 £460.00 3000 2100 1600 1100 850 ILP-3.0 £491.00 4000 3200 2500 1900 1100 ILP-4.0 £516.00 EXTENDING JIBS Convert your fixed jib by adding a load beam REF EXTBEAM PRICE £164.00

CAPACITY (kg) @ CENTRES ORDER PRICE 1000mm 1250mm 1500mm 1750mm REF 1000 800 600 300 IFJ-1.0-OP £540.00 1500 1000 800 400 IFJ-1.5-OP £562.00 2000 1500 1000 600 IFJ-2.0-OP £584.00 3000 2000 1500 1000 IFJ-3.0-OP £613.00 4000 3000 2500 2000 IFJ-4.0-OP £668.00 5000 4000 3300 2800 IFJ-5.0-OP £705.00 EXTENDING JIBS Convert your fixed jib by adding a load beam REF EXTBEAM PRICE £164.00

FROM

£218

IFMM-1200

FROM

£275

£515

330

Fork Mounted Sweepers

Fork Mounted Magnet

• An excellent solution to re-heaping your granule product ie. sand and top soil • Painted bright orange for safety • 8 removable/interchangeable nylon brushes • Zinc plate thumb screws for safe attachment • Max fork size 150 x 60mm • Fork centres 683mm

• Ideal for clearing factory floors, car parks and goods yards of unwanted steel debris • Zinc plated twist screws for safe attachment • Facility to hang from the fork sweepers • Polished stainless steel finish • Max fork size 150 x 60mm • Fork centres 683mm

BRUSH WIDTH (mm) 1500 2450

ORDER REF IFMS-1500 IFMS-2450

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE £515.00 £788.00

MAGNET WIDTH (mm) 1200

TEL: 01446 772614

ORDER REF IFMM-1200

PRICE £275.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

Fork Mounted Hooks • Economical and safe method of converting a forklift truck into a mini mobile crane • Zinc plated fork heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Supplied complete with safety swivel hook and bow shackle for immediate use • Painted bright orange for safety CAP (kg) 1000 2000 3000 4000

MAX FORK SIZE (mm) 125 x 50 125 x 50 150 x 60 150 x 60

FORK SPREAD (mm) 600 600 650 650

ORDER REF IFH-1 IFH-2 IFH-3 IFH-4

www.storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £218.00 £242.00 £259.00 £287.00

2011


TC331

17/12/10

09:26

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / SKIPS SITE & SECURITY

IAP-6

453

£

FULLY COMPLIANT TO PM28 THIRD EDITION

FROM

£611

Combi Use Skip

✓Designed to simplify the holding, movement and disposal of

Access Platforms

material in confined areas with the unique ‘4 way entry’ base

• Low loading height • Reinforced leading edge and body sides • Secondary locking mechanism to prevent accidental discharge • Fully seam welded for retention of fluids • Manual handle override • Painted bright orange for safety • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck

Combi Conversion Kit • Attached to the skip to enable a fully automatic tipping device, relieving the forklift operator the need to leave their forklift REF ICUS-AUTO PRICE £126.00 CAPACITY (kg) 750 960 1100

MAX FORK FORK DIMENSIONS (mm) CENTRES (mm) LxWxH 150 x 50 675 1600 x 1060 x 830* 150 x 50 675 1600 x 1300 x 830* 150 x 50 675 1600 x 1560 x 830* *Add 205mm to height for overall skip height

FROM

£705

ORDER REF ICUS-1 ICUS-2 ICUS-3

PRICE £611.00 £660.00 £719.00

✓A proven and safe method for which to carry out routine maintenance, inspection and stock-taking

• Automatic locking/unlocking gates (IAP-7 & IAP-8 only) • Hinge back guard for ease of transportation and storage • Safety harness attachment rings • Self draining non-slip floor • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Painted bright orange for safety PERSONEL ACCESS LIFT-UP BAR SIDE GATE SIDE GATE

We can offer a complete attachment range, please call us

NO. OF PLATFORM PERSONS L x W x H (mm) 2 950 x 950 x 2120 2 950 x 950 x 2120 2 1250 x 950 x 2120

MAX FORK (mm) 150 x 50 150 x 50 150 x 50

FORK CENTRES 525 525 525

ORDER REF IAP-6 IAP-7 IAP-8

PRICE £453.00 £551.00 £614.00

FROM

£785

Automatic Low Level Skips

Bottom Empty Skips

✓Bottom empty dumping skips are designed to simplify the movement and disposal of factory waste

MAX FORK FORK DIMENSIONS (mm) CENTRES (mm) LxWxH 150 x 50 683 850 x 1050 x 900* 150 x 50 683 1050 x 1200 x 900* 150 x 50 683 1050 x 1500 x 900* *Add 270mm to height for overall skip height

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF IBE-1 IBE-2 IBE-3

TEL: 01446 772614

✓Automatic tipping mechanism enables the forklift driver to tip the skip at high level without leaving his seat

• 125mm diameter nylon castor fited as standard • Internally reinforced sides and lap welded corners • Unique automatic releasing and locking mechanism • Zinc plated heel pins for safe attachment to truck • Painted bright orange for safety CAPACITY (kg) 550 750 950

Easily positioned at the end of a conveyor, dross shoot or manufacturing line to collect bi-products that are below waist level

• 4 way fork pocket entry • Reinforced leading edge and body sides • Secondary locking mechanism to prevent accidental discharge • Fully seem welded for retention of fluids • Manual handle override • Painted bright orange for safety • Zinc plated twistscrews for safe attachment to truck PRICE £705.00 £803.00 £894.00

CAPACITY (kg) 300 600

MAX FORK FORK DIMENSIONS ORDER (mm) CENTRES (mm) LxWxH REF 150 x 50 683 1380 x 910 x 540* IALS-1 150 x 50 683 1380 x 1300 x 540* IALS-2 *Add 160mm to height for overall skip height

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £785.00 £886.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

331 2011


TC332

17/12/10

09:27

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / ACCESS PLATFORMS SITE & SECURITY

Economy Access Platform

✓Safe and secure in use, all models conform to PM28 edition 3 • Durable but lightweight • Louvred bin panel included • Safety device prevents forks sliding • Chequer plate floor with drainage • Optional removable head guard and tool trays • Optional gated platform to same specification as standard option, safety gate will only open at ground level • Fork truck rating, all platforms on this page require a minimum fork truck rating of 1000kg @ 600mm centres

AMEH, Head Guard AME

AMGE

£500

MODEL PLATFORM (mm) OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) CAPACITY (kg) UNIT WEIGHT(kg) PLATFORM HEAD GUARD TOOL TRAY

AME STANDARD 1000 x 1000 2100 400 95 AME £500.00 AMEH £110.00 AMETT £44.70

AMGE GATED 1000 x 1000 2100 400 95 AMGE £576.00 AMEH £110.00 AMETT £44.70

£576

UK legislation stipulates usage of a certified harness with these products. Refer to ref AMSH below

Colour Options Blue

AMGE, Gated Platform

Yellow

Green

Red

Folding Access Platform

AMF2

£676

Orange

Effortless assembly in seconds!

✓Takes less then 30 seconds to assemble • Safe and secure in use • Easily assembled without tools • Wheels fitted for manoeuvrability • Safety device prevents forks sliding • Easily transported from site to site • Folds instantly for compact storage • Chequer plate floor with drainage MODEL

AMF1

AMF2

PLATFORM (mm) OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) CAPACITY (kg) UNIT WEIGHT (kg) PLATFORM

1000 x 1000 1880 400 94 £676.00

800 x 800 2100 400 78 £676.00

Heavy Duty Access Platform

✓Large work area ✓Self closing and locking gate

• Louvred bin panel included • Safety device prevents forks sliding • Chequer plate floor with drainage • Optional removable head guard AM4H/AM5H • Optional extra tool trays AMETT MODEL

MK 4

MK 5

PLATFORM (mm) OVERALL HEIGHT (mm) CAPACITY UNIT WEIGHT PLATFORM

1000 x 1000 2085 350kg 105kg AM4 £741.00 AM4H £155.00 AMETT £44.70

1250 x 1250 2200 300kg 200kg AM5 £949.00 AM5H £177.00 AMETT £44.70

HEAD GUARD

332

TOOL TRAY

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

COMPLETE

AM5 + AM5H + AMETT

1170.70

£

Certificated Safety Harness REF AMSH PRICE £141.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC333

17/12/10

09:36

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT / GRIT BINS

Nestable Grit Bins ✓Space saving design, nestable for easy transport & storage COLOUR OPTIONS Yellow: road grit & salt

100

Green: environmental

Red: fire protection (sand)

300

RW0003

LITRE

CAPACITY

£143

RW0004

Blue

LITRE

CAPACITY

£92

SITE & SECURITY

• Manufactured in tough, medium density polyethylene • Forklift recess for ease of handling with forks or straps (300 Litre model only) • 300 Litre model fitted with 2 hasps & staples • 100 Litre model fitted with a barrel lock, key supplied • Standard colours yellow, red, green, blue 3.5 CUBIC FEET (100 LITRES) • 605H x 705W x 560Dmm • Weight 9kg REF RW0004 PRICE £92.00 10.5 CUBIC FEET (300 LITRES) • 930H x 1060W x 840Dmm • Weight 20kg REF RW0003 PRICE £143.00

Heavy Duty Grit Bins ✓Ideal for roadside storage, car parks and company premises • Manufactured in tough, medium density polyethylene • Hinged lid protects grit / salt from the elements • Will not discolour or deteriorate • Lockable clasps included (2 fitted to RW0002) • Standard colours - yellow, red, green • Available in two sizes

COLOUR OPTIONS

Yellow

Green

Red

RW0002

£158

RW0001

£119

7 CUBIC FEET (200 LITRES) • 720H x 750W x 710Dmm • Weight 14kg REF RW0001 PRICE £119.00 14 CUBIC FEET (400 LITRES) • 750H x 1260W x 710Dmm • Weight 22kg

200

400

LITRE

CAPACITY

LITRE

CAPACITY

REF RW0002 PRICE £158.00

Mini Grit Bin ✓Includes 25kg of rock salt and a small injection moulded scoop • Manufactured from very tough, medium density recycled polyethylene • Ideal for commercial and in particular domestic use • Water tight - hinged lid protects contents from the elements • Barrel lock fitted with 2 keys • Very durable - wont crack or discolour, can be left outside all year round • Available in black (recycled) as standard. Other colours are available - please enquire

RW0007

£62

Moulded tread pattern

30

LITRE

CAPACITY

30 LITRE CAPACITY • 305H x 475W x 383Dmm • Weight 5kg (bin only) REF RW0007 PRICE £62.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Ideal for domestic use TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

333 2011


TC334

17/12/10

09:40

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / PLASTIC POSTS & CHAIN SITE & SECURITY

Freestanding Plastic Posts & Chain

✓Durable and economical

• Use indoors or outside • 880H x 40mm dia posts • Choice of base designs • Accepts all sizes of chain • Colour banded posts for safety applications • Plain white, red & white or yellow & black

Single colour chains: White / Red / Black / Yellow / Green

Plastic Post Tolerances • 6mm chain, maximum distance between posts 3 metres • 8mm chain, maximum distance between posts 2 metres • 10mm chain, maximum distance between posts 1.5 metres

Bicolour chains: Red & white, Yellow & black

A

B

C

PW900

£18

PR900

PW900

D

• Plastic post + hollow plastic circular base, 300mm dia x 75mm high. For weighting with water, 3kg when full

£17 PB900C

£19

PB900C • Plastic post + heavy (3kg) concrete weighted base, 290mm sides x 43mm high. For heavier chains and external applications.

REF PW900 PRICE £18.00

PR900 • Plastic post + 265mm square black rubber base. Low profile, non trip design ideal for pedestrian control, indoors or outside, 1.5kg.

REF PB900C PRICE £19.00

REF PR900 PRICE £17.00

Connectors & Accessories Standard Plastic Chains - full colour range DESCRIPTION

334

6mm PLASTIC CHAIN, 25m PACK 8mm PLASTIC CHAIN, 25m PACK 10mm PLASTIC CHAIN, 25m PACK

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTERNAL DIMS (mm) 39 x 24 49 x 29 74 x 42

ORDER REF

PRICE

PC6 PC8 PC10

£32.00 £44.00 £55.00

TEL: 01446 772614

TYPE

DESCRIPTION

A A A B C D

6mm CONNECTOR LINKS - RED, WHITE, YELLOW, BLACK 8mm CONNECTOR LINKS - RED, WHITE, YELLOW 10mm CONNECTOR LINKS - RED, WHITE, YELLOW S-HOOKS, 8mm - RED, WHITE, YELLOW RUBBER POST CONNECTOR STRAPS REFLECTOR HANGER PLATES, 140 x 105, YELLOW

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF CL-6 CL-8 CL10 SH PCR RP

PRICE PACK OF 10 £3.00 £4.00 £5.00 £4.50 £17.00 £13.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC335

11/1/11

10:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / PLASTIC POSTS & CHAIN SITE & SECURITY

Signholders • Extruded in durable and colourful UV stabilised plastic • Complete with twin post mounting clips • Accept A4 and metric signs sizes up to 5mm thickness • Available In red, white, black or yellow Vertical 200 x 150mm Signholder REF V200150H PRICE £12.00 (each) Vertical A4 Signholder REF VA4H PRICE £16.00 (each) Horizontal 150 x 200mm Signholder REF H150200H PRICE £12.00 (each)

Ground Mounting Plastic Posts • Weatherproof all plastic construction • 600mm above ground x 40mm diameter • Suit all chains, particularly decorative designs • Recommended distance between posts: 1.5m

PS600 With 270mm long spike, for semi-permanent use in turf, park and show areas REF PS600 PRICE £7.00

GROUND POSTS

£7

PG600 For turf or concrete, 200mm deep socket allows easy lifting for mowing or access REF PG600 PRICE £7.00 PS600

PG600

6mm Plastic Chain 6mm cross link chain, 40 x 22 link, white only, 25 metre pack REF PC6CL PRICE £44.00

PC6CL

8mm Plastic Chain

PC8CL

8mm cross link chain, 55 x 30 link, white only, 25 metre pack REF PC8CL PRICE £55.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

335 TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC336

17/12/10

09:42

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

BARRIERS

CSXSR

75

£

CSXSY

£75

Steel Expanding Barriers

Yellow/Black Steel Expanding Barrier REF CSXSY PRICE £75.00

• Opens to 2.25W x 1.23Hm • Collapses to 240mm thickness • Tough steel construction • Epoxy paint finish • Choice of safety colour finishes • Weight 8kg

Red/White Steel Expanding Barrier REF CSXSR PRICE £75.00

Portable Expanding Barriers

✓Compact plastic & steel barriers, always on hand for immediate use

• High visibility white channel section plastic bars • Zinc plated steel frame • Barriers open out to 2.25W x 1Hm • Legs rotate and frame folds flat, for easy transport and storage • Ideal as an on-vehicle emergency barrier • In regular use with Police and Emergency Services, also the aviation and petroleum industries

GEBNY

GUBRW

£105

£115

Yellow/Black Economy Barrier (white frame with alternating yellow & black non-reflective sections)

Red/White Reflective Barrier (white frame with reflective checkered red/white sections)

REF GEBNY PRICE £105.00

REF GUBRW PRICE £115.00

Crowd Control Barriers

✓The universal pedestrian barrier

• Heavy duty 17-bar construction, galvanised finish • Detachable feet allow barrier to be easily stored • Use individually, or link together • 1100Hmm x 2500Wmm • Feet spread 620mm • Weight 23kg

CB19G

£94

REF CB19G PRICE £94.00

FLAT FOOT ELIMINATES TRIP HAZARD

336 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC337

14/12/10

14:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS

Line Marking Paint SITE & SECURITY

• For use on roads, carparks, factory floors, school playing fields, leisure centres & golf courses • Provides a hard wearing, fast drying permanent line • Suitable for use on concrete, tarmac, wood and composites • Can be used both internally and externally • CFC free aerosol • Size 750ml MARKER COLOURS Yellow, White, Black, Blue, Red, Green, Orange Please specify when ordering REF QLL PRICE £27.50 (6 Pack) QLA000001

£31.90

Temporary Line Marking Paint • Paint can be removed with water and a brush • Touch dry in 5 minutes • Paint will weather away within 4-6 weeks • Size 750ml MARKER COLOURS Yellow, White, Blue, Red, Green, Orange Please specify when ordering REF QLT PRICE £27.50 (6 Pack)

QLA000002

£81.20

All line marking paints can be used with hand applicators and 4-wheel applicators

Survey Paint • Can last for up to 3 months • Weather resistant • Touch dry in 5 minutes • Size 750ml

Paint Applicators

MARKER COLOURS Yellow, White, Blue, Red, Green, Orange Please specify when ordering REF QLS PRICE £27.50 (6 Pack)

REF QLA000001 PRICE £31.90

✓Allows fast, accurate application of all types of aerosol paint

Hand Held Applicator 4-Wheel Applicator REF QLA000002 PRICE £81.20

Floor & Hazard Tapes

PER ROLL

PER ROLL

£15.50

£10

PER ROLL

£23

Self-Adhesive Floor Tapes

Eurotape

Superstrong

• Self adhesive tape • 50mm x 33m rolls • 150 micron thickness • Minimum order quantity 5 rolls (assorted) • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow, Green/white • Plain: Yellow, White, Red, Black, Blue, Green, Orange

• Quality economy grade non-adhesive polyethylene barrier tape • For cordoning of roadworks, construction sites, public/sports events • 30 micron thickness • Roll size 75mm x 500m • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow

• High quality, near unbreakable plastic barrier tape, printed both sides • For any cordoning, barrier or signalling, especially longer term use • 40 micron thickness • Roll size 75mm x 500m • Bicolours: Red/white, Black/yellow, Green/white, Red/yellow

REF CSS (+ colour) PRICE £10.00 per roll (minimum 5 rolls) STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

REF CET (+ colour) PRICE £15.50 per roll

TEL: 01446 772614

REF CSU (+ colour) PRICE £23.00 per roll 337 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC338

17/12/10

09:43

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

BARRIERS

‘Minders’ Multipurpose Barriers

✓An innovative concept in safety barriers,

MINDERS friendly appearance works every time! By creating a positive attitude, instructions are obeyed, often with a smile

CSLSM

88

£

PER PAIR

• For use in all public areas indoors or outside • Stand alone or link together • Lightweight, yet robust • Weight 2.5kg per unit • 1030H x 780W x 26mm thick • MINDERS are sold in pairs REF CSLM PRICE £88.00 per pair

Six self-adhesive message strips are included with every set:

‘Caution .. Out of Service’ ‘Caution .. Wet Floor’ ‘Temporarily Closed’ ‘Danger .. Keep Out’ ‘Cleaning in Progress’ ‘Caution .. Work Area’

Multi-Purpose Guards • High visibility yellow • Tough 30mm thick polyethylene • Snap-on hinges enable any configuration to be quickly made • Extendible to any length • Fold flat for carrying and storage

Handi-Gards • 800mm high barriers for factory maintenance and hazard isolation • Hazard signs included • Weight 3kg • Free-standing when angled • 800H x 910W x 30mm thick

CSLS

£187 PER PAIR

REF CSLH PRICE £149.00 per set of 3

Super-Gards • Extra high 1100mm barriers for greater safety when closing off work areas • Hazard signs included • Rubber feet grip any hard surface • 1100H x 1100Wmm

CSLH

149

£

SET OF 3

REF CSLS PRICE £187.00 per pair

Weighted Baseplate Straight runs or outdoor barriers require weighting • 450 x 420mm, 5.5kg REF CSW1 PRICE £19.00

338 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC339

14/12/10

14:57

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / TEMPORARY SIGNS SITE & SECURITY

✓Tough and durable to withstand constant handling ✓Simple to assemble

Stanchion Signs

• Sign designs are guaranteed to comply with the relevant UK and EU legislation • Can be suspended or displayed in a frame • Ideal for indoor and outdoor use • Can be quickly positioned near to a potential hazard • Manufactured from 2mm PVC

PRINTED SIGNS

Warning

£43.70

Men working overhead

T29A

T14A

T59A

EACH

T13A

T81A

Blank Sign REF T35A PRICE £17.20 (Use with Marker Pens shown below)

Stanchion

Black Marker Pens

STA1

✓Effectively displays safety

£47.30

Oil based (permanent) REF WPT02 PRICE £5.30 each

signs on a temporary basis

• Single sided metal stanchion • Folds flat for easy storage • Sign retaining clips are provided • Accommodates one sign from the range illustrated above

Free Standing Tri Boards

✓Draws attention to dangerous situations

Water based (temporary) REF WPT01 PRICE £2.30 each

Painted grey finish

Janitorial Floor Signs • Clear message displayed on both sides • Stands measure 630 x 300mm • Fold flat for easy storage

• Fast, effective information for your workforce • Lightweight and versatile • 600H x 300Wmm, in 3mm corrugated plastic

EACH

JANC164

JANC160

JANC163

JANC168

£18.40

DESCRIPTION

ORDER REF DANGER, SLIPPERY SURFACE JANC164 CAUTION, WET FLOOR JANC160 CAUTION, CLEANING IN PROGRESS JANC163 FEMALE ATTENDANT ON DUTY JANC168

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

PRICE £9.90 £9.90 £9.90 £9.90

www.storage-design.co.uk

339 2011


TC340

17/12/10

09:44

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / PARKING POSTS

Padlock Parking Posts

SITE & SECURITY

✓Simple, effective, and economical

• Tough and weatherproof all steel construction • Galvanised or powder coated finishes • Combined lock housing and lift handle • 750 x 60mm diameter post • 835mm overall height • Just 118mm high when folded • With 4 x 10mm mounting bolts

Quality padlock included with parking posts

FROM £

PCP710Y

60

81

£

Folding Parking Barrier

✓Wide design eliminates illicit parking which can occur between conventional posts

• Tough colour coating for long lasting weather protection • Stainless steel pivots • Folds to 80mm above ground • Integral lock with 2 security keys • Fixing bolts included • Overall dimensions 720mm high, 700mm wide • Weight 8kg • Base plate 170mm x 100mm, 2 x 15mm dia mounting holes • Spare / replacement keys are not available REF PCP710Y PRICE £81.00

Padlock Parking Posts FINISH

ORDER REF

PRICE

YELLOW / BLACK POWDER COATED CPP1YB GALVANISED CPP1G WHITE POWDER COATED CPP1W YELLOW POWDER COATED CPP1Y RED POWDER COATED CPP1R For bulk orders or keyed alike options please contact us

£75.75 £87.75 £60.00 £60.00 £60.00

CPP2

76

£

CPP3

56

£

Spare/extra keys not available

Key Lock Parking Posts

340

• Integral security lock with fully enclosed mechanism • Folds in either direction to lie horizontally • 610H x 60Dmm post • Heavy duty cast steel baseplate • Mounting bolts included

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Zinc Plated Model

Yellow Powder Coated Model

• Folds to 85mm height • 2 x 16mm mounting holes • Fully zinc plated components

• Folds to 100mm height • 2 x 12mm mounting holes • Yellow powder coated base

REF CPP2 PRICE £76.00

REF CPP3 PRICE £56.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC341

17/12/10

09:45

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / PARKING POSTS SITE & SECURITY

Magpie Removable Posts

✓Durable grout-in posts

✓High visibility black & white finish • Rigid barrier resists impact • Heavy duty square section steel • Recommended for use with padlock (not included) • Hinged baseplate cover locks flush with ground • Quality powder coated finish • Reflectors fitted as standard

FROM Ground depth

£

INSTALLATION Base units must be cast into a concrete foundation. Drainage must be provided at the base.

HEIGHT (mm) 720 995 1100

POST SECTION (mm) 70 x 70 90 x 80 90 x 90

70

BELOW GROUND (mm) 200 250 300

HANDLES ✓

POST WEIGHT (kg) 9 12 20

ORDER REF CRP1 CRP2 CRP3

PRICE £70.00 £80.00 £135.00

KR100C

45

£

Per Pair

CFP1Y

£57

Fixed Barrier Posts • Designed to match parking posts • Eyelets take removable plastic chain sections (s-hooks required when attaching chain to post) • 610mm tall x 60mm diameter • 4 x 10mm mounting bolts included

CFP1G

£65

Kerb Ramps

Yellow REF CFP1Y PRICE £57.00

• Tough rubber moulding with carry handle • Use individually or link in line • Suits all weights of vehicle • Rise height of 100mm - suits most kerbs • Dimensions 490W x 305D x 100Hmm • Weight 10kg

Galvanised REF CFP1G PRICE £65.00 8mm Yellow/Black Plastic Chain REF PC8YB PRICE £44.00 per 25m pack STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ELIMINATES AWKWARD PAVEMENT ACCESS!

REF KR100C PRICE £45.00 (pack of 2) TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

341 2011


TC342

17/12/10

09:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SITE & SECURITY

Heavy Duty Spring Steel Barriers

✓Spring barrier posts absorb high impact loads ✓Suitable for the most demanding non-highway applications • Designed to absorb frequent impact loads of most vehicles travelling at 10mph • Load absorbing buffer saves on replacement costs • Meets all relevant requirements of BS6399 Part 1 1996 • Fully galvanised system with wide range of ancillary items • Buffers to be spaced at 1.6 metres centres maximum

G

D

D

CAR PARK INSTALLATION SHOWING FLEXIBLE CORNER

E

F A

PIC

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

A B

HEAVY DUTY BARRIER RAIL SPRING BUFFER UPRIGHT WITH BASEPLATE & BOLTS YELLOW PLASTIC END CAP FISHTAIL END PEDESTRIAN END FLEXIBLE EXTERNAL CORNER FLEXIBLE INTERNAL CORNER

C D E F G

DIMENSIONS (mm) 312H x 3200L

ORDER REF HDR32

£91.00

610H 310H x 150L 410H x 700L 350H x 320L ARMS 720L ARMS 661L

HDBNBMB2 HDEC HDFT HDPE HDFEC HDFIC

£76.00 £9.90 £48.00 £42.00 £99.00 £99.00

C

PRICE

INDUSTRIAL INSTALLATION SHOWING USE PLASTIC END KIT

B

Wall Protection

✓Ideal where impacts are likely to be glancing blows • Gives good protection to vehicles from light knocks and scratches • Protects against cosmetic damage • Manufactured from EPDM Rubber

D SECTION

DESCRIPTION

342

COLUMN CORNER GUARD D SECTION DOUBLE D SECTION WALL GUARD

Column Corner Guard

D Section

Double D Section

Wall Guard

WALL GUARD

SIZE (mm) 100 x 100 115 x 90 60 x 30 200 x 30

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

STANDARD LENGTH (mm) 1200 3000 6000 3000

FIXING CENTRES (mm) 400 400 400 500

TEL: 01446 772614

FIXING METHOD (NOT SUPPLIED) ADHESIVE C/W SCREW, RAWLPLUG & CUP WASHER 10mm EXPANDING ANCHOR BOLT “HAMMERFIX” OR SIMILAR C/W CUP WASHER “HAMMERFIX” OR SIMILAR C/W CUP WASHER

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF

PRICE

D1006 D1007 D1008 D1009

£52.00 £160.00 £79.00 £119.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC343

17/12/10

09:46

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

BARRIERS / PLANKS

164

£

SITE & SECURITY

COMPLETE

6 METRE RUN

4 CONES, 4 TOP ADAPTORS & 6 PLANKS

Illustrated C50D cones, with 8mm plastic chain suspended on s-hooks (not included)

Barrier Plank System

✓A highly visible and versatile barrier system Cones & Adaptors • 750mm high, with heavy non-slip rubber base for best stability • Slots at the base of the cone accept the end of the barrier plank • Three-way top adaptors, with hazard lamp attachment point, fit simply over the cone to allow various plank configurations to be quickly assembled

Barrier Planks • 150mm deep x 2m long in strong but lightweight extruded plastic, weight 2kg each • Supplied in reflective finish to meet latest regulations

FROM £

4.50

750mm Slotted Cone REF CS750C PRICE £12.00

C50S C50D

3-Way Top Adaptor REF CCA PRICE £5.00 2m Reflective Barrier Plank REF PLANK2M PRICE £16.00 C30S Plastic chain and accessories, see page 334

C30D

CONE HEIGHT (mm) 300 300 500 500

Lightweight Cones COLOUR(S)

ORDER REF

PRICE

PLAIN RED RED WITH WHITE BAND PLAIN RED, BLACK BASE RED WITH WHITE BANDS, BLACK BASE

C30S C30D C50S C50D

£4.50 £5.00 £5.50 £6.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

• High visibility, compact stacking • 300 or 500mm high • For instant demarcation, temporary partitions and space reservation • Also popular for leisure activities and field sports training

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

343 2011


TC344

14/12/10

14:58

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SECTIONS ALIGN PERFECTLY

m 500m

SITE & SECURITY

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / SPEED RAMPS

TWO END SECTIONS MAKE A CIRCULAR BUMP 350mm

✓Fixing bolts suitable for concrete or tarmac

COMPLETE

surfaces are included with all speed ramp sections, please specify bolt type required when ordering

64

£

PER METRE

10mph Regular Speed Ramps

✓Safe and effective 10mph speed control ✓Easy to install and relocate • Recycled rubber moulded sections • High visibility yellow and black ramps • Cats’ eyes for night time safety, mid section only • Tapered ends neatly complete a run DESCRIPTION 10MPH RAMP SECTION

40 0m m

TAPERED END

HEIGHT (mm) 50 50 50 50

WIDTH ALONG RAMP (mm) 500 500 175 175

DEPTH ACROSS RAMP (mm) 350 350 350 350

COLOUR

WEIGHT (KG) 8.0 8.0 1.9 1.9

YELLOW BLACK YELLOW BLACK

ORDER REF

PRICE

CSR1Y CSR1K CSR3Y CSR3K

£32.00 £32.00 £30.00 £30.00

SECTIONS ALIGN TO FORM CONTINUOUS RUNS

250 mm

UE AL

COMPLETE

TOP V

72

£

PER METRE

A

TOP V

Central slot 45W x 25Hmm allows cables etc. to run under ramp (not on tapered ends)

LUE

Heavy Duty 5mph Speed Ramps

✓Fixing bolts suitable for concrete or

✓For maximum speed reduction ✓Steep profile dictates 5mph speed control

tarmac surfaces are included with all speed ramp sections, please specify bolt type required when ordering

• Recycled rubber moulded sections • High visibility yellow and black • Cats’ eyes for night time safety in mid section only • Tapered ends for neat completion of runs DESCRIPTION 5MPH RAMP SECTION TAPERED END

344 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HEIGHT (mm) 70 70 70 70

WIDTH (ALONG RAMP mm) 250 250 200 200

TEL: 01446 772614

DEPTH (ACROSS RAMP mm) 400 400 400 400

COLOUR YELLOW BLACK YELLOW BLACK

info@storage-design.co.uk

WEIGHT (KG) 5.4 5.4 3.0 3.0

ORDER REF

PRICE

CSR71Y CSR71K CSR73Y CSR73K

£18.00 £18.00 £16.00 £16.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC345

11/1/11

10:55

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / SPEED RAMPS SITE & SECURITY

CABLE CHANNELLING

Instant Speed Ramp

ONLY

48

✓1830mm long sections simply drop into place ✓Bolt to ground for permanent installation

£

PER METRE

• High visibility one-piece striped sections • Heavy duty moulded rubber • Yellow stripes with anti-slip surface • 10mph control speed • Cats’ eyes for night time safety

OVERALL DIMENSIONS 1830W x 300D x 55Hmm

mm 300

REF CSR1830* PRICE £88.00

mm 1830

✓Fixing bolts are included

2 x CABLE SLOTS 35W x 30Hmm

with all sections

UNIT WEIGHT 25.5KG

COMPLETE 2-COLOUR BLOCK

28

£

9

£

PER METRE

Parking Block

Heavy Duty Cable Protector

✓Ideal for commercial buildings, showrooms etc

• Protects against foot & road traffic • Suits all weights of vehicle • Easy access for removal and installation of top cable • 20mm dia top channel & two 15mm lower channels • Supplied by the metre, or in economical 10 metre rolls • Dimensions 105W x 30Hmm

✓Controls position of parked vehicles

• Each block is half yellow / half black • Weatherproof moulded rubber • Use individually or align in longer runs • Dimensions 80H x 500W x 160Dmm • Weight 6kg • Fixing bolts for concrete or tarmac included REF PB500 PRICE £28.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

Cut lengths per metre REF CP1M PRICE £9.00 Roll of 10 metres REF CP10M PRICE £70.00 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

345 2011


TC346

17/12/10

09:48

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT / CABLE PROTECTORS

Vehicle Loads: Tested for use with axle loads up to 6000kg and therefore suitable for use with most goods vehicles. Not designed as a speed reduction ramp for fork trucks or similar high point loads.

HDCP1

120

£

1M SECTION

Cable Protector System

✓Instant cable protection for contracts work & outside events • Heavy duty rubber mouldings interlink to form continuous ramped cable protection • Hinged lid allows cables to be inserted after ramps are in position • Robust design withstands passage of heavy goods traffic • Linked sections normally require no ground fixings • Bolt holes provided for more permanent installations • Three generous channels (each 55H x 65Wmm) allow a variety of cables and hoses to be accommodated

OVERALL DIMENSIONS 75H x 600W x 1000Lmm 3 x CABLE CHANNELS 55H x 65Wmm UNIT WEIGHT 29kg

Supplied in 1000 x 600mm sections REF HDCP1 PRICE £120.00

Industrial Cable Protectors

✓Heavy duty profiles for construction sites, oil rigs, warehouses etc. • Manufactured specifically to cover heavy duty power cables even when situated in harsh conditions • Unaffected by heavy wheeled traffic • No fixing needed • Fire retardent to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 • Essentially halogen free • Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5 • UV stabilised for extended outdoor life • Colour, black

FROM

£117

PROFILE TYPE A TYPE F TYPE G

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 108 x 19 127 x 28 180 x 36

APERTURES

LENGTH

ORDER REF

PRICE

1 x 14 DIA 1 x 23 DIA 1 x 30 DIA

9m 9m 4.5m

26302500 26302502 26302530

£117.00 £210.00 £338.00

Temporary Traffic Calming Cable Protector

✓This unique profile is a traffic speed controller and heavy duty flexible cable protector rolled into one

• No drilling, no bolting or bonding, easily removed and relaid • Fire retardent to BS476 Part 7 Class 3 • Essentially halogen free • Tested for non conductivity to BS903-C5 • UV stabilised for extended outdoor life • Colour, black/yellow PROFILE

346

TTC/3

EXTERIOR W x H (mm) 270 x 68

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

FROM

£333

APERTURE

LENGTH

ORDER REF

PRICE

1 x 53 DIA

1.5m

26302560

£333.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC347

17/12/10

09:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

PADLOCKS

✓A padlock to suit most applications and we have a much wider range than can be shown here. Keyed alike and master keyed. Brass Range - for general security Brass

Combination

• • • • •

• • • • •

Ideal for gates, sheds, lockers, toolboxes Solid brass body FROM Hardened steel shackle £21.90 Dual locking levers Precision pin tumbler mechanism BODY WIDTH 30mm 40mm 50mm

SHACKLE DIA 5mm 6mm 7mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 16mm 22mm 25mm

ORDER REF 130-6 140-6 150-6

PRICE (6 PK) £21.90 £28.50 £43.80

FROM

£38.30

Ideal for lockers, cases, bags Solid brass body • Easy change combination 3 & 4 wheel changeable combination Brass shackle, 620, 630 10,000 different combinations BODY WIDTH 20mm 30mm 40mm

SHACKLE DIA 3mm 5mm 6mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 22mm 25mm 26mm

ORDER REF 620-6 630-6 604-6

SITE & SECURITY

Masterlock Padlocks

PRICE (6 PK) £38.30 £41.00 £51.10

Excell Range - for commercial installations Laminated

Discus

• • • •

Ideal for industrial gates, transport vehicles Boron carbide octagonal shackle Stainless steel outer casing Double ball bearing locking for maximum pull strength • Chisel resistant recessed rivets BODY WIDTH 45mm 50mm 64mm

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 9mm 11mm

SHACKLE ORDER LENGTH REF 38mm M1LFX 25mm M5X-2 38mm M15LFX-2

FROM

£19.30

• • • • •

PRICE (2 PK) £19.30 £24.00 £43.00

Ideal for shutters, gates, sheds Rust free stainless steel Covered key way • 4 keys with lock Twin pack keyed alike Shrouded shackle BODY WIDTH 70mm 70mmx2 80mm

SHACKLE DIA 10mm 10mm 11mm

ORDER REF M40X-2 M40TX-2 M50X-2

PRICE (2 PK) £25.00 £46.00 £30.00

FROM

£25

Pro Series - for heavy duty industrial applications Weather Tough

Pro Series FROM

• Ideal for harsh outdoor conditions, £44 dusty construction sites • Dual ball bearing locking • High security 6 pin cylinder • Tough Xenoy protective cover with drain away BODY WIDTH 54mm 61mm 67mm

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 10mm 11mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 30mm 35mm 35mm

ORDER REF 6121-2 6125-2 6127-2

PRICE (2 PK) £44.00 £49.00 £55.00

• • • • •

FROM

£66

Applications for maximum security Heavy security solid iron shroud Dual ball bearing locking • Boron alloy shackle High security 6 pin cylinder Tough Xenoy protective cover BODY WIDTH 54mm 61mm 67mm

SHACKLE DIA 8mm 10mm 11mm

SHACKLE LENGTH 20mm 20mm 20mm

ORDER REF 6321-2 6325-2 6327-2

PRICE (2 PK) £66.00 £79.00 £84.00

Cable and Chains - for outside security Cable

Chain

• Ideal for securing outside equipment, gas cylinders, furniture, ladders • Loop clamp either end FROM • Braided steel £12 • Vinyl covered • Padlock required

• Ideal for securing machinery on site, motorbikes, industrial equipment • Hardened steel chain • Vinyl cover to prevent scratching • Square link extra cut resistance

LENGTH

DIAMETER

4500mm 1800mm 1800mm

10mm 10mm 15mm

ORDER REF 72D 78D 79D

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

PRICE

LENGTH

DIAMETER

£24.00 £12.00 £24.00

1000mm 1500mm 1500mm

6mm 8mm 10mm

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

ORDER REF 8011D 8017D 8020D

FROM

£11

PRICE £11.00 £26.00 £36.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

347 2011


TC348

17/12/10

09:49

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

FROM

25

A

TOP V

UE AL TOP V

SITE & SECURITY

KEY CABINETS

£

LUE

✓ Simple and effective solution for control over the movement and whereabouts of keys

Slimline Key Cabinets

✓Attractive sleek design ✓Ideal for home and office ✓Cost effective solution for key access control • 24-120 key models available • All steel construction epoxy powder coat finish in light grey • Rolled edge box section door • Semi concealed welded hinges • Fixed hook bars, colour coded & numbered with matching key tags • Secure cylinder lock with 2 keys • Magnetic door latch • 4-Point mounting holes

*KB8705 NOW £

59.00

WAS £79.00

CAPACITY 24 KEYS 32 KEYS 48 KEYS 72 KEYS 96 KEYS 120 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 320 x 210 x 50 382 x 278 x 50 556 x 278 x 50 453 x 378 x 50 588 x 376 x 50 710 x 376 x 50

ORDER REF KB8701 KB8702 KB8703 KB8704 KB8705* KB8706

PRICE £25.00 £29.00 £49.00 £69.00 £59.00 £89.00

348 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC349

17/12/10

09:50

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

KEY CABINETS SITE & SECURITY

Budget Key Security Cabinets

✓Ideal for the home or office • Sturdy powder coated finish • • • •

Fixed hook bars Security cylinder Supplied with colour coded key tags 48-100 key models have a square construction with removable control index CAPACITY 20 KEYS 30 KEYS 42 KEYS 48 KEYS 64 KEYS 100 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 255 x 190 x 70 305 x 230 x 70 305 x 230 x 70 355 x 300 x 80 450 x 300 x 80 550 x 380 x 80

ORDER REF FH20 FH30 FH42 FH48 FH64 FH100

PRICE £32.30 £36.30 £48.00 £66.00 £81.00 £118.00

FROM

32.30

£

Key Security Cabinets

FROM

53

£

• Strong steel construction & durable powder coated paint finish • Colour coded numbered key tags to suit hook bars • Removable control index - making key Identification/location impossible • Key location tabs give an instant visual check of ‘keys out’ • Strong cylinder lock supplied with 2 keys • Pre-drilled fixing holes for wall mounting CAPACITY 20 KEYS 30 KEYS 50 KEYS 80 KEYS 100 KEYS 150 KEYS 200 KEYS 250 KEYS 300 KEYS 400 KEYS 500 KEYS 600 KEYS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 255 x 225 x 80 310 x 225 x 80 350 x 380 x 80 450 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 205 550 x 380 x 205 550 x 730 x 140 550 x 730 x 205 550 x 730 x 205

Digital Locking System

Electronic Cam Lock

8000 changeable combinations with easy push button and turn knob access. Ideal for use where secure management of keys is essential and where a large number of people require access.

Small, versatile electronic lock suitable where a controlled access is required without the need for keys. Easily programmable to 8000 different combinations. Suitable where there is a number of different people requiring access.

REF DIGL PRICE £123.00 extra

Combination Lock 3 wheel UL rated lock. Ideal for higher security situations and where change of access codes are needed on a regular basis

ORDER REF KSC20 KSC30 KSC50 KSC80 KSC100 KSC150 KSC200 KSC250 KSC300 KSC400 KSC500 KSC600

PRICE £53.00 £64.00 £101.00 £135.00 £165.00 £229.00 £262.00 £310.00 £347.00 £468.00 £540.00 £611.00

REF ELCAM PRICE £37.00 extra

REF COML PRICE £123.00 extra

Key Location Cards & Key Tags • For continuous control of key movements Pack of 250 KLC250 £10.60 Pack of 500 KLC500 £14.50 Pack of 1000 KLC1000 £21.70 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

• Long or short tags available • Sold in packs of 20, 50 & 100 (please specify colour) Long Short KT20 £9.60 KT20S £9.60 KT50 £18.40 KT50S £18.40 KT100 £27.00 KT100S £28.00

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

349 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC350

17/12/10

09:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

KEY CABINETS

FROM

£363

FROM

£161 FROM

£144

Deep Cabinets

✓Ideal for the motor trade or estate agencies

50 100 200

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 350 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 730 x 140

ORDER REF KS50DEEP KS100DEEP KS200DEEP

Special Security Cabinets

• Ideal for use within a controlled environment • No lock options available with this model

• Constructed of 3mm steel plate with 6mm steel door • Eight lever double bitted key lock • Recess of unit into wall is recommended • Cabinet weights range from 23-40Kg

✓Easy to check the whereabouts of keys ✓Designed to meet the highest level of key security

• These cabinets can be constructed to house bunches and unusual shaped keys • The optional combination lock is particularly suited to the applications mentioned above CAPACITY

View Cabinets

PRICE

CAPACITY

£144.00 £209.00 £369.00

30 40 50

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 350 x 380 x 80 450 x 380 x 80 550 x 380 x 80

ORDER REF KS30VIEW KS40VIEW KS50VIEW

PRICE

CAPACITY

£161.00 £200.00 £250.00

60 100 150 200 300

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 416 x 406 x 120 580 x 406 x 120 580 x 406 x 190 580 x 406 x 190 636 x 460 x 290

ORDER REF KS60SP KS100SP KS150SP KS200SP KS300SP

PRICE £363.00 £422.00 £484.00 £524.00 £579.00

Emergency Key Cabinets

✓Designed to house restricted key at locked door in case of an emergency

KS50P

209

£

• High visibility red enables quick identification • Three styles of case • All cases 150H x 125W x 30Dmm • Replacement seals and glass are available

Padlock Cabinet

DESCRIPTION

• Secures padlocks and keys for isolating switchgear and machinery • Hook bars are specially spaced and adjustable to allow for padlocks and keys • Capacities from 25 - 100 padlocks secured CAPACITY 25 PADLOCKS 50 PADLOCKS 100 PADLOCKS

DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 350 x 380 x 140 550 x 380 x 140 550 x 730 x 140

ORDER REF

PRICE

KS25P KS50P KS100P

£135.00 £209.00 £408.00

GLASS FRONTED CASE & KEYLOCK SOLID FRONT CASE & KEYLOCK GLASS & PLASTIC SECURITY SEAL HAMMER & CHAIN REPLACEMENT GLASS (PACK OF 5) SECURITY SEALS (PACK OF 10)

ORDER REF KS1 KS1SF KS2 KS1HC KS1G/5 KS2S/10

PRICE £27.40 £27.40 £27.40 £10.10 £7.70 £7.20

KSC1K

£26.10 KSD1G1K

Select Access Lock

Keysafes

✓Life time warranty,

✓Wall mounted key storage

wall mountable key control access

350

• Lock can be used for: children after school, cleaning service employees, maintenance personnel, elderly care provider • Simple 4 dial set-your-own combination • Weather resistant solid metal body

REF KSSAC PRICE £36.00 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

£33.80

for emergency access, allowing access to authorised persons only

Wheel Combination Keysafe

Digit Combination Keysafe

• Allows restricted access of keys • 100H x 65W x 35Dmm • Wall mounted • 4 wheel changeable combination • Magnetic key holder • Wall fixings supplied

• 116H x 62W x 60Dmm • Wall mounted • 10 digit changeable combination • Wall fixings supplied • Supplied with weather resistant cover

TEL: 01446 772614

REF KSC1K PRICE £26.10 info@storage-design.co.uk

REF KSD1G1K PRICE £33.80 www.storage-design.co.uk 2011


TC351

17/12/10

09:51

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

CABINETS / PPE

✓Robust all steel construction ✓Secure locking reinforced doors

CB9090462BXX

187

£

CB1890463BXX

• Flush fitting “no snag” handles • Adjustable shelves • Identification labelling • Grey body with blue door classification • Protective powder coated finish

244

£

SITE & SECURITY

Personal Protection Equipment Cabinets

The Personal Protective Equipment at Work regulations 1992 requires the provision of suitable storage to protect PPE from damage, contamination or loss.

CB9046461BXX

142

£

✓Germ Guard is a special anti-bacterial paint designed to reduce the spread of E-Coli and MRSA Super Bug.

PPE Cabinets DIMENSIONS DOORS SHELVES CABINET PRICE EXTRA SHELF PRICE H x W x D (mm) INCLUDED 900 x 460 x 460 1 1 CB9046461BXX £142.00 900 x 900 x 460 2 2 CB9090462BXX £187.00 CGES9046ZLXX £17.90 1800 x 900 x 460 2 3 CB1890463BXX £244.00 CGES9046ZLXX £17.90 1800 x 1200 x 460 2 3 CB1812463BXX £328.00 CGES1246ZLXX £25.20

PPE Clothing Cupboards

✓Excellent for storing protective

CR1890464BXX

garments when not in use

288

£

• Construction, finish and colour specifications are all as PPE cabinets above

CR1890461BXX

The Workplace (Health, Safety and Welfare) Regulations 1992 state that employers are required to provide suitable and sufficient accommodation for workwear and personal clothing.

244

£

1 shelf cupboard is fitted with a full width top shelf and hanging rail 4 shelf cupboard is fitted with central divider, hanging rail and top shelf on one side and 3 adjustable shelves on the other

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

PPE Clothing Cupboards DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 1800 x 600 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460 1800 x 900 x 460 1800 x 1200 x 460

SHELVES INCLUDED 1 1 1 4 4

info@storage-design.co.uk

CABINET

PRICE

EXTRA SHELF

PRICE

CR1860461BXX CR1890461BXX CR1812461BXX CR1890464BXX CR1812464BXX

£266.00 £244.00 £356.00 £288.00 £428.00

CCES6046ZLXX CCES9046ZLXX CCES1246ZLXX CUES9046ZLXX CUES1246ZLXX

£17.90 £22.10 £28.40 £16.80 £17.90

www.storage-design.co.uk

351

2011


TC352

17/12/10

09:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

CABINETS / SECURITY

Standard Cabinets

FROM

✓A range of cabinets designed and tested

477

£

to give maximum protection

• £3000 cash insurance guideline Ideal for secure storage of large bulky valuable items such as bags of loose change, cartons of cigarettes, power tools and mobile phones.

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £3000 (10 X VALUABLES)

• Independently tested and approved to withstand a 30 minute burglary attempt (FG test) • Fitted with a VDS class 1 lock with 2 keys as standard • 3 way locking bolt work • 4mm body finished in light grey (RAL 9002) • Shelves and door boxes as standard • Available in five sizes with multiple locking options

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 600 x 540 x 400 1000 x 600 x 450 1600 x 600 x 450 1600 x 600 x 700 1800 x 850 x 700

FREE delivery and installation ground floor only

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 565 x 520 x 320 965 x 580 x 370 1565 x 580 x 370 1565 x 580 x 620 1765 x 830 x 620

WEIGHT (kg) 67 154 192 235 302

SHELVES 1 2 3 4 4

VOLUME (litres) 94 207 336 563 908

ORDER REF

PRICE

SFSC060 SFSC100 SFSC160 SFSC160D SFSC180D

£477.00 £717.00 £853.00 £1057.00 £1153.00

FROM

855

£

30mins

750ºC

Fire Stor Security Cabinets

✓Ideal in the office for the safe keeping of paper documents & valuables

• Independently tested and certified to EN 14450 S1 for £2000 cash insurance (£20,000 valuables) • Double wall construction with fire resistant fill to DIN4102 • Up to 30 minute protection for documents at 750 degrees • Heavy duty 3-way locking mechanism • Full height dog bar protects hinge side • Standard locking, CEN/VdS approved double bitted lock and 2 keys • Optional electronic locking, inner compartments and pull-out frames available • Light grey finish complements any environment

352 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

EXTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 860 x 600 x 520 1220 x 600 x 520 1580 x 600 x 520 1950 x 930 x 520 1950 x 1200 x 520

TEL: 01446 772614

INTERNAL DIMENSIONS H x W x D (mm) 690 x 490 x 405 1050 x 490 x 405 1410 x 490 x 405 1780 x 820 x 405 1780 x 1090 x 405

WEIGHT (kg) 95 120 145 215 245

info@storage-design.co.uk

SHELVES 1 2 3 4 4

VOLUME (litres) 137 208 280 591 786

ORDER REF

PRICE

FCFS1023S1 FCFS1022S1 FCFS1021S1 FCFS1020S1 FCFS1024S1

£855.00 £971.00 £1055.00 £1536.00 £1718.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC353

11/1/11

10:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SAFES SFMV1ZE

207 Better

Good

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £3000 (10 X VALUABLES)

Mini Vault ✓£3000 cash insurance guideline of cash, valuables, laptop computers & documents

• 4mm solid steel electrically welded body • 8mm thick door fitted with advanced electronic lock or double bitted key lock as standard • Registration system to prevent lockout situation (electronic model) • Key storage hook bar on rear of door • Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models • Suitable for rear or floor fixing - bolts supplied • Batteries and operating instructions included (electronic model) • Colour - metallic dark grey RAL7001 EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 250 x 374 x 276 294 x 374 x 326 532 x 374 x 426 250 x 374 x 276 294 x 374 x 326 532 x 374 x 426

KEY LOCK KEY LOCK KEY LOCK ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 240 x 354 x 210 282 x 354 x 260 522 x 354 x 360 240 x 354 x 210 282 x 354 x 260 522 x 354 x 360

ORDER REF SFMV0K SFMV1K SFMV2K SFMV0ZE SFMV1ZE SFMV2ZE

SFMV2FRK

293

£

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £4000 (10 X VALUABLES)

Fire Resistant Mini Vault

✓Domestic & commercial safes ideal for the safe keeping

MODEL

SITE & SECURITY

£

✓£4000 cash insurance guideline ✓Domestic & commercial safes ideal for the safe keeping of cash, valuables, laptop computers & documents

• Fire resistant (DIN4102) infill offers 30 minutes fire resistance at 750 degrees • Double wall construction which conforms to Euro Grade Std. S2 • 8mm thick anti-bludgeon shaped door • Available with double bitted key or advanced electronic locking • Key storage hook bar on rear of door • Adjustable shelves on the 2 larger models • Suitable for rear or floor fixing, bolts supplied • Colour, Metallic Dark Grey RAL7001

PRICE

MODEL

£149.00 £171.00 £248.00 £185.00 £207.00 £284.00

KEY LOCK KEY LOCK KEY LOCK ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC ELECTRONIC

EG1055N

EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 250 x 374 x 276 294 x 374 x 326 532 x 374 x 426 250 x 374 x 276 294 x 374 x 326 532 x 374 x 426

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 138 x 304 x 168 182 x 304 x 220 420 x 304 x 320 138 x 304 x 168 182 x 304 x 220 420 x 304 x 320

ORDER REF SFMV0FRK SFMV1FRK SFMV2FRK SFMV0FRZE SFMV1FRZE SFMV2FRZE

PRICE £180.00 £207.00 £293.00 £221.00 £248.00 £333.00

EG2040N

857

£

1306

Best

£

Best OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £10,000 (10 X VALUABLES)

Euro Grade 1

OVERNIGHT CASH RATING £17,500 (10 X VALUABLES)

Euro Grade 1

✓£10,000 overnight cash cover (£100,000 valuables)*

✓£17,500 overnight cash cover (£175,000 valuables)*

• Certified according to EN1143-1 security grade 1 • Independently tested and certified by VdS test house • 3-way square locking bolt work, with continuous hinge side protection • Door opens to 180 degrees for maximum access • Lightweight construction, ideal for foor upper floor installation • Fitted with VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock & 2 keys • Optional combination and electronic locking • Internal door pan is locked to prevent tampering • Supplied with adjustable (50mm intervals) removable shelf • Twin fixing positions, bolts are supplied

• Certified according to EN1143-1 security grade 2 • Independently tested and certified by VdS test house • 3-way locking bolt work for added security • Door opens to 180 degrees for maximum access • Fitted with VdS class 1 double bitted safe lock & 2 keys • Optional combination & electronic locking • Internal door pan is locked to prevent tampering • Supplied with adjustable shelf

VOLUME (Litres) 37 56 87

EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 410 x 415 x 425 585 x 415 x 425 585 x 515 x 495

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 343 x 355 x 305 518 x 355 x 305 509 x 455 x 375

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

ORDER REF EG1035N EG1055N EG1085N

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £727.00 £857.00 £1000.00

*Insurance ratings may change depending on location, please check with your insurers VOLUME (Litres) 39 71 96

EXTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 430 x 460 x 450 605 x 535 x 450 790 x 535 x 450

info@storage-design.co.uk

INTERNAL DIMS H x W x D (mm) 334 x 380 x 305 509 x 455 x 305 694 x 455 x 305

ORDER REF EG2040N EG2070N EG2095N

PRICE £1306.00 £1484.00 £1670.00

www.storage-design.co.uk

353

2011


TC354

17/12/10

09:52

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

SITE SECURITY / MIRRORS

CM45P

£55

CM45A

£45

Internal Acrylic Mirrors

Internal Polycarbonate Mirrors

• Powder coated steel backing • Excellent optical quality • 2mm thick acrylic mirror with grey PVC protective edge • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for both wall and 60mm post mounting • Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment

• Superior optical quality • Powder coated steel backing • 1.5mm thick polycarbonate mirror with grey PVC protective edge • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for both wall and 60mm post mounting • Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment

✓Economical and effective safety solution

✓Vandal resistant, virtually unbreakable

DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

450mm DIAMETER 600mm DIAMETER

CM45A CM60A

£45.00 £65.00

450mm DIAMETER 600mm DIAMETER

CM45P CM60P

£55.00 £90.00

FROM

£63

CME60P

£100

Hemispherical Mirrors

✓All-round visibility for safety and security use • Acrylic moulding gives bright, sharp image • Direct mountable, may also be suspended from higher ceilings • Half and quarter hemispheres for wall or corner mounting

QUARTER HEMISPHERE

354

HALF HEMISPHERE

TYPE

APPLICATION

DIMENSIONS

QUARTER HALF HALF FULL FULL

CORNERS WALLS WALLS CEILINGS CEILINGS

450 x 400mm 650 x 300mm 800 x 400mm 650mm DIA 800mm DIA

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

FULL HEMISPHERE

ORDER REF CS045Q CS065H CS080H CS065F CS080F

TEL: 01446 772614

PRICE £63.00 £85.00 £126.00 £144.00 £177.00

External Polycarbonate Mirrors with Hood

✓Totally weatherproof ✓Hi-viz orange housing

• Superior optical quality • Prevents accidents, injuries and deters theft • Moulded polypropylene shell with integral hood • Durable 1.5mm thick polycarbonate mirror • Mirror sealed within an extruded nylon channel • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings included for both wall and 60mm post mounting • Simple and precise vertical and horizontal adjustment DIMENSIONS

ORDER REF

PRICE

450mm DIAMETER 600mm DIAMETER

CME45P CME60P

£85.00 £100.00

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC355

17/12/10

09:53

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE SECURITY / MIRRORS

✓Suitable for looking under, over, around and into difficult to reach areas

• Aluminium handle extends from 508mm to 3048mm • 300mm diameter convex mirror • Equipped with adjustable swivel for infinite adjustment • Heavy duty extruded rubber rim to help prevent damaging objects when manoeuvring • Tripod with ballbearing castor wheels allows full range of motion with effortless manoeuvring • LED torch (requires 2 x AA batteries) • Complete with aluminium carry case

SITE & SECURITY

Inspection Mirrors

CSKLTC30

140

£

PORTABLE INSPECTION MIRROR REF CSKLTC30 PRICE £140.00

M16505W

£274 CMT60P

£135 CMT8350P

£200

Traffic Mirrors

✓Red & White 3M reflective edging for day and night safety • Durable GRP moulded housing • UV treated polymer surround • 1.5mm polycarbonate mirror is virtually unbreakable • Rectangular or circular designs • Heavy duty zinc plated fixings for both wall and post mounting (wall screws required)

Anti-Vandal Dome Mirrors • Highly polished stainless steel face for maximum clarity • Prevents surprise attacks and collisions • Ideal for use in areas prone to vandalism such as subway / underpass locations, underground corridors and in multi storey car parks • Unbreakable wall mounted dome gives 180º of vision • Resistant to repeated blows STAINLESS STEEL WALL DOME 500mm DIAMETER REF M16505W PRICE £274.00 355

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC356

17/12/10

09:54

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

SITE & SECURITY

SITE SECURITY

Sentri Boxes ✓Ultimate security for tools and materials, on site or on van • XLOCK™ 4 point locking system operates with 1 key in 1 lock with 1 turn, 2 keys supplied • Boxes are numbered for optional overnight key service • Anti-jemmy bars all round • Covered power cable access point for charging tools in the box VANBOX

Vehicle Boxes • Substantial construction from 1.5mm, and 2mm sheet steel • Twin hydraulic arms • Drop down recessed handles with rubber pads • Black powder coated finish • Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded to box and lid • Protective rubber tool mat

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 450 x 472 x 930 450 x 472 x 1279

WEIGHT (kg) 35 49

ORDER REF VANBOX 515

£170

515

£227

PRICE

HYDRAULIC ARMS LIFT AND LOWER, FITTED AS STANDARD.

£170.00 £227.00

Site Boxes • Substantial construction from 2mm and 2.5mm sheet steel • Forklift/pallet truck skids with facility for bolting wheels • Twin hydraulic arms • Drop down recessed handles with rubber pads • Black powder coated finish • Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded to box and lid

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 629 x 600 x 1168 925 x 600 x 1168 630 x 600 x 1800

WEIGHT (kg) 73 90 122

ORDER REF 422S 432S 622S

422S

£342

432S

£470

PRICE £342.00 £470.00 £599.00

442

642

Tool Vaults

£

• Substantial construction from 2mm and 3mm sheet steel • Forklift/pallet truck skids with facility for bolting wheels • Twin hydraulic arms • Drop down recessed handles with rubber pads • Removable shelf • Black powder coated finish • Full width split heavy duty piano hinge welded to box and lid

DIMENSIONS H x W x L (mm) 1275 x 600 x 1168 1275 x 600 x 1428

WEIGHT (kg) 140 165

ORDER REF 442 542

SINGLE KEY OPENING (ALL SENTRI BOXES)

PRICE £642.00 £828.00

Wheel Kit

356

• 150mm heavy duty wheels (300kg/wheel) • 2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes • Same kit for all sentri boxes (excl. Vanbox and 515) • Quick and easily fitted to pre-drilled holes in base of pallet truck skids with nyloc nuts and bolts supplied

WHEEL KIT WKIT

£129

REF WKIT PRICE £129.00

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC357

17/12/10

09:56

Page 1

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

TERMS & CONDITIONS

2. Basis of the sale 2.1 The Seller shall sell and the Buyer shall purchase the Goods in accordance with the description and prices set out in the Catalogue of the Seller or any written order of the Buyer which is accepted by the Seller, subject in either case to these Conditions, which shall govern the Contract to the exclusion of any other terms and conditions subject to which any such order is made or purported to be made, by the Buyer. 2.2 The Seller’s employees or agents are not authorised to make any variations to these Conditions or any representations concerning the Goods unless confirmed by the Seller in Writing. In entering into the Contract the Buyer acknowledges that it does not rely on, and waives any claim for breach of, any such representations which are not so confirmed. 2.3 Any advice or recommendation given by the Seller or its employees or agents to the Buyer or its employees or agents as to the storage, application or use of the Goods which is not confirmed in Writing by the Seller is followed or acted upon entirely at the Buyer’s own risk, and accordingly the Seller shall not be liable for any such advice or recommendation which is not so confirmed. 2.5 Any typographical, clerical, or other error or omission in the Catalogue shall be subject to correction without any liability on the part of the Seller. 3. Orders and specifications 3.1 No Order submitted by the Buyer shall be deemed to be accepted by the Seller unless and until confirmed in Writing by the Seller’s authorised representative. 3.2 The Buyer shall be responsible to the Seller for ensuring the accuracy of the terms of any Order (including any applicable specification) submitted by the Buyer, and for giving the Seller any necessary information relating to the Goods within a sufficient time to enable the Seller to perform the Contract in accordance with its terms. 3.3 The quantity, quality and description of and any specification for the Goods shall be those set out in the Seller’s Catalogue. 3.4 The Seller reserves the right to make any changes in the specification of the Goods which are required to conform with any applicable statutory or EC requirements or, where the Goods are to be supplied to the Seller’s specification, which do not materially affect their quality or performance. 3.5 All illustrations dimensions weights and capacities are approximate only. Although a number of products in the Catalogue are of standard design the seller reserves the right to incorporate changes without notice. 3.6 The Buyer shall be deemed to have accepted all Goods upon the delivery of the goods by the Seller to the address specified in the Order. 3.7 No Order which has been accepted by the Seller may be cancelled by the Buyer except with the agreement in Writing of the Seller and on terms that the Buyer shall indemnify the Seller in full against all loss (including loss of profit), costs (including the cost of all labour and materials used), damages, charges and expenses incurred by the Seller as a result of cancellation. 4. Price of the goods 4.1 The price of the Goods shall be the price listed in the Seller’s current catalogue at the date of acceptance of the Order. 4.2 The Seller reserves the right, by giving notice to the Buyer, at any time before delivery, to increase the price of the Goods to reflect any increase in the cost to the Seller which is due to any factor beyond the control of the Seller including without limitation the costs passed on from the manufacturer, or any change in delivery dates. The Buyer then has the right to cancel the Order within 7 days of that notice. 4.3 Except as otherwise stated all prices quoted in the Catalogue are on an ex works basis and do not include VAT, packaging or delivery which shall be payable in addition. 5. Terms of Payment 5.1 The Buyer, if agreed in writing by the Seller, shall open an account with the Seller to use the Seller’s account facilities. The Buyer shall open this account if the Buyer’s bank details and the two trade references provided by the Buyer are approved by the Seller. 5.2 Subject to any special terms agreed in Writing between the Buyer and the Seller, the Seller shall invoice the Buyer for the price of the Goods on or at any time after delivery of the Goods and the Buyer shall pay all sums due under the Contract to the Seller within 30 days from the date of the Seller’s invoice. 5.3 If the Buyer fails to make any payment on the due date then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to: 5.3.1 cancel the Contract or suspend any further deliveries to the Buyer; 5.3.2 charge the Buyer interest (both before and after any judgement) on the amount unpaid, at the rate of 3 per cent per annum above National Westminster Bank PLC base rate from time to time accruing from day to day, until payment in full is made. 6. Delivery 6.1 Delivery will be made to the address specified in the Order. 6.2 Any dates quoted for delivery of the Goods are approximate only and the Seller shall not be liable for any delay in delivery of the Goods howsoever caused. Time for delivery shall not be of the essence. 6.3 Where the Goods are to be delivered in instalments, each delivery shall constitute a separate contract and failure by the Seller to deliver any one or more of the instalments in accordance with these Conditions or any claim by the Buyer in respect of any one or more instalments shall not entitle the Buyer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated. 6.4 If the Seller fails to deliver the Goods for any reason other than any cause beyond the Seller’s reasonable control or the Buyer’s fault, and the Seller is accordingly liable to the Buyer, the Seller’s liability shall be limited to the Contract price of the Goods. 6.5 Notification of damage or incomplete delivery must be made in writing to the carrier within 3 days of delivery and to the Seller immediately. All goods must be examined upon receipt and any damage or discrepancy noted on the carrier’s sheet. The Seller will not be liable for any claim unless this procedure is followed. 7. Risk and Property 7.1 Title to the Goods shall not pass to the Buyer until the Buyer has paid the full price due under the Contract in cash or cleared funds to the Seller and all other amounts outstanding to the Seller, but, even though the title has not passed, the Seller shall be entitled to sue for their price once this payment has become due. 7.2 Until such time as the property in the Goods passes to the Buyer (and provided the Goods are still in existence and have not been resold), the Seller shall be entitled at any time to require the Buyer to deliver up the Goods to the Seller and, if the Buyer fails to do so forthwith, to enter upon any premises of the Buyer or any third party where the Goods are stored and repossess the Goods. 7.3 If the Buyer incorporates the Goods into other equipment or products (“the New Goods”) provided that the Goods remain a readily identifiable and removable part of the New Goods the provisions of clause 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply. 7.4 Risk in the Goods shall pass to the Buyer upon delivery. 7.5 The Buyer shall not be entitled to pledge or in any way charge by way of security for any indebtedness any of the Goods which remain the property of the Seller, but if the Buyer does so all monies owing by the Buyer to the Seller shall (without prejudice to any other rights or remedy of the Seller) forthwith become due and payable.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

8. Intellectual Property The Seller does not own the Intellectual Property Rights in the Goods. Nothing in the Contract shall effect or transfer ownership of the Intellectual Property Rights in the Goods to the Seller or Buyer. 9. Warranties and liability 9.1 Subject to the conditions set out below the Seller warrants that the Goods will correspond with the specification in the Catalogue at the time of delivery and will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of 6 months from the date of delivery, whichever is the first to expire. 9.2 The above warranty is given by the Seller subject to the following conditions: 9.2.1 it is established by the Seller that some part of the material used in manufacture was defective; 9.2.2 the Goods have been returned carried paid to the Seller; and 9.2.3 the Goods have not been subjected to abuse or misuse of any kind. 9.2.4 the Seller shall be under no liability in respect of any defect arising from fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, abnormal working conditions, failure to follow the Seller’s instructions (whether oral or in writing), misuse or alteration or repair of the Goods without the Seller’s approval; and 9.2.5 the Seller shall be under no liability under the above warranty (or any other warranty, condition or guarantee) if the total price for the Goods has not been paid by the due date for payment. 9.3 Subject as expressly provided in these Conditions, and except where the Goods are sold to a person dealing as a consumer (within the meaning of the Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977), all warranties, conditions or other terms implied by statute or common law are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law. 9.4 Any claim by the buyer which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to correspond with specification shall (whether or not delivery is refused by the Buyer) be notified to the Seller pursuant to clause 6.5 or (where the defect or failure was not apparent on reasonable inspection) within 7 days after discovery of the defect or failure. If delivery is not refused, and the Buyer does not notify the Seller accordingly, the Buyer shall not be entitled to reject the Goods and the Seller shall have no liability for such defect or failure, and the Buyer shall be bound to pay the price as if the Goods had been delivered in accordance with the Contract. 9.5 Where any valid claim in respect of any of the Goods which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to meet specification is notified to the Seller in accordance with these Conditions, the Seller shall be entitled to replace the Goods (or the part in question) free of charge or, at the Seller’s sole discretion, refund to the Buyer the price of the Goods (or a proportionate part of the price), but the Seller shall have no further liability to the Buyer. 9.6 Except in respect of death or personal injury caused by the Seller’s negligence, the Seller shall not be liable to the Buyer by reason of any representation, or any implied warranty, condition or other term, or any duty at common law, or under the express terms of the Contract, for any loss of anticipated profits, damage to the Buyer’s reputation or goodwill, loss of expected future business, damages, costs or expenses payable by the Buyer to any third party or any other indirect or consequential loss ( and whether caused by the negligence of the Seller, its employees or agents or otherwise) which arise out of or in connection with the supply of the Goods or their use or resale by the Buyer, except as expressly provided in these Conditions.

TERMS & CONDITIONS

1. Definition and Interpretation 1.1. In these Conditions: “BUYER” means the individual company or organisation whose Order for the Goods is accepted by the Seller “GOODS” means the goods (including any instalment of the goods or any parts for them) which the Seller is to supply in accordance with these Conditions. “SELLER” means the Company named on the cover of the publication “CONDITIONS” means the standard terms and conditions of sale set out in this document and (unless the context otherwise requires) includes any special terms and conditions agreed in writing between the Buyer and the Seller “CONTRACT” means the contract for the purchase and sale of the Goods “WRITING” includes telex, cable, facsimile transmission and comparable means of communication. “SUPPLIER” means a manufacturer or an authorised individual having supplied any of the Goods specified in the Catalogue, and who owns or is authorised to use the Intellectual Property Rights in the Goods. “INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS” means copyrights, letters, patents, know how, inventions, utility models, registered and unregistered designs, trade and service marks, trade names, logos, patent applications, rights in the nature of copyrights and all other similar rights arising from the Materials and Products. “CATALOGUE” means this publication “ORDER” means any order placed with the Seller by the Buyer. 1.2 Any reference in these Conditions to any provision of a statute shall be construed as a reference to that provision as amended, re-enacted or extended at the Relevant time. 1.3 The headings in these Conditions are for convenience only and shall not affect their interpretation.

10. Indemnity 10.1 If any claim is made against the Buyer that the goods infringe or that their use or resale infringes the patent, copyright, design, trade mark or other industrial or Intellectual Property Rights of any other person, the Seller shall indemnify the Buyer against all loss, damages, costs and expenses awarded against or incurred by the Buyer in connection with the claim, or paid or agreed to be paid by the buyer in settlement of the claim, provided that: 10.1.1 the Buyer shall immediately inform the Seller of all such claims; 10.1.2 the Seller is given full control of any proceedings or negotiations in connection with any such claim; 10.1.3 the Buyer shall give the Seller all reasonable assistance for the purposes of any such proceedings or negotiations; 10.1.4 except pursuant to a final award, the Buyer shall not pay or accept any such claim, or compromise any such proceedings without the consent of the Seller (which shall not be unreasonably withheld); 10.1.5 the Buyer shall do nothing which would or might vitiate any policy of insurance or insurance cover which the Buyer may have in relation to such infringement, and this indemnity shall not apply to the extent that the Buyer recovers any sums under any such policy or cover (which the Buyer shall use its best endeavours to do); 10.1.6 the Seller shall be entitled to the benefit of, and the Buyer shall accordingly account to the Seller for, all damages and costs (if any) awarded in favour of the buyer which are payable by, or agreed with the consent of the Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) to be paid by, any other party in respect of any such claim; and 10.1.7 without prejudice to any duty of the Buyer at common law, the Seller shall be entitled to require the Buyer to take such steps as the Seller may reasonably require to mitigate or reduce any such loss, damages, costs or expenses for which the Seller is liable to indemnify the Buyer under this clause. 11. Force Majeure 11.1 The Seller shall not be under any liability for any failure to perform any of its obligations due to Force Majeure. Following notification by the Seller to the Buyer of such course, the Seller shall be allowed a reasonable extension of time for the performance of its obligations. 11.2 For the purposes of this Condition, Force Majeure means fire, explosion, flood, lightning, Act of God, act of terrorism, war, rebellion, riot, sabotage, or official strike or similar official labour dispute, or events or circumstances outside the reasonable control of the party affected hereby. 11.3 If notwithstanding the foregoing liability attaches to the Seller then the amount recoverable by the Buyer or any person claiming through the Buyer in respect of any and all breaches by the Seller shall be limited to the reasonable cost of remedying the defect or other matter constituting such breach (and the Seller shall first be afforded the opportunity of carrying out the remedial work at its own cost) and in no circumstances whatsoever shall the Seller’s liability to the Buyer exceed the value of the defective goods in question. 12. Insolvency of buyer 12.1 This clause applies if: 12.1.1 the Buyer makes any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to an administration order or (being an individual or firm) becomes bankrupt or (being a company) goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction); or 12.1.2 an encumbrancer takes possession, or a receiver is appointed, of any of the property or assets of the Buyer; or 12.1.3 the Buyer ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business; or 12.1.4 the Seller reasonably apprehends that any of the events mentioned above is about to occur in relation to the Buyer and notifies the Buyer accordingly. 12.2 If this clause applies then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Seller, the Seller shall be entitled to cancel the Contract or suspend any further deliveries under the Contract without any liability to the Buyer, and if the Goods have been delivered but not paid for the price shall become immediately due and payable notwithstanding any previous agreement or arrangement to the contrary. 13. Return of Goods The Return of Goods shall not be accepted unless agreed in writing with the Seller. 14. General 14.1 Any notice required or permitted to be given by either party to the other under these Conditions shall be in Writing addressed to that other party at its registered office or principal place of business or such other address as may at the relevant time have been notified pursuant to this provision to the party giving the notice. Any such notice shall be deemed to be served: 14.1.1 if sent by pre-paid first class post to the party to whom it is given, on the third day after posting; 14.1.2 if sent by pre-paid facsimile transmission to the recipients facsimile number, on transmission. 14.2 No waiver by the Seller of any breach of the Contract by the Buyer shall be considered as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision. 14.3 If any provision of these Conditions is held by any competent authority to be invalid or unenforcable in whole or in part the validity of the other provisions of these Conditions and the remainder of the provision in question shall not be affected thereby. 14.4 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of England. COPYRIGHT © CENTRAL SOURCE LIMITED 2004 - 2011

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

357 2011


TC358-360 Index

22/12/10

09:21

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Page 1

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

INDEX INDEX

A Absorbents Access equipment

235 116, 118-122, 149, 322-325, 331, 332 Access platforms 122, 332 Access ramps 341 Accident books 240 Acoustic screens 259 Aluminium sack trucks 157, 160, 162 Aluminium shelving 24 Aluminium trolleys 138 Anti-fatigue matting 317-320 Appliance trucks 156 Archive storage 263-265 Ash Bins 302 Ash Trays 302 Attached lid containers 78, 79

B Balanced trolleys 152 Bar racks 52, 53 Barrier planks 343 Barriers - pedestrian 48, 268-271, 334-336, 338, 343 Barriers - traffic 336, 340-345 Barriers - warehouse 48, 51, 112, 113 Beam scales 109 Belt barriers 270, 271 Benches - adjustable 198-200 Benches - cloakroom 312-315 Benches - heavy duty 204-207, 210 Benches - mailroom 275 Benches - packaging 90, 91 Benches - workshop 192-201 Bicycle racks 296, 298, 299 Bin cabinets 54-57 Bin racks 64, 68, 70 Bin trolleys 54 Bin units 33, 35 Bins & tanks 87 Bins - parts storage 54-59, 62, 63, 66-70 Bins - recycling 294, 295 Bollards 112, 340, 341 Book Trolleys 279 Box trucks 125, 126, 142, 143, 148 Brass posts 268, 269 Bridge plates 110 Bubble film 94 Bulk storage containers 84, 85, 88, 89 Bunds 228-232

Canopies 300, 301 Cans - solvent 234 Canteen furniture 254, 256-258 Canteen trolleys 133, 134 Cantilever racking 52, 53 Cantilever workbenches 196, 197, 200 Cardboard boxes 94 Carousel storage systems 54, 57 Carpentry benches 210 Carpet cleaners 284, 285 Cartons 94 Cases - fibreboard 60 Cash & carry trolleys 146, 147 Castors 190, 191 Ceilings 10, 12 Chains - plastic 334, 335 Chair carrier trucks 156, 255 Chairs & stools 222, 223, 254, 255, 257, 258 Chemical storage 226 Chrome posts 268-271 Chrome wire shelving 23 Cleaning equipment 284-288 Cleaning signs 338-339 Cleanroom partitions 13 Cloakroom equipment 312-315 Coldroom shelving 18-24 Column protectors 50, 113 Computer workstations 203 Cones 343 Conference seating 254, 255 Construction tube 41 Container cabinets 212 Container shelving 69, 74 Container trolleys 65, 71, 73, 74, 86, 87, 144 Container trucks 88, 89 Convex mirrors 354, 355 Conveyors 168 COSHH 224-226, 234 Corrugated bins 61 Corrugated containers 61 Corrugated paper 94 Cranes 169 Crash barriers 342 Crowd control barriers 268-271, 336 Cupboards - first aid 236, 240 Cupboards - industrial 67, 212-215, 351 Cupboards - office 249, 251 Cycle racks 296, 298, 299 Cycle shelters 296-299

D C

358

Cable covers 280, 281, 345, 346 Cable protectors 280, 281, 345, 346 Cage pallets 84, 85 Cages - mobile 140-143 Cages - security & storage 140-143, 326-329

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Desks - office 248-251 Desktop screens 259 Digital locks 349 Display Equipment 260-262 Distribution containers 72, 78, 79 Distribution trolleys 71, 140, 141, 144 Document pockets 102, 103, 107, 262 Dock bumpers 111

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Dock lights 110 Dock plates & boards 110 Document storage 263-265 Dollies 77, 81, 82 Door locks 349 Drawer units 202, 204, 207, 214, 216-221 Drawing storage 272, 273 Drive-in racking 6, 7 Drum handling 163-166, 229, 230 Drum safety pallets 228-232 Drum shelters 233 Drum stands 229, 230 Drum storage 228, 230, 231 Drum trolleys 163, 164 Dry wipe boards 261 Dump trucks 123

E Electric lifters Electric stackers Electrical safety ladders Emergency key cabinets Entrance canopies Entrance mats & matting Ergonomic workbenches ESD Trolley Euro container dollies Euro container trolleys Euro standard containers Expanding barriers Eyewash equipment

177 177 325 350 300, 301 282, 283 197-200 127, 203 77, 81, 82 74, 80 77-82 336 239

F Fibreboard bins 60 Fibreboard containers 60 File Trolleys 278, 279 Filing cabinets 249, 251 Fire resistant safes 352, 353 Fire safety signs 241, 243, 245, 246 First aid 236-240 First aid signs 246 Flammable liquid storage 224-226, 234 Floor cleaning 284-288 Floor coverings 282, 283, 316-320 Floor markers 104, 245, 337 Floor polishers 286 Floor signs & tapes 104 Folding chairs 255 Folding ladders 322 Folding tables 254, 256 Folding trucks 137-139 Food grade shelving 18, 19, 22-24 Fork extensions 330 Fork truck attachments 166, 330, 331 Fork truck barriers 112, 113 Fork truck platforms 332 Freezerack shelving 24 Furniture - canteen/restaurant 254-258 www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


TC358-360 Index

22/12/10

09:21

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Page 2

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

INDEX 236 248-251

G Galvanised shelving Garment hanging Gas cylinder storage Gas cylinder trolleys Glassfibre steps & ladders Glue guns Grit bins

28 313, 315 163, 164, 227, 326-329 163, 164 325 95 333

H Hand trucks 152-155 Hazard warning diamonds 244 Hazard warning tapes 244 Hazardous substance labelling 244 Hazardous substance storage224-226, 234 Health & safety notices 239, 241 Heat sealers 98, 99 Height adjustable benches 198-200 Height adjustable trolleys 203 High lift pallet trucks 184, 185 Hooks - fork truck 330 Hoppers 123, 331 Hygienic shelving 18-24 Hypacages 84

I IBC bunds IBC storage Inspection mirrors Interiors

228, 232 232, 233 355 11, 12

J Janitorial equipment Jibs - fork truck

284-288 330

Labels - packaging 94 Ladders 322-325 Lateral filing 32 Letters & numbers 102-105 Lifters 170-174, 176-179 Lifting tables 186-189 Lifting trolleys 186, 187 Line feeder trolleys 74 Line marking 337 Litter bins 289-295, 303, 304 Live storage shelving 9 Loading bay equipment 110, 111 Loading notices 104 Lockers 305-311 Long load trolleys 125, 126 Longspan shelving 36-39, 42-45 Louvred panels 62-64, 66, 68 Luminous signs & tapes 245

M Magnetic document pockets 102 Magnetic labelling 102, 103, 106, 107 Magnetic signs 103, 106 Mail boxes 277 Mail sorters 274, 275 Mail trolleys 277 Mailroom equipment 274-277 Maintenance signs 338, 339 Maintenance trolleys 218, 219 Marker pens 106, 339 Mats & matting 282, 283, 316-320 Metaclip bin units 34, 37 Metaclip shelving 34, 37 Mesh partitions 14, 15 Mezzanine floors 2, 3 Mezzanine goods lifts 4, 5 Minders 338 Mirrors 354, 355 Mobile benches 198-200 Mobile cages 140-143 Mobile drawer units 218, 219 Mobile racking & shelving 9, 18, 19, 22 Mobile steps 118-122, 280 Mobile storage cabinets 218, 219, 266 Mops 287

N

K K-Bins Kanban parts storage Kerb ramps Key boxes - emergency Key cabinets Key Safes Kick-Along steps

L

60 69 341 350 348-350 350 280

Narrow aisle racking Notice boards Numbers & letters

O Office cupboards Office desks

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

6, 7 260, 261 102-105

TEL: 01446 772614

249, 266, 267 248-251

Office partitions Office screens Office seating Office shelving Office steps Office trolleys Order picking lifts Order picking trolleys Oxy-acetylene trolleys Oxy-propane trolleys

10-13 259 252, 253 263-265 280 135, 278, 279 116 73, 89, 117, 131, 144 163, 164 163, 164

INDEX

Furniture - first aid room Furniture - office

P Packaging benches 90, 91 Packaging equipment 90-101 Padlock cabinets 350 Padlocks 347 Paint - aerosol 337 Pallet boxes 83-85 Pallet cages 84 Pallet converters 84 Pallet lifters 184, 185 Pallet loaders 167 Pallet rack decking 49 Pallet racking 6, 7, 46, 47 Pallet rotators 167 Pallet scales 109 Pallet trucks 175, 180-185 Pallet turntables 167 Pallets - spillage control 228-232 Pallets - steel 84, 85 Parcel carts 130, 142 Parking barriers 340, 341 Parking blocks 345 Partitions 10-15 Parts counters 108 Perforated panels 29, 212, 214 Personnel lifts 116, 149 Pesticide storage 226 Petroleum storage 225 Picking bins 78, 79 Pinboards 260 Plan storage 272, 273 Plastic base trolleys 137 Plastic chain barriers 334, 335 Plastic rail barriers 343 Plastic shelving 18, 19 Platform trolleys 124-127, 129, 132, 148, 152 Plunger cans 234 Polishers 286 Post boxes 277 Post sorters 274, 275, 276 Postal packs 94 Posters - first aid 239 Posters - health and safety 241 Powered lifters 116, 150, 151, 170-174, 178, 179, 187-189 Powered pallet truck 175, 180, 181 Powered stackers 170-174, 178, 179 PPE cupboards 351

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

359

2011


TC358-360 Index

22/12/10

09:21

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Page 3

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

INDEX

INDEX Presentation equipment Production line storage PVC matting PVC strip curtains

260, 262 74 316-320 114, 115

R Racking & shelving 6-9, 18-47, 263-265 Racking safety barriers 48-51 Racking signs 103-106 Rail barriers 269, 342, 343 Raised storage platforms 2, 3 Ramps 344, 345 Recycling bins 294, 295 Reel & roll lifters 178 Reflective tapes 337 Restaurant furniture 257, 258 Retail / wholesale trolleys 140, 141, 144, 146, 147 Retractable belt barriers 270, 271 Road marking paint 337 Roll containers 140, 141 Rolled edge bin units 33, 34 Rolled edge shelving 33, 34 Roller conveyors 168 Rope barriers 268, 269, 271 Rubber matting 319, 320

S

360

Sack holders 276, 303 Sack trucks 157-162 Safes 352, 353 Safety barriers 48-51, 112 Safety cans 234 Safety containers 234 Safety mirrors 354, 355 Safety signs 241-243, 247, 339 Safety steps 118-122, 280 Salt bins 333 Scaffold tags 247 Scales 108, 109 Scissor lifts 186-189 Screens - desktop 259 Screens - office 259 Screens - welding 115 Scrubbers 286, 288 Seating - industrial 222, 223 Seating - office 252, 253 Security cupboards 267, 352 Security mirrors 354, 355 Security stores 352 Security trolleys 141-143 Sentri boxes 356 Shelf trolleys 74, 127, 128, 131-137, 148, 279 Shelfplan system 8, 9 Shelters 233, 296-301 Shelving & racking 6-9, 18-47, 263-265 Shopping trolleys 147

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Shredders - packaging 101 Shrinkwrap systems 98, 100 Signs 241-243, 245, 246, 339 Sign holders 269-271 Site stores 326, 327, 356 Skips 123, 321, 331 Small parts storage 43, 54-64, 66-70, 75, 76, 211, 212 Smoking shelters 301 Solvent cans 234 Specialist handling equipment 16, 17 Speed control ramps 344, 345 Speedrax shelving 36, 37 Spillage control 228-233, 235 Spillage kits 235 Stackers 170-174, 176-179 Stacking boxes 61 Stacking chairs 254, 258 Stack/nest containers 78-82 Stainless steel shelving 22 Stainless steel trolleys 135 Stairclimber trucks 150, 151, 157 Staplers 93 Static dissipative seating 223 Static dissipative storage 56, 63, 75 Static dissipative workbenches 194-200 Steel bottle trolleys 163, 164 Step trolleys 117, 131 Stepladders 322, 323, 325 Steps - mobile 118-122 Stillages 84, 85 Storage boxes 55, 61 Storage cages 84, 85, 326-329 Storage vaults 356 Strapping equipment 96, 97, 100 Stretchwrap systems 95, 101 Strip doors 114, 115 Sump pallets 228-231 Sump trolleys 136 Suspended ceilings 10 Sweepers 330

T Tables 254, 256-258 Tackers 93 Tape dispensers 92 Tapes - barrier 337 Tapes - floor marking 337 Tapes - hazard warning 245, 337 Tapes - luminous 245 Tapes - packaging 92 Tapes - reflective 337 Tarpaulins 98 Temporary signs 338, 339 Tension belt barriers 270, 271 Tilt boxes 58 Tilting tray trolleys 74 Timber benches 210 Tipper trucks 86, 123 Tool chests 356 Tool storage 202, 212-214, 218-221, 356

TEL: 01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Tool vaults 356 Tow tractor 169 Traffic management 340-346 Traffic mirrors 354, 355 Trailers 153, 155 Transit cases 72 Tray trolleys 65, 128, 136, 139 Trucks and trolleys 71, 73, 124-139, 142-148, 152-164, 278, 279 Turntable trucks 145, 152-155

V Vacuum cleaners Van boxes Vaults

284, 285 356 356

W Walkways Wallcharts Warehouse barriers Warehouse partitions Warehouse signs Warehouse steps Warehouse trolleys Waste bins Waste converters Waste management

300 239, 241 48, 49, 51 13-15 104-107 117-121 117, 146, 148 289-295, 303, 304 101 289-295, 303, 304 321, 331 Waste recycling 107, 294, 295 Waste skips 123, 321, 331 WAVE work assist vehicle 116 Webbing barriers 270, 271 Weighing 108, 109 Weighing pallet trucks 184 Weight loading notices 104 Welders’ trolleys 163, 164 Welding screens 115 Wet area cloakroom benches 312 Wet area lockers 305 Wet area matting 316 Wheel chocks 111 Whiteboards 261 Widespan shelving 36-39, 42, 44, 45 Wire mesh cages 326-329 Wire mesh lockers 310, 311 Wire mesh partitions 14, 15 Wire mesh shelving 22, 23, 49, 51 Wire mesh trolleys 22, 23, 140-143 Woodwork benches 210 Work positioners 184-189 Workbenches 192-201 Workshop cranes 169 Workshop cupboards 212-215, 266, 267 Workshop trolleys 124-130, 134, 136, 145, 218, 219 Workstations - computer 203

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

LINBINS

info@storage-design.co.uk

Small Parts Storage Containers Ten sizes in four bright colours

www.storage-design.co.uk

SIZE 1 40 PER PACK

Choose different colours for faster product identification

105D x 105W x 50H

SIZE 2 20 PER PACK

FROM ONLY

• The toughest bin available • Guaranteed for life • Reinforcing ribs – stack without distortion • Full width lip – secure fixing to louvre panel

2011

84p each

135D x 105W x 75H

SIZE 3 20 PER PACK

40 per pack

190D x 105W x 75H

SIZE 4 10 PER PACK 210D x 140W x 130H

SIZE 5 10 PER PACK 280D x 140W x 130H

Coloured Linbin Packs – Just choose your colours – Add colour code red (RD), yellow (YE), green (GN) or blue (BL) Size

LxWxHmm

LBU

1

105 x 105 x 50

1

Pack Size Order

1-10

Order

11-50

⁄2

40

2

135 x 105 x 75

1

20

VPK01

35.27

VPK01Q

33.51

VPK02

21.16

VPK02Q

20.10

3

190 x 105 x 75

1

20

VPK03

29.77

VPK03Q

28.28

4

210 x 140 x 130

5

280 x 140 x 130

2

10

VPK04

29.04

VPK04Q

27.59

2

10

VPK05

41.01

VPK05Q

6

38.96

280 x 210 x 180

4

10

VPK06

68.55

VPK06Q

65.12

7

375 x 210 x 180

4

10

VPK07

80.76

VPK07Q

76.72

8

375 x 420 x 180

8

5

VPK08

57.47

VPK08Q

54.59

9

455 x 210 x 230

5

5

VPK09

66.84

VPK09Q

63.50

SIZE 6 10 PER PACK 280D x 210W x 180H

SIZE 7 10 PER PACK 375D x 210W x 180H

10 455 x 420 x 295 12 3 VPK10 58.52 VPK10Q 54.63 Note: packs are in quantities stated, one colour per pack. Please specify colour when ordering.

Discounts for larger quantities – Call us for a price

SIZE 8 5 PER PACK 375D x 420W x 180H

Linbin Divider Packs For Linbin Size

Pack Size

Order

1-10

Order

Size 2

20

VDKP2

12.58

VDKP2Q

11.92

Size 3

20

VDKP3

14.94

VDKP3Q

14.21

Size 4

20

VDKP4

15.73

VDKP4Q

14.94

Size 5

10

VDKP5

10.62

VDKP3Q

10.08

Size 6

10

VDKP6

18.09

VDKP6Q

17.23

Size 7

5

VDKP7

9.83

VDKP7Q

9.35

Size 8

5

VDKP8

9.83

VDKP8Q

9.35

Size 10 3 VDKP10 15.93 VDKP10Q Note: Linbin sizes 8 and 10 will accommodate one or two dividers each. Sizes 1 and 9 will not accept dividers.

11-50 SIZE 9 5 PER PACK 455D x 210W x 230H

15.13

ST

OR

Just how strong are Linbins? LINBIN

CAPACITY STACKED

ON LOUVRE PANEL

Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 Size 10

2.3kg 13.5kg 13.5kg 27.0kg 27.0kg 27.0kg 36.0kg 54.0kg 54.0kg 68.0kg

2.3kg 4.5kg 4.5kg 13.5kg 13.5kg 22.5kg 22.5kg 27.0kg 27.0kg 45.5kg

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

TEL: 01446 772614

AG

ED

ES

IGN

LT

D

SIZE 10 3 PER PACK 455D x 420W x 295H

Linbins are also available in GREY Some sizes available in NATURAL Clearview Visit web site www.storage-design.ltd.uk Carriage extra for order value below £50

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

2011


STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Primrose Hill, Cowbridge, South Wales CF71 7DU

WORKSHOP, STORAGE & MATERIALS HANDLING

CATALOGUE

TEL: 01446 772614 FAX: 01446 774770 Email: info@storage-design.co.uk Web: www.storage-design.co.uk